ML17003A285: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(4 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 1. Given the following:
{{#Wiki_filter:Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
* A reactor trip has occurred from 100% power
: 1.
* E-0, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection", is in progress at Step 2 -Verify Turbine Trip Based on the above indications, in accordance with E-0, which of the following is the NEXT REQUIRED action? A. Manually Trip the Turbine. B. Initiate a Main Steam Line Isolation.
Given the following:
C. Verify power to at least one AC emergency bus. D. Verify Main Generator Output breakers open. Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
A reactor trip has occurred from 100% power E-0, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection", is in progress at Step 2 - Verify Turbine Trip Based on the above indications, in accordance with E-0, which of the following is the NEXT REQUIRED action?
KIA is met by requiring the candidate to monitor indications of a turbine trip during the IOAs of E-0, and then interpret the indications to verify that main turbine has tripped, and what actions must be performed next. In the above pictures, two governor valves indicate open. The candidate must know that the IOAs require all governor valves OR throttle valves to be closed to continue within the expected response column, and check the generator output breakers open. A. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible distractor if the two governor valves are recognized as open and the candidate doesn't realize that the step states Throttle valves OR Governor Valves all closed, in which case manually tripping the turbine would be correct. B. Incorrect.
Manually Trip the Turbine.
Plausible distractor if the two governor valves are recognized as open and the candidate doesn't realize that the step states Throttle valves OR Governor Valves all closed, in which case MSLI would be correct if a manual turbine trip failed to close the valves. C. Incorrect.
B.
Plausible distractor If the candidate recognizes the turbine is tripped, and moves on to E-0 step 3 to verify power to at least one AC emergency bus without verifying the Output breakers and Exciter Circuit breakers were open. D. Correct. Step 2a of E-0 checks Throttle Valves OR Governor Valves all closed. The pictures show that 2 Governor valve$ are open, but ALL throttle valves are closed, therefore the Turbine is tripped, and the next required step is to verify the Main Generator Output bkrs open. Sys # System Category KA Statement 000007 Reactor Trip I EA1. Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a MT/G trip; verification that the MT/G has been 1 reactor trip: tripped KIA# EA1.07 KIA Importance 4.3 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Initiate a Main Steam Line Isolation.
C.
Verify power to at least one AC emergency bus.
D.
Verify Main Generator Output breakers open.
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by requiring the candidate to monitor indications of a turbine trip during the IOAs of E-0, and then interpret the indications to verify that main turbine has tripped, and what actions must be performed next. In the above pictures, two governor valves indicate open. The candidate must know that the IOAs require all governor valves OR throttle valves to be closed to continue within the expected response column, and check the generator output breakers open.
A.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the two governor valves are recognized as open and the candidate doesn't realize that the step states Throttle valves OR Governor Valves all closed, in which case manually tripping the turbine would be correct.
B.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the two governor valves are recognized as open and the candidate doesn't realize that the step states Throttle valves OR Governor Valves all closed, in which case MSLI would be correct if a manual turbine trip failed to close the valves.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor If the candidate recognizes the turbine is tripped, and moves on to E-0 step 3 to verify power to at least one AC emergency bus without verifying the Output breakers and Exciter Circuit breakers were open.
D.
Correct. Step 2a of E-0 checks Throttle Valves OR Governor Valves all closed. The pictures show that 2 Governor valve$ are open, but ALL throttle valves are closed, therefore the Turbine is tripped, and the next required step is to verify the Main Generator Output bkrs open.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 000007 Reactor Trip I EA1. Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a MT/G trip; verification that the MT/G has been 1
reactor trip:
tripped KIA#
EA1.07 KIA Importance 4.3 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-53A.1.E-O lss. 3 Rev. 0 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 41.7 / 45.5145.6)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 1. State from memory the Immediate Operator Actions (E-0, ECA-0.0, FR-S.1).


10M-53A.1.E-O lss. 3 Rev. 0 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 / 45.5145.6)
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
Objective:
: 2.
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 1. State from memory the Immediate Operator Actions (E-0, ECA-0.0, FR-S.1).
The plant was at 100% power when a PRZR Safety valve failed open.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 2. The plant was at 100% power when a PRZR Safety valve failed open.
The crew is performing the actions of E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection PRZR pressure is 1150 psig and lowering HHSI flow is 540 gpm and stable SG pressures are:
* The crew is performing the actions of E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection
o 'A' SG - 950 psig o  
* PRZR pressure is 1150 psig and lowering
'B' SG - 980 psig o 'C' SG - 970 psig Based on the above conditions, the RCPs should ___ (1) ___, and the basis for this requirement is (2) __ _
* HHSI flow is 540 gpm and stable
A
* SG pressures are: o 'A' SG -950 psig o 'B' SG -980 psig o 'C' SG -970 psig Based on the above conditions, the RCPs should ___ (1) ___ , and the basis for this requirement is (2) __ _ A 1) remain running 2) to provide core heat removal via forced two-phase coolant flow through the core B. 1) remain running 2) to provide core heat removal via the break and the Steam Generators C. 1) be tripped 2) to prevent excessive depletion; of RCS water inventory D. 1) be tripped 2) to prevent excessive depletion of the Steam Generator inventory Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
: 1) remain running
: 2) to provide core heat removal via forced two-phase coolant flow through the core B.
: 1) remain running
: 2) to provide core heat removal via the break and the Steam Generators C.
: 1) be tripped
: 2) to prevent excessive depletion; of RCS water inventory D.
: 1) be tripped
: 2) to prevent excessive depletion of the Steam Generator inventory Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA met by giving a PRZR Safety valve failing open (small break LOCA) and requiring the interpretation of given RCS and SG pressures, and making a determination of whether or not to trip the RCPs as is required by the Left Hand Page of E-0, Rx Trip or Safety Injection.
KIA met by giving a PRZR Safety valve failing open (small break LOCA) and requiring the interpretation of given RCS and SG pressures, and making a determination of whether or not to trip the RCPs as is required by the Left Hand Page of E-0, Rx Trip or Safety Injection.
A. Incorrect.
A.
RCPs are required to be tripped due to SGiRCS DIP being <200 psid, Second part is plausible since the RCPs could be restarted in FR-C.1 Response to Inadequate Core Cooling to provide decay heat removal. B. Incorrect.
Incorrect. RCPs are required to be tripped due to SGiRCS DIP being <200 psid, Second part is plausible since the RCPs could be restarted in FR-C.1 Response to Inadequate Core Cooling to provide decay heat removal.
RCPs are required to be tripped due to SG/RCS D/P being <200 psid. Second part is plausible since this would be correct if the HHS! pumps were not operating during a small break LOCA and the RCPs were left operating.
B.
C. Correct. Trip criteria of E-0 LHP page has been met with HHS! flow and RCS/Highest SG D/P being <200 psid. (170 psid per the stem), therefore RCPs would be tripped to prevent excessive depletion of RCS water inventory through a small break in the RCS. D. Incorrect.
Incorrect. RCPs are required to be tripped due to SG/RCS D/P being <200 psid. Second part is plausible since this would be correct if the HHS!
RCPs would be tripped. Second part is plausible with this being the reason of tripping the RCPs in FR-H.1 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink. Sys# System Category 000008 Pressurizer Generic Vapor Space Accident/
pumps were not operating during a small break LOCA and the RCPs were left operating.
3 KIA# 2.1.20 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New 4.6 KA Statement Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps. Exam Level RO Technical  
C.
Correct. Trip criteria of E-0 LHP page has been met with HHS! flow and RCS/Highest SG D/P being <200 psid. (170 psid per the stem), therefore RCPs would be tripped to prevent excessive depletion of RCS water inventory through a small break in the RCS.
D.
Incorrect. RCPs would be tripped. Second part is plausible with this being the reason of tripping the RCPs in FR-H.1 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.
Sys#
System Category 000008 Pressurizer Generic Vapor Space Accident/ 3 KIA#
2.1.20 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New 4.6 KA Statement Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-53A.1.E-1 lss 3 rev 0 LHP 10M-53B.5.Gl-6 lss 2 Rev 0 pg. 10 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.1 o / 43.5I45.12)
Objective:
3SQS-53.2, Rev. 2 Obj. 1. State from memory the basis for RCP trip criteria, IAW BVPS EOP Executive Volume.


10M-53A.1.E-1 lss 3 rev 0 LHP 10M-53B.5.Gl-6 lss 2 Rev 0 pg. 10 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.1 o / 43.5I45.12)
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
Objective:
: 3.
3SQS-53.2, Rev. 2 Obj. 1. State from memory the basis for RCP trip criteria, IAW BVPS EOP Executive Volume.
The plant was operating at 100% power when a 1,000 gpm LOCA occurs. All systems operate as designed.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 3. The plant was operating at 100% power when a 1,000 gpm LOCA occurs. All systems operate as designed.
How have the following parameters changed 10 minutes after the Rx trip?
How have the following parameters changed 10 minutes after the Rx trip? (Assume NO operator actions) SG Boron CNMT CNMT Water Levels Concentration Pressure Temperature A. Rise Stable Rise Rise B. Rise Rise Rise Rise C. Lower Rise Lower Lower D. Lower Stable Lower Lower Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
(Assume NO operator actions)
SG Boron CNMT CNMT Water Levels Concentration Pressure Temperature A.
Rise Stable Rise Rise B.
Rise Rise Rise Rise C.
Lower Rise Lower Lower D.
Lower Stable Lower Lower Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
KJA is met by having the candidate interpret how cnmt temperature, cnmt pressure, boron cone, and SG water level will respond after a small break LOCA occurs.
KJA is met by having the candidate interpret how cnmt temperature, cnmt pressure, boron cone, and SG water level will respond after a small break LOCA occurs.
* A. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible distractor if it is not recognized that Safety Injection will automatically initiate on low pressurizer pressure and raise Boron concentration.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if it is not recognized that Safety Injection will automatically initiate on low pressurizer pressure and raise Boron concentration. All other trends are correct.
All other trends are correct. B. Correct. SGWL will rise due AFW injection.
B.
Boron will rise due to Safety Injection injecting from the RWST. Cnmt pressure and temperature will rise due to the 1000 gpm high energy small break LOCA inside containment.
Correct. SGWL will rise due AFW injection. Boron will rise due to Safety Injection injecting from the RWST. Cnmt pressure and temperature will rise due to the 1000 gpm high energy small break LOCA inside containment.
C. Incorrect.
C.
Plausible distractor if it is not recognized that on the Rx trip SGWLs will drop below the auto start setpoints for AFW pumps, and they think that Quench Spray has initiated due to cnmt high pressure (11.1 psig) and the cnmt pressure and temperature is lowering due to spray. D. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if it is not recognized that on the Rx trip SGWLs will drop below the auto start setpoints for AFW pumps, and they think that Quench Spray has initiated due to cnmt high pressure (11.1 psig) and the cnmt pressure and temperature is lowering due to spray.
Plausible distractor if it is not recognized that on the Rx trip SGWLs will drop below the auto start setpoints for AFW pumps. Boron cone stable if it is not recognized that Safety Injection will automatically initiate on low pressurizer pressure or cnmt pressure of 5 psig. Pressure and Temp lowering if they think that Quench Spray has initiated due to cnmt high pressure.
D.
Sys# 000009 System Small Break LOCA/3 Category KA Statement EA2. Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a Containment temperature, pressure, and humidity small break LOCA: KJA# EA2.11 KJA Importance 3.8 Exam Level RO Technical  
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if it is not recognized that on the Rx trip SGWLs will drop below the auto start setpoints for AFW pumps. Boron cone stable if it is not recognized that Safety Injection will automatically initiate on low pressurizer pressure or cnmt pressure of 5 psig. Pressure and Temp lowering if they think that Quench Spray has initiated due to cnmt high pressure.
Sys#
000009 System Small Break LOCA/3 Category KA Statement EA2. Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a Containment temperature, pressure, and humidity small break LOCA:
KJA#
EA2.11 KJA Importance 3.8 Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
G0-3ATA-4.2, Rev. 8 pg. 70 1 OM-53B.4.E-1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 3-5 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
GO-AT A 4.2, Rev. 8 Obj. 1 - Predict and explain plant automatic actions which mitigate the consequences of each type of LOCA.


G0-3ATA-4.2, Rev. 8 pg. 70 1 OM-53B.4.E-1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 3-5 References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.5 / 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
GO-AT A 4.2, Rev. 8 Obj. 1 -Predict and explain plant automatic actions which mitigate the consequences of each type of LOCA.
: 4.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 4. 1) How is Containment Operability maintained with the 'A' Outside Recirc Spray Pump in STANDBY? 2) IF the Outside Recirc Spray pumps were running due to a Large break LOCA, and A1-108, "Outside Recirc Spray PP 2A Seal Water Level Low" alarm was received, which of the following actions are required to be taken in accordance with A1-108 ARP? The (1) will maintain containment operability when the 'A' Outside Recirc Spray Pump is in standby. ARP A1-108 will direct the crew to (2) A. 1) Suction and Discharge Isolation valves being CLOSED 2) fill the pump seal system by using plant demineralized water B. 1) Suction and Discharge Isolation valves being CLOSED 2) shutdown and isolate the Outside Recirc Spray 2A Pump when allowed by the EOPs C. 1) Pump Seal 2) fill the pump seal system by using plant demineralized water D. 1) Pump Seal 2) shutdown and isolate the Outside Recirc Spray 2A Pump when allowed by the EOPs Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
: 1) How is Containment Operability maintained with the 'A' Outside Recirc Spray Pump in STANDBY?
K/A is met by identifying that the Outside RSS pump seal is used to maintain containment integrity in order to comply with TS 3.6.1 due to the suction and discharge valves being NSA open. Further knowledge is required to identify that the RSS pump must be shut down and isolated as soon as permissible when the Seal Water Level Low alarms due to the potential release of radioactive fluid to the safeguards area. A. Incorrect.
: 2) IF the Outside Recirc Spray pumps were running due to a Large break LOCA, and A1-108, "Outside Recirc Spray PP 2A Seal Water Level Low" alarm was received, which of the following actions are required to be taken in accordance with A1-108 ARP?
Plausible distractor as both valves are containment isolation valves, but when the RSS pumps are in standby, both valves are NSA open. Second part is plausible because normal response to fill the seal, but with a large break LOCA in progress, a note in the ARP states with CIB in progress access to the seal area is not possible, so the normal action of filling the seal is not possible.
The (1) will maintain containment operability when the 'A' Outside Recirc Spray Pump is in standby.
: 8. Incorrect.
ARP A1-108 will direct the crew to (2)
Plausible distractor as both valves are containment isolation valves, but when the RSS pumps are in standby, both valves are NSA open. Second part is correct. C. Incorrect.
A.
Pump seal does maintain the containment integrity.
: 1) Suction and Discharge Isolation valves being CLOSED
Second part is plausible because normal response to fill the seal, but with a large break LOCA in progress, a note in the ARP states with CIB in progress access to the seal area is not possible, so the normal action of filling the seal is not possible.
: 2) fill the pump seal system by using plant demineralized water B.
D. Correct. Pump seal does maintain the containment integrity since the RSS pump suction and discharge valves are NSA open. Securing and isolating the RSS pump when permitted is directed by the ARP due to the potential loss of containment integrity during a CIB event. Sys# System 000011 Large Break LOCAi 3 KIA# EA2.07 Category EA2. Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a Large Break LOCA: KIA Importance 3.2? Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  
: 1) Suction and Discharge Isolation valves being CLOSED
: 2) shutdown and isolate the Outside Recirc Spray 2A Pump when allowed by the EOPs C.
: 1) Pump Seal
: 2) fill the pump seal system by using plant demineralized water D.
: 1) Pump Seal
: 2) shutdown and isolate the Outside Recirc Spray 2A Pump when allowed by the EOPs Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
K/A is met by identifying that the Outside RSS pump seal is used to maintain containment integrity in order to comply with TS 3.6.1 due to the suction and discharge valves being NSA open. Further knowledge is required to identify that the RSS pump must be shut down and isolated as soon as permissible when the Seal Water Level Low alarms due to the potential release of radioactive fluid to the safeguards area.
A.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor as both valves are containment isolation valves, but when the RSS pumps are in standby, both valves are NSA open. Second part is plausible because normal response to fill the seal, but with a large break LOCA in progress, a note in the ARP states with CIB in progress access to the seal area is not possible, so the normal action of filling the seal is not possible.
: 8.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor as both valves are containment isolation valves, but when the RSS pumps are in standby, both valves are NSA open. Second part is correct.
C.
Incorrect. Pump seal does maintain the containment integrity. Second part is plausible because normal response to fill the seal, but with a large break LOCA in progress, a note in the ARP states with CIB in progress access to the seal area is not possible, so the normal action of filling the seal is not possible.
D.
Correct. Pump seal does maintain the containment integrity since the RSS pump suction and discharge valves are NSA open. Securing and isolating the RSS pump when permitted is directed by the ARP due to the potential loss of containment integrity during a CIB event.
Sys#
System 000011 Large Break LOCAi 3 KIA#
EA2.07 Category EA2. Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a Large Break LOCA:
KIA Importance 3.2?
Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
New KA Statement That equipment necessary for functioning of critical pump water seals is operable RO 1SQS-13.1 Rev. 15 pg. 14 & 32 10M-13.4.AAM Rev. 2 pg.2 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 43.5 I 45.13)
Objective:
1 SQS-13.1 Rev 15 Obj. 10 - Given a Containment Depressurization System alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the field.
1SQS-13.1 Rev 15 Obj. 14 - In the field, locate all of the components identified on the Normal-System-Arrangement System Flow path drawings that are accessible during normal operation within the ALARA considerations.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
: 5.
Given the following conditions:
Plant startup is in progress Rx power is 7% and slowly RISING Annunciator A3-78, React Cool Pump Seal Injection Flow Low is LIT Annunciator A3-87, Reactor Cool Pump Seal Leakoff Flow High is LIT Fl-1 CH-124, 'C' Seal Injection Flow indicates 0 gpm FR-1CH-154A, 'C' Seal Leakoff Flow is 5.7 gpm and STABLE TV-1CC-107C, 'C' RCP Thermal Barrier CCR Outlet lsol Viv is CLOSED
: 1) Which of the following is the correct sequence of actions required for this event IAW AOP 1.6.8, Abnormal RCP Operation?
: 1) Manually trip 'C' RCP
: 2) Manually trip Reactor, enter E-0, and perform IOAs
: 3) Close PCV-1 RC-4558, Loop 'C' PRZR Spray Valve
: 4) Close MOV-1CH-303C, RCP 'C' No. 1 Seal Leakoff lsol Viv (3-5 minutes after RCP S/D)
: 2) Based on the above conditions, what is the reason for the valve manipulation at the end of these required actions?
A.
: 1) 1,3
: 2) Prevent the active loop spray flow from flowing back through the idle loop spray line rather than the pressurizer.
B.
: 1) 1, 4
: 2) Allow the pump to stop rotating which helps to prevent debris from damaging the #2 seal, and isolate the low pressure piping.
C.
1)2,1,3
: 2) Prevent the active loop spray flow from flowing back through the idle loop spray line rather than the pressurizer.
D.
: 1) 2, 1, 4
: 2) Allow the pump to stop rotating which helps to prevent debris from damaging the #2 seal, and isolate the low pressure piping.


Question Source: New KA Statement That equipment necessary for functioning of critical pump water seals is operable RO 1SQS-13.1 Rev. 15 pg. 14 & 32 10M-13.4.AAM Rev. 2 pg.2 Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.5 I 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-13.1 Rev 15 Obj. 10 -Given a Containment Depressurization System alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the field. 1SQS-13.1 Rev 15 Obj. 14 -In the field, locate all of the components identified on the Normal-System-Arrangement System Flow path drawings that are accessible during normal operation within the ALARA considerations.
QUESTION 5 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 5. Given the following conditions:
* Plant startup is in progress
* Rx power is 7% and slowly RISING
* Annunciator A3-78, React Cool Pump Seal Injection Flow Low is LIT
* Annunciator A3-87, Reactor Cool Pump Seal Leakoff Flow High is LIT
* Fl-1 CH-124, 'C' Seal Injection Flow indicates 0 gpm
* FR-1CH-154A, 'C' Seal Leakoff Flow is 5.7 gpm and STABLE
* TV-1CC-107C, 'C' RCP Thermal Barrier CCR Outlet lsol Viv is CLOSED 1) Which of the following is the correct sequence of actions required for this event IAW AOP 1.6.8, Abnormal RCP Operation?
: 1) Manually trip 'C' RCP 2) Manually trip Reactor, enter E-0, and perform IOAs 3) Close PCV-1 RC-4558, Loop 'C' PRZR Spray Valve 4) Close MOV-1CH-303C, RCP 'C' No. 1 Seal Leakoff lsol Viv (3-5 minutes after RCP S/D) 2) Based on the above conditions, what is the reason for the valve manipulation at the end of these required actions? A. 1) 1,3 2) Prevent the active loop spray flow from flowing back through the idle loop spray line rather than the pressurizer.
B. 1) 1, 4 2) Allow the pump to stop rotating which helps to prevent debris from damaging the #2 seal, and isolate the low pressure piping. C. 1)2,1,3 2) Prevent the active loop spray flow from flowing back through the idle loop spray line rather than the pressurizer.
D. 1) 2, 1, 4 2) Allow the pump to stop rotating which helps to prevent debris from damaging the #2 seal, and isolate the low pressure piping.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) QUESTION 5 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met evaluating parameters to determine which RCP malfunction has occurred, and testing the knowledge of the reason for the required sequence of events that will occur to place the reactor and RCP in a safe condition.
KIA is met evaluating parameters to determine which RCP malfunction has occurred, and testing the knowledge of the reason for the required sequence of events that will occur to place the reactor and RCP in a safe condition.
A. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible with reactor power <P-7 (auto block of 2/3 RCS loop low flow) candidate could think that tripping the 'C' RCP and closing the 1 RC-455C without tripping the reactor is allowed. BV1 procedures do not allow this course of action without tripping the reactor. To prevent backflow is the correct reason for closing the spray valve. 8. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible with reactor power <P-7 (auto block of 2/3 RCS loop low flow) candidate could think that tripping the 'C' RCP and closing the 1 RC-455C without tripping the reactor is allowed. BV1 procedures do not allow this course of action without tripping the reactor. To prevent backflow is the correct reason for closing the spray valve.
Plausible with reactor power <P-7 (auto block of 2/3 RCS loop low flow) candidate could think that tripping the 'C' RCP and closing MOV-1 CH-303C without tripping the reactor is allowed. This would be partial actions for a high seal leakoff gpm), but the stem states that seal leakoff is only 5.7 gpm and stable. The high seal leakoff annunciator alarming helps with the distractor (setpoint is 4.7 gpm). BV1 procedures do not allow this course of action without tripping the reactor. If high seal leakoff was the correct reason for tripping the RCP, this would be the correct reason. C. Correct. In accordance with AOP-1.6.8, a loss of both seal injection and thermal barrier flow are immediate RCP shutdown criteria and warrant tripping the reactor and taking these actions. To prevent backflow is the correct reason for closing the spray valve. D. Incorrect.
: 8.
Plausible distractor if high seal leakoff was the actual failure because these are to the required actions of AOP-1.6.8 without closing the spray valve. If high seal leakoff was the correct reason for tripping the RCP, this would be the correct reason. Sys# 015/017 KIA# System RCP Malfunctions I 4 AK3.03 Category AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC Flow) : K/A Importance  
Incorrect. Plausible with reactor power <P-7 (auto block of 2/3 RCS loop low flow) candidate could think that tripping the 'C' RCP and closing MOV-1 CH-303C without tripping the reactor is allowed. This would be partial actions for a high seal leakoff (~6 gpm), but the stem states that seal leakoff is only 5.7 gpm and stable. The high seal leakoff annunciator alarming helps with the distractor (setpoint is 4.7 gpm). BV1 procedures do not allow this course of action without tripping the reactor. If high seal leakoff was the correct reason for tripping the RCP, this would be the correct reason.
 
C.
===3.7 References===
Correct. In accordance with AOP-1.6.8, a loss of both seal injection and thermal barrier flow are immediate RCP shutdown criteria and warrant tripping the reactor and taking these actions. To prevent backflow is the correct reason for closing the spray valve.
 
D.
provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical  
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if high seal leakoff was the actual failure because these are to the required actions of AOP-1.6.8 without closing the spray valve. If high seal leakoff was the correct reason for tripping the RCP, this would be the correct reason.
Sys#
015/017 KIA#
System RCP Malfunctions I 4
AK3.03 Category AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC Flow) :
K/A Importance 3.7 References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
New KA Statement Sequence of events for manually tripping reactor and RCP as a result of an RCP malfunction RO 1 OM-53C.4.1.6.8. Rev 18 step 1 10M-53B.5.Gl-6 lss. 2 Rev. 0 pg. 44-45 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 41.5,41.10 / 45.6 / 45.13)
Objective:
1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 6 - Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.


Question Source: New KA Statement Sequence of events for manually tripping reactor and RCP as a result of an RCP malfunction RO 1 OM-53C.4.1.6.8.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
Rev 18 step 1 10M-53B.5.Gl-6 lss. 2 Rev. 0 pg. 44-45 Question Cognitive Level: Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.5,41.10
: 6.
/ 45.6 / 45.13) Objective:
An event has occurred which has caused RCS pressure to rise.
1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 6 -Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.
RCS pressure is 2800 psig and STABLE FCV-1CH-122, CHG Flow to Regen Hx Inlet Control Viv controller is in AUTO PRZR level is 70%
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 6. An event has occurred which has caused RCS pressure to rise.
Based on the above conditions, which of the following choices complete the statements below?
* RCS pressure is 2800 psig and STABLE
Fl-1 CH-122A will indicate (1) gpm.
* FCV-1CH-122, CHG Flow to Regen Hx Inlet Control Viv controller is in AUTO
The RCS Pressure (2) been maintained below the RCS Pressure Safety Limit.
* PRZR level is 70% Based on the above conditions, which of the following choices complete the statements below? Fl-1 CH-122A will indicate (1) gpm. The RCS Pressure (2) been maintained below the RCS Pressure Safety Limit. A. 1) 0 2) has NOT B. 1) 0 2) has c. 1) 15 2) has NOT D. 1) 15 2) has Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
A.
KIA is met by requiring the candidate to recall the shutoff head of the charging pumps (2600 psig), and determining that a at 2800 psig in the RCS, a loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup has occurred.
: 1) 0
The pressure differential between charging and the RCS will cause charging flow to indicate zero gpm. A. Correct. Charging pump shutoff head is 2600psig, and RCS pressure .is 2800 psig, therefore indicated flow will be zero. The RCS pressure safety limit of :>2735 psig has been violated.
: 2) has NOT B.
B. Incorrect.
: 1) 0
It is correct that flow is zero, but RCS SL has been violated.
: 2) has
C. Incorrect.
: c.
15 gpm is a plausible distractor with the minimum charging flow set at 15 gpm in auto to prevent flashing downstream of the UD orifices.
: 1) 15
It is correct that the RCS SL has been violated.
: 2) has NOT D.
D. Incorrect.
: 1) 15
15 gpm is a plausible distractor with the minimum charging flow set at 15 gpm in auto to prevent flashing downstream of the UD orifices.
: 2) has Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
The RCS SL has been violated.
KIA is met by requiring the candidate to recall the shutoff head of the charging pumps (2600 psig), and determining that a at 2800 psig in the RCS, a loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup has occurred. The pressure differential between charging and the RCS will cause charging flow to indicate zero gpm.
Sys# 000022 K/A# System Loss of Rx Coolant Makeup/ 2 AK1.02 Category AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup KIA Importance  
A.
 
Correct. Charging pump shutoff head is 2600psig, and RCS pressure.is 2800 psig, therefore indicated flow will be zero. The RCS pressure safety limit of :>2735 psig has been violated.
===2.7 References===
B.
 
Incorrect. It is correct that flow is zero, but RCS SL has been violated.
provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical  
C.
Incorrect. 15 gpm is a plausible distractor with the minimum charging flow set at 15 gpm in auto to prevent flashing downstream of the UD orifices. It is correct that the RCS SL has been violated.
D.
Incorrect. 15 gpm is a plausible distractor with the minimum charging flow set at 15 gpm in auto to prevent flashing downstream of the UD orifices. The RCS SL has been violated.
Sys#
000022 K/A#
System Loss of Rx Coolant Makeup/ 2 AK1.02 Category AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup KIA Importance 2.7 References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
New KA Statement Relationship of charging flow to pressure differential between charging and RCS RO 1 OM-7.1.c Rev.a pg. 3 SPD-FCV-1 CH-122 Rev 00 Tech Specs pg. 2.0-1 Admend. 278/161 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 41.8/41.1 o / 45.3)
Objective:
1SQS-7.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 9 - Given a set of plant conditions for the Chemical and Volume Control System describe the appropriate operating procedure(s) operational sequence, and the applicable parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes used to complete the task activities in the field.
3SQS-SL ITS, Rev. O obj. 2 - Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each ITS Safety Limit.


Question Source: New KA Statement Relationship of charging flow to pressure differential between charging and RCS RO 1 OM-7.1 .c Rev.a pg. 3 SPD-FCV-1 CH-122 Rev 00 Tech Specs pg. 2.0-1 Admend. 278/161 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41 .8/41.1 o / 45.3) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1SQS-7.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 9 -Given a set of plant conditions for the Chemical and Volume Control System describe the appropriate operating procedure(s) operational sequence, and the applicable parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes used to complete the task activities in the field. 3SQS-SL ITS, Rev. O obj. 2 -Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each ITS Safety Limit.
: 7.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 7. Given the following initial conditions:
Given the following initial conditions:
* Plant is in Mode 5
Plant is in Mode 5 1 RH-P-1A, 'A' RHR pump is running 1CC-P-1A, 'A' CCR pump is running DF bus is cleared for maintenance Final conditions:
* 1 RH-P-1A, 'A' RHR pump is running
1CC-P-1A, 'A' CCR pump trips on overcurrent 1CC-P-1C, 'C' CCR pump failed to start Crew is performing AOP 1.15.1, Loss of Primary Component Cooling Water in conjunction with AOP 1.10.1, Loss of Residual Heat Removal Capability
* 1CC-P-1A, 'A' CCR pump is running
: 1) Which of the following describes the RHR components that have lost cooling water flow?
* DF bus is cleared for maintenance Final conditions:
: 2) What is the reason for monitoring RHS inlet temperature at this time?
* 1CC-P-1A, 'A' CCR pump trips on overcurrent
A.
* 1CC-P-1C, 'C' CCR pump failed to start
: 1) RHR Hx and RHR pump seal cooler only.
* Crew is performing AOP 1.15.1, Loss of Primary Component Cooling Water in conjunction with AOP 1.10.1, Loss of Residual Heat Removal Capability
: 2) If temperature exceeds 180&deg;F, the RHR pumps must be tripped to prevent cavitation.
: 1) Which of the following describes the RHR components that have lost cooling water flow? 2) What is the reason for monitoring RHS inlet temperature at this time? A. 1) RHR Hx and RHR pump seal cooler only. 2) If temperature exceeds 180&deg;F, the RHR pumps must be tripped to prevent cavitation.
B.
B. 1) RHR Hx and RHR pump seal cooler only. 2) If temperature exceeds 180&deg;F, the RHR pump must be tripped to prevent seal damage. C. 1) RHR Hx, RHR pump seal cooler, and RHR pump motor lube oil cooler. 2) If temperature exceeds 180&deg;F, the RHR pumps must be tripped to prevent cavitation.
: 1) RHR Hx and RHR pump seal cooler only.
D. 1) RHR Hx, RHR pump seal cooler, and RHR pump motor lube oil cooler. 2) If temperature exceeds 180&deg;F, the RHR pump must be tripped to prevent seal damage. Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
: 2) If temperature exceeds 180&deg;F, the RHR pump must be tripped to prevent seal damage.
KJA is met by requiring knowledge of the RHR components which will lose cooling water flow when the closed cooling water pumps (CCR) are lost. The loss of CCR will also enter into a loss of RHR and require monitoring the RHR inlet temperature to minimize RHR pump mechanical seals. A. Incorrect.
C.
CCR is supplied to only the Hx and the seal coolers. Tripping the RHR pumps due to cavitation is plausible since RHR will be heating up, but 180F is stated in the AOP for mechanical seal damage. B. Correct. CCR is supplied to only the Hx and the seal coolers. The RHR temperatures are required to be monitored iaw AOP-1.10.1 step 9 to ensure the mechanical seals are not damaged if RHR inlet temperatures reach 180F. C. Incorrect.
: 1) RHR Hx, RHR pump seal cooler, and RHR pump motor lube oil cooler.
Plausible distractor of RHR pump motor lube oil coolers with several other pumps having supplied cooling to the motors. Tripping the RHR pumps due to cavitation is plausible since RHR will be heating up, but 180F is stated in the AOP for mechanical seal damage. D. Incorrect.
: 2) If temperature exceeds 180&deg;F, the RHR pumps must be tripped to prevent cavitation.
Plausible distractor of RHR pump motor lube oil coolers with several other pumps having supplied cooling to the motors. The RHR temperatures are required to be monitored iaw AOP-1.10.1 step 9 to ensure the mechanical seals are not damaged if RHR inlet temperatures reach 180F. Sys# System Category KA Statement 000025 Loss of RHR AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Residual Service water or closed cooling water pumps System/ 4 Heat Removal System and the following:
D.
K/A# AK2.03 KIA Importance 2.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
: 1) RHR Hx, RHR pump seal cooler, and RHR pump motor lube oil cooler.
: 2) If temperature exceeds 180&deg;F, the RHR pump must be tripped to prevent seal damage.
Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
KJA is met by requiring knowledge of the RHR components which will lose cooling water flow when the closed cooling water pumps (CCR) are lost. The loss of CCR will also enter into a loss of RHR and require monitoring the RHR inlet temperature to minimize RHR pump mechanical seals.
A.
Incorrect. CCR is supplied to only the Hx and the seal coolers. Tripping the RHR pumps due to cavitation is plausible since RHR will be heating up, but 180F is stated in the AOP for mechanical seal damage.
B.
Correct. CCR is supplied to only the Hx and the seal coolers. The RHR temperatures are required to be monitored iaw AOP-1.10.1 step 9 to ensure the mechanical seals are not damaged if RHR inlet temperatures reach 180F.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor of RHR pump motor lube oil coolers with several other pumps having supplied cooling to the motors. Tripping the RHR pumps due to cavitation is plausible since RHR will be heating up, but 180F is stated in the AOP for mechanical seal damage.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor of RHR pump motor lube oil coolers with several other pumps having supplied cooling to the motors. The RHR temperatures are required to be monitored iaw AOP-1.10.1 step 9 to ensure the mechanical seals are not damaged if RHR inlet temperatures reach 180F.
Sys#
System Category KA Statement 000025 Loss of RHR AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Residual Service water or closed cooling water pumps System/ 4 Heat Removal System and the following:
K/A#
AK2.03 KIA Importance 2.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
U1 RM-0415-005 Rev 14 10M-53C.4.1.10.1Rev15 pg 15 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 41.7145.7)
Objective:
1SQS-10.1 Rev. 18, Obj. 21-Given a set of plant conditions for the Residual Heat Removal System, describe the appropriate operating procedure(s) operational sequence, and the applicable parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes used to complete the task activities from the control room.
1SQS-15.1, Rev. 14, Obj. 2-0utline the general flowpath of the CCR system including the CCR pumps and heat exchangers, the supply headers, the CCR major loads and the return header


U1 RM-0415-005 Rev 14 10M-53C.4.1.10.1Rev15 pg 15 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7145.7)
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
Objective:
: 8.
1SQS-10.1 Rev. 18, Obj. 21-Given a set of plant conditions for the Residual Heat Removal System, describe the appropriate operating procedure(s) operational sequence, and the applicable parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes used to complete the task activities from the control room. 1SQS-15.1, Rev. 14, Obj. 2-0utline the general flowpath of the CCR system including the CCR pumps and heat exchangers, the supply headers, the CCR major loads and the return header Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 8. The plant is at 75% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level EXCEPT MOV-1RC-535, PORV 455C MOTOR OPERATED ISOL VLV is CLOSED due to PORV seat leakage.
The plant is at 75% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level EXCEPT MOV-1RC-535, PORV 455C MOTOR OPERATED ISOL VLV is CLOSED due to PORV seat leakage.
* PC-1 RC-444A, PRZR PRESS CONTROL output fails to 10% in Automatic
PC-1 RC-444A, PRZR PRESS CONTROL output fails to 10% in Automatic No Operator action is taken What is the status of the plant 15 minutes after this event?
* No Operator action is taken What is the status of the plant 15 minutes after this event? A. The plant will trip due to a PRZR Pressure LOW reactor trip. B. The plant will trip due to a PRZR Pressure HIGH reactor trip. C. The plant will remain at power and RCS pressure will cycle around the PORV setpoint.
A.
D. The plant will remain at power and RCS pressure will cycle around the PRZR Code Safety setpoint.
The plant will trip due to a PRZR Pressure LOW reactor trip.
B.
The plant will trip due to a PRZR Pressure HIGH reactor trip.
C.
The plant will remain at power and RCS pressure will cycle around the PORV setpoint.
D.
The plant will remain at power and RCS pressure will cycle around the PRZR Code Safety setpoint.
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by the knowledge required to determine that the purpose of PC-1 RC-444A is to control PRZR pressure and how the controller will function when it fails to 10%. This knowledge will encompass the response of the PORVs in the non-affected portion of the Pressurizer Pressure Control System, and the control function side with the heaters and spray valves, with the 455C PORV being isolated.
KIA is met by the knowledge required to determine that the purpose of PC-1 RC-444A is to control PRZR pressure and how the controller will function when it fails to 10%. This knowledge will encompass the response of the PORVs in the non-affected portion of the Pressurizer Pressure Control System, and the control function side with the heaters and spray valves, with the 455C PORV being isolated.
A. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible if PC-1 RC-444A output failed high, causing both spray valves to open fully and depressurize the RCS until LP Rx trip occurs. B. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible if PC-1 RC-444A output failed high, causing both spray valves to open fully and depressurize the RCS until LP Rx trip occurs.
Plausible dis tractor because pressure would rise to 2375 psig and cause a HP Rx trip if the PORVs didn't lift at 2335 psig. Candidate must know that the Rx trip setpoint is higher than the PORV opening setpoint, and that the PORV will prevent the trip setpoint from being reached. C. Correct. The plant will remain at power and the pressure will cycle between the PORV auto open setpoint of 2335 psig and close setpoint of 2315 psig. This will occur only on in-service PORVs 456 & 4550 since 455C is manually isolated.
B.
D. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible dis tractor because pressure would rise to 2375 psig and cause a HP Rx trip if the PORVs didn't lift at 2335 psig. Candidate must know that the Rx trip setpoint is higher than the PORV opening setpoint, and that the PORV will prevent the trip setpoint from being reached.
Plausible distractor if it is not recognized that the code safety setpoint is 2475 psig, and PORVs 456 & 4550 are available.
C.
The PORV 455C was isolated in the question stem duefo it being controlled from PC-1RC-444A.
Correct.
Making the code safety a plausible distractor.
The plant will remain at power and the pressure will cycle between the PORV auto open setpoint of 2335 psig and close setpoint of 2315 psig. This will occur only on in-service PORVs 456 & 4550 since 455C is manually isolated.
Sys# 000027 K/A# System Category KA Statement Pressurizer Pressure AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Controllers and positioners Control System Pressure Control Malfunctions and the following:
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if it is not recognized that the code safety setpoint is 2475 psig, and PORVs 456 & 4550 are available. The PORV 455C was isolated in the question stem duefo it being controlled from PC-1RC-444A. Making the code safety a plausible distractor.
Sys#
000027 K/A#
System Category KA Statement Pressurizer Pressure AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Controllers and positioners Control System Pressure Control Malfunctions and the following:
Malfunction I 3 AK2.03 KIA Importance 2.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Malfunction I 3 AK2.03 KIA Importance 2.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1 OM-6.4.IF Rev 11 Alt. 2 Question Source:
Bank - 2LOT15 NRG Exam (Q7)
Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 41.7 / 45. 7)
Objective:
1 SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 17 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.


1 OM-6.4.IF Rev 11 Alt. 2 Question Source: Bank -2LOT15 NRG Exam (Q7) Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 / 45. 7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 17 -Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.
: 9.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 9. The plant is operating at 100% power when a turbine trip occurs.
The plant is operating at 100% power when a turbine trip occurs.
* The Rx failed to trip
The Rx failed to trip All Control rods are fully withdrawn Safety Injection has NOT initiated The crew has entered FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation - A TWS The BOP initiates Emergency Boration with the following indications.
* All Control rods are fully withdrawn
In regards of borating the RCS, what is the correct response to these indications in accordance with FR-S-1?
* Safety Injection has NOT initiated
A.
* The crew has entered FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation  
Initiate Safety Injection.
-A TWS The BOP initiates Emergency Boration with the following indications.
: 8.
In regards of borating the RCS, what is the correct response to these indications in accordance with FR-S-1? A. Initiate Safety Injection.
Align RWST to the Charging Pumps.
: 8. Align RWST to the Charging Pumps. C. Align Blender to the Charging Pump suction. D. Continue Emergency Borating as aligned.
C.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) QUESTION 9 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
Align Blender to the Charging Pump suction.
KIA is met by the candidate being required to interpret pump and valve position indications, and indications of emergency boration flow as given in the above pictures, then determine the correct boration flowpath as directed by FR-S.1. A. Incorrect.
D.
Plausible distractor, but not warranted in this situation since Fl-1 CH-122A shows > 75 gpm flowrate.
Continue Emergency Borating as aligned.  
This indicates that a charging pump is running, therefore there is no need for Safety Injection because other sequenced boration options are possible iaw FR-S.1. B. Correct. As indicated in the pictures MOV-1 CH-350 failed to open and Fl-1CH-110 indicates zero, therefore iaw the RNO, aligning the RWST to the Charging pumps is correct. C. Incorrect.
 
Plausible distractor but not directed by FR-S.1. This method is an alternate iaw 1 OM-7.4.S "Emergency Boration" procedure, but it also requires local valve manipulations in the blender cubicle. D. Incorrect.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
Plausible distractor if MOV-1 CH-350 indicated open and/or Fl-1 CH-110 indicated  
QUESTION 9 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
>30 gpm Emergency Boration flow as required by FR-S.1. Sys# 000029 KIA# System ATWS/ 1 EA2.05 Category EA2 Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a ATWS: KIA Importance 3.4* References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical  
KIA is met by the candidate being required to interpret pump and valve position indications, and indications of emergency boration flow as given in the above pictures, then determine the correct boration flowpath as directed by FR-S.1.
A.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor, but not warranted in this situation since Fl-1 CH-122A shows > 75 gpm flowrate. This indicates that a charging pump is running, therefore there is no need for Safety Injection because other sequenced boration options are possible iaw FR-S.1.
B.
Correct. As indicated in the pictures MOV-1 CH-350 failed to open and Fl-1CH-110 indicates zero, therefore iaw the RNO, aligning the RWST to the Charging pumps is correct.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor but not directed by FR-S.1. This method is an alternate iaw 1 OM-7.4.S "Emergency Boration" procedure, but it also requires local valve manipulations in the blender cubicle.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if MOV-1 CH-350 indicated open and/or Fl-1 CH-110 indicated >30 gpm Emergency Boration flow as required by FR-S.1.
Sys#
000029 KIA#
System ATWS/ 1 EA2.05 Category EA2 Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a ATWS:
KIA Importance 3.4*
References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
New KA Statement System component valve position indications RO 10M-53A.1.FR-S.1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 1 & 3 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
1 SQS-7.1, Rev. 20, Obj. 22-Given a change in plant conditions due to system or component failure, analyze the Chemical and Volume Control System to determine what failure has occurred.
3SQS-53.3 Rev 5 Obj. 3 State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.


Question Source: New KA Statement System component valve position indications RO 10M-53A.1.FR-S.1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 1 & 3 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.5 / 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-7.1, Rev. 20, Obj. 22-Given a change in plant conditions due to system or component failure, analyze the Chemical and Volume Control System to determine what failure has occurred.
: 10.
3SQS-53.3 Rev 5 Obj. 3 State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW EOP Executive Volume.
The following conditions exist  
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 10. The following conditions exist * 'B' SG has a 200 gpm tube rupture
'B' SG has a 200 gpm tube rupture The crew is performing E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture Both Motor Driven AFW pumps are RUNNING MOV-1 MS-105, AFW Turbine Steam lsol Viv was CLOSED to secure the TDAFW pump In accordance with E-3, which of the following actions must be completed prior to restarting the Turbine Driven AFW pump?
* The crew is performing E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture
A.
* Both Motor Driven AFW pumps are RUNNING
Manually close 1MS-16, 18 SG Steam Supply to 1FW-P-2 Isolation.
* MOV-1 MS-105, AFW Turbine Steam lsol Viv was CLOSED to secure the TDAFW pump In accordance with E-3, which of the following actions must be completed prior to restarting the Turbine Driven AFW pump? A. Manually close 1MS-16, 18 SG Steam Supply to 1FW-P-2 Isolation.
B.
B. Manually close 1MS-15 AND 1MS-17, 1A & 1C SG Steam Supply to 1FW-P-2 Isolation.
Manually close 1MS-15 AND 1MS-17, 1A & 1C SG Steam Supply to 1FW-P-2 Isolation.
C. Close TV-1MS-101B, Loop 1B Main Steam Trip Valve and NRV-1MS-101B, B SG NRTRN Viv. D. Reset the Turbine Driven AFW pump Trip Throttle Valve. Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
C.
KIA is met by the candidate demonstrating procedural knowledge of plant system lineups during a Steam Generator Tube rupture, and identifying a local valve manipulation required to isolate the ruptured SG and restore the use of the Turbine Drive AFW pump. 1 A. Correct. JAW E-3 step 4.c.4, 1 MS-16 must be closed to isolate the ruptured SG steam supply to the TDAFW pump prior to restarting the TDAFW pump. B. Incorrect.
Close TV-1MS-101B, Loop 1B Main Steam Trip Valve and NRV-1MS-101B, B SG NRTRN Viv.
1 MS-15 & 16 must be verified open. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that the intent of the step is to isolate the ruptured SG from the intact SGs and supply the TDAFW pump from the ruptured SG. C. Incorrect.
D.
The MSIVs for the ruptured SG are isolated, but have no bearing on the TDAFW pump. Plausible distractor is the candidate thinks that closing the MS IVs will isolate the ruptured SG from the TDAFW pump. D. Incorrect.
Reset the Turbine Driven AFW pump Trip Throttle Valve.
The stem of the question states MOV-1MS-105 was closed thus isolating all steam to the TDAFW. This does not trip the TDAFW pump trip throttle valve. E-3 step 4.c.4 states to reopen MOV-1MS-105 after isolating 1 MS-16. Sys# System Category 000038 Steam Gen. Generic Tube Rupture /3 KJA# 2.4.34 KJA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New 4.2 KA Statement Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects. Exam Level RO Technical  
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by the candidate demonstrating procedural knowledge of plant system lineups during a Steam Generator Tube rupture, and identifying a local valve manipulation required to isolate the ruptured SG and restore the use of the Turbine Drive AFW pump.
1 A.
Correct. JAW E-3 step 4.c.4, 1 MS-16 must be closed to isolate the ruptured SG steam supply to the TDAFW pump prior to restarting the TDAFW pump.
B.
Incorrect. 1 MS-15 & 16 must be verified open. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that the intent of the step is to isolate the ruptured SG from the intact SGs and supply the TDAFW pump from the ruptured SG.
C.
Incorrect. The MSIVs for the ruptured SG are isolated, but have no bearing on the TDAFW pump. Plausible distractor is the candidate thinks that closing the MS IVs will isolate the ruptured SG from the TDAFW pump.
D.
Incorrect. The stem of the question states MOV-1MS-105 was closed thus isolating all steam to the TDAFW. This does not trip the TDAFW pump trip throttle valve. E-3 step 4.c.4 states to reopen MOV-1MS-105 after isolating 1 MS-16.
Sys#
System Category 000038 Steam Gen.
Generic Tube Rupture  
/3 KJA#
2.4.34 KJA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New 4.2 KA Statement Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1 OM-53A.1.E-3 lss 3 Rev O pg 6 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.1 o / 43.5 / 45. l 3)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 - State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.


1 OM-53A.1.E-3 lss 3 Rev O pg 6 Question Cognitive Level: Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.1 o / 43.5 / 45. l 3) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 -State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW EOP Executive Volume.
: 11.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 11. The plant was operating at 100% when a Loss of ALL AC Power occurred.
The plant was operating at 100% when a Loss of ALL AC Power occurred. The following conditions exist:
The following conditions exist:
The Emergency Diesel Generators failed to energize the Emergency busses.
* The Emergency Diesel Generators failed to energize the Emergency busses.
The operating crew is conducting a secondary depressurization per ECA-0.0, Loss of All Emergency 4KV AC Power.
* The operating crew is conducting a secondary depressurization per ECA-0.0, Loss of All Emergency 4KV AC Power.
SG pressures are as follows:
* SG pressures are as follows: 1A SG: 245 psig and lowering 1 B SG: 247 psig and lowering 1 C SG: 244 psig and lowering Which of the following choices complete the statements below? Based on the above conditions, Per ECA-0.0, this secondary pressure reduction is required to (1) The reason the secondary pressure reduction is required to be stopped at the SG pressure specified in ECA-0.0 is to prevent (2) A 1) be STOPPED 2) a challenge to the Integrity Critical Safety Function B. 1) CONTINUE 2) a challenge to the Integrity Critical Safety Function C. 1) be STOPPED 2) injection of accumulator nitrogen into the RCS D. 1) CONTINUE 2) injection of accumulator nitrogen into the RCS Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
1A SG: 245 psig and lowering 1 B SG: 247 psig and lowering 1 C SG: 244 psig and lowering Which of the following choices complete the statements below?
KJA is met by this question presenting a scenario where a Loss of Offsite Power occurs and the Emergency DGs fail to energize the emergency 4kv busses. The candidate is required to know the reason that the secondary depressurization is stopped at 21 O psig (reasons for the actions contained in the EOP). A. Incorrect.
Based on the above conditions, Per ECA-0.0, this secondary pressure reduction is required to (1)
The pressures are not, <21 O psig as required by ECA-0.0. Plausible distractor since this is the reason for the Tcold temperature limit of 330&deg;F during the pressure reduction, but NOT the reason for stopping at 210 psig. B. Incorrect.
The reason the secondary pressure reduction is required to be stopped at the SG pressure specified in ECA-0.0 is to prevent (2)
The SG depressurization should continue until SGs are <21 O psig. Plausible distractor since this is the reason for the Tcold temperature limit of 330&deg;F during the pressure reduction, but NOT the reason for stopping at 21 O psig. C. Incorrect:
A
The pressures are not, <210 psig as required by ECA-0.0. To prevent injection of Nitrogen is the correct reason for stopping the SG depressurization.
: 1) be STOPPED
D. Correct. The SG depressurization should continue until SGs are <210 psig, this reduces RCS pressure and temperature to minimize seal leakage and Inventory loss. To prevent the injection of accumulator Nitrogen into the RCS is the correct reason for stopping SG depressurization at 210 si in ECA-0.0. Sys# System 000056 Loss of site Power I 6 KiA# AK3.02 Category AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Offsite Power: KIA Importance 4.4 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  
: 2) a challenge to the Integrity Critical Safety Function B.
: 1) CONTINUE
: 2) a challenge to the Integrity Critical Safety Function C.
: 1) be STOPPED
: 2) injection of accumulator nitrogen into the RCS D.
: 1) CONTINUE
: 2) injection of accumulator nitrogen into the RCS Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
KJA is met by this question presenting a scenario where a Loss of Offsite Power occurs and the Emergency DGs fail to energize the emergency 4kv busses. The candidate is required to know the reason that the secondary depressurization is stopped at 21 O psig (reasons for the actions contained in the EOP).
A.
Incorrect. The pressures are not, <21 O psig as required by ECA-0.0. Plausible distractor since this is the reason for the Tcold temperature limit of 330&deg;F during the pressure reduction, but NOT the reason for stopping at 210 psig.
B.
Incorrect. The SG depressurization should continue until SGs are <21 O psig. Plausible distractor since this is the reason for the Tcold temperature limit of 330&deg;F during the pressure reduction, but NOT the reason for stopping at 21 O psig.
C.
Incorrect: The pressures are not, <210 psig as required by ECA-0.0. To prevent injection of Nitrogen is the correct reason for stopping the SG depressurization.
D.
Correct. The SG depressurization should continue until SGs are <210 psig, this reduces RCS pressure and temperature to minimize seal leakage and Inventory loss. To prevent the injection of accumulator Nitrogen into the RCS is the correct reason for stopping SG depressurization at 210 si in ECA-0.0.
Sys#
System 000056 Loss of Off-site Power I 6 KiA#
AK3.02 Category AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Offsite Power:
KIA Importance 4.4 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
Bank - Farley 2013 NRG Exam (037)
KA Statement Actions contained in EOP for loss of offsite power RO 10M-53A.1.ECA-O.O lss. 2 Rev. 1 step 24 10M-53B.4.ECA-O.O lss. 2 Rev. 1step24 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 41.5,41.1 o / 45.6/45.13)
Objective:
1LOT-M5D21-01-05: While performing ECA-0.0 Depressurize the RCS using the S/Gs at the max rate PRA Important Operator Action
#8 3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj 4 - Explain from memory the basis for ALL Cautions and Notes, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.


Question Source: Bank -Farley 2013 NRG Exam (037) KA Statement Actions contained in EOP for loss of offsite power RO 10M-53A.1.ECA-O.O lss. 2 Rev. 1 step 24 10M-53B.4.ECA-O.O lss. 2 Rev. 1step24 Question Cognitive Level: Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.5,41.1 o / 45.6/45.13)
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
Objective:
: 12.
1LOT-M5D21-01-05:
The plant is at 100% power with all systems in NSA EXCEPT for the following:
While performing ECA-0.0 Depressurize the RCS using the S/Gs at the max rate PRA Important Operator Action #8 3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj 4 -Explain from memory the basis for ALL Cautions and Notes, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.
Battery Breaker #1-2 is OPEN for maintenance Vital Bus #2 Manual Bypass switch is in the AL TERNA TE SOURCE TO LOAD position Battery Charger #2A is in service Battery Charger #2A AC Input Breaker [B301] TRIPS open.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 12. The plant is at 100% power with all systems in NSA EXCEPT for the following:
What impact will this have on the control room indications for #2 DC Bus Volts and N42 Power range indication?
* Battery Breaker #1-2 is OPEN for maintenance
Control room indication for #2 DC Bus Volts will __  
* Vital Bus #2 Manual Bypass switch is in the AL TERNA TE SOURCE TO LOAD position
~(1_) ___ AND N42 Power range indication will (2)
* Battery Charger #2A is in service Battery Charger #2A AC Input Breaker [B301] TRIPS open. What impact will this have on the control room indications for #2 DC Bus Volts and N42 Power range indication?
A
Control room indication for #2 DC Bus Volts will __
( 1) remain as is (2) remain as is B.
___ AND N42 Power range indication will (2) A ( 1) remain as is (2) remain as is B. (1) remain as is (2) drop to ZERO C. (1) drop to ZERO (2) remain as is D. (1) drop to ZERO (2) drop to ZERO Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
(1) remain as is (2) drop to ZERO C.
KIA is met by requiring knowledge of the initial DC system lineup with the battery breaker open for maintenance, and the in-service battery charger AC input breaker tripping causing a loss of#2 DC voltage. Knowledge must be used to identify that the standby battery charger must be manually aligned to supply the DC bus (No automatic swap over exists), and #2 DC volts instrumentation will indicate zero volts at this time. The candidate must also display knowledge of the #2 vital bus at this time based on the current electrical line-up. A. Incorrect.
(1) drop to ZERO (2) remain as is D.
Part 1 is wrong. The dual battery chargers will not automatically swap over (like the vital bus will swap over) when voltage drops. The Part 2 is correct. Having the manual bypass switch in alternate source to load position will keep the vital bus energized.
(1) drop to ZERO (2) drop to ZERO Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
B. Incorrect.
KIA is met by requiring knowledge of the initial DC system lineup with the battery breaker open for maintenance, and the in-service battery charger AC input breaker tripping causing a loss of#2 DC voltage. Knowledge must be used to identify that the standby battery charger must be manually aligned to supply the DC bus (No automatic swap over exists), and #2 DC volts instrumentation will indicate zero volts at this time. The candidate must also display knowledge of the #2 vital bus at this time based on the current electrical line-up.
Part 1 is wrong. The dual battery chargers will not automatically swap over (like the vital bus will swap over) when voltage drops. The Part 2 is wrong. Having the manual bypass switch in alternate source to load position will keep the vital bus energized.
A.
C. Correct. The dual battery chargers will not automatically swap over (like the vital bus will swap over) when voltage drops. Therefore the DC bus will be de-energized.
Incorrect. Part 1 is wrong. The dual battery chargers will not automatically swap over (like the vital bus will swap over) when voltage drops. The Part 2 is correct. Having the manual bypass switch in alternate source to load position will keep the vital bus energized.
Having the manual bypass switch in alternate source to load position will keep the vital bus energized.
B.
D. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Part 1 is wrong. The dual battery chargers will not automatically swap over (like the vital bus will swap over) when voltage drops. The Part 2 is wrong. Having the manual bypass switch in alternate source to load position will keep the vital bus energized.
Part 1 is correct. Part 2 is wrong. Having the manual bypass switch in alternate source to load position will keep the vital bus energized.
C.
Sys# System 000058 Loss of DC Power/6 KIA# AK1.01 Category AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of DC Power: KIA Importance 2.8 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Correct. The dual battery chargers will not automatically swap over (like the vital bus will swap over) when voltage drops. Therefore the DC bus will be de-energized. Having the manual bypass switch in alternate source to load position will keep the vital bus energized.
D.
Incorrect. Part 1 is correct. Part 2 is wrong. Having the manual bypass switch in alternate source to load position will keep the vital bus energized.
Sys#
System 000058 Loss of DC Power/6 KIA#
AK1.01 Category AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of DC Power:
KIA Importance 2.8 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
Bank-1LOT14 NRC Exam Q13 KA Statement Battery charger equipment and instrumentation RO LP 3SQS-38.1 rev. 8 Unit 1 ppt slide 28 10M-39.4.AAL rev.6 page 2 of 5 step 5 LP 3SQS-39.1 rev. 9 Unit 1 ppt slide 7 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 41.8 I 41.1 o / 45.3)
Objective:
3SQS-39.1 Rev. 9 Obj. 10 Given a 125 VDC Distribution System configuration, and without reference material, describe the 125 VDC Distribution System field response to the following malfunctions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status.
: a. Loss of AC power,
: b. Loss of Station Battery,
: c. Loss of DC Bus


Question Source: Bank-1LOT14 NRC Exam Q13 KA Statement Battery charger equipment and instrumentation RO LP 3SQS-38.1 rev. 8 Unit 1 ppt slide 28 10M-39.4.AAL rev.6 page 2 of 5 step 5 LP 3SQS-39.1 rev. 9 Unit 1 ppt slide 7 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.8 I 41.1 o / 45.3) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-39.1 Rev. 9 Obj. 10 Given a 125 VDC Distribution System configuration, and without reference material, describe the 125 VDC Distribution System field response to the following malfunctions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status. a. Loss of AC power, b. Loss of Station Battery, c. Loss of DC Bus Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 13. The plant is in Mode 3 with all systems in normal alignment for plant startup.
: 13.
* 1WR-P-1A, 'A' River Water Pump is RUNNING
The plant is in Mode 3 with all systems in normal alignment for plant startup.
* 1 WR-P-1 B, 'B' River Water Pump is in STBY
1WR-P-1A, 'A' River Water Pump is RUNNING 1 WR-P-1 B, 'B' River Water Pump is in STBY An inadvertent Train 'A' Containment Isolation Phase B (CIB Train A) occurs Which of the following system indications below describe the Reactor Plant River Water System lineup five minutes after the inadvertent Train 'A' CIB actuation?
* An inadvertent Train 'A' Containment Isolation Phase B (CIB Train A) occurs Which of the following system indications below describe the Reactor Plant River Water System lineup five minutes after the inadvertent Train 'A' CIB actuation? (Assume NO Operator action) 'A' RPRW 'B' RPRW RSS HX CCR HX PUMP PUMP FLOWRATE FLOWRATE A. Running Off Pre-event Pre-event B. Off Running Increase Decrease C. Running Running Increase Decrease D. Running Running Pre-event Pre-event Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
(Assume NO Operator action)  
KIA is met by the candidate analyzing the effects of an inadvertent Train 'A' CIB actuation will have on the Reactor Plant River Water System. When the inadvertent Train 'A' CIB actuation occurs, a loss of River Water flow will occur to the CCR heat exchangers, and flow will increase to the RSS heat exchangers because the inlet valve will open .. When the CCR Hxs are isolated, a low pressure condition on the header will cause an auto start of the 'B' RPRW pump. A. Incorrect.
'A' RPRW  
Both RPRW pumps will be running, and RSS Hx flowrate will increase, and CCR Hx flowrate will decrease to zero. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks both trains of CIB must be actuated for the RPRW system to realign. B. Incorrect.
'B' RPRW RSS HX CCR HX PUMP PUMP FLOWRATE FLOWRATE A.
Plausible distractor if the candidate think that the 'A' RPRW pump trips on a Train 'A' CIB actuation, causing 'B' RPRW pump to auto start. RSS Hx flowrate does increase, and CCR Hx flowrate does decrease to zero. *
Running Off Pre-event Pre-event B.
* C. Correct. Train A CIB will close MOV-1RW-114A  
Off Running Increase Decrease C.
& B which will isolate both trains of RPRW to the CCR Hxs causing CCR Hxs flowrate to decrease to zero. This will cause a low pressure condition on PS-1 RW-113 A & B which causes an auto start of the 'B' RPRW pump. MOV-1RW-103A & B will open supplying RW to the RSS Hxs causing the flowrate to increase.
Running Running Increase Decrease D.
D. Incorrect.
Running Running Pre-event Pre-event Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Both RPRW pumps will be running, but RSS Hx flowrate will increase, and CCR Hx flowrate will decrease to zero. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks both trains of CIB must be actuated for the RPRW system to realign. Sys# System Category 000062 Loss of Nuclear Svc Water/ 4 AA 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Nuclear Service Water (SWS): K/A# AA1.07 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New 2.9 Exam Level Technical  
KIA is met by the candidate analyzing the effects of an inadvertent Train 'A' CIB actuation will have on the Reactor Plant River Water System. When the inadvertent Train 'A' CIB actuation occurs, a loss of River Water flow will occur to the CCR heat exchangers, and flow will increase to the RSS heat exchangers because the inlet valve will open.. When the CCR Hxs are isolated, a low pressure condition on the header will cause an auto start of the 'B' RPRW pump.
A.
Incorrect. Both RPRW pumps will be running, and RSS Hx flowrate will increase, and CCR Hx flowrate will decrease to zero. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks both trains of CIB must be actuated for the RPRW system to realign.
B.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate think that the 'A' RPRW pump trips on a Train 'A' CIB actuation, causing 'B' RPRW pump to auto start. RSS Hx flowrate does increase, and CCR Hx flowrate does decrease to zero.
C.
Correct. Train A CIB will close MOV-1RW-114A & B which will isolate both trains of RPRW to the CCR Hxs causing CCR Hxs flowrate to decrease to zero. This will cause a low pressure condition on PS-1 RW-113 A & B which causes an auto start of the 'B' RPRW pump. MOV-1RW-103A & B will open supplying RW to the RSS Hxs causing the flowrate to increase.
D.
Incorrect. Both RPRW pumps will be running, but RSS Hx flowrate will increase, and CCR Hx flowrate will decrease to zero. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks both trains of CIB must be actuated for the RPRW system to realign.
Sys#
System Category 000062 Loss of Nuclear Svc Water/ 4 AA 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Nuclear Service Water (SWS):
K/A#
AA1.07 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New 2.9 Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
KA Statement Flow rates to the components and systems that are serviced by the SWS; interactions among the components RO UFSAR Fig. 7.2-1 Rev. 22 Unit 1 LSK-017-001E Rev. 7 1 OM-30.1.D lss. 4 Rev. 3 pg. 5 1SQS-30.2 PPNT Rev. 18 Slide 47 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 41.7 I 45.5 / 45.6)
Objective:
1 SQS-30.2, Rev. 18 Obj. 15 - Given a Reactor Plant River Water System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Reactor Plant River Water System control room response to the following actuation signals, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable. b. Containment Isolation Signal - Phase B (CIB)


KA Statement Flow rates to the components and systems that are serviced by the SWS; interactions among the components RO UFSAR Fig. 7.2-1 Rev. 22 Unit 1 LSK-017-001E Rev. 7 1 OM-30.1.D lss. 4 Rev. 3 pg. 5 1SQS-30.2 PPNT Rev. 18 Slide 47 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 I 45.5 / 45.6) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-30.2, Rev. 18 Obj. 15 -Given a Reactor Plant River Water System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Reactor Plant River Water System control room response to the following actuation signals, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable.
: 14.
: b. Containment Isolation Signal -Phase B (CIB)
The crew has entered AOP 1.34.2, Loss of Containment Instrument Air due to a large air leak inside containment.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 14. The crew has entered AOP 1.34.2, Loss of Containment Instrument Air due to a large air leak inside containment.
TV-1 IA-400, Inst Air to CNMT Inst Air lsol valve has been CLOSED 1 IA-90, Bypass Valve for TV-1 IA-400 is CLOSED CNMT Inst Air pressure is 60 psig and lowering The leak has been repaired and air must be restored to containment.
* TV-1 IA-400, Inst Air to CNMT Inst Air lsol valve has been CLOSED
: 1) Based on the above conditions, what actions must be taken to restore Instrument Air to Containment IAW AOP 1.34.2?
* 1 IA-90, Bypass Valve for TV-1 IA-400 is CLOSED
: 2) When restoring Instrument Air to Containment, why must the air to containment be restored slowly?
* CNMT Inst Air pressure is 60 psig and lowering The leak has been repaired and air must be restored to containment.
A.
: 1) Based on the above conditions, what actions must be taken to restore Instrument Air to Containment IAW AOP 1.34.2? 2) When restoring Instrument Air to Containment, why must the air to containment be restored slowly? A. 1) Open TV-11A-400
: 1) Open TV-11A-400
: 2) Main Steam Trip Valves may CLOSE B. 1) Open 11A-90 then Open TV-11A-400
: 2) Main Steam Trip Valves may CLOSE B.
: 2) Main Steam Trip Valves may CLOSE I C. 1) Open TV-1 IA-400 2) CNMT Instrument Air Receiver Relief Valve may LIFT D. 1) Open 1 IA-90 then Open TV-1 IA-400 2) CNMT Instrument Air Receiver Relief Valve may LIFT Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
: 1) Open 11A-90 then Open TV-11A-400
KIA is met by evaluating the ability to restore Station instrument Air to Cnmt Instrument Air after it has been isolated iaw the Loss of Instrument Air AOP and the loss of IA has been corrected so that rapid depressurization of IA does not cause the MSIVs t6 close. A. Incorrect.
: 2) Main Steam Trip Valves may CLOSE I
Plausible to only open TVc1 IA-400 if Cnmt IA header pressure 95 psig, but the stem stated pressure was 60 psig. Therefore, equalization around TV-1 IA-400 must be done slowly to prevent closure of the MSIVs. (Caution in the AOP). Second part is correct. B. Correct. With Cnmt IA header pressure at< 60 psig, 1 IA-90 is opened to slowly equalize around TV-1 IA-400 to prevent closure of the MS IVs. Second part correct because AOP-1.34.2 has a caution stating attempting to restore Instrument Air to CNMT by immediately opening TV 1 IA 400 or by opening 1 IA-90 too quickly may reduce Station Instrument Air pressure enough to close a Main Steam Line Trip Valve. C. Incorrect.
C.
Plausible to only open TV-1 IA-400 if Cnmt IA header pressure 95 psig, but the stem stated pressure was 60 psig. Therefore, equalization around TV-1 IA-400 must be done slowly to prevent closure of the MSIVs. Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks that supplying air to the cnmt air receiver too quickly will cause the 120 psig relief valve to lift. D. Incorrect.
: 1) Open TV-1 IA-400
First part is correct. Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks that supplying air to the cnmt air receiver too quickly will cause the 120 psig relief valve to lift. Sys # System Category KA Statement 000065 Loss of AA 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to Restoration of systems served by instrument air Instrument the Loss of Instrument Air: when pressure is regained Air/ 8 K/A# AA1.03 KIA Importance 2.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
: 2) CNMT Instrument Air Receiver Relief Valve may LIFT D.
: 1) Open 1 IA-90 then Open TV-1 IA-400
: 2) CNMT Instrument Air Receiver Relief Valve may LIFT Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by evaluating the ability to restore Station instrument Air to Cnmt Instrument Air after it has been isolated iaw the Loss of Instrument Air AOP and the loss of IA has been corrected so that rapid depressurization of IA does not cause the MSIVs t6 close.
A.
Incorrect. Plausible to only open TVc1 IA-400 if Cnmt IA header pressure was~ 95 psig, but the stem stated pressure was 60 psig. Therefore, equalization around TV-1 IA-400 must be done slowly to prevent closure of the MSIVs. (Caution in the AOP). Second part is correct.
B.
Correct. With Cnmt IA header pressure at< 60 psig, 1 IA-90 is opened to slowly equalize around TV-1 IA-400 to prevent closure of the MS IVs.
Second part correct because AOP-1.34.2 has a caution stating attempting to restore Instrument Air to CNMT by immediately opening TV 1 IA 400 or by opening 1 IA-90 too quickly may reduce Station Instrument Air pressure enough to close a Main Steam Line Trip Valve.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible to only open TV-1 IA-400 if Cnmt IA header pressure was~ 95 psig, but the stem stated pressure was 60 psig. Therefore, equalization around TV-1 IA-400 must be done slowly to prevent closure of the MSIVs. Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks that supplying air to the cnmt air receiver too quickly will cause the 120 psig relief valve to lift.
D.
Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks that supplying air to the cnmt air receiver too quickly will cause the 120 psig relief valve to lift.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 000065 Loss of AA 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to Restoration of systems served by instrument air Instrument the Loss of Instrument Air:
when pressure is regained Air/ 8 K/A#
AA1.03 KIA Importance 2.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1 OM-53C.4.1.34.2 Rev. 9 pg. 2, 3, 5, 10 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
Objective:
1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 4 - Explain the basis for cautions and notes of each AOP.
1SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5 - Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.


1 OM-53C.4.1.34.2 Rev. 9 pg. 2, 3, 5, 10 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 4 -Explain the basis for cautions and notes of each AOP. 1SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5 -Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.
: 15.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 15. Given the following conditions:
Given the following conditions:
* The plant was at 100% power
The plant was at 100% power A Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) outside containment results in RCS Subcooling dropping to 0&deg;F The crew is performing the actions of ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment Actions are being taken to isolate the leak In accordance with ECA-1.2, which of the following flowpaths are isolated, and what indication is used to confirm the LOCA has been isolated?
* A Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) outside containment results in RCS Subcooling dropping to 0&deg;F
The __
* The crew is performing the actions of ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment
_._(1'""") ___ pumps are isolated from the RCS.  
* Actions are being taken to isolate the leak In accordance with ECA-1.2, which of the following flowpaths are isolated, and what indication is used to confirm the LOCA has been isolated?
---""'(2::;.,.) ___ rising will be used to confirm the LOCA has been isolated.
The __ _._(1'""")
A.
___ pumps are isolated from the RCS. ---""'(2::;.,.)
: 1) Low Head Safety Injection
___ rising will be used to confirm the LOCA has been isolated.
: 2) Pressurizer level B.
A. 1) Low Head Safety Injection
: 1) Low Head Safety Injection
: 2) Pressurizer level B. 1) Low Head Safety Injection
: 2) RCS pressure C.
: 2) RCS pressure C. 1) Outside Recirculation Spray 2) Pressurizer level D. 1) Outside Recirculation Spray 2) RCS pressure Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
: 1) Outside Recirculation Spray
K/A is met with the knowledge of the procedural steps of the LOCA Outside Containment procedure, as well as having knowledge of which low pressure piping which is isolated, and how it is determined that the leak is isolated by checking RCS pressure.  
: 2) Pressurizer level D.
*' A. Incorrect.
: 1) Outside Recirculation Spray
LHSI is correct. Pressurizer level is a plausible distractor because it is one of the indications used in the EOP network to determine whether SI flow is required
: 2) RCS pressure Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
* B. Correct. Low Head Safety Injection is specifically call out in step 2, as a tow pressure flowpath which could be the cause of the LOCA outside cnmt. RCS pressure is the correct indication because if the break is isolated, a significant RCS pressure increase will occur due to the SI flow filling up the RCS with break flow stopped. C. Incorrect.
K/A is met with the knowledge of the procedural steps of the LOCA Outside Containment procedure, as well as having knowledge of which low pressure piping which is isolated, and how it is determined that the leak is isolated by checking RCS pressure.
Outside RSS pumps are a plausible distractor since they are located outside cnmt and in other circumstances, could be aligned for cold leg recirc if the LHSI pumps are not available.
A.
This requires local operation of manual valves which would not be operated in E-1 or ECA-1.2. Pressurizer level is a plausible distractor because it is one of the indications used in the EOP network to determine whether SI flow is required.
Incorrect. LHSI is correct. Pressurizer level is a plausible distractor because it is one of the indications used in the EOP network to determine whether SI flow is required B.
D. Incorrect.
Correct. Low Head Safety Injection is specifically call out in step 2, as a tow pressure flowpath which could be the cause of the LOCA outside cnmt. RCS pressure is the correct indication because if the break is isolated, a significant RCS pressure increase will occur due to the SI flow filling up the RCS with break flow stopped.
Outside RSS pumps are a plausible distractor since they are located outside cnmt and in other circumstances, could be aligned for cold leg recirc if the LHSI pumps are not available.
C.
This requires local operation of manual valves which would not be operated in E-1 or ECA-1.2. RCS pressure is correct. Sys # System Category KA Statement W/E04 LOCA EK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures Outside responses as they apply to the (LOCA Outside associated with (LOCA Outside Containment).
Incorrect. Outside RSS pumps are a plausible distractor since they are located outside cnmt and in other circumstances, could be aligned for cold leg recirc if the LHSI pumps are not available. This requires local operation of manual valves which would not be operated in E-1 or ECA-1.2.
Pressurizer level is a plausible distractor because it is one of the indications used in the EOP network to determine whether SI flow is required.
D.
Incorrect. Outside RSS pumps are a plausible distractor since they are located outside cnmt and in other circumstances, could be aligned for cold leg recirc if the LHSI pumps are not available. This requires local operation of manual valves which would not be operated in E-1 or ECA-1.2.
RCS pressure is correct.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement W/E04 LOCA EK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures Outside responses as they apply to the (LOCA Outside associated with (LOCA Outside Containment).
Containment Containment)  
Containment Containment)  
/3 KIA# EK3.2 KIA Importance  
/3 KIA#
 
EK3.2 KIA Importance 3.4 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
===3.4 References===
Bank - Sequoyah 2012 NRC Exam (Q15)
 
Exam Level RO Technical  
provided to Candidate None Question Source: Bank -Sequoyah 2012 NRC Exam (Q15) Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-53A.1.ECA-1.2 lss. 2 rev. 1pg.1-3 RM-0411-001Rev.27 RM-0411-002 Rev. 13 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 - State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.


10M-53A.1.ECA-1.2 lss. 2 rev. 1pg.1-3 RM-0411-001Rev.27 RM-0411-002 Rev. 13 Question Cognitive Level: Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 -State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW EOP Executive Volume.
: 16.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 16. The following conditions exist:
The following conditions exist:
* The crew has entered FR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink
The crew has entered FR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink AB-115, 4160V Emergency Bus 1DF ACB 1F7 OvercurrentTrip is LIT A7-7, Steam Unavailable to Turbine Driven Feed Pump is LIT  
* AB-115, 4160V Emergency Bus 1DF ACB 1F7 OvercurrentTrip is LIT
'A' MDAFW tripped on startup Dedicated AFW pump failed to start All RCPs have been secured SG levels A-14% WR B-11% WR C-13% WR
* A7-7, Steam Unavailable to Turbine Driven Feed Pump is LIT * 'A' MDAFW tripped on startup
: 1) What is the next required action of FR-H.1?
* Dedicated AFW pump failed to start
: 2) When feedwater is restored, what is the MAXIMUM feed flowrate to the 'B' Steam Generator?
* All RCPs have been secured
A.
* SG levels A-14% WR B-11% WR C-13% WR 1) What is the next required action of FR-H.1? 2) When feedwater is restored, what is the MAXIMUM feed flowrate to the 'B' Steam Generator?
: 1) Attempt to start 1 MFP
A. 1) Attempt to start 1 MFP 2) approximately 50 gpm B. 1) Attempt to start 1 MFP 2) less than 100 gpm C. 1) Initiate Bleed and Feed 2) approximately 50 gpm D. 1) lnitjate Bleed and Feed 2) less than 100 gpm Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
: 2) approximately 50 gpm B.
KIA is met by placing the candidate into FR-H.1 with various annunciators requiring the candidate demonstrate knowledge that other means of feed flow are unavailable, and Bleed and Feed requirements have been met. The question also tests the remedial actions of limiting feed to a dry (S14%) to <100gpm. A. Incorrect.
: 1) Attempt to start 1 MFP
SG WR levels are S14%, therefore bleed and feed is required.
: 2) less than 100 gpm C.
50 gpm is a plausible distractor since it is a low volume, but it is the required flowrate for ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled depressurization of All SGs. B. Incorrect.
: 1) Initiate Bleed and Feed
SG WR levels are s14%, therefore bleed and feed is required.
: 2) approximately 50 gpm D.
It is correct that the feed rate to a dry SG (14%WR) is <1 OOgpm. C. Incorrect.
: 1) lnitjate Bleed and Feed
SG WR levels are s14%, therefore bleed and feed is required.
: 2) less than 100 gpm Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
50 gpm is a plausible distractor since it is a low volume, but it is the required flowrate for ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled depressurization of All SGs. D. Correct. With all 3 SGs s14% FR-H.1 continuous action step 3 requires Bleed and Feed to be performed.
KIA is met by placing the candidate into FR-H.1 with various annunciators requiring the candidate demonstrate knowledge that other means of feed flow are unavailable, and Bleed and Feed requirements have been met. The question also tests the remedial actions of limiting feed to a dry (S14%) to <100gpm.
If 2 of the SGs were >14%, then starting the MFP would be appropriate It is correct that the feed rate to a dry SG (14%WR) is <1 OOgpm. Sys # System Category KA Statement W/E05 Inadequate Heat EK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the Annunciators and conditions indicating signals, Transfer -Loss of following concepts as they apply to the (Loss of and remedial actions associated with the Loss of Secondary Heat Sink I 4 Secondary Heat Sink) Secondary Heat Sink KIA# EK1.3 KIA Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
A.
Incorrect. SG WR levels are S14%, therefore bleed and feed is required. 50 gpm is a plausible distractor since it is a low volume, but it is the required flowrate for ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled depressurization of All SGs.
B.
Incorrect. SG WR levels are s14%, therefore bleed and feed is required. It is correct that the feed rate to a dry SG (14%WR) is <1 OOgpm.
C.
Incorrect. SG WR levels are s14%, therefore bleed and feed is required. 50 gpm is a plausible distractor since it is a low volume, but it is the required flowrate for ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled depressurization of All SGs.
D.
Correct. With all 3 SGs s14% FR-H.1 continuous action step 3 requires Bleed and Feed to be performed. If 2 of the SGs were >14%, then starting the MFP would be appropriate It is correct that the feed rate to a dry SG (14%WR) is <1 OOgpm.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement W/E05 Inadequate Heat EK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the Annunciators and conditions indicating signals, Transfer - Loss of following concepts as they apply to the (Loss of and remedial actions associated with the Loss of Secondary Heat Sink I 4 Secondary Heat Sink)
Secondary Heat Sink KIA#
EK1.3 KIA Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-53A.1.FR-H.1 lss 2 Rev 2 pg. 2, 13, &19 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.8 / 41.1 o, 45.3)
Objective:
1LOT-M5D12, Rev. 15 Obj 2-5 Given a Loss Of Heat Sink with Bleed and Feed Criteria met, conduct a RCS Bleed and Feed in accordance with FR-H.1 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink. Obj 2-6 Given a Loss Of Heat Sink with Dry SG Criteria met, feed the Steam Generators in accordance with FR-H.1.


10M-53A.1.FR-H.1 lss 2 Rev 2 pg. 2, 13, &19 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.8 / 41.1 o, 45.3) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1LOT-M5D12, Rev. 15 Obj 2-5 Given a Loss Of Heat Sink with Bleed and Feed Criteria met, conduct a RCS Bleed and Feed in accordance with FR-H.1 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink. Obj 2-6 Given a Loss Of Heat Sink with Dry SG Criteria met, feed the Steam Generators in accordance with FR-H.1.
: 17.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 17. The crew is performing ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.
The crew is performing ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.
: 1) Which of the following describes the reason for depressurizing the RCS IAW ECA-1.1? 2) After commencing the RCS cooldown in ECA-1.1, which of the following sequences will be used to depressurize the RCS? A. 1) To minimize RCS leakage. 2) Reduce/terminate HHSI flow, then depressurize the RCS while maintaining minimum RCS subcooling.
: 1) Which of the following describes the reason for depressurizing the RCS IAW ECA-1.1?
B. 1) To establish maximum LHSI flow. 2) Reduce/terminate HHSI flow, then depressurize the RCS while maintaining minimum RCS subcooling.
: 2) After commencing the RCS cooldown in ECA-1.1, which of the following sequences will be used to depressurize the RCS?
C. 1) To minimize RCS leakage. 2) Depressurize the RCS while maintaining maximum RCS subcooling, then stabilize RCS temperature while attempting to restore makeup sources. D. 1) To establish maximum LHSI flow. 2) Depressurize the RCS while maintaining maximum RCS subcooling, then stabilize RCS temperature while attempting to restore makeup sources. Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
A.
KIA is met by the knowledge of the actions taken in ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation to reduce the RCS leakage. This includes operation of the High Head Safety Injection system to reduce to the RWST outflow, and the effect that depressurizing the RCS will have on the RCS leak rate. Both of these actions will help to delay depletion of the RWST and minimize break flow. A. Correct. The RCS is depressurized to minimize RCS leakage. This is accomplished by commencing plant cooldown, reducing or terminating the HHSI flow to help minimize the RWST outflow, then the RCS is depressurized to minimize subcooling and reduce flow from the LOCA. (Major action step 4) B. Incorrect.
: 1) To minimize RCS leakage.
Plausible distractor because depressurizing the RCS could cause maximum LHSI flow, but the procedure reduces and secures the LHSI pumps in order to delay the RWST depletion.
: 2) Reduce/terminate HHSI flow, then depressurize the RCS while maintaining minimum RCS subcooling.
Second part is correct. C. Incorrect.
B.
The RCS is depressurized to minimize RCS leakage. Second part is plausible because the candidate must understand that depressurization of the RCS is to minimize, not maximize subcooling so RCS pressure can be decreased to the lowest pressure possible without losing subcooling.
: 1) To establish maximum LHSI flow.
After depressurization, plant cooldown will still occur by procedure and attempting to restore makeup sources will continue.
: 2) Reduce/terminate HHSI flow, then depressurize the RCS while maintaining minimum RCS subcooling.
D. Incorrect.
C.
Plausible distractor because depressurizing the RCS could cause maximum LHSI flow, but the procedure reduces and secures the LHSI pumps in order to delay the RWST depletion.
: 1) To minimize RCS leakage.
Second part is plausible because the candidate must understand that depressurization of the RCS is to minimize, not maximize subcooling so RCS pressure can be decreased to the lowest pressure possible without losing subcooling.
: 2) Depressurize the RCS while maintaining maximum RCS subcooling, then stabilize RCS temperature while attempting to restore makeup sources.
After depressurization, plant cooldown will still occur by procedure and attempting to restore makeup sources will continue.
D.
Sys# W/E11 K/A# System Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirc. / 4 EK2.2 Category EK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation) and the following:
: 1) To establish maximum LHSI flow.
K/A Importance  
: 2) Depressurize the RCS while maintaining maximum RCS subcooling, then stabilize RCS temperature while attempting to restore makeup sources.
 
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
===3.9 References===
KIA is met by the knowledge of the actions taken in ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation to reduce the RCS leakage. This includes operation of the High Head Safety Injection system to reduce to the RWST outflow, and the effect that depressurizing the RCS will have on the RCS leak rate. Both of these actions will help to delay depletion of the RWST and minimize break flow.
 
A.
provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical  
Correct. The RCS is depressurized to minimize RCS leakage. This is accomplished by commencing plant cooldown, reducing or terminating the HHSI flow to help minimize the RWST outflow, then the RCS is depressurized to minimize subcooling and reduce flow from the LOCA. (Major action step 4)
B.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because depressurizing the RCS could cause maximum LHSI flow, but the procedure reduces and secures the LHSI pumps in order to delay the RWST depletion. Second part is correct.
C.
Incorrect. The RCS is depressurized to minimize RCS leakage. Second part is plausible because the candidate must understand that depressurization of the RCS is to minimize, not maximize subcooling so RCS pressure can be decreased to the lowest pressure possible without losing subcooling. After depressurization, plant cooldown will still occur by procedure and attempting to restore makeup sources will continue.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because depressurizing the RCS could cause maximum LHSI flow, but the procedure reduces and secures the LHSI pumps in order to delay the RWST depletion. Second part is plausible because the candidate must understand that depressurization of the RCS is to minimize, not maximize subcooling so RCS pressure can be decreased to the lowest pressure possible without losing subcooling. After depressurization, plant cooldown will still occur by procedure and attempting to restore makeup sources will continue.
Sys#
W/E11 K/A#
System Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirc. / 4 EK2.2 Category EK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation) and the following:
K/A Importance 3.9 References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
Bank-1LOT7 NRC Exam (Q65) Modified KA Statement Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility RO 10M-53B.4.ECA-1.1 lss. 3 Rev. Opgs. 3 & 47 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3 Rev 5 Obj. 3 State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.


Question Source: Bank-1LOT7 NRC Exam (Q65) Modified KA Statement Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility RO 10M-53B.4.ECA-1.1 lss. 3 Rev. Opgs. 3 & 47 Question Cognitive Level: Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-53.3 Rev 5 Obj. 3 State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW EOP Executive Volume.
: 18.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 18. Initial conditions:
Initial conditions:
* Plant was operating at 100% power with all systems in normal alignment
Plant was operating at 100% power with all systems in normal alignment All 3 steam lines ruptured in the Main steam Valve area upstream of the MS IVs Based on the above accident, which of the following is the reason for the Reactor Trip?
* All 3 steam lines ruptured in the Main steam Valve area upstream of the MS IVs Based on the above accident, which of the following is the reason for the Reactor Trip? A. 2/3 Steamline Pressure Low on 1 /3 SG B. 2/3 High Steamline Pressure Rate on 2/3 SG C. 2/4 Power Range High D. 2/3 HI-HI SG level on 1/3 SG Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
A.
KIA is met demonstrating knowledge of the expected Rx trip and E-0, Reactor Trip and Safety Injection entry which would occur due to an uncontrolled depressurization of all 3 SGs. The candidate will have to demonstrate knowledge of the P-11 interlock, and determine that at NOP (>P-11) the plant will trip due to steamline pressure low, which is one of the automatic actuations of Safety Injection which is a Rx trip. PR high at 109% will not cause the Rx trip due to the rods inserting with rod control in automatic.
2/3 Steamline Pressure Low on 1 /3 SG B.
Actual trip setpoints were not used in the answer choices to ensure no other exa.m question was compromised.
2/3 High Steamline Pressure Rate on 2/3 SG C.
A. Correct. Based on the above conditions, the SI initiation signal of 2/3 Steamline Pressure Low on 1 /3 SIG at 500 PSIG + rate will trip the reactor. B. Incorrect.
2/4 Power Range High D.
Plausible distractor because 2/3 High Steamline Pressure Rate on 1/3 SG MSLI is instated when MSLI 2/3 Steamline Pressure Low on 1 /3 SIG is blocked when <P-11 (2000 psig), therefore pressure rate will not cause a reactor trip with these conditions.
2/3 HI-HI SG level on 1/3 SG Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
C. Incorrect.
KIA is met demonstrating knowledge of the expected Rx trip and E-0, Reactor Trip and Safety Injection entry which would occur due to an uncontrolled depressurization of all 3 SGs. The candidate will have to demonstrate knowledge of the P-11 interlock, and determine that at NOP (>P-11) the plant will trip due to steamline pressure low, which is one of the automatic actuations of Safety Injection which is a Rx trip. PR high at 109% will not cause the Rx trip due to the rods inserting with rod control in automatic. Actual trip setpoints were not used in the answer choices to ensure no other exa.m question was compromised.
Plausible because this is a reactor trip which could trip the reactor based on these conditions if Rod Control was in Manual. The initial conditions state normal alignment for this power. D. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible distractor because swell will occur in the SG, but this coincidence is for a FWI which will not occur based on these conditions, although a FWI would cause the reactor to trip, this is not the cause. Sys# W/E12 K/A# System Category Uncontrolled Depressurizalion of Generic all Steam Generators 2.4.2 KIA Importance  
Correct. Based on the above conditions, the SI initiation signal of 2/3 Steamline Pressure Low on 1 /3 SIG at 500 PSIG + rate will trip the reactor.
 
B.
===4.5 References===
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because 2/3 High Steamline Pressure Rate on 1/3 SG MSLI is instated when MSLI 2/3 Steamline Pressure Low on 1 /3 SIG is blocked when <P-11 (2000 psig), therefore pressure rate will not cause a reactor trip with these conditions.
 
C.
provided to Candidate None Question Source: New Exam Level KA Statement Knowledge of system set points, interlocks and . , automatic actions associated with EOP entry conditions.
Incorrect. Plausible because this is a reactor trip which could trip the reactor based on these conditions if Rod Control was in Manual. The initial conditions state normal alignment for this power.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because swell will occur in the SG, but this coincidence is for a FWI which will not occur based on these conditions, although a FWI would cause the reactor to trip, this is not the cause.
Sys#
W/E12 K/A#
System Category Uncontrolled Depressurizalion of Generic all Steam Generators 2.4.2 KIA Importance 4.5 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New Exam Level KA Statement Knowledge of system set points, interlocks and.,
automatic actions associated with EOP entry conditions.
RO Technical  
RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
UFSAR Logic Diagrams Figure 7.2-1 sh. 7 & 8 10M-1.5.B.1, Rev. 3, pg. 2 10M-1.5.B.4 rev. 17 pg. 2 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 I 45.7 I 45.8)
Objective:
3SQS-1.1, Rev. 8 Obj. 3 - Given a change in plant conditions, describe the response of the Reactor Protection System Trip Logics &
Engineered Safeguards Features Actuation Signals field indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status.


UFSAR Logic Diagrams Figure 7.2-1 sh. 7 & 8 10M-1.5.B.1, Rev. 3, pg. 2 10M-1.5.B.4 rev. 17 pg. 2 Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 I 45.7 I 45.8) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-1.1, Rev. 8 Obj. 3 -Given a change in plant conditions, describe the response of the Reactor Protection System Trip Logics & Engineered Safeguards Features Actuation Signals field indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status.
: 19.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 19. Given the following plant conditions:
Given the following plant conditions:
* Plant is in Mode 6
Plant is in Mode 6 Core offload was in progress A fuel assembly has been dropped from the Manipulator Crane The crew is performing AOP 1.49.1, Irradiated Fuel Damage
* Core offload was in progress
: 1) Which of the following Radiation Monitors will actuate the Localized CNMT Evacuation Alarm?
* A fuel assembly has been dropped from the Manipulator Crane
: 2) From which of the following locations can the Localized CNMT Evacuation Alarm be manually activated?
* The crew is performing AOP 1.49.1, Irradiated Fuel Damage 1) Which of the following Radiation Monitors will actuate the Localized CNMT Evacuation Alarm? 2) From which of the following locations can the Localized CNMT Evacuation Alarm be manually activated?
A.
A. 1) RM-1RM-219A, Containment High Range Area Monitor 2) Control Room B. 1) RM-1RM-219A, Containment High Range Area Monitor 2) CNMT Personnel Air Lock C. 1) RM-1VS-104A, Containment Purge Exhaust Monitor 2) Control Room 0. 1) RM-1VS-104A, Containment Purge Exhaust Monitor 2) CNMT Personnel Air Lock Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
: 1) RM-1RM-219A, Containment High Range Area Monitor
KIA is met by testing the ability to determine which rad monitor will cause the containment evacuation alarm to automatically sound if a Fuel Handling Accident would occur, and the ability to locate and operate the containment evacuation alarm switch should an accident occur. A. Incorrect.
: 2) Control Room B.
Plausible distractor because high radiation in CNMT would be just cause for evacuating, but 1 RM-219A does not provide input to the automatic CNMT evacuation alarm. CR is the correct location for manual actuation.
: 1) RM-1RM-219A, Containment High Range Area Monitor
B. Incorrect.
: 2) CNMT Personnel Air Lock C.
Plausible distractor because high radiation in CNMT would be just cause for evacuating, but 1 RM-219A does not provide input to the automatic CNMT evacuation alarm. CNMT Personnel Air Lock is incorrect.
: 1) RM-1VS-104A, Containment Purge Exhaust Monitor
It is a plausible distractor because the PAL is a central location for communications, and contains a red revolving warning light for incore moveable detector movement.
: 2) Control Room
: c. Correct. RM-1VS-104A will actuate the Localized CNMT Evacuation Alarm when the setpoint is reached, and the alarm can be manually actuated from the CR and shutdown panel communication consoles.
: 0.
D. Incorrect.
: 1) RM-1VS-104A, Containment Purge Exhaust Monitor
RM-1VS-104A will actuate the alarm, but the CNMT Personnel Air Lock is incorrect.
: 2) CNMT Personnel Air Lock Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
It is a plausible distractor because the PAL is a central location for communications, and contains a red revolving warning light for incore moveable detector movement.
KIA is met by testing the ability to determine which rad monitor will cause the containment evacuation alarm to automatically sound if a Fuel Handling Accident would occur, and the ability to locate and operate the containment evacuation alarm switch should an accident occur.
Sys# 000036 KIA# System Fuel Handling Accident/
A.
8 AA1.03 Category AA 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Fuel Handling Incidents:
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because high radiation in CNMT would be just cause for evacuating, but 1 RM-219A does not provide input to the automatic CNMT evacuation alarm. CR is the correct location for manual actuation.
B.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because high radiation in CNMT would be just cause for evacuating, but 1 RM-219A does not provide input to the automatic CNMT evacuation alarm. CNMT Personnel Air Lock is incorrect. It is a plausible distractor because the PAL is a central location for communications, and contains a red revolving warning light for incore moveable detector movement.
: c.
Correct. RM-1VS-104A will actuate the Localized CNMT Evacuation Alarm when the setpoint is reached, and the alarm can be manually actuated from the CR and shutdown panel communication consoles.
D.
Incorrect. RM-1VS-104A will actuate the alarm, but the CNMT Personnel Air Lock is incorrect. It is a plausible distractor because the PAL is a central location for communications, and contains a red revolving warning light for incore moveable detector movement.
Sys#
000036 KIA#
System Fuel Handling Accident/ 8 AA1.03 Category AA 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Fuel Handling Incidents:
KIA Importance 3.5 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  
KIA Importance 3.5 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
New KA Statement Reactor building containment evacuation alarm enable switch RO 10M-53C.4.1.49.1Rev.10, pg. 2 10M-43.1.D Rev. 10, pg. 10 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
Objective:
1SQS-43.1-01-2: Describe the automatic actions that occur in the field when a given radiation monitor alarms.
1SQS-43.1-01-10: Given a Radiation Monitoring System alarm condition, determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the control room.
3SQS-40.1-01-02 2.Explain the different alarm notification systems that are used at BVPS including how and when they are activated.


Question Source: New KA Statement Reactor building containment evacuation alarm enable switch RO 10M-53C.4.1.49.1Rev.10, pg. 2 10M-43.1.D Rev. 10, pg. 10 Question Cognitive Level: Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G)
1SQS-43.1-01-2:
: 20.
Describe the automatic actions that occur in the field when a given radiation monitor alarms. 1SQS-43.1-01-10:
On the RADAREA IPC printout, which of the following Area Radiation Monitor indications are NOT NORMAL when the plant is operating at 100% power?
Given a Radiation Monitoring System alarm condition, determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the control room. 3SQS-40.1-01-02 2.Explain the different alarm notification systems that are used at BVPS including how and when they are activated.
SEE ATTACHED RADAREA IPC PRINTOUT
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G) 20. On the RADAREA IPC printout, which of the following Area Radiation Monitor indications are NOT NORMAL when the plant is operating at 100% power? SEE ATTACHED RADAREA IPC PRINTOUT 1) RM-1 RM-201, Containment High Range Area Monitor 2) RM-1 RM-204, lncore Instrument Transfer Device Area Monitor 3) RM-1RM-207, Fuel Pool Bridge Area Monitor 4) RM-1RM-218A and 2188, Control Room Area Gamma Radiation Monitors A. 1 and 4 B. 2 and 3 C. 1 and 3 D. 2 and 4 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
: 1) RM-1 RM-201, Containment High Range Area Monitor
: 2) RM-1 RM-204, lncore Instrument Transfer Device Area Monitor
: 3) RM-1RM-207, Fuel Pool Bridge Area Monitor
: 4) RM-1RM-218A and 2188, Control Room Area Gamma Radiation Monitors A.
1 and 4 B.
2 and 3 C.
1 and 3 D.
2 and 4 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by the candidate evaluating the Radiation Monitor In Plant Computer printout to determine which of the area radiation monitors are indicating normal radiation intensity, and which radiation monitors are in an alarm or an out of service condition.
KIA is met by the candidate evaluating the Radiation Monitor In Plant Computer printout to determine which of the area radiation monitors are indicating normal radiation intensity, and which radiation monitors are in an alarm or an out of service condition.
A. Incorrect.
A.
RM-1 RM-201 is a plausible distractor if the candidate does not know the normal radiation levels for containrnent.
Incorrect. RM-1 RM-201 is a plausible distractor if the candidate does not know the normal radiation levels for containrnent. 1.0E-01 is normal for this detector. RM-1 RM-218A and 2188 - plausible distractor because it is a normal plant value, but it is also just below the High Rad alarm of 0.357 mr/hr.
1.0E-01 is normal for this detector.
: 8.
RM-1 RM-218A and 2188 -plausible distractor because it is a normal plant value, but it is also just below the High Rad alarm of 0.357 mr/hr. 8. Correct. RM-1 RM-204 is in high alarm at 23 mr/hr. (Setpoint is 20 mr/hr). This is not a normal condition during plant operations.
Correct. RM-1 RM-204 is in high alarm at 23 mr/hr. (Setpoint is 20 mr/hr). This is not a normal condition during plant operations. RM-1 RM-207 indicates out of service which is not normal for plant operations. LR 3.1.11 requires RM-207 to be functional when fuel is in the spent fuel pool.
RM-1 RM-207 indicates out of service which is not normal for plant operations.
C.
LR 3.1.11 requires RM-207 to be functional when fuel is in the spent fuel pool. C. Incorrect.
Incorrect. RM-1 RM-201 is a plausible distractor if the candidate does not know the normal radiation levels for containment. 1.0E-01 is normal for this detector. Second part is correct. RM-1 RM-207 indicates out of service which is not normal for plant operations.
RM-1 RM-201 is a plausible distractor if the candidate does not know the normal radiation levels for containment.
D.
1.0E-01 is normal for this detector.
Incorrect. First part is correct. RM-1 RM-204 is in high alarm at 23 mr/hr. (Setpoint is 20 mr/hr). This is not a normal condition during plant operations. Second part is not correct. RM-1 RM-218A and 2188 - plausible distractor because it is a normal plant value, but it is also just below the High Rad alarm of 0.357 mr/hr.
Second part is correct. RM-1 RM-207 indicates out of service which is not normal for plant operations.
Sys#
D. Incorrect.
000061 KIA#
First part is correct. RM-1 RM-204 is in high alarm at 23 mr/hr. (Setpoint is 20 mr/hr). This is not a normal condition during plant operations.
System ARM System Alarms 17 AA2.02 Category AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms:
Second part is not correct. RM-1 RM-218A and 2188 -plausible distractor because it is a normal plant value, but it is also just below the High Rad alarm of 0.357 mr/hr. *
KIA Importance 2.9 Exam Level KA Statement Normal radiation intensity for each ARM system channel RO References provided to Candidate RADAREA IPC PRINTOUT Technical  
* Sys# 000061 KIA# System ARM System Alarms 17 AA2.02 Category AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms: KIA Importance 2.9 Exam Level KA Statement Normal radiation intensity for each ARM system channel RO References provided to Candidate RADAREA IPC PRINTOUT Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Unit 1 LRM Rev. 71 pg. 3.3.11-1 SPD-RM-1RM-204 Rev. 00 (setpoint document) 10M-54.3.L5 Rev. 88 pgs. 33 & 37 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-54.1, Rev. 7 Obj. 6 - Describe the functions of the Surveillance (L-5) logs, and the logs role in verifying compliance with requirements, as documented in Operating Manual chapter 10M-54, 20M-54, and NOP-OP-1002 and in accordance with the applicable Units' Licensing Documents (e.g. Technical Specifications, License Requirement Manual, Offsite Dose Calculation Manual, and 1/2ADM-1900 items).
3SQS-54.1, Rev. 7 Obj. 7 - Given a datalogger and a PC, be able to perform this additional function: Enter Shift Plant Parameters


Unit 1 LRM Rev. 71 pg. 3.3.11-1 SPD-RM-1RM-204 Rev. 00 (setpoint document) 10M-54.3.L5 Rev. 88 pgs. 33 & 37 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-54.1, Rev. 7 Obj. 6 -Describe the functions of the Surveillance (L-5) logs, and the logs role in verifying compliance with requirements, as documented in Operating Manual chapter 10M-54, 20M-54, and NOP-OP-1002 and in accordance with the applicable Units' Licensing Documents (e.g. Technical Specifications, License Requirement Manual, Offsite Dose Calculation Manual, and 1/2ADM-1900 items). 3SQS-54.1, Rev. 7 Obj. 7 -Given a datalogger and a PC, be able to perform this additional function:
: 21.
Enter Shift Plant Parameters Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 21. Given the following plant conditions:
Given the following plant conditions:
* The Plant is operating at 100% power
The Plant is operating at 100% power A small fire develops in the office area behind the Shift Manager desk requiring Control Room Evacuation AOP 1.33.1 A, Control Room Inaccessibility has just been entered PRZR level is 17% and slowly LOWERING In accordance with AOP 1.33.1A, from which of the following locations will FCV-1CH-122, Charging Flow to Regen HX Inlet Control Valve be operated to throttle charging flow?
* A small fire develops in the office area behind the Shift Manager desk requiring Control Room Evacuation
A.
* AOP 1.33.1 A, Control Room Inaccessibility has just been entered
Locally B.
* PRZR level is 17% and slowly LOWERING In accordance with AOP 1.33.1A, from which of the following locations will FCV-1CH-122, Charging Flow to Regen HX Inlet Control Valve be operated to throttle charging flow? A. Locally B. Control Room C. Backup Indicating Panel D. Emergency Shutdown Panel Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Control Room C.
KIA is met by placing the candidate into a situation which requires entry into the Control Room Evacuation AOP, and based on this entry, display the ability to operate the RCS charging header FCV from the Emergency Shutdown Panel. A. Incorrect.
Backup Indicating Panel D.
Plausible distractor but FCV-1CH-122 is capable of being operated from the SOP, and local operation is not referenced in AOP-1.33.1A. B. Incorrect.
Emergency Shutdown Panel Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Plausible distractor, but the FCV-1 CH-122 is not one of the components operated prior to the CR evacuation.
KIA is met by placing the candidate into a situation which requires entry into the Control Room Evacuation AOP, and based on this entry, display the ability to operate the RCS charging header FCV from the Emergency Shutdown Panel.
C. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible distractor with the BIP having several control and indications available, but FCV-1CH-122 is not operated from the BIP, nor is the BIP referenced in AOP-1.33.1A.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor but FCV-1CH-122 is capable of being operated from the SOP, and local operation is not referenced in AOP-1.33.1A.
BIP is used iaw 1 OM-56C for a large fire in the CR. D. Correct. AOP-1.33.1A references the operation of FCV-1CH-122 from the SDP by placing the control selector switch in SOP, then controlling PRZR level between 22-54%. Sys# System 000068 Control Room Evac. / B KIA# AA1.22 category AA 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Control Room Evacuation:
B.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor, but the FCV-1 CH-122 is not one of the components operated prior to the CR evacuation.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor with the BIP having several control and indications available, but FCV-1CH-122 is not operated from the BIP, nor is the BIP referenced in AOP-1.33.1A. BIP is used iaw 1 OM-56C for a large fire in the CR.
D.
Correct. AOP-1.33.1A references the operation of FCV-1CH-122 from the SDP by placing the control selector switch in SOP, then controlling PRZR level between 22-54%.
Sys#
System 000068 Control Room Evac. / B KIA#
AA1.22 category AA 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Control Room Evacuation:
KIA Importance 4.0 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  
KIA Importance 4.0 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
New KA Statement Flow control valve for RCS charging header RO 1OM-53C.4.1.33.1A Rev 13 pg. 10 & 11 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR41.7145.5145.6)
Objective:
1 SQS-45.1-01: From memory and/or using supplied reference materials, explain the Miscellaneous Safety-Related Systems design basis, major components, flow paths, controls and interlocks, transient response, and normal & abnormal operations, in accordance with established design basis, station policies, technical specifications and procedures.


Question Source: New KA Statement Flow control valve for RCS charging header RO 1OM-53C.4.1.33.1A Rev 13 pg. 10 & 11 Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR41.7145.5145.6)
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
Objective:
: 22.
1 SQS-45.1-01:
The crew is responding to High RCS Activity in accordance with AOP 1.6.6, High Reactor Coolant System Activity.
From memory and/or using supplied reference materials, explain the Miscellaneous Safety-Related Systems design basis, major components, flow paths, controls and interlocks, transient response, and normal & abnormal operations, in accordance with established design basis, station policies, technical specifications and procedures.
Plant is at 100% power Chemistry is currently sampling the RCS, no results have been reported RM-1CH-101 B, Reactor Coolant Letdown Low Range Monitor is in High-High alarm RM-1CH-101A, Reactor Coolant Letdown High Range Monitor is in High-High alarm What action will be taken by the crew due to the Letdown Radiation monitors being in High-High alarm, and what is the reason for this action?
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 22. The crew is responding to High RCS Activity in accordance with AOP 1.6.6, High Reactor Coolant System Activity.
A.
* Plant is at 100% power
Increase Letdown flow to accelerate RCS activity cleanup through the mixed bed demineralizers.
* Chemistry is currently sampling the RCS, no results have been reported
B.
* RM-1CH-101 B, Reactor Coolant Letdown Low Range Monitor is in High-High alarm
Commence RCS Degasification to remove radioactive gases from the RCS.
* RM-1CH-101A, Reactor Coolant Letdown High Range Monitor is in High-High alarm What action will be taken by the crew due to the Letdown Radiation monitors being in High-High alarm, and what is the reason for this action? A. Increase Letdown flow to accelerate RCS activity cleanup through the mixed bed demineralizers.
C.
B. Commence RCS Degasification to remove radioactive gases from the RCS. C. Trip the Reactor and manually initiate CIA to preclude the release of potentially high airborne and elevated radiation levels to the environment.
Trip the Reactor and manually initiate CIA to preclude the release of potentially high airborne and elevated radiation levels to the environment.
D. Stop the CNMT Sump pumps and CNMT Vacuum pumps to prevent the release of potentially high airborne and elevated radiation levels to the Auxiliary Building.
D.
Stop the CNMT Sump pumps and CNMT Vacuum pumps to prevent the release of potentially high airborne and elevated radiation levels to the Auxiliary Building.
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
KIA met by requiring the candidate to know the action required by the High Reactor Coolant Activity AOP, and the reason for this action, if the High or Low UD rad monitor is in alarm. Beaver Valley does not have any actions for High Reactor Coolant Activity contained in the EOPs, therefore the question was directed towards the High Reactor Coolant Activity AOP which is the procedure BV would use. A. Incorrect.
KIA met by requiring the candidate to know the action required by the High Reactor Coolant Activity AOP, and the reason for this action, if the High or Low UD rad monitor is in alarm.
Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks increasing letdown flow will clean up the activity faster, but at 100% power 2 letdown orifices are currently in service. P&L for letdown states UD flow shall not exceed 120gpm, and 2 60gpm orifices should not be placed in service at the same time. AOP step 4 recommends evaluating reducing Letdown flow. B. Incorrect.
Beaver Valley does not have any actions for High Reactor Coolant Activity contained in the EOPs, therefore the question was directed towards the High Reactor Coolant Activity AOP which is the procedure BV would use.
Plausible if the candidate thinks removal of the radioactive gases from the RCS will minimize the effect of the High activity in the RCS, but in this case it would actually increase the radiological effects in the Aux building, and not keep it contained in the RCS or cnmt. AOP step 4 recommends evaluating stopping of RCS degasification.
A.
C. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks increasing letdown flow will clean up the activity faster, but at 100% power 2 letdown orifices are currently in service. P&L for letdown states UD flow shall not exceed 120gpm, and 2 60gpm orifices should not be placed in service at the same time. AOP step 4 recommends evaluating reducing Letdown flow.
Plausible if candidate feels that both of these alarms will lead to a release which could be detrimental to the public, and thinks that the Rx must be tripped and containment isolation is required.
B.
D. Correct. IAW the AOP, if either the LOW or HIGH Letdown rad monitors are in High-High alarm, the sump pumps and vacuum pumps should be stopped to minimize the radiological effects to the Aux building.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks removal of the radioactive gases from the RCS will minimize the effect of the High activity in the RCS, but in this case it would actually increase the radiological effects in the Aux building, and not keep it contained in the RCS or cnmt. AOP step 4 recommends evaluating stopping of RCS degasification.
Sys# System Category 000076 High Reactor Coolant Activity I 9 AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the High Reactor Coolant Activity : KIA# AK3.06 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New 3.2 Exam Level Technical  
C.
Incorrect. Plausible if candidate feels that both of these alarms will lead to a release which could be detrimental to the public, and thinks that the Rx must be tripped and containment isolation is required.
D.
Correct. IAW the AOP, if either the LOW or HIGH Letdown rad monitors are in High-High alarm, the sump pumps and vacuum pumps should be stopped to minimize the radiological effects to the Aux building.
Sys#
System Category 000076 High Reactor Coolant Activity I 9 AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the High Reactor Coolant Activity :
KIA#
AK3.06 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New 3.2 Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
KA Statement Actions contained in EOP for high reactor coolant activity RO 10M-53C.4.1.6.6, Rev. 4 step 6 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 41.5,41.10 I 45.61 45.13)
Objective:
1 SQS-53C.1 Rev. 12 Obj. 5 - Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.


KA Statement Actions contained in EOP for high reactor coolant activity RO 10M-53C.4.1.6.6, Rev. 4 step 6 Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.5,41.10 I 45.61 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-53C.1 Rev. 12 Obj. 5 -Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.
: 23.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 23. Initial conditions:
Initial conditions:
* Plant is at 100% power
Plant is at 100% power SSST 1A is on Clearance for relay maintenance Current Conditions:  
* SSST 1A is on Clearance for relay maintenance Current Conditions:  
'B' RCP tripped due to a locked rotor Safety Injection actuated on the Rx Trip The crew has transitioned to ES-1.1, SI Termination and are attempting to start an RCP In reference to starting a RCP in accordance with ES-1.1, based on the above conditions, which of the following statements is correct and why?
* 'B' RCP tripped due to a locked rotor
A.
* Safety Injection actuated on the Rx Trip
Start 'C' RCP to provide normal PRZR spray flow.
* The crew has transitioned to ES-1.1, SI Termination and are attempting to start an RCP In reference to starting a RCP in accordance with ES-1.1, based on the above conditions, which of the following statements is correct and why? A. Start 'C' RCP to provide normal PRZR spray flow. B. Start 'A' RCP to provide normal PRZR spray flow. C. Verify Natural Circulation because no RCPs can be started. D. Reinitiate Safety Injection because no RCPs can be started. Answer: A Explanation!Justification:
B.
Start 'A' RCP to provide normal PRZR spray flow.
C.
Verify Natural Circulation because no RCPs can be started.
D.
Reinitiate Safety Injection because no RCPs can be started.
Answer: A Explanation!Justification:
KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the note referring to RCP priority for PRZR spray in ES-1.1, SI Termination, and with the knowledge to determine the 4KV electrical lineup status for available RCP power supplies.
KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the note referring to RCP priority for PRZR spray in ES-1.1, SI Termination, and with the knowledge to determine the 4KV electrical lineup status for available RCP power supplies.
A. Correct. Starting 'C' RCP is the priority for PRZR spray in accordance with the note preceding the step. The candidate must determine that the pump tripped due to the A and B pumps receiving an under frequency, and causing the C RCP to trip also. The auto bus transfer will reenergize the C and D normal 4KV busses after the Rx trip, therefore power will be available to restart C RCP. B. Incorrect.
A.
This is plausible distractor because the note in SI term states to start C, A, B RCPs in that priority to provide normal spray flow, but with SSST 1A on clearance for relay maintenance, there is no power available to the normal 4KV 'B' bus. C. Incorrect.
Correct. Starting 'C' RCP is the priority for PRZR spray in accordance with the note preceding the step. The candidate must determine that the pump tripped due to the A and B pumps receiving an under frequency, and causing the C RCP to trip also. The auto bus transfer will reenergize the C and D normal 4KV busses after the Rx trip, therefore power will be available to restart C RCP.
Plausible distractor because if no RCPs can be started, this would be the correct action in accordance with the RNO of the RCP starting step of ES-1.1. But, the 'C' bus will be energized in this case and it is the priority pump for PRZR spray. 0. Incorrect.
B.
There is no reason to assume that SI re-initiation criteria of ES-1.1 LHP have been met since the SI was due to a locked RCP rotor, and no conditions pertaining to PRZR level or subcooling were given in the stem. Plausible if the candidate thinks this is the only means of core cooling. Sys# System Category W/E02 SI Generic Termination I 3 KIA# 2.4.20 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New 3.8 KA Statement Knowledge of operational implications of EOP warnings, cautions, and notes. Exam Level RO Technical  
Incorrect. This is plausible distractor because the note in SI term states to start C, A, B RCPs in that priority to provide normal spray flow, but with SSST 1A on clearance for relay maintenance, there is no power available to the normal 4KV 'B' bus.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because if no RCPs can be started, this would be the correct action in accordance with the RNO of the RCP starting step of ES-1.1. But, the 'C' bus will be energized in this case and it is the priority pump for PRZR spray.
: 0.
Incorrect. There is no reason to assume that SI re-initiation criteria of ES-1.1 LHP have been met since the SI was due to a locked RCP rotor, and no conditions pertaining to PRZR level or subcooling were given in the stem. Plausible if the candidate thinks this is the only means of core cooling.
Sys#
System Category W/E02 SI Generic Termination I 3
KIA#
2.4.20 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New 3.8 KA Statement Knowledge of operational implications of EOP warnings, cautions, and notes.
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-53A.1.ES-1.1 lss. 3 rev. 0 pg. 13 3SQS-36.1 PPNT Rev 12 lss 1 slide 10 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.1 of 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 4 - Explain from memory the basis for ALL Cautions and Notes, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.
3SQS-36.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 16 - Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the 4KV Distribution System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status. for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.


10M-53A.1.ES-1.1 lss. 3 rev. 0 pg. 13 3SQS-36.1 PPNT Rev 12 lss 1 slide 10 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.1 of 43.5 / 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam {1LOT16)
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 4 -Explain from memory the basis for ALL Cautions and Notes, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume. 3SQS-36.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 16 -Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the 4KV Distribution System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status. for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.
: 24.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam {1LOT16) 24. Given the following plant conditions:
Given the following plant conditions:
* The STA reports a Yellow path on CORE COOLING exists
The STA reports a Yellow path on CORE COOLING exists The Unit Supervisor announces a transition to FR-C.3, Response to Saturated Core Cooling  
* The Unit Supervisor announces a transition to FR-C.3, Response to Saturated Core Cooling * 'C' Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) is running Which of the following is a mitigating strategy in FR-C.3? A. Stop 'C' RCP and open all RCS vent paths. B. Depressurize SGs to depressurize the RCS. C. Start 'A' & 'B' RCPs and open all RCS vent paths. D. Establish SI flow to maintain minimum RCS subcooling.
'C' Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) is running Which of the following is a mitigating strategy in FR-C.3?
A.
Stop 'C' RCP and open all RCS vent paths.
B.
Depressurize SGs to depressurize the RCS.
C.
Start 'A' & 'B' RCPs and open all RCS vent paths.
D.
Establish SI flow to maintain minimum RCS subcooling.
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
KJA is met by the candidates knowledge of the interrelation of the plants emergency coolant (SI) requirements during a Saturated Core Cooling event and the importance of operating Safety Injection to maintain minimal RCS subcooling.  
KJA is met by the candidates knowledge of the interrelation of the plants emergency coolant (SI) requirements during a Saturated Core Cooling event and the importance of operating Safety Injection to maintain minimal RCS subcooling.
' A. Incorrect.
A.
Opening RCS vents is a major action category for FR-C.1. It is plausible that the running RCP is stopped before reducing RCS pressure to minimum. In the situation of FR-C.3 Saturated Core Cooling, the procedure requires the vent paths to be closed. B. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Opening RCS vents is a major action category for FR-C.1. It is plausible that the running RCP is stopped before reducing RCS pressure to minimum. In the situation of FR-C.3 Saturated Core Cooling, the procedure requires the vent paths to be closed.
This is a major action category for FR-C.1 & 2, but not for FR-C.3. C. Incorrect.
B.
This is one of the major action categories for FR-C.1 versus FR-C.3. FR-C.3 checks for open paths and requires open vent paths to be closed to minimize inventory loss. D. Correct. A major action category for FR-C.3 is to establish SI flow and maintain minimum RCS subcooling.
Incorrect. This is a major action category for FR-C.1 & 2, but not for FR-C.3.
Sys# W/E07 KJA# System Saturated Core Cooling 14 EK2.2 Category EK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Saturated Core Cooling) and the following:
C.
Incorrect. This is one of the major action categories for FR-C.1 versus FR-C.3. FR-C.3 checks for open paths and requires open vent paths to be closed to minimize inventory loss.
D.
Correct. A major action category for FR-C.3 is to establish SI flow and maintain minimum RCS subcooling.
Sys#
W/E07 KJA#
System Saturated Core Cooling 14 EK2.2 Category EK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Saturated Core Cooling) and the following:
KIA Importance 3.5 Exam Level KA Statement Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
KIA Importance 3.5 Exam Level KA Statement Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-53A.1.FR-C.3, lss 3, Rev 0, pg. 1 Question Source:
Bank - 2LOT8 NRC Exam (024)
Question Cognitive Level:
Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 145.7)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3 Rev 5 Obj. 3 State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.


10M-53A.1.FR-C.3, lss 3, Rev 0, pg. 1 Question Source: Bank -2LOT8 NRC Exam (024) Question Cognitive Level: Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 145.7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-53.3 Rev 5 Obj. 3 State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW EOP Executive Volume.
: 25.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 25. Initial Conditions:
Initial Conditions:
* A reactor trip occurred from 100% power
A reactor trip occurred from 100% power GV-1 and TV-4 have failed OPEN E-0 IOAs were completed, and the crew transitioned to ES-0.1, Reactor Trip response The STA reported a YELLOW condition on the Heat Sink status tree, and the crew transitioned to FR-H.2, Response To Steam Generator Overpressure.
* GV-1 and TV-4 have failed OPEN
The following conditions exist:  
* E-0 IOAs were completed, and the crew transitioned to ES-0.1, Reactor Trip response The STA reported a YELLOW condition on the Heat Sink status tree, and the crew transitioned to FR-H.2, Response To Steam Generator Overpressure.
'A' SG pressure indicates 1150 psig  
The following conditions exist: * 'A' SG pressure indicates 1150 psig * 'B' and 'C' SG pressures indicate 1010 psig * 'A' SG NR level is 79%
'B' and 'C' SG pressures indicate 1010 psig  
* No ruptured SG exists Which of the following actions will be required to mitigate the SG overpressure condition?
'A' SG NR level is 79%
A. Initiate AFW flow to the 'A' SG to facilitate cooldown.
No ruptured SG exists Which of the following actions will be required to mitigate the SG overpressure condition?
B. Open condenser steam dump valves to reduce SG pressures.
A.
C. Go to FR-H.3, Response to SG High Level to reduce pressure by reducing SG level. D. Operate the residual heat release valve to reduce SG pressure.
Initiate AFW flow to the 'A' SG to facilitate cooldown.
B.
Open condenser steam dump valves to reduce SG pressures.
C.
Go to FR-H.3, Response to SG High Level to reduce pressure by reducing SG level.
D.
Operate the residual heat release valve to reduce SG pressure.
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met demonstrating the knowledge of which components are available to depressurize the overpressure SG when automatic equipment failures such as main turbine trip occurs, and the crew has to manually Main Steam Isolate to minimize cooldown after a Rx trip. A. Incorrect.
KIA is met demonstrating the knowledge of which components are available to depressurize the overpressure SG when automatic equipment failures such as main turbine trip occurs, and the crew has to manually Main Steam Isolate to minimize cooldown after a Rx trip.
Plausible distractor to think that AFW will cause a cooldown and SG pressure will lower, but in fact AFW is isolated to the affected SG due to it being a potential source of SG pressurization, and SGWL being high. B. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible distractor because this would be the primary choice for dumping steam, but the initial conditions stated that GV-1 & TV-4 failed open, therefore the crew would have to isolate the MSIVs to prevent an SI, and continue in ES-0.1. C. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor to think that AFW will cause a cooldown and SG pressure will lower, but in fact AFW is isolated to the affected SG due to it being a potential source of SG pressurization, and SGWL being high.
Plausible distractor with 89% NR SG being an entry into FR-H.3, and that step 3 of FR-H.2 checks affected SG level <96% directing a transition to FR-H.3. D. Correct. With no ruptured SG, using the RHR control valve is the appropriate action iaw FR-H.2 step 4 under the major action category of controlling the affected SG pressure based on the current plant conditions.
B.
Sys # System Category KA Statement W/E13 Steam Generator EK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Steam Over-pressure/
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because this would be the primary choice for dumping steam, but the initial conditions stated that GV-1 & TV-4 failed open, therefore the crew would have to isolate the MSIVs to prevent an SI, and continue in ES-0.1.
4 Generator Overpressure) and the following:
C.
Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features KIA# EK2.1 KIA Importance  
Incorrect. Plausible distractor with 89% NR SG being an entry into FR-H.3, and that step 3 of FR-H.2 checks affected SG level <96% directing a transition to FR-H.3.
 
D.
===3.0 References===
Correct. With no ruptured SG, using the RHR control valve is the appropriate action iaw FR-H.2 step 4 under the major action category of controlling the affected SG pressure based on the current plant conditions.
 
Sys #
provided to Candidate None Question Source: Bank -BV2 2005 NRC Exam Q64 (Modified)
System Category KA Statement W/E13 Steam Generator EK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Steam Over-pressure/ 4 Generator Overpressure) and the following:
Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features KIA#
EK2.1 KIA Importance 3.0 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
Bank - BV2 2005 NRC Exam Q64 (Modified)
Exam Level RO Technical  
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-53A.1.FR-H.2 lss. 3 Rev. O pg. 1 3SQS53.3 FRH Series Att. 4 Rev.2 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3 Rev. 5 Obj. 3 - State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.


10M-53A.1.FR-H.2 lss. 3 Rev. O pg. 1 3SQS53.3 FRH Series Att. 4 Rev.2 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G)
3SQS-53.3 Rev. 5 Obj. 3 -State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW EOP Executive Volume.
: 26.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G) 26. The plant is at 75% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level.
The plant is at 75% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level.
* A Large Break LOCA occurred
A Large Break LOCA occurred E-1, "Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant" is in progress Containment pressure peaked at 38 psig and is now 9 psig and SLOWLY LOWERING RWST Level is 29 ft. 5 in. and LOWERING Assume no operator action related to equipment stated below Based on the above conditions, which statement below identifies the equipment which will be operating at this time for reducing containment pressure?
* E-1, "Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant" is in progress
A.
* Containment pressure peaked at 38 psig and is now 9 psig and SLOWLY LOWERING
Recirc Spray pumps ONLY.
* RWST Level is 29 ft. 5 in. and LOWERING
B.
* Assume no operator action related to equipment stated below Based on the above conditions, which statement below identifies the equipment which will be operating at this time for reducing containment pressure?
Quench Spray pumps ONLY.
A. Recirc Spray pumps ONLY. B. Quench Spray pumps ONLY. C. Recirc Spray AND Quench Spray pumps ONLY. D. Quench Spray AND Recirc Spray pumps AND Containment Air Recirculation Fans. Answer: B I Explanation/Justification:
C.
KJA is met by the candidate recognizing the cnmt and RWST conditions, and the fact that CIB has actuated causing ONLY the Quench Spray pumps to start to meet their intended function of reducing cnmt pressure.
Recirc Spray AND Quench Spray pumps ONLY.
The candidate must also recognize that with the volume available in the RWST, the Recirc Spray pumps have not started at the current level. A. Incorrect.
D.
Recirc Spray pumps will not start until RWST level reaches 27' 7.5" along with the CIB signal. B. Correct. Only the Quench Spray pumps will be operating due to the CIB actuation.
Quench Spray AND Recirc Spray pumps AND Containment Air Recirculation Fans.
C. Incorrect.
Answer: B I
QS Pumps will be running, but Recirc Spray pumps will not start until RWST level reaches 27' 7.5" along with the CIB signal. D. Incorrect.
Explanation/Justification:
QS Pumps will be running, but Recirc Spray pumps will not start until RWST level reaches 27' 7.5" along with the CIB signal and the CAR fans will not be operating due the 480VAC bus supply breakers opening on the CIB signal. Sys# System W/E14 Loss of CTMT Integrity I 5 KIA# EK1.1 Category EK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the (High Containment Pressure)
KJA is met by the candidate recognizing the cnmt and RWST conditions, and the fact that CIB has actuated causing ONLY the Quench Spray pumps to start to meet their intended function of reducing cnmt pressure. The candidate must also recognize that with the volume available in the RWST, the Recirc Spray pumps have not started at the current level.
A.
Incorrect. Recirc Spray pumps will not start until RWST level reaches 27' 7.5" along with the CIB signal.
B.
Correct. Only the Quench Spray pumps will be operating due to the CIB actuation.
C.
Incorrect. QS Pumps will be running, but Recirc Spray pumps will not start until RWST level reaches 27' 7.5" along with the CIB signal.
D.
Incorrect. QS Pumps will be running, but Recirc Spray pumps will not start until RWST level reaches 27' 7.5" along with the CIB signal and the CAR fans will not be operating due the 480VAC bus supply breakers opening on the CIB signal.
Sys#
System W/E14 Loss of CTMT Integrity I 5 KIA#
EK1.1 Category EK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the (High Containment Pressure)
KA Statement Components, capacity, and function of emergency systems KIA Importance 3.3 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
KA Statement Components, capacity, and function of emergency systems KIA Importance 3.3 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-13.1.D Rev 5 pg. 3 Question Source:
Bank - 2LOT8 NRC Exam (027) Modified Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.8141.10, 45.3)
Objective:
1 SQS-13.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 18 Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Containment Depressurization System, including automatic functions, set points and changes in equipment status as applicable.


10M-13.1.D Rev 5 pg. 3 Question Source: Bank -2LOT8 NRC Exam (027) Modified Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.8141.10, 45.3) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G)
1 SQS-13.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 18 Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Containment Depressurization System, including automatic functions, set points and changes in equipment status as applicable.
: 27.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G) 27. Given the following plant conditions:
Given the following plant conditions:
* A Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) occurred.
A Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) occurred.
* Safety Injection was lost and containment radiation level increased to 3E+5 R/hr.
Safety Injection was lost and containment radiation level increased to 3E+5 R/hr.
* Safety Injection has been re-established and containment radiation is now 2E+3 R/hr and trending DOWN. Which of the following describes the correct use of Adverse Containment parameter values for this event? A. NOT required during this transient.
Safety Injection has been re-established and containment radiation is now 2E+3 R/hr and trending DOWN.
B. Required as soon as the dose rate limit was exceeded, but are no longer required because the dose rate is now below the limit. C. Required as soon as the dose rate limit was exceeded, and remain in effect for the duration of the event because total integrated dose is unknown. D. Required as soon as the dose rate limit was exceeded, and remain in effect for the duration of the event, because since the dose rate was exceeded, the integrated dose rate was also exceeded.
Which of the following describes the correct use of Adverse Containment parameter values for this event?
A.
NOT required during this transient.
B.
Required as soon as the dose rate limit was exceeded, but are no longer required because the dose rate is now below the limit.
C.
Required as soon as the dose rate limit was exceeded, and remain in effect for the duration of the event because total integrated dose is unknown.
D.
Required as soon as the dose rate limit was exceeded, and remain in effect for the duration of the event, because since the dose rate was exceeded, the integrated dose rate was also exceeded.
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
K!A is met by requiring the candidate to interpret the containment radiation values at various timelines of the event, and determine whether adverse conditions would still be applicable in the EOP network to operate within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments.
K!A is met by requiring the candidate to interpret the containment radiation values at various timelines of the event, and determine whether adverse conditions would still be applicable in the EOP network to operate within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments.
A. Incorrect.
A.
Containment Radiation levels exceeded 1 E + 5 R/hr, so therefore adverse parameters are required.
Incorrect. Containment Radiation levels exceeded 1 E + 5 R/hr, so therefore adverse parameters are required.
B. Incorrect.
B.
Although it is true that the limit of 1 E + 5 R/hr was exceeded and also true that the radiation levels are now below this limit, 1 OM-538.5. Gl-2 requires that integrated dose remained less than 1 E +6 R/hr. This value is not known in the stated plant conditions and until it is known, the operator must continue to use adverse parameters.
Incorrect. Although it is true that the limit of 1 E + 5 R/hr was exceeded and also true that the radiation levels are now below this limit, 1 OM-538.5. Gl-2 requires that integrated dose remained less than 1 E +6 R/hr. This value is not known in the stated plant conditions and until it is known, the operator must continue to use adverse parameters.
C. Correct. !AW 1 OM-538.5.Gl-2, and in conjunction with justifications above. D. Incorrect.
C.
There is no way of determining if integrated dose was exceeded based on stated plant conditions.
Correct. !AW 1 OM-538.5.Gl-2, and in conjunction with justifications above.
Additionally, it is not true that whenever dose rate is exceeded that the integrated dose is exceeded.
D.
System Category KA Statement Sys# W/E16 High EA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments Containment the (High Containment Radiation)
Incorrect. There is no way of determining if integrated dose was exceeded based on stated plant conditions. Additionally, it is not true that whenever dose rate is exceeded that the integrated dose is exceeded.
Radiation/
System Category KA Statement Sys#
9 KIA# EA2.2 K!A Importance 3.0 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
W/E16 High EA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments Containment the (High Containment Radiation)
Radiation/ 9 KIA#
EA2.2 K!A Importance 3.0 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-538.5.Gl-2 lss. 2 Rev. 0 pgs. 13 & 14 Question Source:
Bank - 2LOT7 NRC Exam 027 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 43.5/45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-53.2, Rev. 2 - Obj. 15 Define from memory adverse containment conditions, IAW BVPS EOP Executive Volume.


10M-538.5.Gl-2 lss. 2 Rev. 0 pgs. 13 & 14 Question Source: Bank -2LOT7 NRC Exam 027 Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 43.5/45.13)
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
Objective:
: 28.
3SQS-53.2, Rev. 2 -Obj. 15 Define from memory adverse containment conditions, IAW BVPS EOP Executive Volume.
The plant was operating at 100% power.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 28. The plant was operating at 100% power.
1CC-P-1A CS is in AFTER-START 1CC-P-1B is on clearance for maintenance 1 CC-P-1 C is racked on to OF bus with the CS in AFTER-STOP An inadvertent Reactor Trip has occurred During the transfer to Off-site power, SSST 1 B received a differential protection alarm How many CCR pumps and RCPs will be operating five minutes after the Reactor Trip?
* 1CC-P-1A CS is in AFTER-START
(1)
* 1CC-P-1B is on clearance for maintenance
__ _.._.._ __ Reactor Plant Component Cooling Water pump(s) will be running.
* 1 CC-P-1 C is racked on to OF bus with the CS in AFTER-STOP
(2)
* An inadvertent Reactor Trip has occurred
__ _.._.._ __ Reactor Coolant pumps will be running.
* During the transfer to Off-site power, SSST 1 B received a differential protection alarm How many CCR pumps and RCPs will be operating five minutes after the Reactor Trip? (1) __ _.._.._ __ Reactor Plant Component Cooling Water pump(s) will be running. (2) __ _.._.._ __ Reactor Coolant pumps will be running. A. 1) One 2) No B. 1) One 2) Two C. 1) Two 2) No D. 1) Two 2 Two Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
A.
KIA is met by placing the candidate in a changing plant lineup and demonstrating knowledge of which RCP and CCW pumps will be energized and running. A. Incorrect.
: 1) One
Both parts are plausible if the candidate assumes that SSST 1 B supplies 'A' & "B' Normal 4KV busses. Therefore the 'A' CCR pump losses power, and they recognizes that the 'C' CCR pump will auto start. Second part is plausible if they think that SSST 1 B supplies 'A' & "B' Normal 4KV busses which would cause 2 RCPs to trip on undervoltage/under frequency.
: 2) No B.
In this case, the third RCP would also trip due to 2/3 RCP under frequency trip. 8. Incorrect.
: 1) One
First part plausible if the candidate recognizes power will be lost to one of the CCR pumps and doesn't recognize that the EOG sequencer will restart the lost CCR pump. Second part is correct, two RCPs will be running. C. Incorrect.
: 2) Two C.
Two CCR pumps will be running. Second part plausible if candidate thinks that SSST 18 supplies 'A' & "B' Normal 4KV busses which would cause 2 RCPs to trip on undervoltage/under frequency.
: 1) Two
In this case, the third RCP would also trip due to 2/3 RCP under frequency trip. D. Correct. SSST 1 B supplies the C & 0 Normal 4KV busses. This will cause 'C' RCP to trip on undervoltage due to the loss of 'C' bus, leaving 'A' & 'B' RCPs running. It will also cause #2 EOG to auto start due to undervoltage on 'OF' bus. When the #2 EOG sequences, the 'C' CCR pump will auto start, and 2 CCR pumps will be running. The candidate must know that a SSST 1B differential protection alarm will cause the 'C' & 'D' busses to de-energize due to an internal transformer fault. Sys # System Category 003 Reactor K2. Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
: 2) No D.
Coolant Pump KIA# K2.02 KIA Importance 2.5* Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  
: 1) Two 2 Two Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by placing the candidate in a changing plant lineup and demonstrating knowledge of which RCP and CCW pumps will be energized and running.
A.
Incorrect. Both parts are plausible if the candidate assumes that SSST 1 B supplies 'A' & "B' Normal 4KV busses. Therefore the 'A' CCR pump losses power, and they recognizes that the 'C' CCR pump will auto start. Second part is plausible if they think that SSST 1 B supplies 'A' & "B' Normal 4KV busses which would cause 2 RCPs to trip on undervoltage/under frequency. In this case, the third RCP would also trip due to 2/3 RCP under frequency trip.
: 8.
Incorrect. First part plausible if the candidate recognizes power will be lost to one of the CCR pumps and doesn't recognize that the EOG sequencer will restart the lost CCR pump. Second part is correct, two RCPs will be running.
C.
Incorrect. Two CCR pumps will be running. Second part plausible if candidate thinks that SSST 18 supplies 'A' & "B' Normal 4KV busses which would cause 2 RCPs to trip on undervoltage/under frequency. In this case, the third RCP would also trip due to 2/3 RCP under frequency trip.
D.
Correct. SSST 1 B supplies the C & 0 Normal 4KV busses. This will cause 'C' RCP to trip on undervoltage due to the loss of 'C' bus, leaving 'A'  
& 'B' RCPs running. It will also cause #2 EOG to auto start due to undervoltage on 'OF' bus. When the #2 EOG sequences, the 'C' CCR pump will auto start, and 2 CCR pumps will be running. The candidate must know that a SSST 1B differential protection alarm will cause the 'C' & 'D' busses to de-energize due to an internal transformer fault.
Sys #
System Category 003 Reactor K2. Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
Coolant Pump KIA#
K2.02 KIA Importance 2.5*
Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
New KA Statement CCWpumps RO 1 OM-36.4.AAE Rev. 1 pg. 2, 1 OM-6.3.C Rev. 11 pg. 8 10M-15.1.0 lss. 4Rev.1pg.3 3SQS36.1 PPNT Unit 1 Rev 12 lss. 1 slide 10 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7)
Objective:
3SQS-36.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 16 - Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the 4KV Distribution System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.
1SQS-15.1, Rev. 14 Obj. 3 - Describe the electrical configuration of the CCR pumps and the special considerations that are required if that configuration is changed.


Question Source: New KA Statement CCWpumps RO 1 OM-36.4.AAE Rev. 1 pg. 2, 1 OM-6.3.C Rev. 11 pg. 8 10M-15.1.0 lss. 4Rev.1pg.3 3SQS36.1 PPNT Unit 1 Rev 12 lss. 1 slide 10 Question Cognitive Level: Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-36.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 16 -Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the 4KV Distribution System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.
: 29.
1SQS-15.1, Rev. 14 Obj. 3 -Describe the electrical configuration of the CCR pumps and the special considerations that are required if that configuration is changed.
The plant is at 100% power.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 29. The plant is at 100% power.
Annunciator A3-126, Reactor Cool Pump Vibration High is LIT  
* Annunciator A3-126, Reactor Cool Pump Vibration High is LIT * 'B' RCP shaft vibration is 16 mils and STABLE * 'B' RCP frame vibration is 1 mil and STABLE
'B' RCP shaft vibration is 16 mils and STABLE  
* The crew enters AOP 1.6.8, Abnormal RCP Operation While performing the actions of AOP 1.6.8, the following additional alarms and indications are received:
'B' RCP frame vibration is 1 mil and STABLE The crew enters AOP 1.6.8, Abnormal RCP Operation While performing the actions of AOP 1.6.8, the following additional alarms and indications are received:
* A3-109, Reactor Cool Pump 1B Seal Vent Pot Level High
A3-109, Reactor Cool Pump 1B Seal Vent Pot Level High VCT Pressure, Pl-1CH-117 is 27 psig and STABLE Primary Drains Transfer Tank level, Ll-1DG-107A is 20.1 inches and slowly RISING RCP 1B Seal Leak Off, FR-1CH-154A is 1.21 gpm and STABLE Based on these alarms and indications, which 'B' RCP seal has failed?
* VCT Pressure, Pl-1CH-117 is 27 psig and STABLE
A.  
* Primary Drains Transfer Tank level, Ll-1DG-107A is 20.1 inches and slowly RISING
#1 seal B.  
* RCP 1B Seal Leak Off, FR-1CH-154A is 1.21 gpm and STABLE Based on these alarms and indications, which 'B' RCP seal has failed? A. #1 seal B. #2 seal C. #3 seal D. Low pressure seal Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
#2 seal C.  
KIA is met because the candidate must analyze both Control Room indications and annunciators of RCP seal leakage to determine which RCP seal has failed. A. Incorrect.
#3 seal D.
If #1 seal had failed seal leak-off flow would be high NOT low. Added VCT pressure to ensure that normal backpressure was felt on #1 seal leakoff. 8. Correct. With seal vent pot level high, Seal leakoff indicating lower than normal (-2.8 gpm), and TK1 level rising, these all indicate a failure of #2 seal.
Low pressure seal Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
* C. Incorrect.
KIA is met because the candidate must analyze both Control Room indications and annunciators of RCP seal leakage to determine which RCP seal has failed.
If #3 seal had failed the seal vent pot level low would be indicated, NOT high. D. Incorrect.
A.
The low pressure seal is not functional when the motor is coupled to the pump. Sys# System 003 Reactor Coolant Pump KIA# A4.05 Category A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: KIA Importance  
Incorrect. If #1 seal had failed seal leak-off flow would be high NOT low. Added VCT pressure to ensure that normal backpressure was felt on #1 seal leakoff.
 
: 8.
===3.1 References===
Correct. With seal vent pot level high, Seal leakoff indicating lower than normal (-2.8 gpm), and TK1 level rising, these all indicate a failure of #2 seal.
 
C.
provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical  
Incorrect. If #3 seal had failed the seal vent pot level low would be indicated, NOT high.
D.
Incorrect. The low pressure seal is not functional when the motor is coupled to the pump.
Sys#
System 003 Reactor Coolant Pump KIA#
A4.05 Category A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
KIA Importance 3.1 References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
Bank - 2LOT15 (Q3)
KA Statement RCP seal leakage detection instrumentation RO 10M-6.4.ABG Rev6 1SQS6.3 PPNT Rev 15 lss 1slide43 10M-53C.4.1.6.8 Rev. 18 pg. 29 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41. 7 / 45.5 to 45.8)
Objective:
1 SQS-6.3, Rev. 15 Obj. 21. Given a change in plant conditions due to system or component failure, analyze the Reactor Coolant Pump and support system to determine what failure has occurred.


Question Source: Bank -2LOT15 (Q3) KA Statement RCP seal leakage detection instrumentation RO 10M-6.4.ABG Rev6 1SQS6.3 PPNT Rev 15 lss 1slide43 10M-53C.4.1.6.8 Rev. 18 pg. 29 Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41. 7 / 45.5 to 45.8) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-6.3, Rev. 15 Obj. 21. Given a change in plant conditions due to system or component failure, analyze the Reactor Coolant Pump and support system to determine what failure has occurred.
: 30.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 30. The plant is operating at 100% power when the following occurs: A. B. C. D.
The plant is operating at 100% power when the following occurs:
* The air supply to FCV-1CH-122, CHG Flow Regen Hx Inlet Control Viv, actuator has been severed and the valve has repositioned to its failed position Which of the following completes the statement below? FCV-1CH-122 fails ___ (1_) ___ and RCP seal injection flowwill ___ (2_) __ _ (1) (2) closed lower closed rise open lower open rise Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
A.
B.
C.
D.
The air supply to FCV-1CH-122, CHG Flow Regen Hx Inlet Control Viv, actuator has been severed and the valve has repositioned to its failed position Which of the following completes the statement below?
FCV-1CH-122 fails ___
(1_) ___ and RCP seal injection flowwill ___
(2_) __ _
(1)
(2) closed lower closed rise open lower open rise Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met with the knowledge of the effects of a severed air line malfunction on FCV-1 CH-122, charging line flow control valve, and the affects it will have on the RCP seal injection flowrate.
KIA is met with the knowledge of the effects of a severed air line malfunction on FCV-1 CH-122, charging line flow control valve, and the affects it will have on the RCP seal injection flowrate.
A. Incorrect.
A.
First part is incorrect.
Incorrect. First part is incorrect. FCV-1CH-122 fails open. Plausible if the candidate does not recall the fail position of FCV-1CH-122. Second part is correct. Logical connection to the first part if the applicant believes that FCV-1 CH-122 is upstream of the seal inj. line and the closure of FCV-1CH-122 would stop seal injection flow.
FCV-1CH-122 fails open. Plausible if the candidate does not recall the fail position of FCV-1CH-122.
B.
Second part is correct. Logical connection to the first part if the applicant believes that FCV-1 CH-122 is upstream of the seal inj. line and the closure of FCV-1CH-122 would stop seal injection flow. B. Incorrect.
Incorrect. First part is incorrect. FCV-1CH-122 fails open. Plausible ifthe applicant does not recall the fail position of FCV-1CH-122. Second part is incorrect. Logical connection to the first part if the applicant thought that FCV-1 CH-122 failed closed since it would be the correct seal inj.
First part is incorrect.
response for this condition.
FCV-1CH-122 fails open. Plausible ifthe applicant does not recall the fail position of FCV-1CH-122.
C.
Second part is incorrect.
Correct. FCV-1CH-122 does fail open. With FCV-1CH-122 being located downstream of the Seal inj. supply line, it will reduce flow to the RCP seal inj.
Logical connection to the first part if the applicant thought that FCV-1 CH-122 failed closed since it would be the correct seal inj. response for this condition.
D.
C. Correct. FCV-1CH-122 does fail open. With FCV-1CH-122 being located downstream of the Seal inj. supply line, it will reduce flow to the RCP seal inj. . , D. Incorrect.
Incorrect. First part is correct, but the second part is incorrect. Logical connection to the first part if the applicant assumes that more charging flow equates to more seal injection flow.
First part is correct, but the second part is incorrect.
Sys#
Logical connection to the first part if the applicant assumes that more charging flow equates to more seal injection flow. Sys# 004 System Category Chemical and K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CVCS Volume will have on the following:
004 System Category Chemical and K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CVCS Volume will have on the following:
Control KA Statement RCP seal injection KIA# K3.08 KIA Importance 3.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Control KA Statement RCP seal injection KIA#
K3.08 KIA Importance 3.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
U1 RM-0407-001 Rev. 34 10M-7.4.IF rev. 3 pg. 12 Question Source:
U1 RM-0407-001 Rev. 34 10M-7.4.IF rev. 3 pg. 12 Question Source: Bank -Farley 2013 NRC Exam (03) Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41. 7/45/6) Objective:
Bank - Farley 2013 NRC Exam (03)
Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41. 7/45/6)
Objective:
1 SQS-7.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 20. Given a Chemical and Volume Control System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Chemical and Volume Control System control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable.
1 SQS-7.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 20. Given a Chemical and Volume Control System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Chemical and Volume Control System control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable.
: a. Loss of instrument air Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 31. The plant is in Mode 4 with RCS temperature at 210&deg;F.
: a. Loss of instrument air  
* RHR Hx 1 RH-E-1A is on clearance
* Train "B" of RHR is in service and being used for an RCS cooldown at 25&deg;F/hr
* All Train "B" RHR components are arranged in their normal alignment for plant cooldown
* MOV-1 RH-758, RHR HX FCV is 30% OPEN
* MOV-1 RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV is 50% OPEN As a result of poor Foreign Material Exclusion (FME) practices, a rubber Anti-C boot becomes lodged in the tube side of the "B" RHR Heat Exchanger.
The boot BLOCKS 25% of the tubes in the heat exchanger.
IF the RCS cooldown is to CONTINUE at 25&deg;F/hr, the reactor operator will be required to --------A. manually CLOSE MOV-1 RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV and allow MOV-1 RH-758, RHR HX FCV to automatically throttle OPEN to maintain total RHS system flow B. manually OPEN MOV-1 RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV and allow MOV-1 RH-758, RHR HX FCV to automatically throttle CLOSED to maintain tota:I RHS system flow C. manually CLOSE MOV-1RH-758, RHR HX FCVand allow MOV-1RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV to automatically throttle OPEN to maintain total RHS system flow D. manually OPEN MOV-1RH-758, RHR HX FCVand allow MOV-1RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV to automatically throttle CLOSED to maintain total RHS system flow Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by evaluating the candidates knowledge of how the RHR heat exchanger flow control system will be operated in the event of a partial loss of flow through the heat exchanger were to occur. A. Incorrect.
Manually closing MOV-1 RH-605 will force more water through the HX. However, MOV-1 RH-758 does not have automatic flow control and will NOT automatically throttle open to maintain RHR system flow. B. Incorrect.
Manually opening MOV-1 RH-605 will divert water away from the HX which would cause a heatup. Also, MOV-1 RH-758 does not have automatic flow control and will NOT automatically throttle open to maintain RHR system flow. C. Incorrect.
These actions will reduce the RCS cooldown rate even further. D. Correct. IAW 10M-10.4.A cooldown rate is adjusted by manually throttling MOV-1RH-758 to control flow through the RHR HX, and MOV-1RH-605 will automatically throttle to maintain the preset RHR system flow. Sys # System Category KA Statement 005 Residual K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following RHR heat exchanger Heat will have on the RHRS: Removal KIA# K6.03 KIA Importance


===2.5 References===
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
 
: 31.
provided to Candidate None Question Source: Bank -2LOT6 NRC Exam (030) Exam Level RO Technical  
The plant is in Mode 4 with RCS temperature at 210&deg;F.
RHR Hx 1 RH-E-1A is on clearance Train "B" of RHR is in service and being used for an RCS cooldown at 25&deg;F/hr All Train "B" RHR components are arranged in their normal alignment for plant cooldown MOV-1 RH-758, RHR HX FCV is 30% OPEN MOV-1 RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV is 50% OPEN As a result of poor Foreign Material Exclusion (FME) practices, a rubber Anti-C boot becomes lodged in the tube side of the "B" RHR Heat Exchanger. The boot BLOCKS 25% of the tubes in the heat exchanger.
IF the RCS cooldown is to CONTINUE at 25&deg;F/hr, the reactor operator will be required to --------
A.
manually CLOSE MOV-1 RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV and allow MOV-1 RH-758, RHR HX FCV to automatically throttle OPEN to maintain total RHS system flow B.
manually OPEN MOV-1 RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV and allow MOV-1 RH-758, RHR HX FCV to automatically throttle CLOSED to maintain tota:I RHS system flow C.
manually CLOSE MOV-1RH-758, RHR HX FCVand allow MOV-1RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV to automatically throttle OPEN to maintain total RHS system flow D.
manually OPEN MOV-1RH-758, RHR HX FCVand allow MOV-1RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV to automatically throttle CLOSED to maintain total RHS system flow Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by evaluating the candidates knowledge of how the RHR heat exchanger flow control system will be operated in the event of a partial loss of flow through the heat exchanger were to occur.
A.
Incorrect. Manually closing MOV-1 RH-605 will force more water through the HX. However, MOV-1 RH-758 does not have automatic flow control and will NOT automatically throttle open to maintain RHR system flow.
B.
Incorrect. Manually opening MOV-1 RH-605 will divert water away from the HX which would cause a heatup. Also, MOV-1 RH-758 does not have automatic flow control and will NOT automatically throttle open to maintain RHR system flow.
C.
Incorrect. These actions will reduce the RCS cooldown rate even further.
D.
Correct. IAW 10M-10.4.A cooldown rate is adjusted by manually throttling MOV-1RH-758 to control flow through the RHR HX, and MOV-1RH-605 will automatically throttle to maintain the preset RHR system flow.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 005 Residual K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following RHR heat exchanger Heat will have on the RHRS:
Removal KIA#
K6.03 KIA Importance 2.5 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
Bank - 2LOT6 NRC Exam (030)
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1 SQS-10.1 PPNT Rev. 18 slide 21 1OM-10.4.A Rev. 34 pg. 27 Unit 1 RM-0410-001rev.15 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)
Objective:
1SQS-10.1, Rev. 18 Obj. 17 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Residual Heat Removal System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.


1 SQS-10.1 PPNT Rev. 18 slide 21 1OM-10.4.A Rev. 34 pg. 27 Unit 1 RM-0410-001rev.15 Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1SQS-10.1, Rev. 18 Obj. 17 -Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Residual Heat Removal System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.
: 32.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 32. The following conditions exist:
The following conditions exist:
* A Large Break LOCA has occurred
A Large Break LOCA has occurred All systems have functioned as designed At what RWST level and coincidence will the automatic Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation occur?
* All systems have functioned as designed At what RWST level and coincidence will the automatic Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation occur? A. 1) 14' 0.5" coincident with CIB signal B. 1) 14' 0.5" coincident with SI signal C. 1) 27' 7.5" coincident with CIB signal D. 1) 27' 7.5" coincident with SI signal Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
A.
KIA is met with the knowledge of the ECCS design feature which causes a Transfer to cold leg recirculation to automatically occur when the RWST level reaches 14' 0.5" coincident with an SI signal. This transfer lineup will have the LHSI pumps take suction from the CNMT sump, and discharge to the suction to the HHSI pumps and also discharge to the LHSI cold leg injection lines. A. Incorrect.
: 1) 14' 0.5" coincident with CIB signal B.
Plausible because the level is correct but the coincidence is with the SI actuation instead of the CIB. RWST of 27' 7.5" coincident with CIB signal will start the RSS pumps. B. Correct. 2/4 RWST level at 14' 0.5" coincident with a safety Injection signal will automatically align Cold Leg Recirculation.
: 1) 14' 0.5" coincident with SI signal C.
Recirc alignment shifts the LHSI pump suction to the containment sump, and the HHSI pump suction will be supplied by the LHSI pumps discharge before the RWST is isolated.
: 1) 27' 7.5" coincident with CIB signal D.
The LHSI pumps will still be aligned to the RCS Cold Legs via MOV-1 Sl-890C, LHSI to RCS Cold Legs valve which is NSA Open. C. Incorrect.
: 1) 27' 7.5" coincident with SI signal Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
Plausible because a RWST level of 27' 7.5" coincident with CIB signal will start the RSS pumps which is an ESF actuation, but it is not correct for the Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.
KIA is met with the knowledge of the ECCS design feature which causes a Transfer to cold leg recirculation to automatically occur when the RWST level reaches 14' 0.5" coincident with an SI signal. This transfer lineup will have the LHSI pumps take suction from the CNMT sump, and discharge to the suction to the HHSI pumps and also discharge to the LHSI cold leg injection lines.
D. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible because a RWST level of 27' 7.5" coincident with CIB signal will start the RSS pumps which is an ESF actuation, but it is not correct for the Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.
Incorrect. Plausible because the level is correct but the coincidence is with the SI actuation instead of the CIB. RWST of 27' 7.5" coincident with CIB signal will start the RSS pumps.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 006 Emergency K4 Knowledge of ECCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which Cross-connection of HPl/LPl/SIS Core Cooling provide for the following:
B.
KIA# K4.14 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New 3.9 Exam Level Technical  
Correct. 2/4 RWST level at 14' 0.5" coincident with a safety Injection signal will automatically align Cold Leg Recirculation. Recirc alignment shifts the LHSI pump suction to the containment sump, and the HHSI pump suction will be supplied by the LHSI pumps discharge before the RWST is isolated. The LHSI pumps will still be aligned to the RCS Cold Legs via MOV-1 Sl-890C, LHSI to RCS Cold Legs valve which is NSA Open.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible because a RWST level of 27' 7.5" coincident with CIB signal will start the RSS pumps which is an ESF actuation, but it is not correct for the Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible because a RWST level of 27' 7.5" coincident with CIB signal will start the RSS pumps which is an ESF actuation, but it is not correct for the Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 006 Emergency K4 Knowledge of ECCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which Cross-connection of HPl/LPl/SIS Core Cooling provide for the following:
KIA#
K4.14 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New 3.9 Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
RO 10M-13.2.B Rev. 12 pg. 2
. 10M-1.5.B.4 Rev. 17 pg 21 10M-11.3.B.1 Rev. 20 pg. 26 1SQS-11.1 PPNT Rev. 14 Slide 108 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7)
Objective:
1 SQS-11.1 Rev. 14 obj. 18 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Safety Injection System, including automatic functions, set points and changes in equipment status as applicable including the following: c. Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation Logic.


RO 10M-13.2.B Rev. 12 pg. 2 . 10M-1.5.B.4 Rev. 17 pg 21 10M-11.3.B.1 Rev. 20 pg. 26 1SQS-11.1 PPNT Rev. 14 Slide 108 Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-11.1 Rev. 14 obj. 18 -Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Safety Injection System, including automatic functions, set points and changes in equipment status as applicable including the following:
: 33.
: c. Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation Logic.
Given the following:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 33. Given the following:
A reactor trip has occurred due to low RCS pressure.
* A reactor trip has occurred due to low RCS pressure.
The crew is performing E-0, reactor Trip or Safety Injection.
* The crew is performing E-0, reactor Trip or Safety Injection.
A PRZR Safety Valve is failed open.
* A PRZR Safety Valve is failed open.
Containment Pressure is 13. 7 psia and stable.
* Containment Pressure is 13. 7 psia and stable.
PRT pressure is 26 psig and rising.
* PRT pressure is 26 psig and rising. Which of the following describes the highest indicated PRT pressure that will exist just prior to Containment pressure rising due to this event? A. 84 psig B. 98.7 psig C. 100 psig D. 113.7 psig Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
Which of the following describes the highest indicated PRT pressure that will exist just prior to Containment pressure rising due to this event?
A.
84 psig B.
98.7 psig C.
100 psig D.
113.7 psig Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met demonstrating the knowledge of the PRT rupture disc setpoint and the concept that the setpoint is based on pressure inside the tank and containment atmospheric pressure.
KIA is met demonstrating the knowledge of the PRT rupture disc setpoint and the concept that the setpoint is based on pressure inside the tank and containment atmospheric pressure.
A. Correct. PRT pressure indication is relative to containment atmospheric pressure.
A.
The rupture discs actuate at 85 psid between internal tank pressure and containment atmospheric pressure.
Correct. PRT pressure indication is relative to containment atmospheric pressure. The rupture discs actuate at 85 psid between internal tank pressure and containment atmospheric pressure. If containment is at 13. 7 psi a (-1 psig), then PRT pressure (indicated) would be at 84 psig just prior to rupture discs actuating.
If containment is at 13. 7 psi a (-1 psig), then PRT pressure (indicated) would be at 84 psig just prior to rupture discs actuating.
B.
B. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if candidate thinks the setpoint is 85 psig + 13. 7psia. Misconception of psig and psia.
Plausible distractor if candidate thinks the setpoint is 85 psig + 13. 7psia. Misconception of psig and psia. C. Incorrect.
C.
Plausible distractor if candidate thinks setpoint is 100 psig, and doesn't take cnmt pressure into consideration.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if candidate thinks setpoint is 100 psig, and doesn't take cnmt pressure into consideration.
D. Incorrect.
D.
Plausible distractor if candidate thinks the setpoint is 100 psig + 13.7psia.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if candidate thinks the setpoint is 100 psig + 13.7psia. Misconception of psig and psia.
Misconception of psig and psia. Sys # System Category 007 Pressurizer K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause Relief/Quench Tank effect relationships between the PRTS and the following systems: KIA# K1 .01 KIA Importance 2.9 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Sys #
System Category 007 Pressurizer K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause Relief/Quench Tank effect relationships between the PRTS and the following systems:
KIA#
K1.01 KIA Importance 2.9 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
Bank - 1 LOT7 NRG Exam (011)
KA Statement Containment system RO 10M-6.2.B Rev. 17 pg. 9 10M-6.1.C Rev. 7 pg.28 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 I 45.7 to 45.8)
Objective:
1 SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 6 - Given a change in plant conditions, describe the response of the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System field indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status.


Question Source: Bank -1 LOT7 NRG Exam (011) KA Statement Containment system RO 10M-6.2.B Rev. 17 pg. 9 10M-6.1.C Rev. 7 pg.28 Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 I 45.7 to 45.8) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 6 -Given a change in plant conditions, describe the response of the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System field indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status.
: 34.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 34. The plant is in Mode 5, preparing to draw a bubble in the PRZR.
The plant is in Mode 5, preparing to draw a bubble in the PRZR.
* PRZR is solid
PRZR is solid Tcold is 175 F and STABLE RCS pressure is 290 psig and STABLE  
* Tcold is 175 F and STABLE
'C' RCP is running Both Trains of RHR are in service MOV-1 CH-142, RH L TON to Non-Regen Hx Inlet Flow Control Valve fails CLOSED.
* RCS pressure is 290 psig and STABLE * 'C' RCP is running
Based on the above conditions, which of the choices below complete the following statements?
* Both Trains of RHR are in service MOV-1 CH-142, RH L TON to Non-Regen Hx Inlet Flow Control Valve fails CLOSED. Based on the above conditions, which of the choices below complete the following statements?
: 1) PRT parameters will be rising due to __  
: 1) PRT parameters will be rising due to __
~(1_) ___ discharging to the PRT.
___ discharging to the PRT. 2) The _ ___.(.--2._)
: 2) The _ ___.(.--2._) __ will automatically prevent the PRT from exceeding design pressure.
__ will automatically prevent the PRT from exceeding design pressure.
A.
A. 1) PCV-1 RC-455C, PRZR PORV Relief Valve 2) Rupture Discs B. 1) PCV-1RC-455C, PRZR PORV Relief Valve 2) PRT Spray Valve, MOV-1 RC-516 C. 1) RV-1RH-721, RHR PP SUCT HOR Relief Valve 2) Rupture Discs D. 1) RV-1RH-721, RHR PP SUCT HOR Relief Valve 2) PRT Spray Valve, MOV-1 RC-516 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
: 1) PCV-1 RC-455C, PRZR PORV Relief Valve
KIA is met by the candidate determining which component will be discharging to the PRT based on plant conditions and setpoint knowledge, and recognize that the automatic rupture disks will release pressure fron"i'the PRT at 85 psig. A. Correct. The candidate must know that OPPS is in service when RHR is in service, and must know the different setpoints for OPPS (-400 psig) and the RHR relief (600 psig). The candidate must also know that only 2 PORVs are used for OPPS (455C and 4550), so even if they know OPPS is in service they must recognize that 455C is OPPS. If this condition is not corrected the PRT Rupture Disks will blow out at 85 psig, and release the PRT pressure and contents to the containment.
: 2) Rupture Discs B.
: 8. Incorrect.
: 1) PCV-1RC-455C, PRZR PORV Relief Valve
It is correct that the OPPS PORV is the source into the PRT. The PRT Spray Valve is a plausible distractor because primary grade water is manually used to lower pressure on the PRT, but there are no automatic features associated with the PRT Spray Valve. C. Incorrect.
: 2) PRT Spray Valve, MOV-1 RC-516 C.
It is plausible because the RHR relief does discharge to the PRT, but this relief setpoint is 600 psig, and with OPPS in service, PORV 455C will lift at -400 psig. If this condition is not corrected the PRT Rupture Disks will blow out at 85 psig. D. Incorrect.
: 1) RV-1RH-721, RHR PP SUCT HOR Relief Valve
It is plausible because the RHR relief does discharge to the PRT, but this relief setpoint is 600 psig, and with OPPS in service, PORV 455C will lift at -400 psig. The PRT Spray Valve is a plausible distractor because primary grade water is manually used to lower pressure on the PRT, but there are no automatic features associated with the PRT Spray Valve. Sys # System Category KA Statement 007 Pressurizer A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the PRTS, including:
: 2) Rupture Discs D.
Components which discharge to the PRT Relief/Quench Tank KIA# A3.01 KIA Importance 2.7* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
: 1) RV-1RH-721, RHR PP SUCT HOR Relief Valve
: 2) PRT Spray Valve, MOV-1 RC-516 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by the candidate determining which component will be discharging to the PRT based on plant conditions and setpoint knowledge, and recognize that the automatic rupture disks will release pressure fron"i'the PRT at 85 psig.
A.
Correct. The candidate must know that OPPS is in service when RHR is in service, and must know the different setpoints for OPPS (-400 psig) and the RHR relief (600 psig). The candidate must also know that only 2 PORVs are used for OPPS (455C and 4550), so even if they know OPPS is in service they must recognize that 455C is OPPS. If this condition is not corrected the PRT Rupture Disks will blow out at 85 psig, and release the PRT pressure and contents to the containment.
: 8.
Incorrect. It is correct that the OPPS PORV is the source into the PRT. The PRT Spray Valve is a plausible distractor because primary grade water is manually used to lower pressure on the PRT, but there are no automatic features associated with the PRT Spray Valve.
C.
Incorrect. It is plausible because the RHR relief does discharge to the PRT, but this relief setpoint is 600 psig, and with OPPS in service, PORV 455C will lift at -400 psig. If this condition is not corrected the PRT Rupture Disks will blow out at 85 psig.
D.
Incorrect. It is plausible because the RHR relief does discharge to the PRT, but this relief setpoint is 600 psig, and with OPPS in service, PORV 455C will lift at -400 psig. The PRT Spray Valve is a plausible distractor because primary grade water is manually used to lower pressure on the PRT, but there are no automatic features associated with the PRT Spray Valve.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 007 Pressurizer A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the PRTS, including:
Components which discharge to the PRT Relief/Quench Tank KIA#
A3.01 KIA Importance 2.7*
Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-6.2.B Rev. 17 pg. 10 10M-6.1.C Rev. 7 pg. 26 & 28 10M-10.2.B rev. 5 pg. 3 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41. 7 I 45.5)
Objective:
1 SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 5 - List the nominal value of the field operating parameters associated with the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System.
1 SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 5 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the field components associated with the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.


10M-6.2.B Rev. 17 pg. 10 10M-6.1.C Rev. 7 pg. 26 & 28 10M-10.2.B rev. 5 pg. 3 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41. 7 I 45.5) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 5 -List the nominal value of the field operating parameters associated with the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System. 1 SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 5 -Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the field components associated with the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.
: 35.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 35. The plant is at 65% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level.
The plant is at 65% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level.
* A6-59, Secondary Comp Cool Water Heat Exchanger Disch Temp High is LIT
A6-59, Secondary Comp Cool Water Heat Exchanger Disch Temp High is LIT Tl-1CC-200B, Combined CCT Heat Exchanger Outlet Temp indicates 113&deg;F The crew has entered AOP 1.28.1, Loss Of Secondary Component Cooling Water Which of the following conditions, and required action will be directed by AOP 1.28.1 due to the high Secondary Component Cooling Water temperature condition?
* Tl-1CC-200B, Combined CCT Heat Exchanger Outlet Temp indicates 113&deg;F
A If Main Feedwater Pump Bearing temperature is 224&deg;F, trip the Main Feedwater pump.
* The crew has entered AOP 1.28.1, Loss Of Secondary Component Cooling Water Which of the following conditions, and required action will be directed by AOP 1.28.1 due to the high Secondary Component Cooling Water temperature condition?
B.
A If Main Feedwater Pump Bearing temperature is 224&deg;F, trip the Main Feedwater pump. B. If Turbine Lube Oil Cooler Outlet temperature is 177&deg;F, trip the Reactor. C. If Turbine Journal Bearing Metal temperature is 221&deg;F, trip the Turbine. D. If Main Condensate Pump Bearing temperature is 175&deg;F, trip the Condensate pump. Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
If Turbine Lube Oil Cooler Outlet temperature is 177&deg;F, trip the Reactor.
KIA is met by the candidate determining that the Main Feedwater Pump Bearing temperature has exceeded its high temperature setpoint due to the high Secondary Component Cooling Water temperature, and requires the MFW pump to be ,tripped per the loss of secondary cooling water AOP. A. Correct. In accordance with AOP-1.28.1, if the Main Feedwater Pump Bearing temperature is >220&deg;F, then a MFP trip is required.
C.
The AOP doesn't have the operator look at Rx power, but it does state if all MFW is lost, then trip Rx. The power level of 65% in the stem was given so that the candidate would not think they had to trip the Rx due to being >70% as required in the loss offeedwater AOP. B. Incorrect.
If Turbine Journal Bearing Metal temperature is 221&deg;F, trip the Turbine.
Plausible distractor since AOP-1.28.1 requires a Rx trip if Turbine Lube Oil Cooler Outlet temperature is with Rx power >P9 (49%). C. Incorrect.
D.
Plausible distractor since AOP-1.28.1 requires a Rx trip if Turbine Journal Bearing Metal temperature is with Rx power >P9 (49%). D. Incorrect.
If Main Condensate Pump Bearing temperature is 175&deg;F, trip the Condensate pump.
Plausible distractor since AOP-1.28.1 requires the pump tripped if Main Condensate Pump Bearing temperature is Sys# 008 KIA# System Component Cooling Water A2.03 Category A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by the candidate determining that the Main Feedwater Pump Bearing temperature has exceeded its high temperature setpoint due to the high Secondary Component Cooling Water temperature, and requires the MFW pump to be,tripped per the loss of secondary cooling water AOP.
A.
Correct. In accordance with AOP-1.28.1, if the Main Feedwater Pump Bearing temperature is >220&deg;F, then a MFP trip is required. The AOP doesn't have the operator look at Rx power, but it does state if all MFW is lost, then trip Rx. The power level of 65% in the stem was given so that the candidate would not think they had to trip the Rx due to being >70% as required in the loss offeedwater AOP.
B.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor since AOP-1.28.1 requires a Rx trip if Turbine Lube Oil Cooler Outlet temperature is ~180&deg;F with Rx power >P9 (49%).
C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor since AOP-1.28.1 requires a Rx trip if Turbine Journal Bearing Metal temperature is ~225&deg;F with Rx power >P9 (49%).
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor since AOP-1.28.1 requires the pump tripped if Main Condensate Pump Bearing temperature is ~180&deg;F Sys#
008 KIA#
System Component Cooling Water A2.03 Category A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
KIA Importance 3.0 Exam Level RO KA Statement High/low CCW temperature References provided to Candidate None Technical  
KIA Importance 3.0 Exam Level RO KA Statement High/low CCW temperature References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-53C.4.1.28.1Rev.3 pg. 7 & LHP.
Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 I 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)
Objective:
1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 19 - Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.


10M-53C.4.1.28.1Rev.3 pg. 7 & LHP. Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 I 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 19 -Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.
: 36.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 36. Given the following conditions after a small Load Rejection:
Given the following conditions after a small Load Rejection:
* Tl-1 RC-453, PRZR Liquid temperature, indicates 645&deg;F
Tl-1 RC-453, PRZR Liquid temperature, indicates 645&deg;F Tl-1 RC-454, PRZR Vapor temperature, indicates 655&deg;F Pressurizer pressure is 2270 psig Based on the above temperature indications, which of the following statements is correct?
* Tl-1 RC-454, PRZR Vapor temperature, indicates 655&deg;F
A.
* Pressurizer pressure is 2270 psig Based on the above temperature indications, which of the following statements is correct? A. The water is at saturation.
The water is at saturation.
B. The steam is at saturation.
B.
C. The water is subcooled by approximately 5&deg;F. D. The is superheated by approximately 5&deg;F. Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
The steam is at saturation.
KJA is met by the candidate taking actual plant parameters of PZR pressure, PZR vapor and liquid temperature, and determining the condition of the PZR fluid. A. Incorrect.
C.
Based on the liquid temperature, the water is subcooled by approximately 10F. 8. Correct. The saturation pressure is based on the 2270 psig (2285 psia) which has a corresponding saturation temperature of 655'F. C. Incorrect.
The water is subcooled by approximately 5&deg;F.
The water is subcooled approximately 1 O'F. D. Incorrect.
D.
The steam is at saturation, if the assumption is that the state of the fluids is based on the liquid temperature, and an error is made in determining psia, then the steam would be indicating superheated conditions of approximately 5&deg;F. Sys# 010 K/A# System Pressurizer Pressure Control KS.01 Category KS Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the PZR PCS: KIA Importance  
The st~am is superheated by approximately 5&deg;F.
 
Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
===3.5 References===
KJA is met by the candidate taking actual plant parameters of PZR pressure, PZR vapor and liquid temperature, and determining the condition of the PZR fluid.
 
A.
provided to Candidate Steam Tables Exam Level Technical  
Incorrect. Based on the liquid temperature, the water is subcooled by approximately 10F.
: 8.
Correct. The saturation pressure is based on the 2270 psig (2285 psia) which has a corresponding saturation temperature of 655'F.
C.
Incorrect. The water is subcooled approximately 1 O'F.
D.
Incorrect. The steam is at saturation, if the assumption is that the state of the fluids is based on the liquid temperature, and an error is made in determining psia, then the steam would be indicating superheated conditions of approximately 5&deg;F.
Sys#
010 K/A#
System Pressurizer Pressure Control KS.01 Category KS Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the PZR PCS:
KIA Importance 3.5 References provided to Candidate Steam Tables Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
Bank-Diablo Canyon 2012 NRC Exam (Q8)
KA Statement Determination of condition of fluid in PZR, using steam tables RO Steam tables Question Cognitive Level:
Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
Objective:
GO-GPF.T3, Rev. O Obj. 8 -Apply saturated and superheated steam tables in solving liquid-vapor problems.


Question Source: Bank-Diablo Canyon 2012 NRC Exam (Q8) KA Statement Determination of condition of fluid in PZR, using steam tables RO Steam tables Question Cognitive Level: Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 45.7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
GO-GPF.T3, Rev. O Obj. 8 -Apply saturated and superheated steam tables in solving liquid-vapor problems.
: 37.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 37. The plant is at 100% power, when PRZR Spray Viv, PCV-1RC-455B fails OPEN. 1) Which of the following annunciators will be in alarm FIRST? 2) How will RCS Subcooling respond to this event? Annunciator
The plant is at 100% power, when PRZR Spray Viv, PCV-1RC-455B fails OPEN.
__ _.,(...;..1  
: 1) Which of the following annunciators will be in alarm FIRST?
),__ __ will alarm first, and RCS subcooling will ---""'(2"'")
: 2) How will RCS Subcooling respond to this event?
__ _ A. 1) A4-23, Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block 2) decrease B. 1) A4-23, Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block 2) increase C. 1) A4-11, Pressurizer Control Pressure Low 2) decrease D. 1) A4-11, Pressurizer Control Pressure Low 2) increase Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Annunciator __
_.,(...;..1 ),__ __ will alarm first, and RCS subcooling will ---""'(2"'") __
A.
: 1) A4-23, Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block
: 2) decrease B.
: 1) A4-23, Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block
: 2) increase C.
: 1) A4-11, Pressurizer Control Pressure Low
: 2) decrease D.
: 1) A4-11, Pressurizer Control Pressure Low
: 2) increase Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by evaluating the candidates knowledge of the annunciators associated with lowering RCS pressure due to a failed open spray valve, and which annunciator will alarm first. Then determine the RCS subcooling indications will be decreasing with the lowering RCS pressure.
KIA is met by evaluating the candidates knowledge of the annunciators associated with lowering RCS pressure due to a failed open spray valve, and which annunciator will alarm first. Then determine the RCS subcooling indications will be decreasing with the lowering RCS pressure.
A. Incorrect.
A.
Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block alarms at 2000 psig after A4-11. Plausible distractor because both of these alarms will come in as pressure is lowering.
Incorrect. Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block alarms at 2000 psig after A4-11. Plausible distractor because both of these alarms will come in as pressure is lowering. Subcooling will be decreasing.
Subcooling will be decreasing.
B.
B. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block alarms at 2000 psig after A4-11. Plausible distractor because both of these alarms will come in as pressure is lowering. RCS subcooling will be decreasing as RCS pressure lowers. Plausible distractor ifthe candidate does not understand how subcooling is calculated.
Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block alarms at 2000 psig after A4-11. Plausible distractor because both of these alarms will come in as pressure is lowering.
C.
RCS subcooling will be decreasing as RCS pressure lowers. Plausible distractor ifthe candidate does not understand how subcooling is calculated.
Correct. When the spray valve fails open RCS pressure will continue to lower until a Rx trip occurs, and the associated RCPs are tripped.
C. Correct. When the spray valve fails open RCS pressure will continue to lower until a Rx trip occurs, and the associated RCPs are tripped. Pressurizer Control Pressure Low alarms at 2185 psig, and Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block alarms at 2000 psig. As pressure is lowering the RCS subcooling will also be lowering.
Pressurizer Control Pressure Low alarms at 2185 psig, and Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block alarms at 2000 psig. As pressure is lowering the RCS subcooling will also be lowering.
D. Incorrect.
D.
Pressurizer Control Pressure Low will alarm first, but RCS subcooling will be decreasing as RCS pressure lowers. Plausible distractor if the candidate does not understand how subcooling is calculated.
Incorrect. Pressurizer Control Pressure Low will alarm first, but RCS subcooling will be decreasing as RCS pressure lowers. Plausible distractor if the candidate does not understand how subcooling is calculated.
Sys# System Category 010 Pressurizer Generic Pressure Control K/A# 2.4.31 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New 4.2 KA Statement Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or response procedures.
Sys#
System Category 010 Pressurizer Generic Pressure Control K/A#
2.4.31 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New 4.2 KA Statement Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or response procedures.
Exam Level RO Technical  
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-6.4. ABU lss. 3 rev. O pg. 1 10M-6.4. AAM rev. 2 pg. 2 GO-GPF.T3 Rev. 0 pg. 49 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.1o/45.3)
Objective:
1SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 17 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.
GO-GPF.T3, Rev 0 Obj. 11 - Define the following terms: Subcooling


10M-6.4. ABU lss. 3 rev. O pg. 1 10M-6.4. AAM rev. 2 pg. 2 GO-GPF.T3 Rev. 0 pg. 49 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.1o/45.3)
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
Objective:
: 38.
1SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 17 -Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.
Given the following conditions:
GO-GPF.T3, Rev 0 Obj. 11 -Define the following terms: Subcooling Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 38. Given the following conditions:
The plant is operating at 100% power.
* The plant is operating at 100% power.
DC-SWBD-1 Breaker 8-7, "Reactor Trip Breaker Switchgear (RTA, BYB)" tripped OPEN.
* DC-SWBD-1 Breaker 8-7, "Reactor Trip Breaker Switchgear (RTA, BYB)" tripped OPEN. Which of the following statements describe the effect that this loss of DC power will have on the 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker? A. Reactor will trip due to a shunt trip of 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker. B. Reactor will trip due to an undervoltage trip of 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker. C. A shunt trip signal will NOT be capable of opening 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker. 0. An undervoltage trip signal will NOT be capable of opening 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker. Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Which of the following statements describe the effect that this loss of DC power will have on the 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker?
KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the 125 VDC power supply in RPS, and knowing that the shunt trip coil is normally de-energized, that in the event of a loss of 125VDC, the coil will be unable to actuate a RX trip. A. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible because most actuations are de-energized to actuate, but the shunt trip requires that 125 VDC be applied to the shunt trip coil to cause the breaker to open. B. Incorrect.
Reactor will trip due to a shunt trip of 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker.
Plausible because the UV trip receives power from a DC power supply, but the power supply is 48 VDC within SSPS. c. Correct. Bkr 8-7 supplies 125 VDC power to the shunt trip coil for Train A Trip Breaker. UV coils and shunt trip relays are supplied from 48 VDC from SSPS. The shunt trip coil is normally de-energized and without power available, a shunt trip of Train A Trip Breaker is not possible.
B.
D. Incorrect.
Reactor will trip due to an undervoltage trip of 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker.
Plausible because the UV trip receives power from a DC power supply, but the power supply is 48 VDC within SSPS and is energized to actuate. Sys# 012 KIA# System Reactor Protection K1.02 Category K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the RPS and the following systems: KA Statement 125V de system KIA Importance 3.4 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
C.
A shunt trip signal will NOT be capable of opening 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker.
: 0.
An undervoltage trip signal will NOT be capable of opening 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker.
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the 125 VDC power supply in RPS, and knowing that the shunt trip coil is normally de-energized, that in the event of a loss of 125VDC, the coil will be unable to actuate a RX trip.
A.
Incorrect. Plausible because most actuations are de-energized to actuate, but the shunt trip requires that 125 VDC be applied to the shunt trip coil to cause the breaker to open.
B.
Incorrect. Plausible because the UV trip receives power from a DC power supply, but the power supply is 48 VDC within SSPS.
: c.
Correct. Bkr 8-7 supplies 125 VDC power to the shunt trip coil for Train A Trip Breaker. UV coils and shunt trip relays are supplied from 48 VDC from SSPS. The shunt trip coil is normally de-energized and without power available, a shunt trip of Train A Trip Breaker is not possible.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible because the UV trip receives power from a DC power supply, but the power supply is 48 VDC within SSPS and is de-energized to actuate.
Sys#
012 KIA#
System Reactor Protection K1.02 Category K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the RPS and the following systems:
KA Statement 125V de system KIA Importance 3.4 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
3SQS-1.2 U1 LP PPT rev. 8 slide 9 U1 RE-0021 TZ Rev. AA 1OM-53C.4.1.39.1A Rev. 8 pg. 30 Question Source:
Bank-Comanche Peak 2013 NRC Exam (010)
Question Cognitive Level:
Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.2 to 41.91 45.7 to 45.8)
Objective:
3SQS-1.2, Rev. 7 Obj. 11 - Given a Reactor Protection System Hardware configuration and without referenced material, describe the Reactor Protection System Hardware control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable: Loss of electrical power


3SQS-1.2 U1 LP PPT rev. 8 slide 9 U1 RE-0021 TZ Rev. AA 1OM-53C.4.1.39.1A Rev. 8 pg. 30 Question Source: Bank-Comanche Peak 2013 NRC Exam (010) Question Cognitive Level: Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.2 to 41.91 45.7 to 45.8) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-1.2, Rev. 7 Obj. 11 -Given a Reactor Protection System Hardware configuration and without referenced material, describe the Reactor Protection System Hardware control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable:
: 39.
Loss of electrical power Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 39. Given the following plant conditions:
Given the following plant conditions:
A. B. C. D.
A.
* The plant is stable in Mode 3 following a reactor trip.
B.
* Containment Pressure Transmitter PT-1 LM-1 OOA has failed LOW.
C.
* All required actions directed by the Instrument Failure Procedure were completed.
D.
* Subsequently, Containment Pressure Transmitter PT-1LM-100D fails HIGH. Which of the following identifies the ESF logic response to the subsequent containment instrument failure? CIB __ __._(1'-'-)
The plant is stable in Mode 3 following a reactor trip.
___ actuate, and Safety Injection  
Containment Pressure Transmitter PT-1 LM-1 OOA has failed LOW.
---"""(2:;:.,.)
All required actions directed by the Instrument Failure Procedure were completed.
___ actuate. CIB Safety Injection (1) (2) will will will will NOT will NOT will will NOT will NOT Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Subsequently, Containment Pressure Transmitter PT-1LM-100D fails HIGH.
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge to determine that the initial cnmt channel was placed in trip/bypass, and the ability to determine that a second failure will not cause an ESF actuation based on the specific input channels and logic. A. Refer to correct answer explanation.
Which of the following identifies the ESF logic response to the subsequent containment instrument failure?
B. Refer to correct answer explanation.
CIB __
C. Refer to correct answer explanation.
__._(1'-'-) ___ actuate, and Safety Injection ---"""(2:;:.,.) ___ actuate.
D. Correct. The candidate must recognize that the initial failure was on CH-I. The stem states that all required actions of the IF procedure have been completed, which means that the CH-I input to the CIB actuation circuitry has been bypassed which changes the actuation logic from 2/4 to 2/3. Upon a subsequent failure of a 2nd channel, (CH-II), NO GIB actuations will occur because only 1 of 3 Channels have seen the failure. CH I does not provide input to Safety Injection actuation circuitry, so therefore when CH II fails it does not satisfy the 2/3 logic required for Safety Injection to actuate, therefore no SI actuation occurs. All distractors are plausible if the candidate does not know SSPS logics or impacts of these failures upon the system. Category KA Statement Sys# 013 System Engineered Safety Features Actuation A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ESFAS including:
CIB Safety Injection (1)
Input channels and logic KIA# A3.01 KIA Importance 3.7* References provided to Candidate None Question Source: Bank -Vision 254545 Modified Exam Level RO Technical  
(2) will will will will NOT will NOT will will NOT will NOT Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge to determine that the initial cnmt channel was placed in trip/bypass, and the ability to determine that a second failure will not cause an ESF actuation based on the specific input channels and logic.
A.
Refer to correct answer explanation.
B.
Refer to correct answer explanation.
C.
Refer to correct answer explanation.
D.
Correct. The candidate must recognize that the initial failure was on CH-I. The stem states that all required actions of the IF procedure have been completed, which means that the CH-I input to the CIB actuation circuitry has been bypassed which changes the actuation logic from 2/4 to 2/3.
Upon a subsequent failure of a 2nd channel, (CH-II), NO GIB actuations will occur because only 1 of 3 Channels have seen the failure. CH I does not provide input to Safety Injection actuation circuitry, so therefore when CH II fails it does not satisfy the 2/3 logic required for Safety Injection to actuate, therefore no SI actuation occurs. All distractors are plausible if the candidate does not know SSPS logics or impacts of these failures upon the system.
Category KA Statement Sys#
013 System Engineered Safety Features Actuation A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ESFAS including:
Input channels and logic KIA#
A3.01 KIA Importance 3.7*
References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
Bank - Vision 254545 Modified Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1 OM-1.4.IF Rev. 8 pgs. 5 & 7 U1 USFAR Fig. 7.2-1 Rev. 22 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41. 7 I 45.5)
Objective:
3SQS-1.2-01-07: Given a Reactor Protection System Hardware alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s),
determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the field.


1 OM-1.4.IF Rev. 8 pgs. 5 & 7 U1 USFAR Fig. 7.2-1 Rev. 22 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41. 7 I 45.5) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-1.2-01-07:
: 40.
Given a Reactor Protection System Hardware alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the field.
Given the following initial conditions:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 40. Given the following initial conditions:
Plant is at 100% power  
* Plant is at 100% power * 'A' and 'B' CNMT Air Recirc (CAR) Fans are RUNNING * 'C' CNMT Air Recirc Fan is aligned to Bus 1 N, with the control switch GREEN targeted Subsequent conditions:
'A' and 'B' CNMT Air Recirc (CAR) Fans are RUNNING  
* A 11-25, Containment Air Recirc Fan Auto Stop is in alarm * 'A' CNMT Air Recirc Fan indicating light is Bright WHITE Based on the above conditions, complete the following statements.  
'C' CNMT Air Recirc Fan is aligned to Bus 1 N, with the control switch GREEN targeted Subsequent conditions:
'C' CAR fan will (1) Cooling water (2) aligned to the 'C' Containment Air Recirculation Cooling Coils. A. 1) auto start 2) is B. 1) auto start 2) is NOT C. 1) remain shutdown 2) is D. 1) remain shutdown 2 is NOT Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
A 11-25, Containment Air Recirc Fan Auto Stop is in alarm  
KIA is met by the candidate knowing that the 'C' CAR fan will not automatically start, and that the Alarm Response Procedure for the dvercurrent trip of the 'A' CAR fan will have the crew refer to 1 OM-44C.4.D to manually start the stby CAR fan. The startup procedure will also align cooling water if it is necessary for containment temperature control. A. Incorrect.
'A' CNMT Air Recirc Fan indicating light is Bright WHITE Based on the above conditions, complete the following statements.  
Cnmt Air Recirc Fans do not auto start. Plausible distractor because the CS in the control room is STOP-AUTO-START, and the stem stated the CS was green targeted and aligned to the same bus that 'A' CAR fan is energized from. Second part is plausible because some valves do auto align on a system startup. B. Incorrect.
'C' CAR fan will (1)
Cnmt Air Recirc Fans do not auto start. Plausible distractor because the CS in the control room is STOP-AUTO-START, and the stem stated the CS was green targeted and aligned to the same bus that 'A' CAR fan is energized from. Second part is correct. C. Incorrect. 'C' CAR fan will remain shutdown.
Cooling water (2)  
Second part is plausible because some valves do auto align on a system startup. D. Correct. 'C' CAR fan will remain shutdown.
----'~---automatically aligned to the 'C' Containment Air Recirculation Cooling Coils.
Second part is also correct. OM-44C.4.D states to align cooling water if it is necessary for containment temperature control. Sys # System Category KA Statement 022 Containment A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCS; Fan motor over-current Cooling and (b} based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
A.
K/A# A2.01 KIA Importance 2.5 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  
: 1) auto start
: 2) is B.
: 1) auto start
: 2) is NOT C.
: 1) remain shutdown
: 2) is D.
: 1) remain shutdown 2
is NOT Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by the candidate knowing that the 'C' CAR fan will not automatically start, and that the Alarm Response Procedure for the dvercurrent trip of the 'A' CAR fan will have the crew refer to 1 OM-44C.4.D to manually start the stby CAR fan. The startup procedure will also align cooling water if it is necessary for containment temperature control.
A.
Incorrect. Cnmt Air Recirc Fans do not auto start. Plausible distractor because the CS in the control room is STOP-AUTO-START, and the stem stated the CS was green targeted and aligned to the same bus that 'A' CAR fan is energized from. Second part is plausible because some valves do auto align on a system startup.
B.
Incorrect. Cnmt Air Recirc Fans do not auto start. Plausible distractor because the CS in the control room is STOP-AUTO-START, and the stem stated the CS was green targeted and aligned to the same bus that 'A' CAR fan is energized from. Second part is correct.
C.
Incorrect. 'C' CAR fan will remain shutdown. Second part is plausible because some valves do auto align on a system startup.
D.
Correct. 'C' CAR fan will remain shutdown. Second part is also correct. OM-44C.4.D states to align cooling water if it is necessary for containment temperature control.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 022 Containment A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCS; Fan motor over-current Cooling and (b} based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
K/A#
A2.01 KIA Importance 2.5 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
New RO 10M-44C.4.D Rev. 13 pg. 8-10 10M-44C.4.AAD Rev. 13 lss. 2 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)
Objective:
1 SQS-44C.1, Rev.1 O Obj. 4 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the field components associated with the Containment Ventilation System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.


Question Source: New RO 10M-44C.4.D Rev. 13 pg. 8-10 10M-44C.4.AAD Rev. 13 lss. 2 Question Cognitive Level: Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-44C.1, Rev.1 O Obj. 4 -Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the field components associated with the Containment Ventilation System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.
: 41.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 41. The plant has tripped from 100% power due to a LOCA.
The plant has tripped from 100% power due to a LOCA.
* The Crew has transitioned to ES-1.3, ''Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation".
The Crew has transitioned to ES-1.3, ''Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation".
* A 1-25, "2/4 RWST LO LEVEL & SI AUTO XFR SI INJ TO RECIRC" is LIT.
A 1-25, "2/4 RWST LO LEVEL & SI AUTO XFR SI INJ TO RECIRC" is LIT.  
* Attachment 1-G, "Cold Leg Recirculation Actuation" is in progress.
* -G, "Cold Leg Recirculation Actuation" is in progress.
Which of the following valves will automatically CLOSE to prevent radioactive release from the containment to the RWST? (disregard system check valves) 1. MOV-1 Sl-885A, B, C, D, LHSI Pump Mini Flow lsol Valves 2. MOV-1CH-115B, D, RWST Discharge to Chg Pumps Suet Valves 3. MOV-1Sl-862A, B, LHSI Pump RWST Suction Valves 4. MOV-1 Sl-860A, B, LHSI Pump Rx CNMT Sump Suet Valves A. 1 and 2 ONLY. B. 3 and 4 ONLY. C. 1, 2 and 3 ONLY. D. 1, 2, 3 and 4. Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Which of the following valves will automatically CLOSE to prevent radioactive release from the containment to the RWST? (disregard system check valves)
: 1. MOV-1 Sl-885A, B, C, D, LHSI Pump Mini Flow lsol Valves
: 2. MOV-1CH-115B, D, RWST Discharge to Chg Pumps Suet Valves
: 3. MOV-1Sl-862A, B, LHSI Pump RWST Suction Valves
: 4. MOV-1 Sl-860A, B, LHSI Pump Rx CNMT Sump Suet Valves A.
1 and 2 ONLY.
B.
3 and 4 ONLY.
C.
1, 2 and 3 ONLY.
D.
1, 2, 3 and 4.
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the interrelation between the RWST (Cnmt Spray System) and the Charging/Safety Injection system, and the automatic swapover features which are designed to prevent escape of radioactivity from containment to the outside after a Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.
KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the interrelation between the RWST (Cnmt Spray System) and the Charging/Safety Injection system, and the automatic swapover features which are designed to prevent escape of radioactivity from containment to the outside after a Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.
A. Incorrect.
A.
MOV-1 Sl-862A, B also close to prevent cnmt sump water from reaching the RWST. B. Incorrect.
Incorrect. MOV-1 Sl-862A, B also close to prevent cnmt sump water from reaching the RWST.
MOV-1 Sl-885s and MOV-1 CH-1158, D also close to isolate the RWST from the cnmt. MOV-1 Sl-860A, B Opens on transfer to recirc. C. Correct. The candidate must know that the 885s, 115s, and 862s all automatically close on Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation to isolate the RWST from Cnmt. The question is focused on automatic interlocks, therefore  
B.
'disregard system check valves' is included in the question stem to eliminate confusion since MOV-1CH-115A  
Incorrect. MOV-1 Sl-885s and MOV-1 CH-1158, D also close to isolate the RWST from the cnmt. MOV-1 Sl-860A, B Opens on transfer to recirc.
& Bare closed to provide redundant isolation (UFSAR) due to check valve Sl-27 being in the flowpath.
C.
D. Incorrect.
Correct. The candidate must know that the 885s, 115s, and 862s all automatically close on Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation to isolate the RWST from Cnmt. The question is focused on automatic interlocks, therefore 'disregard system check valves' is included in the question stem to eliminate confusion since MOV-1CH-115A & Bare closed to provide redundant isolation (UFSAR) due to check valve Sl-27 being in the flowpath.
MOV-1 Sl-860A, B Opens on transfer to recirc.
D.
* Sys# 026 System Containment Spray Category K4 Knowledge of CSS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
Incorrect. MOV-1 Sl-860A, B Opens on transfer to recirc.
Sys#
026 System Containment Spray Category K4 Knowledge of CSS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
KA Statement Prevention of path for escape of radioactivity from containment to the outside (interlock on RWST isolation after swapover)
KA Statement Prevention of path for escape of radioactivity from containment to the outside (interlock on RWST isolation after swapover)
K/A# K4.09 KIA Importance 3.7* Exam Level Technical  
K/A#
K4.09 KIA Importance 3.7*
Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
RO References provided to Candidate None U1 UFSAR Rev 24 pg. 6.3-27 1 OM-53A.1.1-G Rev. 2 U1 RM-0413-001 Rev. 25 U1 RM-0407-001 Rev. 34 U1 RM-0411-001 Rev. 27 Question Source:
Bank - 2LOT8 NRC Exam (Q40) Modified Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7)
Objective:
1 SQS-13.1 Rev 15 Obj. 21 - Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Containment De pressurization System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.
1 SQS-11.1 Rev. 14 obj.19 - Given a Safety Injection System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Safety Injection System control room response to the following actuation signals, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable: c. Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation


RO References provided to Candidate None U1 UFSAR Rev 24 pg. 6.3-27 1 OM-53A.1.1-G Rev. 2 U1 RM-0413-001 Rev. 25 U1 RM-0407-001 Rev. 34 U1 RM-0411-001 Rev. 27 Question Source: Bank -2LOT8 NRC Exam (Q40) Modified Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-13.1 Rev 15 Obj. 21 -Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Containment De pressurization System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.
: 42.
1 SQS-11.1 Rev. 14 obj.19 -Given a Safety Injection System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Safety Injection System control room response to the following actuation signals, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable:
Which of the following conditions does NOT meet the applicable Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO)?
: c. Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 42. Which of the following conditions does NOT meet the applicable Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO)? A. TV-1MS-101C, Main Steam Trip Valve lost DC control power in MODE 4. B. PCV-1MS-10681, Condenser Steam Dump Valve has a broken valve stem in MODE 1. C. SV-1 MS-105A, 'A' Steam Generator Safety Valve lift setpoint is out of tolerance in MODE 3. D. HCV-1MS-104, Residual Heat Release Control Valve broken air line on actuator in MODE 1. Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
A.
KIA is met by the candidate demonstrating knowledge of various Limiting Conditions for Operation and Mode of applicability and making a determination which Main Steam component does not meet the LCO. A. Incorrect.
TV-1MS-101C, Main Steam Trip Valve lost DC control power in MODE 4.
IAW LCO 3. 7.2 Three MS IVs shall be operable in Modes 1, and MODES 2 and 3 except when all MS IVs are closed and de-activated.
B.
Plausible answer since the candidate must know that the LCO is not applicable in Mode 4. B. Incorrect.
PCV-1MS-10681, Condenser Steam Dump Valve has a broken valve stem in MODE 1.
Plausible answer because the Condenser Steam Dump PCV-1 MS-10661 is 1 of 3 condenser steam dumps used to cool down the plant during both normal and emergency conditions, but it is not covered by Tech Specs. C. Correct. IAW LCO 3. 7.1 Five MSSV per SG shall be operable when in Modes 1,2, and 3. A Safety valve lift setpoint out of tolerance does make it inoperable in Mode 3. D. Incorrect.
C.
IAW LC,O 3. 7.4, three ADV lines shall be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3, and MODE 4 when steam generator is relied upon for heat removal. Plausible answer because some candidates may consider the RHR valve an ADV but at Unit 1 it is not considered as such. Sys# System 039 Main and Reheat Steam Category Generic KA Statement Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license. KIA# 2.2.38 KIA Importance 3.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
SV-1 MS-105A, 'A' Steam Generator Safety Valve lift setpoint is out of tolerance in MODE 3.
D.
HCV-1MS-104, Residual Heat Release Control Valve broken air line on actuator in MODE 1.
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by the candidate demonstrating knowledge of various Limiting Conditions for Operation and Mode of applicability and making a determination which Main Steam component does not meet the LCO.
A.
Incorrect. IAW LCO 3. 7.2 Three MS IVs shall be operable in Modes 1, and MODES 2 and 3 except when all MS IVs are closed and de-activated.
Plausible answer since the candidate must know that the LCO is not applicable in Mode 4.
B.
Incorrect. Plausible answer because the Condenser Steam Dump PCV-1 MS-10661 is 1 of 3 condenser steam dumps used to cool down the plant during both normal and emergency conditions, but it is not covered by Tech Specs.
C.
Correct. IAW LCO 3. 7.1 Five MSSV per SG shall be operable when in Modes 1,2, and 3. A Safety valve lift setpoint out of tolerance does make it inoperable in Mode 3.
D.
Incorrect. IAW LC,O 3. 7.4, three ADV lines shall be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3, and MODE 4 when steam generator is relied upon for heat removal. Plausible answer because some candidates may consider the RHR valve an ADV but at Unit 1 it is not considered as such.
Sys#
System 039 Main and Reheat Steam Category Generic KA Statement Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license.
KIA#
2.2.38 KIA Importance 3.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Tech Specs pgs. 3.7.1-1 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Lev.el:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41. 7 I 41.10 I 43.1 I 45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-PL TSYS ITS, Rev. 2 Obj. 3 - Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Section Plant Systems System LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements, and the Applicability.
1 SQS-21.1, Rev. 16 Obj. 7 - Identify the Main Steam Supply System field instruments, subsystems and components that are required to be operable by the Technical Specifications & Licensing Requirements Manual.


Tech Specs pgs. 3.7.1-1 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Lev.el: Lower -Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41. 7 I 41.10 I 43.1 I 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-PL TSYS ITS, Rev. 2 Obj. 3 -Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Section Plant Systems System LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements, and the Applicability.
: 43.
1 SQS-21.1, Rev. 16 Obj. 7 -Identify the Main Steam Supply System field instruments, subsystems and components that are required to be operable by the Technical Specifications
Reactor power is 11 %, with a plant startup in progress.
& Licensing Requirements Manual.
Tavg is 551&deg;F and STABLE RCS pressure is 2235 psig and STABLE STM Dump Control Mode Selector switch is in "STM PRESS" position Cooldown Vlvs Control AM-1MS-464B is in AUTO and set for 1005 psig Main Steam Manifold pressure transmitter PT-1 MS-464 (input to steam dumps) suddenly fails to zero.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 43. Reactor power is 11 %, with a plant startup in progress.
How will the steam dumps respond to this failure?
* Tavg is 551&deg;F and STABLE
All steam dump valves will ___________ _
* RCS pressure is 2235 psig and STABLE
A.
* STM Dump Control Mode Selector switch is in "STM PRESS" position
initially CLOSE, then the cooldown valves will modulate OPEN to control pressure at 1005 psig.
* Cooldown Vlvs Control AM-1MS-464B is in AUTO and set for 1005 psig Main Steam Manifold pressure transmitter PT-1 MS-464 (input to steam dumps) suddenly fails to zero. How will the steam dumps respond to this failure? All steam dump valves will ___________
B.
_ A. initially CLOSE, then the cooldown valves will modulate OPEN to control pressure at 1005 psig. B. CLOSE and remain CLOSED until the operator places AM-1 MS-4648 in "MAN" and increases the output signal. C. initially CLOSE, then the Load rejection controller will "Arm" and the first 2 banks will modulate OPEN to control Tavg at 553&deg;F. D. CLOSE and remain CLOSED until the operator places the STM Dump Control Mode Selector switch in the "Tavg" position.
CLOSE and remain CLOSED until the operator places AM-1 MS-4648 in "MAN" and increases the output signal.
C.
initially CLOSE, then the Load rejection controller will "Arm" and the first 2 banks will modulate OPEN to control Tavg at 553&deg;F.
D.
CLOSE and remain CLOSED until the operator places the STM Dump Control Mode Selector switch in the "Tavg" position.
Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the SOS response to a loss of Main Steam Pressure transmitter, and how it will be responded to in the control room. A. Incorrect.
KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the SOS response to a loss of Main Steam Pressure transmitter, and how it will be responded to in the control room.
The steam dumps will close, but with PT464 indicating 0 psig, and SDs in' steam pressure mode, they will not open to try to maintain 1005 psig. B. Correct. In Steam Pressure mode, PT464 controls the steam dump actions. When steam pressure indicates O psig on PT464, the SOS will have no demand to open the steam dumps. C. Incorrect.
A.
Valves will close, but they will NOT re-open. The Load rejection controller would arm if PT446 failed low, but this is not indicated in the stem. D. Incorrect.
Incorrect. The steam dumps will close, but with PT464 indicating 0 psig, and SDs in' steam pressure mode, they will not open to try to maintain 1005 psig.
It is correct the steam dumps will close. Even if the Steam Dump Control Mode selector switch is taken to the Tavg position, the dumps will NOT open since no arming signal exist. Sys# System 039 Main and Reheat Steam Category K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the MRSS will have on the following:
B.
KA Statement sos KIA# K3.06 KIA Importance 2.8* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Correct. In Steam Pressure mode, PT464 controls the steam dump actions. When steam pressure indicates O psig on PT464, the SOS will have no demand to open the steam dumps.
C.
Incorrect. Valves will close, but they will NOT re-open. The Load rejection controller would arm if PT446 failed low, but this is not indicated in the stem.
D.
Incorrect. It is correct the steam dumps will close. Even if the Steam Dump Control Mode selector switch is taken to the Tavg position, the dumps will NOT open since no arming signal exist.
Sys#
System 039 Main and Reheat Steam Category K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the MRSS will have on the following:
KA Statement sos KIA#
K3.06 KIA Importance 2.8*
Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-21.5.A.24 Rev 4 10M-21.5.A.25 Rev 4 Question Source:
Bank-1 LOT14 Audit Exam (Q35)
Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
Objective:
1 SQS-21.1, Rev. 16 Obj. 13. Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Main Steam Supply System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.


10M-21.5.A.24 Rev 4 10M-21.5.A.25 Rev 4 Question Source: Bank-1 LOT14 Audit Exam (Q35) Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.6) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-21.1, Rev. 16 Obj. 13. Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Main Steam Supply System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.
: 44.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 44. A plant startup is in progress in accordance with 1 OM-52.4.B, Load Following.
A plant startup is in progress in accordance with 1 OM-52.4.B, Load Following.
* Rx power is 48% and RISING
Rx power is 48% and RISING 2 Condensate pumps are RUNNING 1FW-P-1B, Main FW 18 Pump is RUNNING In accordance with 1 OM-52.4.B, Load Following, when should the second main feedwater pump be started?
* 2 Condensate pumps are RUNNING
A.
* 1FW-P-1B, Main FW 18 Pump is RUNNING In accordance with 1 OM-52.4.B, Load Following, when should the second main feedwater pump be started? A. reactor power is 51-52% B. A?-31, Steam Generator Feed Pump Disch Flow Low-Stop One Pump annunciator CLEARS C. Fl-1 FW-150, Main Feedwater Pump Flow is 12,000 -13,000 GPM D. FCV-1FW-1508, SG Main FW Pump 18 Recirc Valve indicates CLOSED Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
reactor power is 51-52%
KJA is met by demonstrating the ability to start a second MFW pump during a plant startup when required by plant procedures based on the plant power level of 51-52%. A. Correct. The Load Following procedure directs the starting of the second MFW pump at 51-52% power or when annunciator A?-39, 'SG Feed Pump Discharge Flow HI Start 2nd Pump' is in alarm. B. Incorrect.
B.
Plausible distractor because A?-31, Steam Generator Feed Pump Disch Flow Low-Stop One Pump annunciator alarms when 2 MFW pumps are running and feedwater flow lowers to <14000 gpm. This alarm alerts the operator to secure one MFW pump. By stating that the alarm clears in this selection, it makes the answer plausible.
A?-31, Steam Generator Feed Pump Disch Flow Low-Stop One Pump annunciator CLEARS C.
C. Incorrect.
Fl-1 FW-150, Main Feedwater Pump Flow is 12,000 -13,000 GPM D.
Plausible distractor because Fl-1 FW-150 is the input to A?-39, 'SG Feed Pump Discharge Flow HI Start 2nd Pump' annunciator which alerts the operator to start a second MFW pump. A7-39 doesn't alarm until Fl-1 FW-150 indicates  
FCV-1FW-1508, SG Main FW Pump 18 Recirc Valve indicates CLOSED Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
>15000 gpm with one MFW pump running. D. Incorrect.
KJA is met by demonstrating the ability to start a second MFW pump during a plant startup when required by plant procedures based on the plant power level of 51-52%.
Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks the FCV-1 FW-1506, 1 B Recirc Valve closes when the MFW pump is supplying maximum flow capable, when in fact FCV-1 FW-1508 closes when either main feed pump is operating and flow to the steam generators is greater than 8,000 gpm or if both main feed pumps are shutdown.
A.
Sys# 059 System Main Feedwater Category KA Statement A 1 Ability to predict andior monitor changes in parameters (to Power level restrictions for operation of MFW prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MFW pumps and valves. controls including:
Correct. The Load Following procedure directs the starting of the second MFW pump at 51-52% power or when annunciator A?-39, 'SG Feed Pump Discharge Flow HI Start 2nd Pump' is in alarm.
KIA# A1.03 KIA Importance 2.7* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
B.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because A?-31, Steam Generator Feed Pump Disch Flow Low-Stop One Pump annunciator alarms when 2 MFW pumps are running and feedwater flow lowers to <14000 gpm. This alarm alerts the operator to secure one MFW pump. By stating that the alarm clears in this selection, it makes the answer plausible.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because Fl-1 FW-150 is the input to A?-39, 'SG Feed Pump Discharge Flow HI Start 2nd Pump' annunciator which alerts the operator to start a second MFW pump. A7-39 doesn't alarm until Fl-1 FW-150 indicates >15000 gpm with one MFW pump running.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks the FCV-1 FW-1506, 1 B Recirc Valve closes when the MFW pump is supplying maximum flow capable, when in fact FCV-1 FW-1508 closes when either main feed pump is operating and flow to the steam generators is greater than 8,000 gpm or if both main feed pumps are shutdown.
Sys#
059 System Main Feedwater Category KA Statement A 1 Ability to predict andior monitor changes in parameters (to Power level restrictions for operation of MFW prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MFW pumps and valves.
controls including:
KIA#
A1.03 KIA Importance 2.7*
Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-52.4.B Rev. 53 pg. 93 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 I 45.5)
Objective:
1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 13 - List the nominal value of the control room operating parameters associated with the Main Feedwater, Dedicated Auxiliary Feedwater, Auxiliary Feedwater System and Steam Generator Water Level Control Systems.
1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 19 - Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.
1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 20 - Given a Main Feedwater, Dedicated Auxiliary Feedwater, Auxiliary Feedwater System or Steam Generator Water Level Control System alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the control room.


10M-52.4.B Rev. 53 pg. 93 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 I 45.5) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 13 -List the nominal value of the control room operating parameters associated with the Main Feedwater, Dedicated Auxiliary Feedwater, Auxiliary Feedwater System and Steam Generator Water Level Control Systems. 1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 19 -Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room. 1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 20 -Given a Main Feedwater, Dedicated Auxiliary Feedwater, Auxiliary Feedwater System or Steam Generator Water Level Control System alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the control room.
: 45.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 45. The plant is operating at 100% power.
The plant is operating at 100% power.
* The breaker for SOV-1MS-105A, Control Solenoid forTV-1MS-105A, AFW Turbine Steam Supply A Train Trip Valve, has tripped OPEN Based on the above conditions, which of the following completes the statement below. The Turbine Driven AFW Pump will __________
The breaker for SOV-1MS-105A, Control Solenoid forTV-1MS-105A, AFW Turbine Steam Supply A Train Trip Valve, has tripped OPEN Based on the above conditions, which of the following completes the statement below.
_ A. NOT automatically start under any condition B. immediately start and operate at full design capacity C. only start if an Auto Start initiation signal occurs, and will operate at full design capacity D. only start if an Auto Start initiation signal occurs, but insufficient steam is available to operate at full design capacity Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
The Turbine Driven AFW Pump will __________ _
A.
NOT automatically start under any condition B.
immediately start and operate at full design capacity C.
only start if an Auto Start initiation signal occurs, and will operate at full design capacity D.
only start if an Auto Start initiation signal occurs, but insufficient steam is available to operate at full design capacity Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by the knowledge which is demonstrated by identifying the failure mode of the control solenoid for the steam admitting valve for the TDAFW pump, then determining that design flow will be obtained.
KIA is met by the knowledge which is demonstrated by identifying the failure mode of the control solenoid for the steam admitting valve for the TDAFW pump, then determining that design flow will be obtained.
A. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible distractor is the candidate thinks TV-1 MS-105A & Bare in series, and the control solenoid failure prevents the valve from opening with or without an Auto Start initiation signal. B. Correct. On a loss of power the solenoid will de-energize causing TV-1MS-105A to open. It is a fail open valve which is in parallel with TV-1MS-1058. The plant operating at 100% power, steam is supplied from 2 SGs, up through NSA open MOV-1MS-105, and normally is isolated from the NSA open 1 MS-465 (trip throttle valve) by TV-1MS-105A  
Incorrect. Plausible distractor is the candidate thinks TV-1 MS-105A & Bare in series, and the control solenoid failure prevents the valve from opening with or without an Auto Start initiation signal.
& B. One open train of steam supplied to the TDAFW is sufficient for design flow. C. Incorrect.
B.
This is plausible if the candidate thinks the control solenoid de-energizing would cause TV-1MS-105A to fail close, and knowing that TV-1MS-105B is in parallel and capable of supplying sufficient steam for full design flow. D. Incorrect.
Correct. On a loss of power the solenoid will de-energize causing TV-1MS-105A to open. It is a fail open valve which is in parallel with TV-1MS-1058. The plant operating at 100% power, steam is supplied from 2 SGs, up through NSA open MOV-1MS-105, and normally is isolated from the NSA open 1 MS-465 (trip throttle valve) by TV-1MS-105A & B. One open train of steam supplied to the TDAFW is sufficient for design flow.
This is plausible if the candidate thinks the control solenoid de-energizing would cause TV-1MS-105A to fail close, and knowing that TV-1MS-105B is in parallel and with one valve closed not capable of supplying sufficient steam for full design flow. System Category KA Statement Sys# 061 Auxiliary/Erne K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following Controllers and positioners rgency will have on the AFW components:
C.
* Feedwater KIA# K6.01 KIA Importance  
Incorrect. This is plausible if the candidate thinks the control solenoid de-energizing would cause TV-1MS-105A to fail close, and knowing that TV-1MS-105B is in parallel and capable of supplying sufficient steam for full design flow.
 
D.
===2.5 References===
Incorrect. This is plausible if the candidate thinks the control solenoid de-energizing would cause TV-1MS-105A to fail close, and knowing that TV-1MS-105B is in parallel and with one valve closed not capable of supplying sufficient steam for full design flow.
 
System Category KA Statement Sys#
provided to Candidate None Question Source: New Exam Level RO Technical  
061 Auxiliary/Erne K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following Controllers and positioners rgency will have on the AFW components:
* Feedwater KIA#
K6.01 KIA Importance 2.5 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1 OM-24.1.D Rev 6 pg 3 U1 RM-0421-001 Rev 25 10M-21.3.B.1 Rev 22 pg 13 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41. 7 I 45.7)
Objective:
1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 17. Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Main Feedwater, Dedicated Auxiliary Feedwater, Auxiliary Feedwater System or Steam Generator Water Level Control System's control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.


1 OM-24.1.D Rev 6 pg 3 U1 RM-0421-001 Rev 25 10M-21.3.B.1 Rev 22 pg 13 Question Cognitive Level: Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41. 7 I 45.7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 17. Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Main Feedwater, Dedicated Auxiliary Feedwater, Auxiliary Feedwater System or Steam Generator Water Level Control System's control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.
: 46.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 46. Given the following conditions.
Given the following conditions.
A. B. C. D.
A.
* The plant is in Mode 3 with all systems in normal alignment for this mode
B.
* ACB-41A trips on overcurrent causing a loss of the "A" 4KV bus
C.
* No operator actions have been taken What will be the status of the 'A' and 'B' 480v buses five minutes after ACB-41 A trips? 480v Bus 'A' De-energized Energized De-energized Energized 480v Bus '8' De-energized Energized Energized De-energized Answer: B ExplanationfJustification:
D.
The plant is in Mode 3 with all systems in normal alignment for this mode ACB-41A trips on overcurrent causing a loss of the "A" 4KV bus No operator actions have been taken What will be the status of the 'A' and 'B' 480v buses five minutes after ACB-41 A trips?
480v Bus  
'A' De-energized Energized De-energized Energized 480v Bus  
'8' De-energized Energized Energized De-energized Answer: B ExplanationfJustification:
KJA is met by testing the knowledge of the existence of the automatic bus transfer between 480v busses 1A and 1 Bon an undervoltage condition of the bus. The time delay of 45 seconds, as well as how an overcurrent condition on 'A' 4KV will affect the 480v bus 1A, and the interlocksfauto design feature of the supply and tie brks work with each other are required knowledge to answer the question.
KJA is met by testing the knowledge of the existence of the automatic bus transfer between 480v busses 1A and 1 Bon an undervoltage condition of the bus. The time delay of 45 seconds, as well as how an overcurrent condition on 'A' 4KV will affect the 480v bus 1A, and the interlocksfauto design feature of the supply and tie brks work with each other are required knowledge to answer the question.
A. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible if the candidate thinks both busses are powered from 'A' 4KV bus A. 480 bus 1 B is supplied from 4KV bus 1 C. B. Correct Both bus 1A and 16 will be energized.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks both busses are powered from 'A' 4KV bus A. 480 bus 1 B is supplied from 4KV bus 1 C.
The 'A' 4KV bus will be locked out on overcurrent causing the 'A' 480v bus to be initially energized.
B.
The 1A-1 B bus tie bkr (1A10) will close automatically to carry the loads on bus 1A from bus 1 B. The ABT requires bus 1 B to be energized, and there is approximately a 45 second delay after bus 1A receives the undervoltage condition.
Correct Both bus 1A and 16 will be energized. The 'A' 4KV bus will be locked out on overcurrent causing the 'A' 480v bus to be initially de-energized. The 1A-1 B bus tie bkr (1A10) will close automatically to carry the loads on bus 1A from bus 1 B. The ABT requires bus 1 B to be energized, and there is approximately a 45 second delay after bus 1A receives the undervoltage condition. All 480v bkr control switch are in the normal alignment as stated in the stem, and the stem states 5 minutes after ACB41 opens causing the undervoltage condition.
All 480v bkr control switch are in the normal alignment as stated in the stem, and the stem states 5 minutes after ACB41 opens causing the undervoltage condition.
C.
C. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate knows that 480 bus 16 is supplied from 4KV bus 1 C and energized, but does not know of the automatic bus transfer that supplies 480v bus 1A from 1 Bon a loss of power.
Plausible if the candidate knows that 480 bus 16 is supplied from 4KV bus 1 C and energized, but does not know of the automatic bus transfer that supplies 480v bus 1A from 1 Bon a loss of power.
D.
* D. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks that 480 bus 1A is supplied from 4KV bus 1C and energized, and thinks 480v bus 1.B is de-energized due to the loss of 4KV bus 'A', and does not know of the automatic bus transfer that supplies each 480v bus 1A or 1 B on a loss of power.
Plausible if the candidate thinks that 480 bus 1A is supplied from 4KV bus 1C and energized, and thinks 480v bus 1.B is de-energized due to the loss of 4KV bus 'A', and does not know of the automatic bus transfer that supplies each 480v bus 1A or 1 B on a loss of power. Sys# 062 KIA# System AC Electrical Distribution K4.03 Category K4 Knowledge of ac distribution system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
Sys#
KA Statement Interlocks between automatic bus transfer and breakers KIA Importance 2.8* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
062 KIA#
System AC Electrical Distribution K4.03 Category K4 Knowledge of ac distribution system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
KA Statement Interlocks between automatic bus transfer and breakers KIA Importance 2.8*
Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-37.1.D lss. 4 Rev. 0 pgs. 3-5 U1 RE-0100A rev. 9 3SQS-37.1 U1 PPNT Rev. 9 iss. 2 Slide 44 Question Source:
Bank-Vision 257139 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41. 7)
Objective:
3SQS-37.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 3 - Describe the control, protection, and interlock functions associated with the 480 VAC Distribution System operation for the following. Include automatic functions, set points, and changes in equipment status. 480 VAC bus supply breakers &
480 VAC bus tie breakers


10M-37.1.D lss. 4 Rev. 0 pgs. 3-5 U1 RE-0100A rev. 9 3SQS-37.1 U1 PPNT Rev. 9 iss. 2 Slide 44 Question Source: Bank-Vision 257139 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41. 7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-37.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 3 -Describe the control, protection, and interlock functions associated with the 480 VAC Distribution System operation for the following.
: 47.
Include automatic functions, set points, and changes in equipment status. 480 VAC bus supply breakers & 480 VAC bus tie breakers Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 47. The plant is operating at 75% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level.
The plant is operating at 75% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level.
* A loss of DC Bus 1 has occurred
A loss of DC Bus 1 has occurred The crew has entered AOP 1.39.1A, Loss of 125VDC Bus 1 What is the status of 4 KV Bus 1A and 1AE two minutes after the Loss of DC Bus 1?
* The crew has entered AOP 1.39.1A, Loss of 125VDC Bus 1 What is the status of 4 KV Bus 1A and 1AE two minutes after the Loss of DC Bus 1? 4 KV Bus 1A will __ __,_(1:....i..)
4 KV Bus 1A will __
___ , and 4 KV Bus 1AE will __ _.,;;;(2_._)
__,_(1:....i..) ___, and 4 KV Bus 1AE will __
__ _ (1) (2) A. be energized be energized B. be energized NOT be energized C. NOT be energized be energized D. NOT be energized NOT be energized Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
_.,;;;(2_._) __ _
(1)
(2)
A.
be energized be energized B.
be energized NOT be energized C.
NOT be energized be energized D.
NOT be energized NOT be energized Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
KJA is mei by demonstrating the ability to monitor the operation of major plant busses after a loss of DC Bus 1. The operator will have to determine what the status of the busses will be two minutes after the event. Two minutes is sufficient time for the Rx to trip due to a loss of feedwater, and for the fast bus transfer to occur. On the fast bus transfer the candidate will have to recognize that Offsite breaker ACB41A will fail to close due to the failure of the fast bus auto transfer due to no DC control power, and the EOG will fail to start due to a loss of DC power to the air start solenoids.
KJA is mei by demonstrating the ability to monitor the operation of major plant busses after a loss of DC Bus 1. The operator will have to determine what the status of the busses will be two minutes after the event. Two minutes is sufficient time for the Rx to trip due to a loss of feedwater, and for the fast bus transfer to occur. On the fast bus transfer the candidate will have to recognize that Offsite breaker ACB41A will fail to close due to the failure of the fast bus auto transfer due to no DC control power, and the EOG will fail to start due to a loss of DC power to the air start solenoids.
A. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible answer if the candidate doesn't recognize that a Rx trip will occur due to a loss of DC bus 1. The Busses will remain energized until the fast bus transfer occurs after the Rx trip. B. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible answer if the candidate doesn't recognize that a Rx trip will occur due to a loss of DC bus 1. The Busses will remain energized until the fast bus transfer occurs after the Rx trip.
Plausible answer if the candidate thinks the fast bus transfer will occur and energize the 'A' 4KV bus, but the 'AE' bus will not be energized due to the loss of DC power to the air start solenoids.
B.
C. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible answer if the candidate thinks the fast bus transfer will occur and energize the 'A' 4KV bus, but the 'AE' bus will not be energized due to the loss of DC power to the air start solenoids.
Plausible answer ifthe candidate recognizes that the fast bus transfer will not energize the 'A' 4kv bus, but thinks that the EOG will start on the loss of power to the AE bus. D. Correct. Within 2 minutes after the loss of DC Bus 1, the Rx will trip due to the FRVs failing closed, and the auto transfer to Off-site power occurs. Sys# 063 K/A# Bus 'A' power is lost due to ACB41 A not closing on the fast bus transfer due to ACB41 C failing to open on the loss of DC control power. Bus 'AE' will not be energized because of two reasons, first the #1 EOG will not start due to the loss of DC power to the air start solenoids, and second, no de control power is available to close ACB 1 E9, EOG Output Breaker if the EOG were able to start. System Category KA Statement DC Electrical A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Major breakers and control power fuses Distribution A4.01 KIA Importance 2.8* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
C.
Incorrect. Plausible answer ifthe candidate recognizes that the fast bus transfer will not energize the 'A' 4kv bus, but thinks that the EOG will start on the loss of power to the AE bus.
D.
Correct. Within 2 minutes after the loss of DC Bus 1, the Rx will trip due to the FRVs failing closed, and the auto transfer to Off-site power occurs.
Sys#
063 K/A#
Bus 'A' power is lost due to ACB41 A not closing on the fast bus transfer due to ACB41 C failing to open on the loss of DC control power. Bus 'AE' will not be energized because of two reasons, first the #1 EOG will not start due to the loss of DC power to the air start solenoids, and second, no de control power is available to close ACB 1 E9, EOG Output Breaker if the EOG were able to start.
System Category KA Statement DC Electrical A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
Major breakers and control power fuses Distribution A4.01 KIA Importance 2.8*
Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1 OM-53C.4.1.39.1A Rev. 8 pgs. 1, 20, 29 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8)
Objective:
3SQS-39.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 16 - Describe the control, protection, and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the 125 VDC Distribution System including automatic functions, set points, and changes in equipment status as applicable.
3SQS-39.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 19 - Given a 125 VDC Distribution System configuration, and without reference material, describe the 125 VDC Distribution System control room response to the following malfunctions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status. c. Loss of DC Bus


1 OM-53C.4.1.39.1A Rev. 8 pgs. 1, 20, 29 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-39.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 16 -Describe the control, protection, and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the 125 VDC Distribution System including automatic functions, set points, and changes in equipment status as applicable.
: 48.
3SQS-39.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 19 -Given a 125 VDC Distribution System configuration, and without reference material, describe the 125 VDC Distribution System control room response to the following malfunctions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status. c. Loss of DC Bus Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 48. Given the following plant conditions:
Given the following plant conditions:
* The plant is at 100% power
The plant is at 100% power Vertical Board 'C' indicator for No. 2 DC Bus Grd Volts meter indicates a + 110 VDC ground The crew performs 10M-39.4.E, Clearing Grounds (125 VDC Busses 1-1and1-2)
* Vertical Board 'C' indicator for No. 2 DC Bus Grd Volts meter indicates a + 110 VDC ground
The ground is discovered to be on battery charger 1-2 How will No. 2 DC Bus Voltage indication in the Control Room respond when battery charger 1-2 is removed from service?
* The crew performs 10M-39.4.E, Clearing Grounds (125 VDC Busses 1-1and1-2)
What action must be taken to ensure continued plant operation in regards to maintaining No. 2 DC Bus Voltage?
* The ground is discovered to be on battery charger 1-2 How will No. 2 DC Bus Voltage indication in the Control Room respond when battery charger 1-2 is removed from service? What action must be taken to ensure continued plant operation in regards to maintaining No. 2 DC Bus Voltage? No. 2 DC Bus Voltage indication will be __ __._(1_,_)
No. 2 DC Bus Voltage indication will be __
___ when the battery charger is removed from service. Plant operation may continue by (2) A. 1) lower 2) placing the redundant battery charger in service B. 1) lower 2) closing DC Bus 1-2A to Bus 5 crosstie breaker C. 1) unaffected
__._(1_,_) ___ when the battery charger is removed from service.
: 2) placing the redundant battery charger in service D. 1) unaffected
Plant operation may continue by (2)
: 2) closing DC Bus 1-2A to Bus 5 crosstie breaker Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) Question 48 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
A.
KIA is met by the candidates ability to predict that when the battery charger is removed from service due to grounds, that the CR indication of DC bus voltage will lower to battery voltage. The candidate also has to know that continued plant operation cannot continue on the battery beyond its design of 2hrs, therefore the redundant charger for bus 1-2 must be placed in service. A. Correct. With the charger supplying a float charge to the bus, the voltage is normally 132 VDC (129-138 vclc). When the charger is removed from service, bus voltage will lower to approximately 125 vdc. DC Bus 1-2 has 2 battery chargers available to maintain DC bus voltage, battery charger 1-2A and 1-2B. In the event one fails, the redundant battery charger will be placed in service to maintain DC loads. B. Incorrect.
: 1) lower
First part is correct. Second part is a plausible distractor because DC bus 1-2 can be aligned to supply DC bus 5 in the event battery charger 5 fails. C. Incorrect.
: 2) placing the redundant battery charger in service B.
Plausible if the candidate thinks the CR indication is the battery voltage, or that the charger maintains the same voltage as the battery. Second part is correct. D. Incorrect.
: 1) lower
Plausible if the candidate thinks the CR indication is the battery voltage, or that the charger maintains the same voltage as the battery. Second part is a plausible distractor because DC bus 1-2 can be aligned to supply DC bus 5 in the event battery charger 5 fails. Sys # System Category KA Statement 063 DC Electrical A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the DC Grounds Distribution electrical systems; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
: 2) closing DC Bus 1-2A to Bus 5 crosstie breaker C.
KIA# A2.01 KIA Importance 2.5 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: None Technical  
: 1) unaffected
: 2) placing the redundant battery charger in service D.
: 1) unaffected
: 2) closing DC Bus 1-2A to Bus 5 crosstie breaker  
 
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
Question 48 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by the candidates ability to predict that when the battery charger is removed from service due to grounds, that the CR indication of DC bus voltage will lower to battery voltage. The candidate also has to know that continued plant operation cannot continue on the battery beyond its design of 2hrs, therefore the redundant charger for bus 1-2 must be placed in service.
A.
Correct. With the charger supplying a float charge to the bus, the voltage is normally 132 VDC (129-138 vclc). When the charger is removed from service, bus voltage will lower to approximately 125 vdc. DC Bus 1-2 has 2 battery chargers available to maintain DC bus voltage, battery charger 1-2A and 1-2B. In the event one fails, the redundant battery charger will be placed in service to maintain DC loads.
B.
Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is a plausible distractor because DC bus 1-2 can be aligned to supply DC bus 5 in the event battery charger 5 fails.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks the CR indication is the battery voltage, or that the charger maintains the same voltage as the battery.
Second part is correct.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks the CR indication is the battery voltage, or that the charger maintains the same voltage as the battery.
Second part is a plausible distractor because DC bus 1-2 can be aligned to supply DC bus 5 in the event battery charger 5 fails.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 063 DC Electrical A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the DC Grounds Distribution electrical systems; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
KIA#
A2.01 KIA Importance 2.5 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-39.4.E rev. 7 pg. 5 10M-39.4.C rev. 10 pg. 13 10M-39.1.B rev. 1 pg. 3 Unit 1 RE-0001V rev. 33 Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-39.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 2 - Describe the distribution paths for the 125 VDC Distribution System from the batteries and chargers to the I 125 voe Distribution Panels.
3SQS-39.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 8 - State the following NSA parameters for the 125 VDC Distribution System. a. Battery Float Voltage


10M-39.4.E rev. 7 pg. 5 10M-39.4.C rev. 10 pg. 13 10M-39.1.B rev. 1 pg. 3 Unit 1 RE-0001V rev. 33 Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-39.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 2 -Describe the distribution paths for the 125 VDC Distribution System from the batteries and chargers to the I 125 voe Distribution Panels. 3SQS-39.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 8 -State the following NSA parameters for the 125 VDC Distribution System. a. Battery Float Voltage Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 49. What is the power supply to the #1 EOG starting air compressor 1 EE-C-2A? A. DC-SWBD-1 B. DC-SWBD-2 C. MCC1-E7 D. MCC1-E8 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
: 49.
What is the power supply to the #1 EOG starting air compressor 1 EE-C-2A?
A.
DC-SWBD-1 B.
DC-SWBD-2 C.
MCC1-E7 D.
MCC1-E8 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the 480 VAC power supplied to #1 EOG air compressors.
KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the 480 VAC power supplied to #1 EOG air compressors.
A. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible answer since 125 VOC OC-SWB0-1 is supplied to #1 EOG for air compressor control circuit and starting air solenoids.
Incorrect. Plausible answer since 125 VOC OC-SWB0-1 is supplied to #1 EOG for air compressor control circuit and starting air solenoids.
125VOC does run some lube oil pumps, therefore it's plausible that it could supply the air compressors for the EOG operation.
125VOC does run some lube oil pumps, therefore it's plausible that it could supply the air compressors for the EOG operation.
B. Incorrect.
B.
Plausible answer since 125 VDC DC-SWBD-2 is supplied to #2 EDG for air compressor control circuit and starting air solenoids.
Incorrect. Plausible answer since 125 VDC DC-SWBD-2 is supplied to #2 EDG for air compressor control circuit and starting air solenoids.
125VDC does run some lube oil pumps, therefore it's plausible that it could supply the air compressors for the EDG operation.
125VDC does run some lube oil pumps, therefore it's plausible that it could supply the air compressors for the EDG operation. The candidate may think that the second air compressor is supplied by the opposite train of DC power.
The candidate may think that the second air compressor is supplied by the opposite train of DC power. C. Correct. MCC1-E7 supplies power to both #1 EOG air compressors 1EE-C-1A and 1EE-C-2A.
C.
D. Incorrect.
Correct. MCC1-E7 supplies power to both #1 EOG air compressors 1EE-C-1A and 1EE-C-2A.
Plausible answer because MCC1-E8 supplies both #2 EOG air compressors.
D.
Candidate must know that both air compressors on the EOG are supplied by the same bus, but they may think that the second air compressor is supplied from the other train as a reliable source. Category Sys# 064 System Emergency Diesel Generator K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
Incorrect. Plausible answer because MCC1-E8 supplies both #2 EOG air compressors. Candidate must know that both air compressors on the EOG are supplied by the same bus, but they may think that the second air compressor is supplied from the other train as a reliable source.
KA Statement Air compressor K/A# K2.01 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: Bank -Vision #123486 2.7* Exam Level RO Technical  
Category Sys#
064 System Emergency Diesel Generator K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
KA Statement Air compressor K/A#
K2.01 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
Bank - Vision #123486 2.7*
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-36.1.C rev. 6 pg. 9 RM-0436-001 Rev. 11 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41. 7)
Objective:
1 SQS-36.2, Rev. 18 Obj. 3 - Identify the power supplies for the EDG components which are powered from the class 1E electrical distribution system. (For the 4160v system, include the power train and bus designation. For the 480v system, include only the power train.)


10M-36.1.C rev. 6 pg. 9 RM-0436-001 Rev. 11 Question Cognitive Level: Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41. 7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-36.2, Rev. 18 Obj. 3 -Identify the power supplies for the EDG components which are powered from the class 1E electrical distribution system. (For the 4160v system, include the power train and bus designation.
: 50.
For the 480v system, include only the power train.)
What type of radiation detectors are used for the RM-1MS-102 Steam Generator Leak Monitoring System, and the leak rate indications are not valid until reactor power is above what reactor power?
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 50. What type of radiation detectors are used for the RM-1MS-102 Steam Generator Leak Monitoring System, and the leak rate indications are not valid until reactor power is above what reactor power? RM-1MS-102 Steam Generator Leak Monitoring System uses a __ _.._(1:....L.)
RM-1MS-102 Steam Generator Leak Monitoring System uses a __
___ detector.
_.._(1:....L.) ___ detector.
Leak rate indications are NOT valid until reactor power is greater than (2) A. 1) Beta Scintillation
Leak rate indications are NOT valid until reactor power is greater than (2)
: 2) 20 % power B. 1) Beta Scintillation
A.
: 2) 30 % power C. 1) Gamma Scintillation
: 1) Beta Scintillation
: 2) 20 % power D. 1) Gamma Scintillation
: 2) 20 % power B.
: 1) Beta Scintillation
: 2) 30 % power C.
: 1) Gamma Scintillation
: 2) 20 % power D.
: 1) Gamma Scintillation
: 2) 30 % power Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
: 2) 30 % power Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by demonstrating that Gamma Scintillation detector are used for the SG N-16 detectors to provide an indication of a primary-secondary leak, and that there are not sufficient N-16 gammas produced when Rx power is <20% for the detector to provide accurate indications.
KIA is met by demonstrating that Gamma Scintillation detector are used for the SG N-16 detectors to provide an indication of a primary-secondary leak, and that there are not sufficient N-16 gammas produced when Rx power is <20%
A. Incorrect.
for the detector to provide accurate indications.
Plausible distractor as there are only two types of detectors used in the process radiation monitoring system. Gamma and Beta Scintillation detectors.
A.
Second part is correct. B. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor as there are only two types of detectors used in the process radiation monitoring system. Gamma and Beta Scintillation detectors. Second part is correct.
Plausible distractor as there are only two types of detectors used in the process radiation monitoring system. Gamma and Beta Scintillation detectors.
B.
Second part is a plausible value for Rx power but it is too high. C. Correct. Steam Generator Leak detectors use Gamma Scintillation detectors to detect N-16 gammas in the main steam lines when Rx power is ;:>,20%. When Rx power is <20%, N-16 production in the core reduces significantly.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor as there are only two types of detectors used in the process radiation monitoring system. Gamma and Beta Scintillation detectors. Second part is a plausible value for Rx power but it is too high.
D. Incorrect.
C.
Gamma Scintillation detector is correct. Second part is a plausible value for Rx power but it is too high. Sys # System Category KA Statement 073 Process KS Knowledge of the operational implications as they apply to Radiation theory, including sources, types, uniis, Radiation concepts as they apply to the PRM system: and effects Monitoring KIA# K5.01 KIA Importance  
Correct. Steam Generator Leak detectors use Gamma Scintillation detectors to detect N-16 gammas in the main steam lines when Rx power is  
 
;:>,20%. When Rx power is <20%, N-16 production in the core reduces significantly.
===2.5 References===
D.
 
Incorrect. Gamma Scintillation detector is correct. Second part is a plausible value for Rx power but it is too high.
provided to Candidate None Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental Exam Level Technical  
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 073 Process KS Knowledge of the operational implications as they apply to Radiation theory, including sources, types, uniis, Radiation concepts as they apply to the PRM system:
and effects Monitoring KIA#
K5.01 KIA Importance 2.5 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
RO 1OM-43.1.E Rev. 12 pg. 7 1 OM-43.4.0 Rev. 4 pg. 2 10M-43.1.C Rev. 8 pg. 6 10M-43.1.D Rev. 10 pg. 2 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 I 45. 7)
Objective:
1 SQS-43.1-01-1: Describe the function of the Radiation Monitoring systems and the associated major components.
1 SQS-43.1-01-7: Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Radiation Monitoring System, including automatic functions, and changes in equipment status as applicable.


RO 1OM-43.1.E Rev. 12 pg. 7 1 OM-43.4.0 Rev. 4 pg. 2 10M-43.1.C Rev. 8 pg. 6 10M-43.1.D Rev. 10 pg. 2 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 I 45. 7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-43.1-01-1:
: 51.
Describe the function of the Radiation Monitoring systems and the associated major components.
Given the following plant conditions:
1 SQS-43.1-01-7:
The plant was operating at 100% power An event occurred that caused containment pressure to peak at 6 psig Off site Power has remained available for the duration of the event All System functions as designed Based on these plant conditions, which of the following combinations of reactor and turbine building components will have River Water flow for temperature control?
Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Radiation Monitoring System, including automatic functions, and changes in equipment status as applicable.
CCR HX's = Reactor Plant Component Cooling Water Heat Exchangers CCT HX's = Turbine Plant Component Cooling Water Heat Exchangers EDG's = Emergency Diesel Generators RSS HX's = Recirculation Spray Heat Exchangers CCR HX's A.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 51. Given the following plant conditions:
YES B.
* The plant was operating at 100% power
YES C.
* An event occurred that caused containment pressure to peak at 6 psig
NO D.
* Off site Power has remained available for the duration of the event
YES Answer: B CCT HX's YES YES NO NO EDG's YES YES NO YES RSS HX's YES NO NO NO Explanation/Justification:
* All System functions as designed Based on these plant conditions, which of the following combinations of reactor and turbine building components will have River Water flow for temperature control? CCR HX's = Reactor Plant Component Cooling Water Heat Exchangers CCT HX's = Turbine Plant Component Cooling Water Heat Exchangers EDG's = Emergency Diesel Generators RSS HX's = Recirculation Spray Heat Exchangers CCR HX's A. YES B. YES C. NO D. YES Answer: B CCT HX's YES YES NO NO EDG's YES YES NO YES RSS HX's YES NO NO NO Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by the candidate predicting which of the listed components will have Service/River water supplied after an SI and CIA signal occur. The KIA statement is met by identifying that the CCR, CCT, and EOG HXs will have temperature control capabilities, and the RSS HXs will not have Service/River Water available for temperature control after a Safety Injection.
KIA is met by the candidate predicting which of the listed components will have Service/River water supplied after an SI and CIA signal occur. The KIA statement is met by identifying that the CCR, CCT, and EOG HXs will have temperature control capabilities, and the RSS HXs will not have Service/River Water available for temperature control after a Safety Injection.
A. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible if the candidate thinks MOV-1RW-103A-D (RSS Hx) open on a Safety injection signal. B. Correct. At >5 psig containment pressure, SI and CIA have actuated.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks MOV-1RW-103A-D (RSS Hx) open on a Safety injection signal.
CCR and CCT Hxs are not affected by the SI signal, and RW will remain available to the HXs. The SI signal will start EDGs and open MOV-1 RW-113A-D, therefore providing cooling to EDG's. RSS Hx valves, MOV-1 RW-103A-D do not automatically open until a GIB.signal is received at 11.1 psig, therefore they will remain closed. C. Incorrect.
B.
Plausible if the candidate thinks a CIB has occurred which would close MOV-1RW-106A  
Correct. At >5 psig containment pressure, SI and CIA have actuated. CCR and CCT Hxs are not affected by the SI signal, and RW will remain available to the HXs. The SI signal will start EDGs and open MOV-1 RW-113A-D, therefore providing cooling to EDG's. RSS Hx valves, MOV-1 RW-103A-D do not automatically open until a GIB.signal is received at 11.1 psig, therefore they will remain closed.
& B (CCR) and MOV-1 RW-114A & B (CCR) and the candidate may think this isolates both the CCR and CCT HX's, and candidate may think that NSA closed EOG and RSS Hx valves would have to be manually opened. D. Incorrect.
C.
Plausible if the candidate thinks the CCR Hx will remain in service, the RSS Hx will remain isolated, and the EOG Hxs are aligned with a SI signal, but thinks TPRW system either trips on SI or CIA, or isolates the Hxs due to the SI. Sys# System Category KA Statement 076 Service Water A 1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to Reactor and turbine building closed cooling water prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the SWS temperatures controls including:
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks a CIB has occurred which would close MOV-1RW-106A & B (CCR) and MOV-1 RW-114A & B (CCR) and the candidate may think this isolates both the CCR and CCT HX's, and candidate may think that NSA closed EOG and RSS Hx valves would have to be manually opened.
KIA# A1.02 KIA Importance 2.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
D.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks the CCR Hx will remain in service, the RSS Hx will remain isolated, and the EOG Hxs are aligned with a SI signal, but thinks TPRW system either trips on SI or CIA, or isolates the Hxs due to the SI.
Sys#
System Category KA Statement 076 Service Water A 1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to Reactor and turbine building closed cooling water prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the SWS temperatures controls including:
KIA#
A1.02 KIA Importance 2.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1 OM-30.1.D lss 4 Rev. 3 pgs. 1, 9-11 1SQS-30.2 PPT, Rev. 18 Slide 31 Question Source:
Bank - 2LOT15 NRC Exam (Q52) Modified Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)
Objective:
1 SQS-30.2, Rev. 18 Obj. 15 Given a Reactor Plant River Water System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Reactor Plant River Water System control room response to the following actuation signals, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable. (SI, CIB, EOG Start).


1 OM-30.1.D lss 4 Rev. 3 pgs. 1, 9-11 1SQS-30.2 PPT, Rev. 18 Slide 31 Question Source: Bank -2LOT15 NRC Exam (Q52) Modified Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 45.5) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-30.2, Rev. 18 Obj. 15 Given a Reactor Plant River Water System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Reactor Plant River Water System control room response to the following actuation signals, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable. (SI, CIB, EOG Start).
: 52.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 52. Which of the following is a function of the Reactor Plant River Water system? The Reactor Plant River Water system is capable of supplying the _______ during normal and/or abnormal operations.
Which of the following is a function of the Reactor Plant River Water system?
: 1) Charging Pump Lube Oil Coolers 2) Steam Generator Slowdown Heat Exchanger
The Reactor Plant River Water system is capable of supplying the _______ during normal and/or abnormal operations.
: 1) Charging Pump Lube Oil Coolers
: 2) Steam Generator Slowdown Heat Exchanger
: 3) Control Room Air Conditioning Condensers
: 3) Control Room Air Conditioning Condensers
: 4) Recirculation Spray Heat Exchangers
: 4) Recirculation Spray Heat Exchangers
: 5) Steam Generator Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps 6) Main Steam Valve Area Air Handling Unit A. 1, 2, and 3 B. 4, 5, and 6 C. 1, 3, and 5 D. 2, 4, and 6 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
: 5) Steam Generator Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps
: 6) Main Steam Valve Area Air Handling Unit A.
1, 2, and 3 B.
4, 5, and 6 C.
1, 3, and 5 D.
2, 4, and 6 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by evaluating the function of the Reactor Plant River Water system by identifying various loads of the system during both normal and abnormal conditions.
KIA is met by evaluating the function of the Reactor Plant River Water system by identifying various loads of the system during both normal and abnormal conditions.
A. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible distractor because Charging Pump Lube Oil Coolers and the Control Room Air Conditioning Condensers are supplied from RPRW, but the candidate must know that the Steam Generator Slowdown Heat Exchanger is cooled by Condensate.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because Charging Pump Lube Oil Coolers and the Control Room Air Conditioning Condensers are supplied from RPRW, but the candidate must know that the Steam Generator Slowdown Heat Exchanger is cooled by Condensate.
B. Incorrect.
B.
Plausible distractor because Recirculation Spray Heat Exchangers and the Steam Generator Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps are, or can be supplied by RPRW, but the candidate must know that the Main Steam Valve Area Air Handling Unit is cooled by Chilled Water. C. Correct. Charging Pump Lube Oil Coolers, Control Room Air Conditioning Condensers, and Steam Generator Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps (emergency use via 6" hard piped section to the AFW system) are all capable of being supplied by RPRW. D. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because Recirculation Spray Heat Exchangers and the Steam Generator Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps are, or can be supplied by RPRW, but the candidate must know that the Main Steam Valve Area Air Handling Unit is cooled by Chilled Water.
Plausible distractor because Recirculation Spray Heat Exchangers are supplied by RPRW, but the candidate must know that the Steam Generator Slowdown Heat Exchanger is cooled by Condensate, and the Main Steam Valve Area Air Handling Unit is cooled by Chilled Water. Sys# 076 KIA# System Service Water 2.1.27 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New 3.9 Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental KA Statement Knowledge of system purpose and/or function.
C.
Correct. Charging Pump Lube Oil Coolers, Control Room Air Conditioning Condensers, and Steam Generator Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps (emergency use via 6" hard piped section to the AFW system) are all capable of being supplied by RPRW.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because Recirculation Spray Heat Exchangers are supplied by RPRW, but the candidate must know that the Steam Generator Slowdown Heat Exchanger is cooled by Condensate, and the Main Steam Valve Area Air Handling Unit is cooled by Chilled Water.
Sys#
076 KIA#
System Service Water 2.1.27 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New 3.9 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental KA Statement Knowledge of system purpose and/or function.
Exam Level RO Technical  
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1 OM-30.1.A lss. 4 Rev. 1 pg. 1 10M-30.1.C Rev. 12 pg. 8 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7)
Objective:
1 SQS-30.2-01-24: Describe the function of the Reactor Plant River Water system and the associated major components as documented in Chapter 30 of the associated Operating Manual.


1 OM-30.1.A lss. 4 Rev. 1 pg. 1 10M-30.1.C Rev. 12 pg. 8 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-30.2-01-24:
: 53.
Describe the function of the Reactor Plant River Water system and the associated major components as documented in Chapter 30 of the associated Operating Manual.
The plant is at 100% power.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 53. The plant is at 100% power. A. B. C. D.
A.
* 1SA-C-1A, 'A' Station Air Compressor is RUNNING
B.
* 1 SA-C-1 B, 'B' Station Air Compressor is on clearance
C.
* 1SA-TK-1A, Station Air Receiver 1A ruptures and develops a 5000 scfm air leak
D.
* The crew is performing AOP 1.34.1, "Loss of Station Instrument Air"
1SA-C-1A, 'A' Station Air Compressor is RUNNING 1 SA-C-1 B, 'B' Station Air Compressor is on clearance 1SA-TK-1A, Station Air Receiver 1A ruptures and develops a 5000 scfm air leak The crew is performing AOP 1.34.1, "Loss of Station Instrument Air" Pl-1IA-106, Instrument Air Header Press is 87 psig and LOWERING All system components function as designed Which of the following represents the air pressures indicated in the Main Control Room for the Instrument Air Receiver and Instrument Air Header 10 minutes after the event?
* Pl-1IA-106, Instrument Air Header Press is 87 psig and LOWERING
Pl-1 IA-1068 Pl-1 IA-106 Instrument Air Instrument Air RECEIVER PRESS HEADER PRESS NOP - Normal Operating Pressure NOP NOP Less than NOP NOP NOP Less than NOP Less than NOP Less than NOP Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
* All system components function as designed Which of the following represents the air pressures indicated in the Main Control Room for the Instrument Air Receiver and Instrument Air Header 10 minutes after the event? Pl-1 IA-1068 Pl-1 IA-106 Instrument Air Instrument Air RECEIVER PRESS HEADER PRESS NOP -Normal Operating Pressure NOP NOP Less than NOP NOP NOP Less than NOP Less than NOP Less than NOP Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by evaluating the candidates knowledge of how the Instrument Air system will respond to a large air leak, and the automatic start of the Diesel driven air compressor to maintain the Instrument Air Header. This knowledge will be r~quired to assist in monitoring the air system gauges in the control room to verify proper system response.
KIA is met by evaluating the candidates knowledge of how the Instrument Air system will respond to a large air leak, and the automatic start of the Diesel driven air compressor to maintain the Instrument Air Header. This knowledge will be to assist in monitoring the air system gauges in the control room to verify proper system response.
A.
A. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks that TV-1SA-105 closing at 95 psig isolates the SA receiver from the IA receiver, and the diesel driven air compressor maintains the IA receiver. This would not be correct because there is a check valve (1 IA-11) isolating the IA receiver from the IA header which is being maintained by the diesel driven air compressor which started at 93 psig.
Plausible if the candidate thinks that TV-1SA-105 closing at 95 psig isolates the SA receiver from the IA receiver, and the diesel driven air compressor maintains the IA receiver.
B.
This would not be correct because there is a check valve (1 IA-11) isolating the IA receiver from the IA header which is being maintained by the diesel driven air compressor which started at 93 psig. B. Correct. IA Header pressure will be between 105 -115 psig since the Diesel driven air compressor (1 IA-C-4} will be carrying all of the IA loads. 1 IA-C-4 auto starts at 93 psig. Pl-11A-106B, IA Receiver pressure will be approximately 0 psig due to 1SA-C-1A only has a capacity of 570 scfm, and the IA receiver is isolated from the IA header by an installed check valve 1 IA-11 preventing backflow from the IA header. C. Incorrect.
Correct. IA Header pressure will be between 105 - 115 psig since the Diesel driven air compressor (1 IA-C-4} will be carrying all of the IA loads.
Plausible if the candidate thinks that the Diesel driven air compressor will maintain the IA receiver, and the IA header will depressurize due to the SA receiver rupturing.
1 IA-C-4 auto starts at 93 psig. Pl-11A-106B, IA Receiver pressure will be approximately 0 psig due to 1SA-C-1A only has a capacity of 570 scfm, and the IA receiver is isolated from the IA header by an installed check valve 1 IA-11 preventing backflow from the IA header.
The Diesel driven air compressor supplies the Standby IA receiver and the IA header. D. Incorrect.
C.
Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that the Diesel driven air compressor will start at 93 psig and maintain the IA header pressure at 105-115 psig. Sys # System Category KA Statement 078 Instrument A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Pressure gauges Air KIA# A4.01 KIA Importance 3.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks that the Diesel driven air compressor will maintain the IA receiver, and the IA header will depressurize due to the SA receiver rupturing. The Diesel driven air compressor supplies the Standby IA receiver and the IA header.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that the Diesel driven air compressor will start at 93 psig and maintain the IA header pressure at 105-115 psig.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 078 Instrument A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
Pressure gauges Air KIA#
A4.01 KIA Importance 3.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-34.4.U Rev. 9 pg.2 10M-34. 1.C Rev. 3 pg 2 1SQS-34.1 PPNT Rev. 15 slide 9 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41. 7 I 45.5 to 45.8)
Objective:
1 SQS-34.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 1 O - List the nominal value of the control room operating parameters associated with the Compressed Air System.
1 SQS-34.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 13 - Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Compressed Air System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.


10M-34.4.U Rev. 9 pg.2 10M-34. 1.C Rev. 3 pg 2 1SQS-34.1 PPNT Rev. 15 slide 9 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41. 7 I 45.5 to 45.8) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-34.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 1 O -List the nominal value of the control room operating parameters associated with the Compressed Air System. 1 SQS-34.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 13 -Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Compressed Air System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.
: 54.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 54. The following conditions exist:
The following conditions exist:
* The plant was at 100% power when the Reactor was manually tripped due to a loss of all Station Instrument Air
The plant was at 100% power when the Reactor was manually tripped due to a loss of all Station Instrument Air Station Instrument Air Header pressure is 0 psig AFW throttle valves were throttled to minimize cooldown No other actions have been taken by the crew What will be the approximate equilibrium Tavg value when the plant stabilizes from this event?
* Station Instrument Air Header pressure is 0 psig
A 541&deg;F B.
* AFW throttle valves were throttled to minimize cooldown
547&deg;F C.
* No other actions have been taken by the crew What will be the approximate equilibrium Tavg value when the plant stabilizes from this event? A 541&deg;F B. 547&deg;F C. 551&deg;F D. 556&deg;F Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
551&deg;F D.
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of how the pneumatic valves which control RCS temperature after a reactor trip will respond when there is a loss of the instrument air system. Specifically the MS IVs, condenser steam dumps, and the atmospheric steam dumps will all fail closed on a loss of IAS, arid RCS temperature will be maintained by the SG safety valves. ' A. Incorrect.
556&deg;F Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
This is the temperature the condenser steam dumps will close due to P-12 (low-low Tavg). Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that the MSIVs go shut, and the condenser steam dumps will also fail closed on a complete loss of instrument air. B. Incorrect.
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of how the pneumatic valves which control RCS temperature after a reactor trip will respond when there is a loss of the instrument air system. Specifically the MS IVs, condenser steam dumps, and the atmospheric steam dumps will all fail closed on a loss of IAS, arid RCS temperature will be maintained by the SG safety valves.
This is the temperature the Rx trip controller will maintain with the condenser steam dumps. Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that the MSIVs go shut, and the condenser steam dumps will also fail closed on a complete loss of instrument air. C. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible if the candidate thinks the Steam Generator Atmospheric Steam Dump Valves [PCV-1MS-101 A, B, & CJ will operate to maintain 1060 psig (not taking into account 1075 psia), but this is not accurate because these valves fail closed on loss of instrument air. D. Correct. The loss of instrument air causes the MSIVs, SG Atm steam dump valves, and RHR valve to fail closed. Therefore, Tavg will be maintained by the lifting of the first SG safety valve at 1075 psig (-1090 psia). Sys# 078 System Instrument Air Category K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the IAS will have on the following:
Incorrect. This is the temperature the condenser steam dumps will close due to P-12 (low-low Tavg). Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that the MSIVs go shut, and the condenser steam dumps will also fail closed on a complete loss of instrument air.
KA Statement Systems having pneumatic valves and controls KIA# K3.02 KIA Importance 3.4 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Steam Tables Technical  
B.
Incorrect. This is the temperature the Rx trip controller will maintain with the condenser steam dumps. Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that the MSIVs go shut, and the condenser steam dumps will also fail closed on a complete loss of instrument air.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks the Steam Generator Atmospheric Steam Dump Valves [PCV-1MS-101 A, B, & CJ will operate to maintain 1060 psig (not taking into account 1075 psia), but this is not accurate because these valves fail closed on loss of instrument air.
D.
Correct. The loss of instrument air causes the MSIVs, SG Atm steam dump valves, and RHR valve to fail closed. Therefore, Tavg will be maintained by the lifting of the first SG safety valve at 1075 psig (-1090 psia).
Sys#
078 System Instrument Air Category K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the IAS will have on the following:
KA Statement Systems having pneumatic valves and controls KIA#
K3.02 KIA Importance 3.4 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Steam Tables Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-21.1.C Rev. 6 pg. 3 10M-53C.4.1.34.1 rev. 21pg.17-18 Question Source:
Bank - Vision 257146 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
Objective:
1 SQS-34.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 12 - Given a Compressed Air System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Compressed Air System control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable: Loss of instrument air 1 SQS-21.1 Rev. 16 Obj. 12: Given a Main Steam Supply System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Main Steam Supply System control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable: Loss of instrument air


10M-21.1.C Rev. 6 pg. 3 10M-53C.4.1.34.1 rev. 21pg.17-18 Question Source: Bank -Vision 257146 Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.6) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-34.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 12 -Given a Compressed Air System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Compressed Air System control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable:
: 55.
Loss of instrument air 1 SQS-21.1 Rev. 16 Obj. 12: Given a Main Steam Supply System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Main Steam Supply System control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable:
If a loss of the Chilled Water System occurs, (1) must be aligned to the Containment Air Recirculation (CAR) Cooling Coils in order to prevent containment temperature from exceeding the Technical Specification limit of (2)
Loss of instrument air Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 55. If a loss of the Chilled Water System occurs, (1) must be aligned to the Containment Air Recirculation (CAR) Cooling Coils in order to prevent containment temperature from exceeding the Technical Specification limit of (2) A. 1) Primary Plant Component Cooling Water 2) 108&deg; F B. 1) Primary Plant Component Cooling Water 2) 105&deg; F C. 1) Reactor Plant River Water 2) 108&deg;F D. 1) Reactor Plant River Water 2) 105&deg; F Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
A.
K/A is met with knowledge that the Reactor Plant River Water is a an alternative source of cooling for the Containment Air Recirculation (CAR) Cooling Coils if a loss of the normal cooling supply (Chilled Water) were to occur to ensure the Containment temperature remains less than the tech spec limits. A. Incorrect.
: 1) Primary Plant Component Cooling Water
CCR is a plausible distractor since use of the alternate source (service water) is rarely performed and CCR cools several loads inside cnmt. TS 3.6.5 states cnmt average air temp shall be 2:70F and S1 OBF. B. Incorrect.
: 2) 108&deg; F B.
CCR is a plausible distractor since use of the alternate source (service water) is rarely performed and CCR cools several loads inside cnmt. Plausible distractor with 1 OM-29.4.H, Initiating River Water Backup Cooling to the Containment Air Recirculation Cooling Coils stating 105F in the purpose and P&Ls. C. Correct. Reactor Plant River Water is the alternate method of cooling containment air when the chilled water system is unable to maintain average air temperature.
: 1) Primary Plant Component Cooling Water
TS 3.6.5 states cnmt average air temp shall be 2:70F and S1 OBF. D. Incorrect.
: 2) 105&deg; F C.
Reactor Plant River Water is the alternate method. Plausible distractor with 1 OM-29.4.H, Initiating River Water Backup Cooling to the Containment Air Recirculation Cooling Coils stating 105F in the purpose and P&Ls. Sys # : ' System 103 Containment KJA# K1.01 Category K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the containment system and the following systems: KJA Importance 3.6 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  
: 1) Reactor Plant River Water
: 2) 108&deg;F D.
: 1) Reactor Plant River Water
: 2) 105&deg; F Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
K/A is met with knowledge that the Reactor Plant River Water is a an alternative source of cooling for the Containment Air Recirculation (CAR) Cooling Coils if a loss of the normal cooling supply (Chilled Water) were to occur to ensure the Containment temperature remains less than the tech spec limits.
A.
Incorrect. CCR is a plausible distractor since use of the alternate source (service water) is rarely performed and CCR cools several loads inside cnmt. TS 3.6.5 states cnmt average air temp shall be 2:70F and S1 OBF.
B.
Incorrect. CCR is a plausible distractor since use of the alternate source (service water) is rarely performed and CCR cools several loads inside cnmt. Plausible distractor with 1 OM-29.4.H, Initiating River Water Backup Cooling to the Containment Air Recirculation Cooling Coils stating 105F in the purpose and P&Ls.
C.
Correct. Reactor Plant River Water is the alternate method of cooling containment air when the chilled water system is unable to maintain average air temperature. TS 3.6.5 states cnmt average air temp shall be 2:70F and S1 OBF.
D.
Incorrect. Reactor Plant River Water is the alternate method. Plausible distractor with 1 OM-29.4.H, Initiating River Water Backup Cooling to the Containment Air Recirculation Cooling Coils stating 105F in the purpose and P&Ls.
Sys # : '
System 103 Containment KJA#
K1.01 Category K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the containment system and the following systems:
KJA Importance 3.6 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
Bank - North Anna 201 O NRC Exam (025)
KA Statement ccs RO 10M-29.4.H Rev. 4 pg. 2 Tech Spec 3.6.5 pg. 3.6.5-1 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45. 7 to 45.8)
Objective:
1 SQS-44C.1, Rev 1 O Obj. 15 - Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.
3SQS-CONT ITS, Rev. 1 Obj. 3 - Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Section Containment Systems LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements, and the Applicability.


Question Source: Bank -North Anna 201 O NRC Exam (025) KA Statement ccs RO 10M-29.4.H Rev. 4 pg. 2 Tech Spec 3.6.5 pg. 3.6.5-1 Question Cognitive Level: Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45. 7 to 45.8) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-44C.1, Rev 1 O Obj. 15 -Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room. 3SQS-CONT ITS, Rev. 1 Obj. 3 -Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Section Containment Systems LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements, and the Applicability.
: 56.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 56. The plant is at 100% power.
The plant is at 100% power.
* PRZR Level transmitter, L T-1 RC-461 failed LOW earlier in the shift
PRZR Level transmitter, L T-1 RC-461 failed LOW earlier in the shift All actions of 10M-6.4.IF, Instrument Failure Procedure and Tech Spec 3.3.1 are complete PRZR Level Control Channel Selector is in Channel I & II (L T459 & 460)
* All actions of 10M-6.4.IF, Instrument Failure Procedure and Tech Spec 3.3.1 are complete
PRZR level is on program PRZR Level transmitter, L T-1 RC-459 bellows ruptures causing an instantaneous failure.
* PRZR Level Control Channel Selector is in Channel I & II (L T459 & 460)
: 1) How will PRZR level indicator, Ll-1RC-459A respond to this failure?
* PRZR level is on program PRZR Level transmitter, L T-1 RC-459 bellows ruptures causing an instantaneous failure. 1) How will PRZR level indicator, Ll-1RC-459A respond to this failure? 2) What procedure will the crew use to respond to this event? A. 1) rise 2) E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection B. 1) lower 2) E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection C. 1) rise 2) AOP 1.4.1, Process Control Failure D. 1) lower 2) AOP 1.4.1, Process Control Failure Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
: 2) What procedure will the crew use to respond to this event?
KJA is met by placing a przr level instrument LT-1 RC-461 bistables in trip iaw the Instrument Failure procedure and Tech Specs, Then rupturing the bellows on L T459, causing its level to fail high. With 2/3 PRZR level transmitters  
A.
>92% the reactor will trip and E-0 will used to mitigate the event. A. Correct. A bellows rupture will cause LT459 to fail high because the transmitter will sense a DIP of zero indicating the PRZR is full. Therefore, with all actions for L T461 failing low being complete, the bistables for L T461 are tripped. With 213 PRZR level indicators being> 92%, the Reactor will automatically trip. Proper procedure for the Reactor tripping is E-0. B. Incorrect.
: 1) rise
Plausible if the candidate doesn't understand how a ruptured bellows make DIP go to zero, indicating a full przr. E-0 is the correct procedure since the RX will trip due to 213 PRZR level indicators being> 92%. C. Incorrect.
: 2) E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection B.
It is correct that level will rise. Second part is plausible if the candidate doesn't recognize that the bistables for L T461 have been placed in the trip condition.
: 1) lower
AOP-1.4.1 is the correct procedure to respond to a failed PRZR level instrument if the Rx hadn't tripped. D. Incorrect.
: 2) E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection C.
Plausible if the candidate doesn't understand how a ruptured bellows make DIP. go to zero, indicating a full przr. AOP-1.4.1 is the correct procedure to respond to a failed PRZR level instrument if the Rx hadn't tripped. Sys # System Category 011 Pressurizer Level Control A2 Ability to (a} predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the PZR LCS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
: 1) rise
KIA# A2.1 o KJA Importance 3.4 Exam Level RO KA Statement Failure of PZR level instrument  
: 2) AOP 1.4.1, Process Control Failure D.
-high References provided to Candidate None Technical  
: 1) lower
: 2) AOP 1.4.1, Process Control Failure Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
KJA is met by placing a przr level instrument LT-1 RC-461 bistables in trip iaw the Instrument Failure procedure and Tech Specs, Then rupturing the bellows on L T459, causing its level to fail high. With 2/3 PRZR level transmitters >92% the reactor will trip and E-0 will used to mitigate the event.
A.
Correct. A bellows rupture will cause LT459 to fail high because the transmitter will sense a DIP of zero indicating the PRZR is full. Therefore, with all actions for L T461 failing low being complete, the bistables for L T461 are tripped. With 213 PRZR level indicators being> 92%, the Reactor will automatically trip. Proper procedure for the Reactor tripping is E-0.
B.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate doesn't understand how a ruptured bellows make DIP go to zero, indicating a full przr. E-0 is the correct procedure since the RX will trip due to 213 PRZR level indicators being> 92%.
C.
Incorrect. It is correct that level will rise. Second part is plausible if the candidate doesn't recognize that the bistables for L T461 have been placed in the trip condition. AOP-1.4.1 is the correct procedure to respond to a failed PRZR level instrument if the Rx hadn't tripped.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate doesn't understand how a ruptured bellows make DIP. go to zero, indicating a full przr. AOP-1.4.1 is the correct procedure to respond to a failed PRZR level instrument if the Rx hadn't tripped.
Sys #
System Category 011 Pressurizer Level Control A2 Ability to (a} predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the PZR LCS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
KIA#
A2.1 o KJA Importance 3.4 Exam Level RO KA Statement Failure of PZR level instrument - high References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
GO-GPF.C7 Rev. 4 pg.54 & 55 1 OM-6.4.IF rev. 11 pg. 7 & 11 1 OM-1.5.B.1 Rev. 3 pg. 2 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 I 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)
Objective:
GO-GPF.C7, Rev. 4 Obj. 9 - Given a potential failure mode for a differential pressure cell used for level indication, describe how indicated level will be affected. c. Diaphragm leak 3SQS-1.1. Rev. 8 Obj. 11 - Given a specific plant condition, predict or describe the response of the Reactor Protection System Trip Logics & Engineered Safeguards Features Actuation Signals control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.


GO-GPF.C7 Rev. 4 pg.54 & 55 1 OM-6.4.IF rev. 11 pg. 7 & 11 1 OM-1.5.B.1 Rev. 3 pg. 2 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 I 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
GO-GPF.C7, Rev. 4 Obj. 9 -Given a potential failure mode for a differential pressure cell used for level indication, describe how indicated level will be affected.
: 57.
: c. Diaphragm leak 3SQS-1.1.
Given the following:
Rev. 8 Obj. 11 -Given a specific plant condition, predict or describe the response of the Reactor Protection System Trip Logics & Engineered Safeguards Features Actuation Signals control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.
The plant is operating at 75% power.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 57. Given the following:
Rod Control is in MANUAL.
* The plant is operating at 75% power.
Control Bank D rods are at 190 steps.
* Rod Control is in MANUAL.
All Tavg channels are approximately 4&deg;F higher than Tref.
* Control Bank D rods are at 190 steps.
Which of the following describes the rod control response if the Control Rod Bank Selector Switch is placed in AUTO prior to matching Tave and Tref?
* All Tavg channels are approximately 4&deg;F higher than Tref. Which of the following describes the rod control response if the Control Rod Bank Selector Switch is placed in AUTO prior to matching Tave and Tref? 1) Control rods will step at (1) 2) (2) Individual Rod Position Indication (IRPI) meters will indicate rod movement in response to this action? A. 1) 40 SPM 2) 4 B. 1) 40 SPM 2) 8 C. 1) 56 SPM 2) 4 D. 1) 56 SPM 2 8 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
: 1) Control rods will step at (1)
: 2)
(2)
Individual Rod Position Indication (IRPI) meters will indicate rod movement in response to this action?
A.
: 1) 40 SPM
: 2) 4 B.
: 1) 40 SPM
: 2) 8 C.
: 1) 56 SPM
: 2) 4 D.
: 1) 56 SPM 2 8 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by the candidate knowing that Control Bank D rods will drive inward at 40 steps per minutes when the control rod selector switch is manually selected to Auto, and displays the ability to monitor the Individual Rod Position Indication meters on VB-B when 8 rod position indication meters will indicate movement in response to the 4F Tavg mismatch.
KIA is met by the candidate knowing that Control Bank D rods will drive inward at 40 steps per minutes when the control rod selector switch is manually selected to Auto, and displays the ability to monitor the Individual Rod Position Indication meters on VB-B when 8 rod position indication meters will indicate movement in response to the 4F Tavg mismatch.
A. Incorrect.
A.
40 SPM is the rod speed when the mismatch is 4F. Second part is a plausible distractor because Control bank D has 8 Control rods broken into 2 groups of 4 rods. The candidate must recognize that both groups of rods (8) will be moving inward. B. Correct. 40 SPM is the rod speed when the mismatch is 4F. Rod speed rises from a minimum of 8 SPM form 1.5-3F, to a maximum of 72 SPM when the mismatch is 5F or greater. 8 Bank D control rods will move (2 groups of 4 rods) when the selector switch is taken to Auto to correct the mismatch.
Incorrect. 40 SPM is the rod speed when the mismatch is 4F. Second part is a plausible distractor because Control bank D has 8 Control rods broken into 2 groups of 4 rods. The candidate must recognize that both groups of rods (8) will be moving inward.
C. Incorrect.
B.
Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks the mismatch band starts at 1 F and scales up to 5F with rod speed at 8 SPM at 1 F, and 72 SPM at 5F, then 4F would be 56 SPM. This is incorrect because rod control has a 1.5F deadband in which rods do not drive until Tavg is 1.5F greater than Tref, and rods will move inward at 8 SPM until 3F is reached. Plausible distractor because Control bank D has 8 Control rods broken into 2 groups of 4 rods. The candidate must recognize that both groups of rods (8) will be moving inward. D. Incorrect.
Correct. 40 SPM is the rod speed when the mismatch is 4F. Rod speed rises from a minimum of 8 SPM form 1.5-3F, to a maximum of 72 SPM when the mismatch is 5F or greater. 8 Bank D control rods will move (2 groups of 4 rods) when the selector switch is taken to Auto to correct the mismatch.
Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks the mismatch band starts at 1 F and scales up to 5F with rod speed at 8 SPM at 1 F, and 72 SPM at 5F, then 4F would be 56 SPM. This is incorrect because rod control has a 1.5F deadband in which rods do not drive until Tavg is 1.5F greater than Tref, and rods will move inward at 8 SPM until 3F is reached. Second part is correct. Sys# System Category KA Statement 014 Rod Position A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Rod selection control Indication KIA# A4.01 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New 3.3 Exam Level RO Technical  
C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks the mismatch band starts at 1 F and scales up to 5F with rod speed at 8 SPM at 1 F, and 72 SPM at 5F, then 4F would be 56 SPM. This is incorrect because rod control has a 1.5F deadband in which rods do not drive until Tavg is 1.5F greater than Tref, and rods will move inward at 8 SPM until 3F is reached. Plausible distractor because Control bank D has 8 Control rods broken into 2 groups of 4 rods. The candidate must recognize that both groups of rods (8) will be moving inward.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks the mismatch band starts at 1 F and scales up to 5F with rod speed at 8 SPM at 1 F, and 72 SPM at 5F, then 4F would be 56 SPM. This is incorrect because rod control has a 1.5F deadband in which rods do not drive until Tavg is 1.5F greater than Tref, and rods will move inward at 8 SPM until 3F is reached. Second part is correct.
Sys#
System Category KA Statement 014 Rod Position A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
Rod selection control Indication KIA#
A4.01 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New 3.3 Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-1.1D rev.3 Pg. 15 3SQS-1.3 Rev 7 lss 1 PPNT slide 136 10M-1.5.B.5 lss. 2 Rev. 10 Table 1-5 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 I 45.5 to 45.8)
Objective:
3SQS-1.3, Rev. 7 Obj. 23 - Discuss the Control Room indications and controls that are available to manipulate and monitor the Rod Control System.


10M-1.1D rev.3 Pg. 15 3SQS-1.3 Rev 7 lss 1 PPNT slide 136 10M-1.5.B.5 lss. 2 Rev. 10 Table 1-5 Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 I 45.5 to 45.8) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-1.3, Rev. 7 Obj. 23 -Discuss the Control Room indications and controls that are available to manipulate and monitor the Rod Control System.
: 58.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 58. The plant is at 100% power.
The plant is at 100% power.
* Tref is 578&deg;F
Tref is 578&deg;F Loop 1 Protection Tavg has failed to 620&deg;F Subsequently, TRB-1RC-432B1, Loop 3 Hot Leg RTD fails to 630&deg;F.
* Loop 1 Protection Tavg has failed to 620&deg;F Subsequently, TRB-1RC-432B1, Loop 3 Hot Leg RTD fails to 630&deg;F.
Loop Protection Tavgs now indicate as follows:
* Loop Protection Tavgs now indicate as follows: o Loop 1 Tl-1RC-412D is 620&deg;F o Loop 2 Tl-1 RC-4220 is 577&deg;F o Loop 3 Tl-1RC-432D is 580&deg;F How will Rod Control respond to the Hot Leg failing to 630&deg;F? The HIGHEST Rod Speed indicated on Sl-1 RC-408, Rod Speed Indicator will be _______ during this failure. A. 0 SPM B. 8 SPM C. 48 SPM D. 72 SPM Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
o Loop 1 Tl-1RC-412D is 620&deg;F o
KJA is met by understanding of how individual loop Tavg is used, and that Median Tavg is used for auto Rod Control. In this question individual loop Tavg indications are given in the stem, and knowledge that the individual loop Tavgs undergo Median Select where the high and low Tavgs are rejected, and the Median passes through for use of the automatic Rod Control. A. Incorrect.
Loop 2 Tl-1 RC-4220 is 577&deg;F o Loop 3 Tl-1RC-432D is 580&deg;F How will Rod Control respond to the Hot Leg failing to 630&deg;F?
Plausible dis tractor if the 2F Tavg> Tref mismatch is recognized, but the candidate thinks that there is a 3F deadband instead of 1.5F deadband.
The HIGHEST Rod Speed indicated on Sl-1 RC-408, Rod Speed Indicator will be
At BV after the 1.5F deadband, rod speed is 8 SPM. B. Correct. Due to median Tavg selector Tavg used by Rod Control will be 580F. Therefore the Tavg-Tref mismatch is 2F. Rod speed is 8 SPM between 1.5-3F mismatch.
_______ during this failure.
The candidate will have to know that Tavg median select is used by Rod Control, and the variable rod speeds in auto. C. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible distractor ifTavg > Tref is recognized, but variable rod speed is not known. 48 SPM is the manual rod speed. D. Incorrect.
0 SPM B.
Plausible distractor if the Tavgs are averaged (620+577+580=1777/3=592F.
8 SPM C.
This would be 14F mismatch.
48 SPM D.
When Tavg > Tref by :1:5F the rod speed is 72 SPM. Sys # System Category KA Statement 016 Non-nuclear A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the NNIS, including:
72 SPM Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
Relationship between meter readings and actual lnstrumentati parameter value KIA# on A3.02 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New 2.9* Exam Level RO Technical  
KJA is met by understanding of how individual loop Tavg is used, and that Median Tavg is used for auto Rod Control. In this question individual loop Tavg indications are given in the stem, and knowledge that the individual loop Tavgs undergo Median Select where the high and low Tavgs are rejected, and the Median passes through for use of the automatic Rod Control.
A.
Incorrect. Plausible dis tractor if the 2F Tavg> Tref mismatch is recognized, but the candidate thinks that there is a 3F deadband instead of 1.5F deadband. At BV after the 1.5F deadband, rod speed is 8 SPM.
B.
Correct. Due to median Tavg selector Tavg used by Rod Control will be 580F. Therefore the Tavg-Tref mismatch is 2F. Rod speed is 8 SPM between 1.5-3F mismatch. The candidate will have to know that Tavg median select is used by Rod Control, and the variable rod speeds in auto.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor ifTavg > Tref is recognized, but variable rod speed is not known. 48 SPM is the manual rod speed.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the Tavgs are averaged (620+577+580=1777/3=592F. This would be 14F mismatch. When Tavg > Tref by :1:5F the rod speed is 72 SPM.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 016 Non-nuclear A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the NNIS, including:
Relationship between meter readings and actual lnstrumentati parameter value KIA#
on A3.02 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New 2.9*
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
3SQS-1.3 Rev. 7 lss. 1 PPNT slides 131 & 136 1 OM-1.5.A.52 Rev. 1 1 OM-6.4.IF Rev. 11 pg. 40 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 I 45.5)
Objective:
3SQS-1.3, Rev. 7 Obj. 10 - State the three modes of rod control, the rod step speeds for each, and how and when each mode is selected.
3SQS-1.3, Rev. 7 Obj. 20 - Determine how automatic rod control is affected when any of the process control input signals fail.


3SQS-1.3 Rev. 7 lss. 1 PPNT slides 131 & 136 1 OM-1.5.A.52 Rev. 1 1 OM-6.4.IF Rev. 11 pg. 40 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 I 45.5) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-1.3, Rev. 7 Obj. 10 -State the three modes of rod control, the rod step speeds for each, and how and when each mode is selected.
: 59.
3SQS-1.3, Rev. 7 Obj. 20 -Determine how automatic rod control is affected when any of the process control input signals fail.
The plant has experienced a Reactor Trip and SI due to a LOCA and the following conditions exist:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 59. The plant has experienced a Reactor Trip and SI due to a LOCA and the following conditions exist:
The crew has transitioned to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant The Core Exit Thermocouples (CETCs) are reading as follows:
* The crew has transitioned to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant
o TWO CETCs are short circuited o THREE CETCs are 1204&deg;F and rising o All other CETCs are reading between 950&deg;F and 1150&deg;F and rising Which of the following completes the statements below?
* The Core Exit Thermocouples (CETCs) are reading as follows: o TWO CETCs are short circuited o THREE CETCs are 1204&deg;F and rising o All other CETCs are reading between 950&deg;F and 1150&deg;F and rising Which of the following completes the statements below? The indication for the short circuited CETCs fail (1) The (2) CETC(s) will be used to evaluate entry into FR-C.2, Response To Degraded Core Cooling. (1) (2) A. high hottest B. high five hottest C. low hottest D. low five hottest Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
The indication for the short circuited CETCs fail (1)
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the effect that a shorted CETC will have on the incore temperature monitoring system. .. A. Incorrect.
The (2)
Plausible ifthe candidate doesn't recall which direction a shorted CETC fails. Second part is incorrect.
CETC(s) will be used to evaluate entry into FR-C.2, Response To Degraded Core Cooling.
Plausible ifthe candidate doesn't recall that the FIVE hottest CETCs are selected to allow for failed high thermocouples.
(1)
This is a common misconception.
(2)
B. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible ifthe candidate doesn't recall which direction a shorted CETC fails. Second part is correct. C. Incorrect.
high hottest B.
First part is correct. Second part is incorrect.
high five hottest C.
Plausible if the candidate doesn't recall that the FIVE hottest CETCs are selected to allow for failed high thermocouples.
low hottest D.
This is a common misconception.
low five hottest Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
D. Correct. Thermocouples that are shorted fail low. The status tree for Core Cooling uses the FIVE hottest CETCs for making a determination of which FRP is applicable for the conditions.
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the effect that a shorted CETC will have on the incore temperature monitoring system.
Sys# 017 KIA# System Category In-core K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following KA Statement Sensors and Detectors Temperature ITM system components:
A.
Incorrect. Plausible ifthe candidate doesn't recall which direction a shorted CETC fails. Second part is incorrect. Plausible ifthe candidate doesn't recall that the FIVE hottest CETCs are selected to allow for failed high thermocouples. This is a common misconception.
B.
Incorrect. Plausible ifthe candidate doesn't recall which direction a shorted CETC fails. Second part is correct.
C.
Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible if the candidate doesn't recall that the FIVE hottest CETCs are selected to allow for failed high thermocouples. This is a common misconception.
D.
Correct. Thermocouples that are shorted fail low. The status tree for Core Cooling uses the FIVE hottest CETCs for making a determination of which FRP is applicable for the conditions.
Sys#
017 KIA#
System Category In-core K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following KA Statement Sensors and Detectors Temperature ITM system components:
Monitor K6.01 KIA Importance 2.7 Exam Level RO Technical  
Monitor K6.01 KIA Importance 2.7 Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
3SQS-3.1 Rev. 6 pg. 16 1 OM-53A.1.F-0.2 lss. 3 Rev. 0 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
Bank-Farley 2013 NRC Exam (019)
Question Cognitive Level:
Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 I 45.7)
Objective:
3SQS-3.1 Rev 6 Obj. 1 O - Describe the response of a thermocouple readout to open and short circuits.
3SQS-53.1, Rev. 2 Obj. 2 - Concerning critical safety function restoration, IAW BVPS EOP Executive Volume, state from memory the following: a. The CFS in the order of priority, b. The priorities of the color-coded end points of the CSF status trees, c. The red path summary conditions from the EOPs.


3SQS-3.1 Rev. 6 pg. 16 1 OM-53A.1.F-0.2 lss. 3 Rev. 0 References provided to Candidate None Question Source: Bank-Farley 2013 NRC Exam (019) Question Cognitive Level: Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 I 45.7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-3.1 Rev 6 Obj. 1 O -Describe the response of a thermocouple readout to open and short circuits.
: 60.
3SQS-53.1, Rev. 2 Obj. 2 -Concerning critical safety function restoration, IAW BVPS EOP Executive Volume, state from memory the following:
Which of the following components contribute to Iodine removal during a design based accident?
: a. The CFS in the order of priority, b. The priorities of the color-coded end points of the CSF status trees, c. The red path summary conditions from the EOPs.
: 1) Sodium Tetraborate (NaTB) Baskets
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 60. Which of the following components contribute to Iodine removal during a design based accident?
: 2) Quench Spray Pumps
: 1) Sodium Tetraborate (NaTB) Baskets 2) Quench Spray Pumps 3) Outside Recirculation Spray Pumps 4) Inside Recirculation Spray Pumps A. 1 ONLY B. 1and2 ONLY C. 1, 3, and 4 ONLY D. 1, 2, 3, and 4 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
: 3) Outside Recirculation Spray Pumps
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge that Iodine is removed from the cnmt by Quench Spray using the RWST upon CIB actuation, and aided by both Inside and Outside Recirculation Spray Pumps after the CIB actuation and the RWST reaches the low level setpoint which starts the Recirculation Spray Pumps. The Sodium Tetraborate is dissolved in the sump water to raise the pH and sprayed by the RSS pump to assist in Iodine removal. A. Incorrect.
: 4) Inside Recirculation Spray Pumps A.
The Sodium Tetraborate is vital in the long tenm Iodine removal and corrosion control, but it alone does not remove the Iodine. B. Incorrect.
1 ONLY B.
RWST water via the Quench spray pumps does remove Iodine, and Sodium Tetraborate aids in the removal, but Recirc spray pumps also play a vital role in Iodine removal. C. Incorrect.
1and2 ONLY C.
Recirc spray pumps do spray the cnmt sump water containing Sodium Tetraborate to remove Iodine, but Iodine removal is also completed with the RWST water being sprayed via the Quench spray pumps. D. Correct. The RWST is sprayed via the QS pumps. This water is acidic, but Iodine removal is successful.
1, 3, and 4 ONLY D.
As cnmt sump level rises during a OBA, the Sodium Tetraborate dissolves in the water, and raises the pH to enhance the Iodine absorption capacity of the spray during recirculation from the cnmt sump. When RWST level reaches the low level setpoint (27'7.5")
1, 2, 3, and 4 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
both the Inside and Outside RSS pumps will start and spray down cnmt with the alkaline sump water. Sys# 027 K/A# System : ' Containment Iodine
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge that Iodine is removed from the cnmt by Quench Spray using the RWST upon CIB actuation, and aided by both Inside and Outside Recirculation Spray Pumps after the CIB actuation and the RWST reaches the low level setpoint which starts the Recirculation Spray Pumps. The Sodium Tetraborate is dissolved in the sump water to raise the pH and sprayed by the RSS pump to assist in Iodine removal.
* Removal K1.01 Category K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the CIRS and the following systems: KA Statement css KIA Importance 3.4* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
A.
Incorrect. The Sodium Tetraborate is vital in the long tenm Iodine removal and corrosion control, but it alone does not remove the Iodine.
B.
Incorrect. RWST water via the Quench spray pumps does remove Iodine, and Sodium Tetraborate aids in the removal, but Recirc spray pumps also play a vital role in Iodine removal.
C.
Incorrect. Recirc spray pumps do spray the cnmt sump water containing Sodium Tetraborate to remove Iodine, but Iodine removal is also completed with the RWST water being sprayed via the Quench spray pumps.
D.
Correct. The RWST is sprayed via the QS pumps. This water is acidic, but Iodine removal is successful. As cnmt sump level rises during a OBA, the Sodium Tetraborate dissolves in the water, and raises the pH to enhance the Iodine absorption capacity of the spray during recirculation from the cnmt sump. When RWST level reaches the low level setpoint (27'7.5") both the Inside and Outside RSS pumps will start and spray down cnmt with the alkaline sump water.
Sys#
027 K/A#
System : '
Containment Iodine Removal K1.01 Category K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the CIRS and the following systems:
KA Statement css KIA Importance 3.4*
Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-13.1.B Rev. 3 pg. 2 1SQS-13.1Rev.15 pg. 3 Tech Spec 3.6.8 Bases pg.B3.6.8-1 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 I 45. 7 to 45.8)
Objective:
3SQS-CONT ITS, Rev. 1 Obj. 2 - State the purpose of each Containment Systems specification as described in the Applicable Safety Analyses section of the Bases.
1 SQS-13.1 Rev 15 Obj. 7 - Given a Containment Depressurization System configuration and without reference material, describe the Containment Depressurization System field response to the following actuation signals, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status. Containment Isolation - Phase B


10M-13.1.B Rev. 3 pg. 2 1SQS-13.1Rev.15 pg. 3 Tech Spec 3.6.8 Bases pg.B3.6.8-1 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 I 45. 7 to 45.8) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-CONT ITS, Rev. 1 Obj. 2 -State the purpose of each Containment Systems specification as described in the Applicable Safety Analyses section of the Bases. 1 SQS-13.1 Rev 15 Obj. 7 -Given a Containment Depressurization System configuration and without reference material, describe the Containment Depressurization System field response to the following actuation signals, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status. Containment Isolation
: 61.
-Phase B Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 61. The plant has just entered Mode 5 for a refueling shutdown.
The plant has just entered Mode 5 for a refueling shutdown.
* A work party entered Containment to evaluate pump vibrations
A work party entered Containment to evaluate pump vibrations The Personnel Airlock CNMT side door manual equalizing valves 1VS-170 and 1VS-179 were left OPEN Containment Purge to the Ventilation Vent is in progress IAW 10M-44C.4.A 1VS-D-5-5A, CNMT lsol Purge Supply Damper failed CLOSED due to an electrical fault How will Containment pressure be affected, and how would the Emergency Squad enter Containment if needed?
* The Personnel Airlock CNMT side door manual equalizing valves 1VS-170 and 1VS-179 were left OPEN
CNMT will be at a (1) pressure.
* Containment Purge to the Ventilation Vent is in progress IAW 10M-44C.4.A
Emergency Squad will enter Containment using the (2)
* 1VS-D-5-5A, CNMT lsol Purge Supply Damper failed CLOSED due to an electrical fault How will Containment pressure be affected, and how would the Emergency Squad enter Containment if needed? CNMT will be at a (1) pressure.
A.
Emergency Squad will enter Containment using the (2) A. 1) negative 2) 18-inch Emergency Manway B. 1) negative 2) Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock C. 1) positive 2) 18-inch Emergency Manway D. 1) positive 2) Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
: 1) negative
KIA is met with the knowledge that a cnmt purge supply damper failing closed with the purge exhaust fan operating will cause cnmt pressure to go negative.
: 2) 18-inch Emergency Manway B.
With this differential pressure across the cnmt PAL (Normal egress), that the Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock will have to be used for cnmt entry. Containment Purge to the Ventilation Vent may be accomplished with only the purge exhaust fan running, or with both the purge exhaust and supply fans running. The stem is set up that knowledge of the supply fan operation is not necessary since the supply damper has failed closed. The candidate will have to have knowledge of the cnmt purge flowpath including the existence of a supply fan and an exhaust fan: since neither are mentioned in the stem, and whether the fans have any interlocks with the supply or exhaust dampers. A. Incorrect.
: 1) negative
Negative pressure is correct. 18-inch Emergency Manway is plausible if it is not known that there is only one hatch, and no way of equalizing cnmt to the Aux Building in a timely manner. Equalization is through a 1.5" line. B. Correct. Prior to starting the cnmt purge system, cnmt vacuum is broken, and return to atmospheric pressure.
: 2) Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock C.
When 1VS-D-5-5A, CNMT lsol Purge Supply Damper closes, the cnmt exhaust fan will continue to run which will take cnmt pressure sub-atmospheric (negative).
: 1) positive
There are no interlocks to trip the purge exhaust fan on cnmt pressure or damper position.
: 2) 18-inch Emergency Manway D.
With the Personnel Airlock CNMT Door Manual Equalizing valves open, personnel will not be able to equalize pressure across the PAB side of the air lock via the normal access door or the 18-inch Emergency Manway. Since pressure cannot be equalized, the only way into CNMT is through the Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock which has two doors and equalization capabilities to pass through the airlock. C. Incorrect.
: 1) positive
Plausible distractor if the candidate is not familiar with the cnmt purge lineup, and believes the supply fan connects between the two cnmt supply dampers where the cnmt vacuum breaker connects.
: 2) Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
18-inch Emergency Manway is plausible if it is not known that there is only one hatch, and no way of equalizing cnmt to the Aux Building in a timely manner. Equalization is through a 1.5" line. D. Incorrect.
KIA is met with the knowledge that a cnmt purge supply damper failing closed with the purge exhaust fan operating will cause cnmt pressure to go negative. With this differential pressure across the cnmt PAL (Normal egress), that the Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock will have to be used for cnmt entry.
Plausible distractor if the candidate is not familiar with the cnmt purge lineup, and believes the supply fan connects between the two cnmt supply dampers where the cnmt vacuum breaker connects.
Containment Purge to the Ventilation Vent may be accomplished with only the purge exhaust fan running, or with both the purge exhaust and supply fans running. The stem is set up that knowledge of the supply fan operation is not necessary since the supply damper has failed closed. The candidate will have to have knowledge of the cnmt purge flowpath including the existence of a supply fan and an exhaust fan: since neither are mentioned in the stem, and whether the fans have any interlocks with the supply or exhaust dampers.
Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock is correct. Sys # System Category KA Statement 029 Containment K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the Containment entry Purge Containment Purge System will have on the following:
A.
KIA# K3.02 KIA Importance 2.9* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Incorrect. Negative pressure is correct. 18-inch Emergency Manway is plausible if it is not known that there is only one hatch, and no way of equalizing cnmt to the Aux Building in a timely manner. Equalization is through a 1.5" line.
B.
Correct. Prior to starting the cnmt purge system, cnmt vacuum is broken, and return to atmospheric pressure. When 1VS-D-5-5A, CNMT lsol Purge Supply Damper closes, the cnmt exhaust fan will continue to run which will take cnmt pressure sub-atmospheric (negative). There are no interlocks to trip the purge exhaust fan on cnmt pressure or damper position. With the Personnel Airlock CNMT Door Manual Equalizing valves open, personnel will not be able to equalize pressure across the PAB side of the air lock via the normal access door or the 18-inch Emergency Manway. Since pressure cannot be equalized, the only way into CNMT is through the Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock which has two doors and equalization capabilities to pass through the airlock.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate is not familiar with the cnmt purge lineup, and believes the supply fan connects between the two cnmt supply dampers where the cnmt vacuum breaker connects. 18-inch Emergency Manway is plausible if it is not known that there is only one hatch, and no way of equalizing cnmt to the Aux Building in a timely manner. Equalization is through a 1.5" line.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate is not familiar with the cnmt purge lineup, and believes the supply fan connects between the two cnmt supply dampers where the cnmt vacuum breaker connects. Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock is correct.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 029 Containment K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the Containment entry Purge Containment Purge System will have on the following:
KIA#
K3.02 KIA Importance 2.9*
Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1 SQS-44C.1 Rev. 10 lss. 1 PPNT slide 46 U1 RM-0447-001 Rev. 11 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 I 45.6)
Objective:
1 SQS-47.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 1 - Describe the control and interlock functions for the containment airlocks.
1 SQS-44C.1, Rev.1 O Obj. 6 - Given a Containment Ventilation System configuration and without reference material, describe the Containment Ventilation System field response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable.


1 SQS-44C.1 Rev. 10 lss. 1 PPNT slide 46 U1 RM-0447-001 Rev. 11 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 I 45.6) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-47.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 1 -Describe the control and interlock functions for the containment airlocks.
: 62.
1 SQS-44C.1, Rev.1 O Obj. 6 -Given a Containment Ventilation System configuration and without reference material, describe the Containment Ventilation System field response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable.
Initial conditions:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 62. Initial conditions:
Annunciator A?-4, Condenser Vacuum Low is LIT PR-1CN-103, Condenser Backpressure Recorder is reading 5.2 In. Hg. Abs Pl-1AS-100, Auxiliary Steam Header Pressure is reading 105 psig and FLUCTUATING Crew has entered AOP 1.26.2, Loss of Condenser Vacuum AOP 1.26.2 has directed the crew to perform A2-81 ARP, Aux Steam Local Panel Trouble.
* Annunciator A?-4, Condenser Vacuum Low is LIT
Control Room actions have been ineffective In accordance with annunciator A2-81, Aux Steam Local Panel Trouble ARP, what actions will be taken to restore Condenser Vacuum?
* PR-1CN-103, Condenser Backpressure Recorder is reading 5.2 In. Hg. Abs
A.
* Pl-1AS-100, Auxiliary Steam Header Pressure is reading 105 psig and FLUCTUATING
Place a second set of Air Ejectors in service.
* Crew has entered AOP 1.26.2, Loss of Condenser Vacuum AOP 1.26.2 has directed the crew to perform A2-81 ARP, Aux Steam Local Panel Trouble.
B.
* Control Room actions have been ineffective In accordance with annunciator A2-81, Aux Steam Local Panel Trouble ARP, what actions will be taken to restore Condenser Vacuum? A. Place a second set of Air Ejectors in service. B. Place the Priming Ejectors (Hoggers) in service. C. Start an additional Cooling Tower Pump. D. Take manual control of PCV-1AS-100, Main Steam Reducer. Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Place the Priming Ejectors (Hoggers) in service.
KIA is met with knowledge of the actions taken outside the control room to restore vacuum due to a malfunction of the auxiliary steam pressure control valve during a loss of Condenser Vacuum event. A. Incorrect.
C.
Plausible distractor because two sets of air ejectors would assist in correcting a lowering vacuum issue, but it is not incorporated into the AOP or ARP, and the P&Ls of 1 OM-26.4.F state that placing all 4 sets of air ejectors in service will overload the drain system and the air ejectors will not be able to maintain condenser vacuum. B. Incorrect.
Start an additional Cooling Tower Pump.
Plausible distractor because the Priming Ejectors (Hoggers) are used for drawing initial vacuum in the condenser, but they are not used to assist in the recovery of lowering vacuum. C. Incorrect.
D.
Plausible distractor as this would assist in restoring vacuum, but it is an action taken in the Loss of Vacuum AOP. D. Correct. Normal auxiliary steam pressure is 135-160 psig. Loss of Vacuum AOP directs the use of ARP*A2-81 when auxiliary steam pressure is not normal. The stem does not state that 105 psig is low, therefore the candidate must know that this is not a normal aux steam pressure and that ARP A2-81 directs the Operator to take manual control of PCV-100 and raise pressure.
Take manual control of PCV-1AS-100, Main Steam Reducer.
Sys# System 055 Condenser Air Removal KIA# 2.4.34 Category Generic KIA Importance 4.2 KA Statement Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects. Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met with knowledge of the actions taken outside the control room to restore vacuum due to a malfunction of the auxiliary steam pressure control valve during a loss of Condenser Vacuum event.
A.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because two sets of air ejectors would assist in correcting a lowering vacuum issue, but it is not incorporated into the AOP or ARP, and the P&Ls of 1 OM-26.4.F state that placing all 4 sets of air ejectors in service will overload the drain system and the air ejectors will not be able to maintain condenser vacuum.
B.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because the Priming Ejectors (Hoggers) are used for drawing initial vacuum in the condenser, but they are not used to assist in the recovery of lowering vacuum.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor as this would assist in restoring vacuum, but it is an action taken in the Loss of Vacuum AOP.
D.
Correct. Normal auxiliary steam pressure is 135-160 psig. Loss of Vacuum AOP directs the use of ARP*A2-81 when auxiliary steam pressure is not normal. The stem does not state that 105 psig is low, therefore the candidate must know that this is not a normal aux steam pressure and that ARP A2-81 directs the Operator to take manual control of PCV-100 and raise pressure.
Sys#
System 055 Condenser Air Removal KIA#
2.4.34 Category Generic KIA Importance 4.2 KA Statement Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.
Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-27.4.AAJ Rev. 3 pg. 2-3 10M-54.3.CR01 Rev. 46 pg. 44-45 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
1 SQS-26.1, Rev. 12 Rev. 12 Obj. 2 - List the nominal value of the field operating parameters associated with the Main Turbine, Main Condenser, Condenser Air Removal system, and Moisture Separator Reheaters.
1SQS-26.1, Rev. 12 Rev. 12 Obj. 8 - Given a Main Turbine, Main Condenser, Condenser Air Removal system, and Moisture Separator Reheaters alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the field.


10M-27.4.AAJ Rev. 3 pg. 2-3 10M-54.3.CR01 Rev. 46 pg. 44-45 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-26.1, Rev. 12 Rev. 12 Obj. 2 -List the nominal value of the field operating parameters associated with the Main Turbine, Main Condenser, Condenser Air Removal system, and Moisture Separator Reheaters.
: 63.
1SQS-26.1, Rev. 12 Rev. 12 Obj. 8 -Given a Main Turbine, Main Condenser, Condenser Air Removal system, and Moisture Separator Reheaters alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the field.
What is the basis for maintaining a minimum of 14 inches of water in LG-1GW-101, Loop Seal to Waste Gas Header?
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 63. What is the basis for maintaining a minimum of 14 inches of water in LG-1GW-101, Loop Seal to Waste Gas Header? A. Prevent an unmonitored radioactive release from the Degasifiers to the Gaseous Waste system. B. Prevent Oxygen from entering the relief valve header and forming an explosive mixture with Hydrogen.
A.
C. Prevent water from the Liquid Waste system from entering the Gaseous Waste system. D. Prevent vacuum collapse of the Gaseous Waste Disposal Blower suction piping. Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
Prevent an unmonitored radioactive release from the Degasifiers to the Gaseous Waste system.
B.
Prevent Oxygen from entering the relief valve header and forming an explosive mixture with Hydrogen.
C.
Prevent water from the Liquid Waste system from entering the Gaseous Waste system.
D.
Prevent vacuum collapse of the Gaseous Waste Disposal Blower suction piping.
Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the design feature of the loop seal which separates the Degasifiers, evaporators, and Unit 2 Gaseous Waste components from the Gaseous Waste Disposal Blower discharge piping to prevent oxygen from entering the tank relief valve header and forming an explosive mixture with hydrogen.
KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the design feature of the loop seal which separates the Degasifiers, evaporators, and Unit 2 Gaseous Waste components from the Gaseous Waste Disposal Blower discharge piping to prevent oxygen from entering the tank relief valve header and forming an explosive mixture with hydrogen.
A. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible distractor with the Degasifiers (Boron Recovery System) relief valves discharging to the GW Header, but the release would be monitored if the relief valve lifted, and the loop seal is for preventing 02 from entering the relief header and mixing with Hydrogen.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor with the Degasifiers (Boron Recovery System) relief valves discharging to the GW Header, but the release would be monitored if the relief valve lifted, and the loop seal is for preventing 02 from entering the relief header and mixing with Hydrogen.
B. Correct. Per 10M-19.4.A P&L, Water level in [LG-1 GW-101], Loop Seal to Waste Gas Header, shall be maintained at all times to prevent oxygen from entering the relief valve header and forming an explosive mixture with hydrogen.
B.
C. Incorrect.
Correct. Per 10M-19.4.A P&L, Water level in [LG-1 GW-101], Loop Seal to Waste Gas Header, shall be maintained at all times to prevent oxygen from entering the relief valve header and forming an explosive mixture with hydrogen.
Plausible distractor if it is not known that only the gasses from the Evaporators (Liquid Waste system) are discharged to the Gaseous Waste discharge header.
C.
* D. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if it is not known that only the gasses from the Evaporators (Liquid Waste system) are discharged to the Gaseous Waste discharge header.
Plausible distractor if the loop seal location is not known in reference to the system flowpath.
D.
Preventing vacuum collapse of suction piping is a function of a loop seal, but in this case the location of the loop seal, and the purpose are both incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the loop seal location is not known in reference to the system flowpath. Preventing vacuum collapse of suction piping is a function of a loop seal, but in this case the location of the loop seal, and the purpose are both incorrect.
Sys# 071 System Waste Gas Disposal Category KA Statement K4 Knowledge of design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide Tank loop seals for the following:
Sys#
K/A# K4.03 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New 2.5* Exam Level RO Technical  
071 System Waste Gas Disposal Category KA Statement K4 Knowledge of design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide Tank loop seals for the following:
K/A#
K4.03 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New 2.5*
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-19.4.A Rev. 12 pg. 2 1SQS-19.1 Rev. 17 pg. 59 Unit 1 RM-0419-001 rev. 19 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7)
Objective:
1 SQS-19.1, Rev. 17 Obj. 22 - Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s). apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.


10M-19.4.A Rev. 12 pg. 2 1SQS-19.1 Rev. 17 pg. 59 Unit 1 RM-0419-001 rev. 19 Question Cognitive Level: Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G)
1 SQS-19.1, Rev. 17 Obj. 22 -Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s).
: 64.
apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.
Given the following plant conditions:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G) 64. Given the following plant conditions:
Plant is in Mode 5 CNMT is open RM-1 RM-201, Reactor Containment High range Area Monitor is reading 4 mrem/hr due to a High Rad waste barrel staged 17 feet away RP has notified the Control Room of a transfer of this barrel through the Personnel Access Hatch.
* Plant is in Mode 5
What is the HIGHEST reading that will be seen on RM-1 RM-201 when the barrel passes 5 feet away from the detector?
* CNMT is open
(Assume the High rad barrel is a point source)
* RM-1 RM-201, Reactor Containment High range Area Monitor is reading 4 mrem/hr due to a High Rad waste barrel staged 17 feet away RP has notified the Control Room of a transfer of this barrel through the Personnel Access Hatch. What is the HIGHEST reading that will be seen on RM-1 RM-201 when the barrel passes 5 feet away from the detector? (Assume the High rad barrel is a point source) A. 7 mrem B. 13 mrem C. 46 mrem D. 231 mrem Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
A.
KIA is met by evaluating the candidates knowledge of how an area radiation monitor will indicate as a radioactive barrel is moved closer to the monitor, and how the monitor reading will increase as the source gets closer. Dose rate1 X distance 1 2 =Dose rate 2 X distancei A. Incorrect.
7 mrem B.
Squared the Dose Rate instead of the distance in the calculation.
13 mrem C.
B. Incorrect.
46 mrem D.
Did not square the distance when calculating.
231 mrem Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
C. Correct. When the barrel is 5ft from RM-1 RM-210 it will indicate -46 mrem/hr. D. Incorrect.
KIA is met by evaluating the candidates knowledge of how an area radiation monitor will indicate as a radioactive barrel is moved closer to the monitor, and how the monitor reading will increase as the source gets closer.
Squared d1 in the calculation, but forgot to square d2. Sys# 072 System Area Radiation Monitoring Category K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the ARM system: KA Statement Radiation intensity changes with source distance KIA# KS.02 KIA Importance 2.5 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New Technical  
Dose rate1 X distance12 =Dose rate2 X distancei A.
Incorrect. Squared the Dose Rate instead of the distance in the calculation.
B.
Incorrect. Did not square the distance when calculating.
C.
Correct. When the barrel is 5ft from RM-1 RM-210 it will indicate -46 mrem/hr.
D.
Incorrect. Squared d1 in the calculation, but forgot to square d2.
Sys#
072 System Area Radiation Monitoring Category K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the ARM system:
KA Statement Radiation intensity changes with source distance KIA#
KS.02 KIA Importance 2.5 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-43.1.E Rev. 12 pg. 8 FEN-RWT Chap. 5 pg. 3, 4 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 I 45.7)
Objective:
FEN-RWT Chap. 5 Obj. 4 - Explain how distance may be used to reduce dose, and state methods to implement this concept.


10M-43.1.E Rev. 12 pg. 8 FEN-RWT Chap. 5 pg. 3, 4 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 I 45.7) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
FEN-RWT Chap. 5 Obj. 4 -Explain how distance may be used to reduce dose, and state methods to implement this concept.
: 65.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 65. To comply with 1/2-ADM-1900, Fire Protection Program, the Fire Suppression Water Distribution System must be maintained at (1) , and when the main fire header pressure lowers to (2) , the Diesel Engine Driven Fire Pump, 1 FP-P-2 will start. A 1) 115 psig 2) 95 psig B. 1) 115 psig 2) 105 psig C. 1) 125 psig 2) 95 psig D. 1) 125 psig 2) 105 psig Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
To comply with 1/2-ADM-1900, Fire Protection Program, the Fire Suppression Water Distribution System must be maintained at (1)  
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the Technical requirements of Y.-ADM-1900 to maintain the fire header at 125 psig, and the ability to predict when the Diesel Engine Driven Fire Pump will automatically start to restore the fire header pressure to the design limit. A. Incorrect.
, and when the main fire header pressure lowers to (2)  
115 psig is a plausible distractor because it is 1 O psig less than the required pressure, and 10 psig above the auto start setpoint for the Motor driven Fire pump, which is the first fire pump to start as headed pressure lowers. 95 psig is the auto start for Engine Driven Fire Pump. B. Incorrect.
, the Diesel Engine Driven Fire Pump, 1 FP-P-2 will auto-start.
115 psig is a plausible distractor because it is 1 O psig less than the required pressure, and 10 psig above the auto start setpoint for the Motor driven Fire pump, which is the first fire pump to start as headed pressure lowers. 105 psig is plausible because it is the auto start setpoint for the Motor Driven Fire Pump. C. Correct. 125 psig is correct as required by ADM-1900 Att. B sect. 2. The Diesel Engine Driven Fire Pump does auto start at 95 psig. D. Incorrect.
A
125 psig is correct as required by ADM-1900.
: 1) 115 psig
105 psig is plausible because it is the auto start setpoint for the Motor Driven Fire Pump. Sys# System 086 Fire Protection KIA# A1.01 Category A 1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with Fire Protection System operating the controls including:
: 2) 95 psig B.
: 1) 115 psig
: 2) 105 psig C.
: 1) 125 psig
: 2) 95 psig D.
: 1) 125 psig
: 2) 105 psig Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the Technical requirements of Y.-ADM-1900 to maintain the fire header at 125 psig, and the ability to predict when the Diesel Engine Driven Fire Pump will automatically start to restore the fire header pressure to the design limit.
A.
Incorrect. 115 psig is a plausible distractor because it is 1 O psig less than the required pressure, and 10 psig above the auto start setpoint for the Motor driven Fire pump, which is the first fire pump to start as headed pressure lowers. 95 psig is the auto start for Engine Driven Fire Pump.
B.
Incorrect. 115 psig is a plausible distractor because it is 1 O psig less than the required pressure, and 10 psig above the auto start setpoint for the Motor driven Fire pump, which is the first fire pump to start as headed pressure lowers. 105 psig is plausible because it is the auto start setpoint for the Motor Driven Fire Pump.
C.
Correct. 125 psig is correct as required by ADM-1900 Att. B sect. 2. The Diesel Engine Driven Fire Pump does auto start at 95 psig.
D.
Incorrect. 125 psig is correct as required by ADM-1900. 105 psig is plausible because it is the auto start setpoint for the Motor Driven Fire Pump.
Sys#
System 086 Fire Protection KIA#
A1.01 Category A 1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with Fire Protection System operating the controls including:
KIA Importance 2.9 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  
KIA Importance 2.9 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
New KA Statement Fire header pressure RO 1/2-ADM-1900 Rev. 38 pg. 45 10M-33.2.B Rev. 14 pg. 5 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)
Objective:
3SQS-33.1-1: From memory and/or using supplied reference materials, summarize the Fire Protection System design basis, major components, flow paths, controls and interlocks, transient response, and normal and abnormal operations, in accordance with established design basis, station policies, 1 /2-ADM-1900 and operations procedures.


Question Source: New KA Statement Fire header pressure RO 1/2-ADM-1900 Rev. 38 pg. 45 10M-33.2.B Rev. 14 pg. 5 Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 45.5) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-33.1-1:
: 66.
From memory and/or using supplied reference materials, summarize the Fire Protection System design basis, major components, flow paths, controls and interlocks, transient response, and normal and abnormal operations, in accordance with established design basis, station policies, 1 /2-ADM-1900 and operations procedures.
Which of the following describes the system or component status for a value displayed in YELLOW on the In-plant Computer?
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 66. Which of the following describes the system or component status for a value displayed in YELLOW on the In-plant Computer?
A.
A. Denotes a static or reference value. B. Denotes a dynamic or important value. C. Indicates that the data quality value is NOT good. D. Indicates that a process value has exceeded an alarm setpoint.
Denotes a static or reference value.
B.
Denotes a dynamic or important value.
C.
Indicates that the data quality value is NOT good.
D.
Indicates that a process value has exceeded an alarm setpoint.
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met demonstrating the ability to interpret the In-plant Computer parameter color coding to determine that the input data is not good for a parameter.
KIA is met demonstrating the ability to interpret the In-plant Computer parameter color coding to determine that the input data is not good for a parameter.
A. Incorrect.
A.
This would be a blue indication.
Incorrect. This would be a blue indication.
B. Incorrect.
B.
This would be a green indication.
Incorrect. This would be a green indication.
C. Correct. Yellow indicates that the data quality value is not good. D. Incorrect.
C.
This would be a red indication.
Correct. Yellow indicates that the data quality value is not good.
Sys# N/A KIA# System N/A 2.1.19 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 3.9 Question Source: Bank -1 LOT? NRC Exam (066) Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental Exam Level KA Statement Ability to use plant computers to evaluate system or component status. RO Technical  
D.
Incorrect. This would be a red indication.
Sys#
N/A KIA#
System N/A 2.1.19 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 3.9 Question Source:
Bank - 1 LOT? NRC Exam (066)
Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental Exam Level KA Statement Ability to use plant computers to evaluate system or component status.
RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-5C.1.B Rev. O lss. 4 pg 2 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 I 45.12)
Objective:
1 SQS-SA.2, Rev. 2 Obj. 6 - Given an IPC SDS, determine when a computer point changes state, or goes into or out of alarm per guidance provided.


10M-5C.1.B Rev. O lss. 4 pg 2 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 I 45.12) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-SA.2, Rev. 2 Obj. 6 -Given an IPC SDS, determine when a computer point changes state, or goes into or out of alarm per guidance provided.
: 67.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 67. Given the following conditions:
Given the following conditions:
* Plant is operating at 100% power
Plant is operating at 100% power Main Generator hydrogen gas pressure is 60 psig and STABLE Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in service Based on the above indications, and using Figure 35-14, "Main Generator Capability Curve, what actions, if any, need to be taken?
* Main Generator hydrogen gas pressure is 60 psig and STABLE
(Reference Provided)
* Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in service Based on the above indications, and using Figure 35-14, "Main Generator Capability Curve, what actions, if any, need to be taken? (Reference Provided)
A.
A. No actions are required.
No actions are required. The Generator is within Normal Operating Limits.
The Generator is within Normal Operating Limits. B. Raise Hydrogen Gas pressure to 75 psig. C. Adjust the Main Generator Voltage Adjuster control switch to 100 VARS OUT. D. Reduce Generator Load to less than 940 MW.
B.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) Question 67 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Raise Hydrogen Gas pressure to 75 psig.
C.
Adjust the Main Generator Voltage Adjuster control switch to 100 VARS OUT.
D.
Reduce Generator Load to less than 940 MW.  
 
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
Question 67 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by demonstrating the ability to interpret the main generator capability curve given plant parameters requiring adjustment to the generator voltage adjust to raise MVARs into the overexcited region of the curve. The candidate must evaluate actual plant meters, gas pressure, and MW loading to make a determination of proper generator operation.
KIA is met by demonstrating the ability to interpret the main generator capability curve given plant parameters requiring adjustment to the generator voltage adjust to raise MVARs into the overexcited region of the curve. The candidate must evaluate actual plant meters, gas pressure, and MW loading to make a determination of proper generator operation.
A. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible if the candidate doesn't recognize that the generator is underexcited, and plots it on the capability curve as a lagging /overexcited generator.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate doesn't recognize that the generator is underexcited, and plots it on the capability curve as a lagging  
B. Incorrect.
/overexcited generator.
Plausible because raising Hydrogen gas pressure to 75 psig would put it inside the operating curve, but the generator is still underexcited and this is not permitted by procedure.
B.
C. Correct. Adjusting the Main Generator Voltage Adjuster control switch to 100 VARS OUT would put the generator within the capability curve and in the overexcited region of the curve. D. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible because raising Hydrogen gas pressure to 75 psig would put it inside the operating curve, but the generator is still underexcited and this is not permitted by procedure.
Plausible because by lowering generator load, it would bring the generator within the operating limits of the gas curve, but the generator is underexcited.
C.
Sys# N/A System N/A Category Generic KIA# 2.1.25 KIA Importance  
Correct. Adjusting the Main Generator Voltage Adjuster control switch to 100 VARS OUT would put the generator within the capability curve and in the overexcited region of the curve.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible because by lowering generator load, it would bring the generator within the operating limits of the gas curve, but the generator is underexcited.
Sys#
N/A System N/A Category Generic KIA#
2.1.25 KIA Importance 3.9 References provided to Candidate 10M-35.5.A.14 Rev. 5 Question Source:
New Exam Level Technical


===3.9 References===
==References:==
KA Statement Ability to interpret reference materials, such as graphs, curves, tables, etc.
RO 10M-35.4.B Rev. 16 pg. 2 & 4 10M-35.5.A.14 Rev. 5 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10145.12)
Objective:
1 SQS-35.3, Rev. 9 Obj. 6 - Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.


provided to Candidate 10M-35.5.A.14 Rev. 5 Question Source: New Exam Level Technical  
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
: 68.
When in Modes 1 and 2, the Reactor Core Safety Limits in section 2.0 of Technical Specifications include limits on (1)
Automatic enforcement of the Reactor Core Safety Limits is provided by the appropriate operation of the (2)
A.
: 1) Highest Loop Tave
: 2) Main Steam Safety Valves AND RPS B.
: 1) Average of the 5 highest CETCs
: 2) ONLY the Main Steam Safety Valves C.
: 1) Highest Loop Tave
: 2) ONLY the Main Steam Safety Valves D.
: 1) Average of the 5 highest CETCs
: 2) Main Steam Safety Valves AND RPS Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by requiring the knowledge of what parameters are includes in the Safety Limits, and the operational components/systems required to prevent exceeding the SLs as described in the Tech Spec Bases.
A.
Correct. Safety Limits 2.1.1 states "In MODES 1 and 2, the combination of THERMAL POWER, Reactor Coolant System (RCS) highest loop average temperature, and pressurizer pressure shall not exceed the limits specified in the COLR". Core SLs are maintained by RPS and MSSVs.
B.
Incorrect. CETs are a plausible distractor with peak fuel centerline temperature SL at S4700 F, and BOTH RPS and MSSVs are credited for maintaining the Safety Limits.
C.
Incorrect. Highest loop Tavg is included in the SLs, but BOTH RPS and MSSVs are credited for maintaining the Safety Limits.
D.
Incorrect. CETs are a plausible distractor with peak fuel centerline temperature SL at S4700 F. It is correct that both RPS and MSSVs are credited for maintaining the Safety Limits.
Sys#
N/A KIA#
System N/A 2.2.25 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 3.2 Question Source:
Bank-Braidwood 2013 NRC Exam (Q69)
Exam Level KA Statement Knowledge of the bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
Tech Specs - SLs 2.0 Amend 278/161 pg 2.0-1 Tech Spec Bases SL 2.0 Rev. O pg. B 2.1.1 - 2 Question Cognitive Level:
KA Statement Ability to interpret reference materials, such as graphs, curves, tables, etc. RO 10M-35.4.B Rev. 16 pg. 2 & 4 10M-35.5.A.14 Rev. 5 Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10145.12)
Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 41. 7 I 43.2)
Objective:
Objective:
1 SQS-35.3, Rev. 9 Obj. 6 -Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.
3SQS-SL ITS-01-01: State the purpose of each ITS Safety Limit as described in the Applicable Safety Analyses section of the ITS Bases.  
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 68. When in Modes 1 and 2, the Reactor Core Safety Limits in section 2.0 of Technical Specifications include limits on (1) Automatic enforcement of the Reactor Core Safety Limits is provided by the appropriate operation of the (2) A. 1) Highest Loop Tave 2) Main Steam Safety Valves AND RPS B. 1) Average of the 5 highest CETCs 2) ONLY the Main Steam Safety Valves C. 1) Highest Loop Tave 2) ONLY the Main Steam Safety Valves D. 1) Average of the 5 highest CETCs 2) Main Steam Safety Valves AND RPS Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by requiring the knowledge of what parameters are includes in the Safety Limits, and the operational components/systems required to prevent exceeding the SLs as described in the Tech Spec Bases. A. Correct. Safety Limits 2.1.1 states "In MODES 1 and 2, the combination of THERMAL POWER, Reactor Coolant System (RCS) highest loop average temperature, and pressurizer pressure shall not exceed the limits specified in the COLR". Core SLs are maintained by RPS and MSSVs. B. Incorrect.
CETs are a plausible distractor with peak fuel centerline temperature SL at S4700 F, and BOTH RPS and MSSVs are credited for maintaining the Safety Limits. C. Incorrect.
Highest loop Tavg is included in the SLs, but BOTH RPS and MSSVs are credited for maintaining the Safety Limits. D. Incorrect.
CETs are a plausible distractor with peak fuel centerline temperature SL at S4700 F. It is correct that both RPS and MSSVs are credited for maintaining the Safety Limits. Sys# N/A KIA# System N/A 2.2.25 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 3.2 Question Source: Bank-Braidwood 2013 NRC Exam (Q69) Exam Level KA Statement Knowledge of the bases in Technical
*
* Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. RO Technical
 
==References:==


Tech Specs -SLs 2.0 Amend 278/161 pg 2.0-1 Tech Spec Bases SL 2.0 Rev. O pg. B 2.1.1 -2 Question Cognitive Level: Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 41. 7 I 43.2) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-SL ITS-01-01:
: 69.
State the purpose of each ITS Safety Limit as described in the Applicable Safety Analyses section of the ITS Bases.
Given the following plant conditions and sequence of events:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 69. Given the following plant conditions and sequence of events:
The plant is in Mode 6 with core reload in progress The crew has completed Train swap to the "A" Train after completing the operability run on the #1 EOG  
* The plant is in Mode 6 with core reload in progress
#2 EOG has been placed on clearance for maintenance activities Several hours later the control room receives a report that after reviewing the maintenance work order for #1 EOG, incorrect gasket material installation makes  
* The crew has completed Train swap to the "A" Train after completing the operability run on the #1 EOG * #2 EOG has been placed on clearance for maintenance activities
#1 EOG inoperable Which of the following TS 3.8.2, "AC Sources - Shutdown" LCO action(s) is( are) immediately required?
* Several hours later the control room receives a report that after reviewing the maintenance work order for #1 EOG, incorrect gasket material installation makes #1 EOG inoperable Which of the following TS 3.8.2, "AC Sources -Shutdown" LCO action(s) is( are) immediately required?
: 1) Suspend Core Alterations.
: 1) Suspend Core Alterations.
: 2) Suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions that could result in a loss of shutdown margin or boron concentration.
: 2) Suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions that could result in a loss of shutdown margin or boron concentration.
: 3) Initiate action to restore required EOG to operable status. A. 1 ONLY B. 1 and 2 ONLY C. 2 and 3 ONLY 0. 1,2,and3.
: 3) Initiate action to restore required EOG to operable status.
A.
1 ONLY B.
1 and 2 ONLY C.
2 and 3 ONLY
: 0.
1,2,and3.
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
KIA met by recognizing that in mode 6, at least 1 DG must be available to supply one train of power, then, from memory identify the required actions taken since the limiting conditions for operations is not met. A. Incorrect. (refer to correct answer explanation)
KIA met by recognizing that in mode 6, at least 1 DG must be available to supply one train of power, then, from memory identify the required actions taken since the limiting conditions for operations is not met.
B. Incorrect. (refer to correct answer explanation)
A.
C. Incorrect. (refer to correct answer explanation)
Incorrect. (refer to correct answer explanation)
D. Correct. The RO candidate must be able to analyze the effect of maintenance activities on the EOG and determine the status of LCOs for TS 3.8.2. The ROs are expected to know the LCO statements and associated applicability information (ie: the information above the double lines separating actions from the LCO and associated applicability statements).
B.
ROs are also required to knows 1 hour action statements.
Incorrect. (refer to correct answer explanation)
Based on stated plant conditions TS 3.8.2 requires one EDG capable of supplying one train of the onsite Class 1 E AC electrical power distribution subsystems during modes 5 & 6. Since there are no operable EDGs, TS 3.8.2 Condition B requires all of the actions above to be immediately erformed.
C.
Sys # System Category KA Statement NIA NIA Generic Ability to analyze the effect of maintenance activities, such as degraded power sources, on the status of limiting conditions for operations.
Incorrect. (refer to correct answer explanation)
KIA# 2.2.36 KIA Importance 3.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
D.
Correct. The RO candidate must be able to analyze the effect of maintenance activities on the EOG and determine the status of LCOs for TS 3.8.2. The ROs are expected to know the LCO statements and associated applicability information (ie: the information above the double lines separating actions from the LCO and associated applicability statements). ROs are also required to knows 1 hour action statements. Based on stated plant conditions TS 3.8.2 requires one EDG capable of supplying one train of the onsite Class 1 E AC electrical power distribution subsystems during modes 5 & 6. Since there are no operable EDGs, TS 3.8.2 Condition B requires all of the actions above to be immediately erformed.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement NIA NIA Generic Ability to analyze the effect of maintenance activities, such as degraded power sources, on the status of limiting conditions for operations.
KIA#
2.2.36 KIA Importance 3.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
TS 3.8.2 Amend. 278/161, pg. 3.8.2-1 & 3 Question Source:
Bank - 2LOT8 NRC Exam (Q70)
Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.2 / 45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-ELECT ITS Rev. 1-Obj. 4. Given plant conditions that constitute non-compliance with any electrical power systems LCO, or LRM, determine the applicable condition(s), required action(s), and associated completion times.


TS 3.8.2 Amend. 278/161, pg. 3.8.2-1 & 3 Question Source: Bank -2LOT8 NRC Exam (Q70) Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.2 / 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-ELECT ITS Rev. 1-Obj. 4. Given plant conditions that constitute non-compliance with any electrical power systems LCO, or LRM, determine the applicable condition(s), required action(s), and associated completion times.
: 70.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 70. Given the following plant conditions:
Given the following plant conditions:
* The Shift Manager has determined that an Annunciator alarm should be disabled due to a failure
The Shift Manager has determined that an Annunciator alarm should be disabled due to a failure The corresponding knife switch for this alarm has been repositioned OPEN Repairs are scheduled to take 36 hours Which of the following are required by NOP-OP-1014, Plant Status Control to track this inoperable alarm?
* The corresponding knife switch for this alarm has been repositioned OPEN
: 1. Write a Notification for the condition that required the Annunciator alarm to be disabled.
* Repairs are scheduled to take 36 hours Which of the following are required by NOP-OP-1014, Plant Status Control to track this inoperable alarm? 1. Write a Notification for the condition that required the Annunciator alarm to be disabled.
: 2. Post a Maintenance Deficiency (green) sticker on the alarm window.
: 2. Post a Maintenance Deficiency (green) sticker on the alarm window. 3. Hang a Caution Tag on the opened knife switch stating what alarm was removed from service. A. 1 ONLY B. 1and2 ONLY C. 2 and 3 ONLY D. 1, 2, and 3 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
: 3. Hang a Caution Tag on the opened knife switch stating what alarm was removed from service.
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the requirements of NOP-OP-1014 that must be applied to track inoperable alarms. A. Incorrect.
A.
Only partially correct. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks the shift manager can authorize an annunciator disabled with no configuration controls in place. B. Incorrect.
1 ONLY B.
Only partially correct. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that short term configuration control does not require a caution tag unless the switch is out of position for 48 hrs. C. Incorrect.
1and2 ONLY C.
Only partially correct. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that only configuration control is required to disable an annunciator.
2 and 3 ONLY D.
D. Correct. In accordance with NOP-OP-1014 section 4.12.1, all of these choices are required.
1, 2, and 3 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Sys# NIA KIA# System N/A 2.2.43 Category Generic KIA Importance  
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the requirements of NOP-OP-1014 that must be applied to track inoperable alarms.
 
A.
===3.0 References===
Incorrect. Only partially correct. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks the shift manager can authorize an annunciator disabled with no configuration controls in place.
 
B.
provided to Candidate None Question Source: Bank -1 LOTB NRC Exam (Q70) Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental KA Statement Knowledge of the process used to track inoperable alarms. Exam Level RO Technical  
Incorrect. Only partially correct. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that short term configuration control does not require a caution tag unless the switch is out of position for 48 hrs.
C.
Incorrect. Only partially correct. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that only configuration control is required to disable an annunciator.
D.
Correct. In accordance with NOP-OP-1014 section 4.12.1, all of these choices are required.
Sys#
NIA KIA#
System N/A 2.2.43 Category Generic KIA Importance 3.0 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
Bank - 1 LOTB NRC Exam (Q70)
Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental KA Statement Knowledge of the process used to track inoperable alarms.
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
NOP-OP-1014, Rev. 4, pg. 26 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR:41.10/43.5/
45.13)
Objective:
3SSG-ADMIN Rev.9 Term. Obj. - Using the appropriate FENOC Administrative Procedures, apply knowledge gained to improve the performance of the BVPS Units.


NOP-OP-1014, Rev. 4, pg. 26 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR:41.10/43.5/
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
45.13) Objective:
: 71.
3SSG-ADMIN Rev.9 Term. Obj. -Using the appropriate FENOC Administrative Procedures, apply knowledge gained to improve the performance of the BVPS Units.
You are going into a contaminated area, which has the following radiological characteristics to perform a valve lineup.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 71. You are going into a contaminated area, which has the following radiological characteristics to perform a valve lineup.
Your current exposure for the year is 938 mrem The RWP states:
* Your current exposure for the year is 938 mrem
o General area dose rate = 30 mrem/hr o Airborne contamination concentration = 10.0 DAC The valve lineup will take you 2 hours if you wear a full-face respirator.
* The RWP states: o General area dose rate = 30 mrem/hr o Airborne contamination concentration  
The valve lineup will only take you 1 hour if you do NOT wear the respirator.
= 10.0 DAC
: 1) Which of the following choices for completing this job would maintain your exposure within the station administrative requirements and the principles of ALARA?
* The valve lineup will take you 2 hours if you wear a full-face respirator.
: 2) Why is this action appropriate?
* The valve lineup will only take you 1 hour if you do NOT wear the respirator.
A.
: 1) Which of the following choices for completing this job would maintain your exposure within the station administrative requirements and the principles of ALARA? 2) Why is this action appropriate?
: 1) You should NOT wear the respirator.
A. 1) You should NOT wear the respirator.
: 2) Your calculated TEDE dose received will be less than if you do wear a respirator.
: 2) Your calculated TEDE dose received will be less than if you do wear a respirator.
B. 1) You should NOT wear the respirator.
B.
: 2) Your dose wearing a respirator will exceed the site annual personnel dose limits. C. 1) You must wear the respirator.
: 1) You should NOT wear the respirator.
: 2) Your dose r~ceived wearing a respirator will exceed the site annual personnel dose limits.
C.
: 1) You must wear the respirator.
: 2) You will exceed DAC limits if you do NOT wear a respirator.
: 2) You will exceed DAC limits if you do NOT wear a respirator.
D. 1) You must wear the respirator.
D.
: 1) You must wear the respirator.
: 2) Your calculated TEDE dose received will be less than if you do NOT wear a respirator.
: 2) Your calculated TEDE dose received will be less than if you do NOT wear a respirator.
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
K/A is met by demonstrating the ability to comply with an RWP to determine dose received with or without a respirator to achieve the lowest possible dose for a job. A. Correct. Without respirator:
K/A is met by demonstrating the ability to comply with an RWP to determine dose received with or without a respirator to achieve the lowest possible dose for a job.
TEDE = 30 mrem/hr x 1 hr= 30 mrem, From airborne contamination:
A.
TEDE = 10 DACx1 hr x 2.5 mrem/DAC-hr  
Correct. Without respirator: TEDE = 30 mrem/hr x 1 hr= 30 mrem, From airborne contamination: TEDE = 10 DACx1 hr x 2.5 mrem/DAC-hr = 25 mrem, TEDE = 30 + 25 = 55 mrem from job, Total exposure for year= 938 + 55 = 993 mrem With respirator, TEDE = 30 mrem/hr x 2 hr= 60 mrem TEDE = 60 mrem, Total exposure for year= 938 + 60 = 998 mrem TEDE = 60 mrem-vs-55 mrem = do not use a respirator.
= 25 mrem, TEDE = 30 + 25 = 55 mrem from job, Total exposure for year= 938 + 55 = 993 mrem With respirator, TEDE = 30 mrem/hr x 2 hr= 60 mrem TEDE = 60 mrem, Total exposure for year= 938 + 60 = 998 mrem TEDE = 60 mrem-vs-55 mrem = do not use a respirator.
B.
B. Incorrect.
Incorrect. This answer is plausible if the applicant miscalculates the dose.
This answer is plausible if the applicant miscalculates the dose. C. Incorrect.
C.
This answer is plausible if the applicant does not understand the concept of DAC-hours and DAG-hour limits. D. Incorrect.
Incorrect. This answer is plausible if the applicant does not understand the concept of DAC-hours and DAG-hour limits.
This answer is plausible if the applicant incorrectly calculates the exposure.
D.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A NIA Generic Ability to comply with radiation work permit requirements during normal or abnormal conditions.
Incorrect. This answer is plausible if the applicant incorrectly calculates the exposure.
KIA# 2.3.7 KIA Importance  
Sys #
 
System Category KA Statement N/A NIA Generic Ability to comply with radiation work permit requirements during normal or abnormal conditions.
===3.5 References===
KIA#
 
2.3.7 KIA Importance 3.5 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
provided to Candidate None Question Source: Bank-2LOT15 NRG Exam (071) Exam Level Technical  
Bank-2LOT15 NRG Exam (071)
Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
RO NOP-OP-4201 Rev. 2 pg. 20 FENRWT Rev 3 CNRR 08-08-14 Handout pg.26 & 64 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.12 / 45.10)
Objective:
FENRWT Rev 3, Chap 5 Obj. 7 - Calculate stay time given a dose rate, current dose, and a dose limit. and Chap. 8 Obj. 6 - State the relationship among DACs, ALis, CEDE, and TEDE (DAC and mrem/hr relationship).


RO NOP-OP-4201 Rev. 2 pg. 20 FENRWT Rev 3 CNRR 08-08-14 Handout pg.26 & 64 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.12 / 45.10) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
FENRWT Rev 3, Chap 5 Obj. 7 -Calculate stay time given a dose rate, current dose, and a dose limit. and Chap. 8 Obj. 6 -State the relationship among DACs, ALis, CEDE, and TEDE (DAC and mrem/hr relationship).
: 72.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 72. A liquid waste discharge is in progress from 1 BR-TK-48, Coolant Recovery Tank, to the cooling tower blowdown, when RM-1LW-104, Liquid Waste Effluent Monitor, fails HIGH. Which of the following describes the resulting positions of the following liquid waste system components?
A liquid waste discharge is in progress from 1 BR-TK-48, Coolant Recovery Tank, to the cooling tower blowdown, when RM-1LW-104, Liquid Waste Effluent Monitor, fails HIGH.
TV-1LW-105, Liquid Waste Effluent Trip Valve FCV-1LW-104-2, Liquid Waste Effluent Flow Control to Cooling Tower Slowdown TV-1LW-105 FCV-1 LW-104-2 A. OPEN OPEN B. OPEN CLOSED C. CLOSED OPEN D. CLOSED CLOSED Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Which of the following describes the resulting positions of the following liquid waste system components?
KIA is met by demonstrating the ability to verify which components will close to terminate a discharge in the event of a failed radiation monitor. A. Incorrect.
TV-1LW-105, Liquid Waste Effluent Trip Valve FCV-1LW-104-2, Liquid Waste Effluent Flow Control to Cooling Tower Slowdown TV-1LW-105 FCV-1 LW-104-2 A.
Plausible distractor is the candidate thinks there are no automatic actions which occur on RM-1 LW-104 High-High setpoint, or does recognize that a RM failing High will actuate the auto valve closures.
OPEN OPEN B.
B. Incorrect.
OPEN CLOSED C.
Plausible if the candidate thinks that only the FCV will isolate on High-High alarm, and the Trip valve (105) will remain open. C. Incorrect.
CLOSED OPEN D.
Plausible if the candidate thinks that only the Trip valve (105) will isolate on High-High alarm, and the 104-2 will remain open. D. Correct. When RM-1 LW-104 fails high, the High-High alarm setpoint will initiate a signal to close TV-1 LW-105, FCV-1 LW-104-1, and FCV-1 LW-104-2 to isolate discharge flow to the Cooling Tower Slowdown.
CLOSED CLOSED Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Sys# System NIA NIA KIA# 2.3.11 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 3.8 Question Source: Bank -1 LOT? NRC Exam (050) Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental KA Statement Ability to control radiation releases.
KIA is met by demonstrating the ability to verify which components will close to terminate a discharge in the event of a failed radiation monitor.
A.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor is the candidate thinks there are no automatic actions which occur on RM-1 LW-104 High-High setpoint, or does recognize that a RM failing High will actuate the auto valve closures.
B.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks that only the FCV will isolate on High-High alarm, and the Trip valve (105) will remain open.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks that only the Trip valve (105) will isolate on High-High alarm, and the 104-2 will remain open.
D.
Correct. When RM-1 LW-104 fails high, the High-High alarm setpoint will initiate a signal to close TV-1 LW-105, FCV-1 LW-104-1, and FCV-1 LW-104-2 to isolate discharge flow to the Cooling Tower Slowdown.
Sys#
System NIA NIA KIA#
2.3.11 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 3.8 Question Source:
Bank - 1 LOT? NRC Exam (050)
Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental KA Statement Ability to control radiation releases.
Exam Level RO Technical  
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1 OM-43.1.E Rev. 12 pg. 4 & 5 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.11 I 43.4 I 45.10)
Objective:
1 SQS-17.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 16 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Liquid Waste Disposal System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.


1 OM-43.1.E Rev. 12 pg. 4 & 5 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.11 I 43.4 I 45.10) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam {1LOT16)
1 SQS-17.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 16 -Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Liquid Waste Disposal System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.
: 73.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam {1LOT16) 73. Given the following conditions, you are required to post a clearance inside the VCT Cubicle.
Given the following conditions, you are required to post a clearance inside the VCT Cubicle.
* The VCT Cubicle is posted a "Locked High Radiation Area".
The VCT Cubicle is posted a "Locked High Radiation Area".
* Your present annual exposure is 700 mrem.
Your present annual exposure is 700 mrem.
* The general area you will be working in is at the MINIMUM radiation level for LHRA posting. What would be your maximum calculated stay time in this area in order to avoid exceeding the Site Administrative Control Level (ACL) Limit for radiation exposure per NOP-OP-4201, Routine External Exposure Monitoring?
The general area you will be working in is at the MINIMUM radiation level for LHRA posting.
A. 18 minutes B. 3 hours C. 4 hours 18 minutes D. 43 hours Answer: A ' Explanation/Justification:
What would be your maximum calculated stay time in this area in order to avoid exceeding the Site Administrative Control Level (ACL) Limit for radiation exposure per NOP-OP-4201, Routine External Exposure Monitoring?
A.
18 minutes B.
3 hours C.
4 hours 18 minutes D.
43 hours Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by requiring the candidate to know the minimum dose rate for a Locked High Radiation Area, and the site ACL of 1000 mr, then apply the radiological safety principle of time when calculating stay time for a Locked High Radiation Area entry for posting a clearance.
KIA is met by requiring the candidate to know the minimum dose rate for a Locked High Radiation Area, and the site ACL of 1000 mr, then apply the radiological safety principle of time when calculating stay time for a Locked High Radiation Area entry for posting a clearance.
A. Correct. Stay time= (Dose Limit -Current Dose)/Dose rate in the work area. Site ACL is 1 OOOmr. Locked High Radiation Area (LHRA) -radiation levels could result in dose rates mr/hr. B. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible distractor if 100 mr/hr is used for the dose rate in the work area. This would be the minimum dose rate for a High Radiation Area posting. C. Incorrect.
Correct. Stay time= (Dose Limit - Current Dose)/Dose rate in the work area. Site ACL is 1 OOOmr. Locked High Radiation Area (LHRA) -
Plausible distractor if 5000mr is used for the ACL. This is the 1 OCFR20 limit for TEDE, not the site ACL D. Incorrect.
radiation levels could result in dose rates ~1,000 mr/hr.
Plausible distractor if 100 mr/hr is used for the dose rate in the work area, and 5000 mr is used as the site ACL. This would be the dose rate for a High Radiation Area posting, and the 1 OCFR20 limit for TEDE. Sys# N/A KIA# System NIA 2.3.12 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New 3.2 KA Statement Knowledge of radiological safety principles pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc. Exam Level RO Technical  
B.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if 100 mr/hr is used for the dose rate in the work area. This would be the minimum dose rate for a High Radiation Area posting.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if 5000mr is used for the ACL. This is the 1 OCFR20 limit for TEDE, not the site ACL D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if 100 mr/hr is used for the dose rate in the work area, and 5000 mr is used as the site ACL. This would be the  
~inimum dose rate for a High Radiation Area posting, and the 1 OCFR20 limit for TEDE.
Sys#
N/A KIA#
System NIA 2.3.12 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New 3.2 KA Statement Knowledge of radiological safety principles pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
NOP-OP-4201 Rev. 2 pgs. 3 & 20 NOP-OP-4102 Rev. 11 pg. 5 FEN-RWT-05 Rev. 4 pg. 5 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.12 / 45.9 / 45.10)
Objective:
FEN-RWT-05 Rev. 4 Obj. 3 - Explain how time may be used to reduce dose, and state methods to implement this concept.
FEN-RWT-05 Rev. 4 Obj. 7. Calculate stay time given a dose rate, current dose, and a dose limit.
FEN-RWT-05 Rev. 4 Obj. 8. Define and recognize the following radiological area postings: d. Locked High Radiation Area


NOP-OP-4201 Rev. 2 pgs. 3 & 20 NOP-OP-4102 Rev. 11 pg. 5 FEN-RWT-05 Rev. 4 pg. 5 Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.12 / 45.9 / 45.10) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
FEN-RWT-05 Rev. 4 Obj. 3 -Explain how time may be used to reduce dose, and state methods to implement this concept. FEN-RWT-05 Rev. 4 Obj. 7. Calculate stay time given a dose rate, current dose, and a dose limit. FEN-RWT-05 Rev. 4 Obj. 8. Define and recognize the following radiological area postings:
: 74.
: d. Locked High Radiation Area Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 74. The plant is operating at 100% power.
The plant is operating at 100% power.
* A Small Break LOCA occurs
* A Small Break LOCA occurs
* The crew is performing the actions of ES-1.2, "Post LOCA Cooldown and De pressurization
* The crew is performing the actions of ES-1.2, "Post LOCA Cooldown and De pressurization
* All SI pumps are running
* All SI pumps are running
* All RCPs are running
* All RCPs are running RCS cooldown via Condenser Steam Dumps is ongoing
* RCS cooldown via Condenser Steam Dumps is ongoing
* RCS Tcold is 510&deg;F and lowering at a rate of 50&deg;F/Hr RCS pressure is 1350 psig and stable
* RCS Tcold is 510&deg;F and lowering at a rate of 50&deg;F/Hr
* RCS pressure is 1350 psig and stable
* Pressurizer (PRZR) level indicates 38% and rising Which of the following describes the NEXT MAJOR action to be implemented in the EOP to mitigate the current conditions?
* Pressurizer (PRZR) level indicates 38% and rising Which of the following describes the NEXT MAJOR action to be implemented in the EOP to mitigate the current conditions?
A. Stop RCP's NOT needed for PRZR Spray and begin the SI flow reduction sequence by stopping ECCS pumps. B. Transition to ES-1.1, SI Termination and begin the SI flow reduction sequence by stopping ECCS pumps. C. Repressurize the RCS to maximize RCS subcooling.
A.
D. Stop the cooldown.
Stop RCP's NOT needed for PRZR Spray and begin the SI flow reduction sequence by stopping ECCS pumps.
Energize all PRZR heaters to collapse voids and stabilize PRZR level. Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
B.
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the major action steps of ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization to mitigate the event. A. Correct. The depressurization to raise przr level to >31 % is complete (major action step 2), therefore the next major action step is to stop all but one RCP and then reduce RCS injection flow (steps 3 & 4). B. Incorrect.
Transition to ES-1.1, SI Termination and begin the SI flow reduction sequence by stopping ECCS pumps.
ES-1.1 is a plausible distract since it terminates SI. In the case of ES-1.2, the steps to terminate Si are incorporated in EOP steps 18-21.Candidate must know that reducing SI is a major action of the procedure.
C.
C. Incorrect.
Repressurize the RCS to maximize RCS subcooling.
Subcooling is sufficient as identified in the stem, but the candidate will have to make that determination.
D.
Plausible because several steps in ES-1.2 check subcooling, and if it is not sufficient, then the procedure directs realigning safety Injection (step 26). D. Incorrect.
Stop the cooldown. Energize all PRZR heaters to collapse voids and stabilize PRZR level.
ES-1.2 cools the plant down to mode 5 conditions so there is no need to stop cooldown unless 100F/hr was exceeded.
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
No voids exist at the current time with RCPs running. This would be performed if a void existed in ES-0.2 or ES-0.3. Sys# N/A KIA# System NIA 2.4.6 Category Generic KIA Importance  
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the major action steps of ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization to mitigate the event.
 
A.
===3.7 References===
Correct. The depressurization to raise przr level to >31 % is complete (major action step 2), therefore the next major action step is to stop all but one RCP and then reduce RCS injection flow (steps 3 & 4).
 
B.
provided to Candidate None Question Source: Bank -2LOT15 NRC Exam (Q73) KA Statement Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies.
Incorrect. ES-1.1 is a plausible distract since it terminates SI. In the case of ES-1.2, the steps to terminate Si are incorporated in EOP steps 18-21.Candidate must know that reducing SI is a major action of the procedure.
C.
Incorrect. Subcooling is sufficient as identified in the stem, but the candidate will have to make that determination. Plausible because several steps in ES-1.2 check subcooling, and if it is not sufficient, then the procedure directs realigning safety Injection (step 26).
D.
Incorrect. ES-1.2 cools the plant down to mode 5 conditions so there is no need to stop cooldown unless 100F/hr was exceeded. No voids exist at the current time with RCPs running. This would be performed if a void existed in ES-0.2 or ES-0.3.
Sys#
N/A KIA#
System NIA 2.4.6 Category Generic KIA Importance 3.7 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
Bank - 2LOT15 NRC Exam (Q73)
KA Statement Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies.
Exam Level RO Technical  
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-53A.1.ES-1.2 lss. 3, Rev. 1pgs.1, 10-12 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.1 O / 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3 Rev 5 Obj. 3 State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.


10M-53A.1.ES-1.2 lss. 3, Rev. 1pgs.1, 10-12 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.1 O / 43.5 / 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-53.3 Rev 5 Obj. 3 State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW EOP Executive Volume.
: 75.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 75. Given the following plant conditions:
Given the following plant conditions:
* The plant is at 100% power
The plant is at 100% power A3-53, VOLUME CONTROL TANK LEVEL HIGH-LOW is LIT Ll-1CH-115 is 85% and RISING Ll-1CH-112 is 25% and LOWERING Based on the above indications, which VCT Level transmitter has failed, and what action is required to be taken to stabilize the VCT Level?
* A3-53, VOLUME CONTROL TANK LEVEL HIGH-LOW is LIT
: 1)
* Ll-1CH-115 is 85% and RISING
(1) has failed.
* Ll-1CH-112 is 25% and LOWERING Based on the above indications, which VCT Level transmitter has failed, and what action is required to be taken to stabilize the VCT Level? 1) (1) has failed. 2) VCT level is stabilized by placing the (2) A. 1) LT-1CH-112
: 2) VCT level is stabilized by placing the (2)
: 2) Volume Control Tank Level Control Selector Switch in the VCT position B. 1) LT-1CH-112
A.
: 2) Boric Acid Blender Control Switch in the STOP position C. 1) LT-1CH-115
: 1) LT-1CH-112
: 2) Volume Control Tank Level Control Selector Switch in the VCT position D. 1) LT-1CH-115
: 2) Volume Control Tank Level Control Selector Switch in the VCT position B.
: 1) LT-1CH-112
: 2) Boric Acid Blender Control Switch in the STOP position C.
: 1) LT-1CH-115
: 2) Volume Control Tank Level Control Selector Switch in the VCT position D.
: 1) LT-1CH-115
: 2) Boric Acid Blender Control Switch in the STOP position Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
: 2) Boric Acid Blender Control Switch in the STOP position Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the VCT level high (76%) and Low (15%) alarm setpoints and the ability to stabilize the VCT as the system automatically responds to LT-115 failing high by operating the Volume Control Tank Level Control Selector Switch as required by the Alarm Response Manual. A. Incorrect.
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the VCT level high (76%) and Low (15%) alarm setpoints and the ability to stabilize the VCT as the system automatically responds to LT-115 failing high by operating the Volume Control Tank Level Control Selector Switch as required by the Alarm Response Manual.
First part is plausible if the candidate thinks that LT-112 failed low causing auto makeup to occur. This is incorrect because auto makeup is initiated from L T-115 at 20%. Second part is correct because L T-115 is above the emergency divert level of 81 %. B. Incorrect  
A.
.. First part is plausible if the candidate thinks that L T-112 failed low causing auto makeup to occur. This is incorrect because auto makeup is initiated from L T-115 at 20%. Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks the auto makeup is causing L T-115 to rise. C. Correct. L T-115 has failed high based on annunciator A3-52, VCT level high triggered at 76% (this alarm is only activated by L T-115, L T-112 has no input to the annunciator).
Incorrect. First part is plausible if the candidate thinks that LT-112 failed low causing auto makeup to occur. This is incorrect because auto makeup is initiated from L T-115 at 20%. Second part is correct because L T-115 is above the emergency divert level of 81 %.
Indications given indicate LT-115 failing high which in turn will emergency divert to the Degasifiers at 81% on LT-115, as the VCT is diverted, L T-112 will lower due LCV-112 & 115A diverting all flow to the Degasifiers, and the charging pump still maintaining normal flow from the VCT. Selecting the Volume Control Tank Level Control Selector Switch in the VCT position will stabilize the VCT level. D. Incorrect.
B.
First part is correct. Second part is plausible ifthe candidate thinks the auto makeup is has started due to low level on LT-112. This would not be correct because LT-115 starts auto makeup at 20%. Sys # System Category N/A NIA Generic KIA# 2.4.50 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New 4.2 KA Statement Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the alarm response manual. Exam Level RO Technical  
Incorrect.. First part is plausible if the candidate thinks that L T-112 failed low causing auto makeup to occur. This is incorrect because auto makeup is initiated from L T-115 at 20%. Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks the auto makeup is causing L T-115 to rise.
C.
Correct. L T-115 has failed high based on annunciator A3-52, VCT level high triggered at 76% (this alarm is only activated by L T-115, L T-112 has no input to the annunciator). Indications given indicate LT-115 failing high which in turn will emergency divert to the Degasifiers at 81% on LT-115, as the VCT is diverted, L T-112 will lower due LCV-112 & 115A diverting all flow to the Degasifiers, and the charging pump still maintaining normal flow from the VCT. Selecting the Volume Control Tank Level Control Selector Switch in the VCT position will stabilize the VCT level.
D.
Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is plausible ifthe candidate thinks the auto makeup is has started due to low level on LT-112. This would not be correct because LT-115 starts auto makeup at 20%.
Sys #
System Category N/A NIA Generic KIA#
2.4.50 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New 4.2 KA Statement Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the alarm response manual.
Exam Level RO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-7.4.AAX Rev. 4 pg. 4 10M-7.4.IF Rev. 3 pg. 9 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5145.3)
Objective:
1 SQS-7.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 6 - Given a change in plant conditions, describe the response of the Chemical and Volume Control System field indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status.
1SQS-7.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 10 - Given a Chemical and Volume Control System alarm condition, and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the field.


10M-7.4.AAX Rev. 4 pg. 4 10M-7.4.IF Rev. 3 pg. 9 Question Cognitive Level: Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5145.3) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
1 SQS-7.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 6 -Given a change in plant conditions, describe the response of the Chemical and Volume Control System field indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status. 1SQS-7.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 10 -Given a Chemical and Volume Control System alarm condition, and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the field.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 76. The plant was operating at 100% when the crew tripped the Reactor due to indications of a A. B. C. D. SG tube rupture.
: 76.
* Safety Injection is actuated
The plant was operating at 100% when the crew tripped the Reactor due to indications of a A.
* All RCPs are running
B.
* The crew has transitioned to E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, and are at step 14 preparing to depressurize the RCS to minimize break flow Annunciator A3-76, Reactor Cool PP Motor Bearing Temp High Alarms.
C.
* Tl-1 RC-417A, 'A' RCP Upper Thrust Bearing Temperature is 198&deg;F and slowly RISING
D.
* The crew references AOP 1.6.8, Abnormal RCP Operation
SG tube rupture.
* All, if any, actions of AOP 1.6.8 have been completed, and the crew continues with E-3 Based on the above conditions, which of the following combinations of PRZR spray flow and PORVs will be used to depressurize the RCS? Spray Valve(s) PORV(s) I 1 1 1 3 2 1 2 3 (SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G) Question 76 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
Safety Injection is actuated All RCPs are running The crew has transitioned to E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, and are at step 14 preparing to depressurize the RCS to minimize break flow Annunciator A3-76, Reactor Cool PP Motor Bearing Temp High Alarms.
Tl-1 RC-417A, 'A' RCP Upper Thrust Bearing Temperature is 198&deg;F and slowly RISING The crew references AOP 1.6.8, Abnormal RCP Operation All, if any, actions of AOP 1.6.8 have been completed, and the crew continues with E-3 Based on the above conditions, which of the following combinations of PRZR spray flow and PORVs will be used to depressurize the RCS?
Spray Valve(s)
PORV(s)
I 1
1 1
3 2
1 2
3  
 
(SRO ONLY)
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G)
Question 76 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
Meets NUREG-1021 Rev. 10, Att.2 Sect. II E page 21 third bullet.. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedure versus knowledge of the overall mitigative strategy or purpose Knowledge of administrative procedures that specify hierarchy, implementation, and/or coordination of plant normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures.
Meets NUREG-1021 Rev. 10, Att.2 Sect. II E page 21 third bullet.. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedure versus knowledge of the overall mitigative strategy or purpose Knowledge of administrative procedures that specify hierarchy, implementation, and/or coordination of plant normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures.
Specifically the SRO must make a determination that the RCP trip criteria in AOP-1.6.8 have been exceeded, and know the pump is no longer running, then have detailed knowledge of E-3 depressurization step to decide that 1 spray valve and 1 PORV is procedurally required with these plant conditions.
Specifically the SRO must make a determination that the RCP trip criteria in AOP-1.6.8 have been exceeded, and know the pump is no longer running, then have detailed knowledge of E-3 depressurization step to decide that 1 spray valve and 1 PORV is procedurally required with these plant conditions.
KJA is met by giving a CCW cooled component
KJA is met by giving a CCW cooled component ('A' RCP Upper Thrust Bearing) a high temperature alarm with exceeds the immediate shutdown criteria of AOP-1.6.8. Then they must determine that 'A' RCP will no longer be running when the E-3 depressurization continues which removes one spray valve for use of depressurization.
('A' RCP Upper Thrust Bearing) a high temperature alarm with exceeds the immediate shutdown criteria of AOP-1.6.8.
A.
Then they must determine that 'A' RCP will no longer be running when the E-3 depressurization continues which removes one spray valve for use of depressurization.
Correct. Only PCV-1 RC-4558 ('C' RCP) spray valve is available due to 'A' RCP shutdown criteria being met in AOP-1.6.8 based on motor bearing temperature being >195F, therefore PCV-1 RC-455A ('A' RCP) spray valve is not available and would slow down de pressurization if opened to spray the PRZR. Only 1 PORV is used to augment the Spray valve depressurization in E-3 because of the loss of RCS coolant to the PRT which could rupture during depressurization.
A. Correct. Only PCV-1 RC-4558 ('C' RCP) spray valve is available due to 'A' RCP shutdown criteria being met in AOP-1.6.8 based on motor bearing temperature being >195F, therefore PCV-1 RC-455A ('A' RCP) spray valve is not available and would slow down de pressurization if opened to spray the PRZR. Only 1 PORV is used to augment the Spray valve depressurization in E-3 because of the loss of RCS coolant to the PRT which could rupture during depressurization.
B.
B. Incorrect.
Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is plausible distractor because 3 PORVs are opened to depressurize the RCS when establishing RCS Bleed and Feed in FR-H.1.
First part is correct. Second part is plausible distractor because 3 PORVs are opened to depressurize the RCS when establishing RCS Bleed and Feed in FR-H.1. C. Incorrect.
C.
First part is plausible if the candidate doesn't recognize that AOP-1.6.8 RCP trip criteria for 'B' RCP has been exceeded, or doesn't know which spray valves are for the RCPs. Second part is correct. D. Incorrect.
Incorrect. First part is plausible if the candidate doesn't recognize that AOP-1.6.8 RCP trip criteria for 'B' RCP has been exceeded, or doesn't know which spray valves are for the RCPs. Second part is correct.
First part is plausible if the candidate doesn't recognize that AOP-1.6.8 RCP trip criteria for 'B' RCP has been exceeded, or doesn't know which spray valves are for the RCPs. Second part is plausible distractor because 3 PORVs are opened to depressurize the RCS when establishing RCS Bleed and Feed in FR-H.1. Sys# 000026 System Loss of Component Cooling Water I 8 Category AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water: KIA# AA2.04 KIA Importance 2.9* Exam Level Technical  
D.
Incorrect. First part is plausible if the candidate doesn't recognize that AOP-1.6.8 RCP trip criteria for 'B' RCP has been exceeded, or doesn't know which spray valves are for the RCPs. Second part is plausible distractor because 3 PORVs are opened to depressurize the RCS when establishing RCS Bleed and Feed in FR-H.1.
Sys#
000026 System Loss of Component Cooling Water I 8 Category AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water:
KIA#
AA2.04 KIA Importance 2.9*
Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New KA Statement The normal values and upper limits for the temperatures of the components cooled by CCW SRO 10M-53C.4.1.6.8 Rev. 18 pg. 3 & LHP 1 OM-53A.1.E-3 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 15 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 43.5 I 45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 - State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume 1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 6 - Given a set of conditions, apply the correct AOP.


References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New KA Statement The normal values and upper limits for the temperatures of the components cooled by CCW SRO 10M-53C.4.1.6.8 Rev. 18 pg. 3 & LHP 1 OM-53A.1.E-3 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 15 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 43.5 I 45.13) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 -State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW EOP Executive Volume 1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 6 -Given a set of conditions, apply the correct AOP.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 77. The plant was operating at 100% power when an event occurred which caused the following indications 10 minutes after the automatic Reactor Trip. CNMT pressure -14.4 psig and RISING PRZR level -27.9% and RISING CETs -504&deg;F and LOWERING CNMT sump level -11. 7 inches and RISING AFW flow 'A' SG-300 gpm 'B' SG -300 gpm SG 'A' pressure -673 psig and LOWERING SG 'B' pressure-603 psig and LOWERING SG 'C' pressure -684 psig and LOWERING 'C' SG -300 gpm and all are STABLE WR level-50.9%
: 77.
and RISING WR level -14.8% and LOWERING WR level -51.4% and RISING Based on the above indications, what EAL classification level should be declared by the Shift Manager? (REFERENCE PROVIDED)
The plant was operating at 100% power when an event occurred which caused the following indications 10 minutes after the automatic Reactor Trip.
A. FU1 B. FA1 C. HU4 D. HA4 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
CNMT pressure - 14.4 psig and RISING PRZR level - 27.9% and RISING CETs - 504&deg;F and LOWERING CNMT sump level - 11. 7 inches and RISING AFW flow 'A' SG-300 gpm  
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the Emergency Classifications.
'B' SG - 300 gpm SG 'A' pressure -673 psig and LOWERING SG 'B' pressure-603 psig and LOWERING SG 'C' pressure - 684 psig and LOWERING  
This is a SRO position function only. KIA is met by requiring the candidate to interpret the plant conditions and apply their knowledge of the EAL classifications to determine the correct classification for a Steam Line break inside of Containment.
'C' SG - 300 gpm and all are STABLE WR level-50.9% and RISING WR level - 14.8% and LOWERING WR level - 51.4% and RISING Based on the above indications, what EAL classification level should be declared by the Shift Manager?
A. Incorrect.
(REFERENCE PROVIDED)
Plausible because the candidate will evaluate the CT column of the Fission Product Barrier Degradation and see that cnmt pressure > 11 psig with less than 1 full train of depressurization equipment available is a potential loss. Nothing in the question stem infers that containment depressurization equipment is not available.
A.
: 8. Incorrect.
FU1 B.
Plausible because the candidate may feel that heat sink is lost with NR level in all SGs is <50%, or since SI actuated a leak greater than the capacity of one charging pump has occurred, or they may question if core cooling Orange path has been met. C. Incorrect.
FA1 C.
Plausible because a steam line break is entry criteria for HU4 based on the note, but in the case of this question, the break is inside containment, which is why this would be an incorrect classification.
HU4 D.
D. Correct. Alert under Fire/Explosion.
HA4 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Indications show that a steam line break is inside containment, therefore, since containment is an area identified on Table H-1, this would be the correct classification.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the Emergency Classifications. This is a SRO position function only.
Sys# 000040 KIA# System Category Steam Line Rupture -Generic Excessive Heat Transfer I 4 2.4.41 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate EPP Chart Question Source: New 4.6 Exam Level Technical  
KIA is met by requiring the candidate to interpret the plant conditions and apply their knowledge of the EAL classifications to determine the correct classification for a Steam Line break inside of Containment.
A.
Incorrect. Plausible because the candidate will evaluate the CT column of the Fission Product Barrier Degradation and see that cnmt pressure  
> 11 psig with less than 1 full train of depressurization equipment available is a potential loss. Nothing in the question stem infers that containment depressurization equipment is not available.
: 8.
Incorrect. Plausible because the candidate may feel that heat sink is lost with NR level in all SGs is <50%, or since SI actuated a leak greater than the capacity of one charging pump has occurred, or they may question if core cooling Orange path has been met.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible because a steam line break is entry criteria for HU4 based on the note, but in the case of this question, the break is inside containment, which is why this would be an incorrect classification.
D.
Correct. Alert under Fire/Explosion. Indications show that a steam line break is inside containment, therefore, since containment is an area identified on Table H-1, this would be the correct classification.
Sys#
000040 KIA#
System Category Steam Line Rupture -
Generic Excessive Heat Transfer I 4 2.4.41 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate EPP Chart Question Source:
New 4.6 Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
KA Statement Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications.
SRO EPP-PLAN-SECTION-4 Rev. 30 pgs. 4-98 & 4-99 EPP-l-1a At!. A Rev. 17 pg. 21 of 28 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.1 o I 43.5 / 45.11)
Objective:
EPP-9281-01-11 :Given specific plant conditions, classify the condition in accordance with EPP 1-1 a & b.


KA Statement Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications.
(SRO ONLY)
SRO EPP-PLAN-SECTION-4 Rev. 30 pgs. 4-98 & 4-99 EPP-l-1a At!. A Rev. 17 pg. 21 of 28 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.1 o I 43.5 / 45.11) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
EPP-9281-01-11
: 78.
:Given specific plant conditions, classify the condition in accordance with EPP 1-1 a & b.
The plant is at 100% power.
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 78. The plant is at 100% power.
The air supply line to the 'A' MFRV breaks causing a complete loss of air to the MFRV NO Operator actions have been taken The Feed Flow-Steam Flow chart recorder on the affected loop will indicate Feed Flow (1) than steam flow.
* The air supply line to the 'A' MFRV breaks causing a complete loss of air to the MFRV
The bases for the automatic action which occurs due to 'A' SG Water Level is to (2)
* NO Operator actions have been taken The Feed Flow-Steam Flow chart recorder on the affected loop will indicate Feed Flow (1) than steam flow. The bases for the automatic action which occurs due to 'A' SG Water Level is to (2) A greater than prevent damage to the turbine due to water in the steam lines B. greater than stop excessive cooldown of the primary system C. less than ensure protection is provided against a loss of heat sink D. less than prevent a Main Steam Line Isolation from occurring Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
A greater than prevent damage to the turbine due to water in the steam lines B.
greater than stop excessive cooldown of the primary system C.
less than ensure protection is provided against a loss of heat sink D.
less than prevent a Main Steam Line Isolation from occurring Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II B page 17 third bullet. SRO is required to have specific Knowledge of TS bases that are required to analyze TS required actions and terminology.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II B page 17 third bullet. SRO is required to have specific Knowledge of TS bases that are required to analyze TS required actions and terminology.
Specifically, the SRO must know that Steam Generator Water Level -Low -Low setpoint trip Function ensures that protection is provided against a loss of heat sink and actuates the AFW System prior to uncovering the SG tubes. This is required Tech Spec bases for a Rx trip setpoint.
Specifically, the SRO must know that Steam Generator Water Level - Low - Low setpoint trip Function ensures that protection is provided against a loss of heat sink and actuates the AFW System prior to uncovering the SG tubes. This is required Tech Spec bases for a Rx trip setpoint.
KIA is met by the candidate determining that the 'A' MFRV fails closed on a loss of air, causing feed flow recorder to drop to zero feed flow. Then they must determine that feed flow will indicate less than steam flow on the 'A' SG recorder.
KIA is met by the candidate determining that the 'A' MFRV fails closed on a loss of air, causing feed flow recorder to drop to zero feed flow. Then they must determine that feed flow will indicate less than steam flow on the 'A' SG recorder.
A. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible if the candidate thinks that the MFRV fails Open which is incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks that the MFRV fails Open which is incorrect. Second part distractor is plausible based on the incorrect assumption of SG water level trending high thinking of a Turbine Trip and Feedwater Isolation on Steam Generator Water Level-High-High (P-14).
Second part distractor is plausible based on the incorrect assumption of SG water level trending high thinking of a Turbine Trip and Feedwater Isolation on Steam Generator Water Level-High-High (P-14). B. Incorrect.
B.
Plausible if the candidate thinks that the MFRV fails Open which is incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks that the MFRV fails Open which is incorrect. Second part distractor is plausible based on the incorrect assumption of SG water level trending high thinking of a Turbine Trip and Feedwater Isolation on Stearn Generator Water Level-High-High (P-14).
Second part distractor is plausible based on the incorrect assumption of SG water level trending high thinking of a Turbine Trip and Feedwater Isolation on Stearn Generator Water Level-High-High (P-14). C. Correct. Due to the loss of air to the MFRV causing the MFRV to fail closed, feed flow on 'A' SG will go to zero flow, and steam flow will remain at the pre-event flowrate.
C.
The Steam Generator Water Level -Low Low setpoint trip Function ensures that protection is provided against a loss of heat sink and actuates the AFW System prior to uncovering the SG tubes. D. Incorrect.
Correct. Due to the loss of air to the MFRV causing the MFRV to fail closed, feed flow on 'A' SG will go to zero flow, and steam flow will remain at the pre-event flowrate. The Steam Generator Water Level - Low Low setpoint trip Function ensures that protection is provided against a loss of heat sink and actuates the AFW System prior to uncovering the SG tubes.
Due to the loss of air to the MFRV causing the MFRV to fail closed, feed flow on 'A' SG will go to zero flow, and steam flow will remain at the pre-event flowrate.
D.
Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks that the low-low Rx trip is to prevent SG dryout which would cause SG pressure to lower and cause the MSIVs to close. Sys # System Category KA Statement 000054 Loss of Main AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Steam flow-feed trend recorder Feedwater I 4 the Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW): KIA# AA2.08 KIA Importance 3.3* References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New Exam Level SRO Technical  
Incorrect. Due to the loss of air to the MFRV causing the MFRV to fail closed, feed flow on 'A' SG will go to zero flow, and steam flow will remain at the pre-event flowrate. Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks that the low-low Rx trip is to prevent SG dryout which would cause SG pressure to lower and cause the MSIVs to close.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 000054 Loss of Main AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Steam flow-feed trend recorder Feedwater I 4 the Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW):
KIA#
AA2.08 KIA Importance 3.3*
References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New Exam Level SRO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1 OM-53C.4.1.34.1 Rev.21 pg. 19 T.S. Bases 3.3.1 pg. B3.3.1-24 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 43.5145.13)
Objective:
3SQS-INST ITS, Rev. 1 Obj. 2 - State the purpose of each Instrumentation specification as described in the Applicable Safety Analyses section of the Bases.
(SRO ONLY)
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
: 79.
The following conditions exist:
A.
B.
C.
D.
A Station Blackout has occurred ECA-0.0, Loss of All Emergency 4KV AC Power is in progress The crew has commenced feeding and depressurizing the SGs after a significant delay due to a TDAFW pump malfunction RCS pressure is 1675 psig and very slowly RISING ALL CETCs are 735&deg;F and RISING Hot Leg temperatures are 612&deg;F and RISING Cold Leg temperatures are 585&deg;F and LOWERING SG pressures are 885 psig and LOWERING Which one of the following completes the statements below?
Natural circulation __
_.._( 1
...... ) ___ established.
The crew is required to implement FR-C.2, Response to Degraded Core
: Cooling, (2)
(1) is is is NOT is NOT (2) immediately upon exit from ECA-0.0 after restarting equipment in ECA-0.2, Loss of All AC Power Recovery With SI Required immediately upon exit from ECA-0.0 after restarting equipment in ECA-0.2, Loss of All AC Power Recovery With SI Required


1 OM-53C.4.1.34.1 Rev.21 pg. 19 T.S. Bases 3.3.1 pg. B3.3.1-24 Question Cognitive Level: Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 43.5145.13)
(SRO ONLY)
Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G)
3SQS-INST ITS, Rev. 1 Obj. 2 -State the purpose of each Instrumentation specification as described in the Applicable Safety Analyses section of the Bases.
QUESTION79 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 79. The following conditions exist: A. B. C. D.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II E page 21 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of specific procedure steps, notes, and cautions which help in making decisions for procedure transitions. This is a SRO position function only.
* A Station Blackout has occurred
KIA is met by requiring the candidate to interpret control room indications of Natural Circulation verification during an ECA-0.0 event, and that a consequence of a loss of natural circulation is Core Cooling being challenged. They also must understand how operator actions of implementing ECA-0.0 defeats the automatic loading of major equipment, and steps 1-13 of ECA-0.2 starts ESF equipment as needed and has priority over the Core Cooling FRP. Transition to Procedure ECA-0.2 is required since subcooling requirements are not met.
* ECA-0.0, Loss of All Emergency 4KV AC Power is in progress
A.
* The crew has commenced feeding and depressurizing the SGs after a significant delay due to a TDAFW pump malfunction
Incorrect. Plausible to think Natural circulation is established with SG pressures lowering and Cold leg temperatures lowering, but other requirements of Natural Circulation are not met. Plausible to transition to FR-C.2 after ECA-0.0 is complete, but this would be incorrect because ECA-0.0 defeats the automatic loading of major equipment, and steps 1-13 of ECA-0.2 starts ESF equipment as needed and have priority over the FRPs.
* RCS pressure is 1675 psig and very slowly RISING
B.
* ALL CETCs are 735&deg;F and RISING
Incorrect. Plausible to think Natural circulation is established with SG pressures lowering and Cold leg temperatures lowering, but other requirements of Natural Circulation are not met. Per ECA-0.0 Step 1 NOTE, and ECA-0.2 Step 1 NOTE, FRPs are not implemented, only monitored. FRPs should not be implemented until after all safety equipment has been restarted after the completion of step 13 of ECA-0.2, in which a NOTE then states FRPs may now be implemented.
* Hot Leg temperatures are 612&deg;F and RISING
C.
* Cold Leg temperatures are 585&deg;F and LOWERING
Incorrect. Natural circulation is NOT established based on CETs and Hot legs rising. Plausible to transition to FR-C.2 after ECA-0.0 is complete, but this would be incorrect because ECA-0.0 defeats the automatic loading of major equipment, and steps 1-13 of ECA-0.2 starts ESF equipment as needed and have priority over the FRPs.
* SG pressures are 885 psig and LOWERING Which one of the following completes the statements below? Natural circulation
D.
__ _.._( 1 ...... ) ___ established.
Correct. Natural circulation is NOT established based on CETs and Hot legs rising. Per ECA-0.0 Step 1 NOTE, and ECA-0.2 Step 1 NOTE, FRPs are not implemented, only monitored. FRPs should not be implemented until after all safety equipment has been restarted after the completion of step 13 of ECA-0.2, in which a NOTE then states FRPs may now be implemented.
The crew is required to implement FR-C.2, Response to Degraded Core Cooling, (2) (1) is is is NOT is NOT (2) immediately upon exit from ECA-0.0 after restarting equipment in ECA-0.2, Loss of All AC Power Recovery With SI Required immediately upon exit from ECA-0.0 after restarting equipment in ECA-0.2, Loss of All AC Power Recovery With SI Required (SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G) QUESTION79 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Sys #
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II E page 21 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of specific procedure steps, notes, and cautions which help in making decisions for procedure transitions.
System Category KA Statement 000055 Station Generic Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, Blackout I 6  
This is a SRO position function only. KIA is met by requiring the candidate to interpret control room indications of Natural Circulation verification during an ECA-0.0 event, and that a consequence of a loss of natural circulation is Core Cooling being challenged.
, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.
They also must understand how operator actions of implementing ECA-0.0 defeats the automatic loading of major equipment, and steps 1-13 of ECA-0.2 starts ESF equipment as needed and has priority over the Core Cooling FRP. Transition to Procedure ECA-0.2 is required since subcooling requirements are not met. A. Incorrect.
KIA#
Plausible to think Natural circulation is established with SG pressures lowering and Cold leg temperatures lowering, but other requirements of Natural Circulation are not met. Plausible to transition to FR-C.2 after ECA-0.0 is complete, but this would be incorrect because ECA-0.0 defeats the automatic loading of major equipment, and steps 1-13 of ECA-0.2 starts ESF equipment as needed and have priority over the FRPs. B. Incorrect.
2.2.44 K/A Importance 4.4 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Plausible to think Natural circulation is established with SG pressures lowering and Cold leg temperatures lowering, but other requirements of Natural Circulation are not met. Per ECA-0.0 Step 1 NOTE, and ECA-0.2 Step 1 NOTE, FRPs are not implemented, only monitored.
FRPs should not be implemented until after all safety equipment has been restarted after the completion of step 13 of ECA-0.2, in which a NOTE then states FRPs may now be implemented.
C. Incorrect.
Natural circulation is NOT established based on CETs and Hot legs rising. Plausible to transition to FR-C.2 after ECA-0.0 is complete, but this would be incorrect because ECA-0.0 defeats the automatic loading of major equipment, and steps 1-13 of ECA-0.2 starts ESF equipment as needed and have priority over the FRPs. D. Correct. Natural circulation is NOT established based on CETs and Hot legs rising. Per ECA-0.0 Step 1 NOTE, and ECA-0.2 Step 1 NOTE, FRPs are not implemented, only monitored.
FRPs should not be implemented until after all safety equipment has been restarted after the completion of step 13 of ECA-0.2, in which a NOTE then states FRPs may now be implemented.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000055 Station Generic Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, Blackout I 6 , and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.
KIA# 2.2.44 K/A Importance 4.4 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-1.2-G lss. 1C rev. 1 1 OM-538.4.ECA-O.O lss. 2 Rev 1 pg 71 1 OM-53A.1.ECA-O.O lss. 2 Rev 1 pg 24 1 OM-538.4.ECA-0.2 lss. 2 Rev 0 pg 6 Question Source:
Bank - Farley 2011 NRG Exam (Q84)
Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5145.12)
Objective:
3SQS-53.2, Rev. 2 Obj. 12 - State from memory five (5) conditions which indicate that natural circulation is occurring, IAW BVPS EOP Executive Volume.
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 4 - Explain from memory the basis for ALL Cautions and Notes, IAW 8VPS-EOP Executive Volume.
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 6 - Given a set of conditions, locate and apply the proper Emergency Operating Procedures, IAW BVPS-EOP
. Executive Volume.


10M-1.2-G lss. 1C rev. 1 1 OM-538.4.ECA-O.O lss. 2 Rev 1 pg 71 1 OM-53A.1.ECA-O.O lss. 2 Rev 1 pg 24 1 OM-538.4.ECA-0.2 lss. 2 Rev 0 pg 6 Question Source: Bank -Farley 2011 NRG Exam (Q84) Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5145.12)
(SRO ONLY)
Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-53.2, Rev. 2 Obj. 12 -State from memory five (5) conditions which indicate that natural circulation is occurring, IAW BVPS EOP Executive Volume.
: 80.
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 4 -Explain from memory the basis for ALL Cautions and Notes, IAW 8VPS-EOP Executive Volume. 3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 6 -Given a set of conditions, locate and apply the proper Emergency Operating Procedures, IAW BVPS-EOP . Executive Volume. * *
Given the following conditions:
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 80. Given the following conditions:
0530 - Ll-1 Sl-928, 'C' SI Accumulator Level Indicator failed LOW 0830 - L5 Surveillance Verification Logs were completed 1030 - Loss of Vital Bus 3 occurs causing a loss of power to Ll-1 Sl-930, 'C' SI Accumulator Level Indicator and Pl-1 Sl-931, 'C' SI Accumulator Pressure Indicator The Vital 3 bus fault has been isolated to Primary Process Rack 23 (RK-PRl-PROC-23), and Vital Bus 3 has been restored.
0530 -Ll-1 Sl-928, 'C' SI Accumulator Level Indicator failed LOW 0830 -L5 Surveillance Verification Logs were completed 1030 -Loss of Vital Bus 3 occurs causing a loss of power to Ll-1 Sl-930, 'C' SI Accumulator Level Indicator and Pl-1 Sl-931, 'C' SI Accumulator Pressure Indicator The Vital 3 bus fault has been isolated to Primary Process Rack 23 (RK-PRl-PROC-23), and Vital Bus 3 has been restored.
Ll-1Sl-930 and Pl-1Sl-931 remain de-energized due to the fault isolation.
* Ll-1Sl-930 and Pl-1Sl-931 remain de-energized due to the fault isolation.
Per Technical Specification 3.5.1, which of the following times will the 'C' Safety Injection Accumulator be declared Inoperable?
Per Technical Specification 3.5.1, which of the following times will the 'C' Safety Injection Accumulator be declared Inoperable? (REFERENCES PROVIDED)
(REFERENCES PROVIDED)
A. 0530 B. 1630 C. 2030 D. 2330 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
A.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II B page 17 first and second bullets. SRO knowledge of the Application of Required Actions (Section 3) and Surveillance Requirements (SR) (Section 4) in accordance with rules of application requirements (Section 1 ), and Application of generic Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO) requirements (LCO 3.0.1 thru 3.0.7; SR 4.0.1 thru 4.0.4). Specifically, the SRO must be able to determine that the SI accumulator will not need to be declared inoperable until 12 hours after the last performance of the surveillance, plus 3 hours based on SR 3.0.2 interval extension.  
0530 B.
*' KIA is met by determining that with a loss of one 'C' SI accumulator level indicators due to failing low, and a loss of vital bus 3 causing the second 'C' SI accumulator level indicator and pressure indicator to be lost, the accumulator must be declared inoperable 15 hours after the last surveillance was complete.
1630 C.
A. Incorrect.
2030 D.
Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that the accumulator remains operable with one level and one pressure indicator available.
2330 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
B. Incorrect.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II B page 17 first and second bullets. SRO knowledge of the Application of Required Actions (Section 3) and Surveillance Requirements (SR)
Plausible if the candidate thinks the surveillance requirement must be completed by 1630 based on the L5 logs time requirements.
(Section 4) in accordance with rules of application requirements (Section 1 ), and Application of generic Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO) requirements (LCO 3.0.1 thru 3.0.7; SR 4.0.1 thru 4.0.4). Specifically, the SRO must be able to determine that the SI accumulator will not need to be declared inoperable until 12 hours after the last performance of the surveillance, plus 3 hours based on SR 3.0.2 interval extension.
This is incorrect because the surveillance does not need to be completed until 2330 based on the 12 hour surveillance requirement plus 3 hours. C. Incorrect.
KIA is met by determining that with a loss of one 'C' SI accumulator level indicators due to failing low, and a loss of vital bus 3 causing the second 'C' SI accumulator level indicator and pressure indicator to be lost, the accumulator must be declared inoperable 15 hours after the last surveillance was complete.
Plausible if the candidate thinks the surveillance requirement must be completed by 2030 based on SR.3.5.1.2 time of 12 hours from the last time it was completed.
A.
This is incorrect because the surveillance does not need to be completed until 2330 based on the 12 hour surveillance requirement plus 3 hours for SR 3.0.2 allowance of 1.25 times the interval..
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that the accumulator remains operable with one level and one pressure indicator available.
D. Correct. The surveillance does not need to be completed until 2330 based on the 12 hour surveillance requirement of SR 3.5.1.2, plus 3 hours for SR 3.0.2 allowance of 1.25 times the interval specified in the frequency.
B.
The surveillance was last completed at 0830. Sys # System Category KA Statement 000057 Loss of Vital AC AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply Core flood tank pressure and level indicators Inst. Bus/ 6 to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus: KIA# AA2.02 K/A Importance 3.8* References provided to 1 OM-54.3.L5 Rev. 88 pg.19 Candidate T.S. 3.5.1 pg.3.5.1-1  
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks the surveillance requirement must be completed by 1630 based on the L5 logs time requirements.
&2 BVPS Unit 1 Surv. Test Intervals Rev. 0 Question Source: New Exam Level Technical  
This is incorrect because the surveillance does not need to be completed until 2330 based on the 12 hour surveillance requirement plus 3 hours.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks the surveillance requirement must be completed by 2030 based on SR.3.5.1.2 time of 12 hours from the last time it was completed. This is incorrect because the surveillance does not need to be completed until 2330 based on the 12 hour surveillance requirement plus 3 hours for SR 3.0.2 allowance of 1.25 times the interval..
D.
Correct. The surveillance does not need to be completed until 2330 based on the 12 hour surveillance requirement of SR 3.5.1.2, plus 3 hours for SR 3.0.2 allowance of 1.25 times the interval specified in the frequency. The surveillance was last completed at 0830.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 000057 Loss of Vital AC AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply Core flood tank pressure and level indicators Inst. Bus/ 6 to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus:
KIA#
AA2.02 K/A Importance 3.8*
References provided to 1 OM-54.3.L5 Rev. 88 pg.19 Candidate T.S. 3.5.1 pg.3.5.1-1 &2 BVPS Unit 1 Surv. Test Intervals Rev. 0 Question Source:
New Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
SRO T.S. 3.5.1 pg.3.5.1-1 & 2 BVPS Unit 1 Surv. Test Intervals Rev. O T.S SR 3.0.2 pg. 3.0-4 10M-54.3.L5 Rev. 88 pg.19 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-RULES ITS-01-05: Given plant conditions, apply the rules of ITS Section 1.3 to ensure compliance with Tech Specs I LRM.
3SQS-RULES ITS-01-01: Given plant conditions, apply the rules of ITS Section 3.0 to ensure compliance with Technical Specifications.


SRO T.S. 3.5.1 pg.3.5.1-1
(SRO ONLY)
& 2 BVPS Unit 1 Surv. Test Intervals Rev. O T.S SR 3.0.2 pg. 3.0-4 10M-54.3.L5 Rev. 88 pg.19 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-RULES ITS-01-05:
: 81.
Given plant conditions, apply the rules of ITS Section 1.3 to ensure compliance with Tech Specs I LRM. 3SQS-RULES ITS-01-01:
Given the following:
Given plant conditions, apply the rules of ITS Section 3.0 to ensure compliance with Technical Specifications.
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 81. Given the following:
* The plant is in Mode 4 preparing to enter Mode 3.
* The plant is in Mode 4 preparing to enter Mode 3.
* All systems are in normal configurations for this mode.
* All systems are in normal configurations for this mode.
* The following alarms are received:
* The following alarms are received:
* AB-27, SYS STA SERV TRANS 1A UNDERVOLTAGE
AB-27, SYS STA SERV TRANS 1A UNDERVOLTAGE AB-31, SYS STA SERVTRANS 1B UNDERVOLTAGE Voltages on all 4160V normal and emergency busses are fluctuating between 80% and 98% of their normal values.
* AB-31, SYS STA SERVTRANS 1B UNDERVOLTAGE
The DLC System Dispatcher has informed the Unit Supervisor that the grid is EXTREMELY unstable.
* Voltages on all 4160V normal and emergency busses are fluctuating between 80% and 98% of their normal values.
NO automatic or manual actions have occurred.  
* The DLC System Dispatcher has informed the Unit Supervisor that the grid is EXTREMELY unstable.
'A' Charging Pump, 1CH-P-1A is RUNNING The crew has entered AOP 1/2.35.1, Degraded Grid.
* NO automatic or manual actions have occurred.  
Per AOP 1/2.35.1, which of the following describes the actions that are required for this condition?
* 'A' Charging Pump, 1CH-P-1A is RUNNING
I A.
* The crew has entered AOP 1/2.35.1, Degraded Grid. Per AOP 1/2.35.1, which of the following describes the actions that are required for this condition?
OPEN BOTH emergency bus tie breakers, allow the EDGs to auto start, and verify proper load sequencing on bus AE and OF.
I A. OPEN BOTH emergency bus tie breakers, allow the EDGs to auto start, and verify proper load sequencing on bus AE and OF. B. Manually start #2 EOG, OPEN the emergency bus tie breaker, and verify proper load sequencing on bus OF. Then, manually start #1 EOG, OPEN the emergency bus tie breaker, and verify proper load sequencing on bus AE. C. OPEN the emergency bus tie breaker for bus OF, allow #2 EOG to auto start, and verify proper load sequencing on bus OF. Then, OPEN emergency bus tie breaker for bus AE, allow #1 EOG to auto start, and verify proper load sequencing on bus AE. D. Manually start BOTH EDGs, parallel the EDGs to its respective emergency bus. Then OPEN the emergency bus tie breakers, and verify proper load sequencing on bus AE and DF (SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) Question 81 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
B.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II .E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures and implementation of the Abnormal procedure.
Manually start #2 EOG, OPEN the emergency bus tie breaker, and verify proper load sequencing on bus OF. Then, manually start #1 EOG, OPEN the emergency bus tie breaker, and verify proper load sequencing on bus AE.
The SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine the required actions for this situation.
C.
Specifically, the SRO must determine the specific sequence of starting the Diesel Generators and energizing the emergency busses while the electrical grid is unstable, which is SRO knowledge of the AOP procedure content. KIA is met by evaluating the plant annunciators and indications, and determine how to preemptively energize the emergency busses in the event of grid instability or voltage degradation.
OPEN the emergency bus tie breaker for bus OF, allow #2 EOG to auto start, and verify proper load sequencing on bus OF. Then, OPEN emergency bus tie breaker for bus AE, allow #1 EOG to auto start, and verify proper load sequencing on bus AE.
A. Incorrect.
D.
This would start and sequence both EDGs, and divorce them from the grid, but it is not the correct action per the AOP. The bus with the non-running charging pump is started and sequenced first to minimize the effect of a loss of charging.
Manually start BOTH EDGs, parallel the EDGs to its respective emergency bus. Then OPEN the emergency bus tie breakers, and verify proper load sequencing on bus AE and DF  
B. Correct. The Degraded Grid AOP states the EOG for the bus with the non-running charging pump should be started first, and the procedure requires the EOG manually started, then the emergency bus tie breaker opened to divorce the EOG from the grid, and allow it to sequence on the required loads.
 
C. Incorrect.
(SRO ONLY)
This is the proper bus sequence, but it is not the correct sequence for starting the EOG and loading the emergency busses. D. Incorrect.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
This would work for energizing the emergency busses, but it is not correct per the degraded Grid AOP. There is a specific step in the AOP which states if the DG is paralleled to offsite power, unload the DG and open the output breaker. Sys # System Category KA Statement 000077 Generator Voltage and Generic Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or Electric Grid Disturbances / 6 response procedures.
Question 81 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
KIA# 2.4.31 KIA Importance 4.1 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures and implementation of the Abnormal procedure. The SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine the required actions for this situation. Specifically, the SRO must determine the specific sequence of starting the Diesel Generators and energizing the emergency busses while the electrical grid is unstable, which is SRO knowledge of the AOP procedure content.
KIA is met by evaluating the plant annunciators and indications, and determine how to preemptively energize the emergency busses in the event of grid instability or voltage degradation.
A.
Incorrect. This would start and sequence both EDGs, and divorce them from the grid, but it is not the correct action per the AOP. The bus with the non-running charging pump is started and sequenced first to minimize the effect of a loss of charging.
B.
Correct. The Degraded Grid AOP states the EOG for the bus with the non-running charging pump should be started first, and the procedure requires the EOG manually started, then the emergency bus tie breaker opened to divorce the EOG from the grid, and allow it to sequence on the required loads.
C.
Incorrect. This is the proper bus sequence, but it is not the correct sequence for starting the EOG and loading the emergency busses.
D.
Incorrect. This would work for energizing the emergency busses, but it is not correct per the degraded Grid AOP. There is a specific step in the AOP which states if the DG is paralleled to offsite power, unload the DG and open the output breaker.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 000077 Generator Voltage and Generic Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or Electric Grid Disturbances / 6 response procedures.
KIA#
2.4.31 KIA Importance 4.1 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1/20M-53C.4A.35.1 Rev. 9 pg. 8-9 Question Source:
Bank-1LOT7 NRC Exam (044) Modified Question Cognitive Level:
Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 45.3)
Objective:
1 SQS-35.2, Rev. 9 Obj. 12 - Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.


1/20M-53C.4A.35.1 Rev. 9 pg. 8-9 Question Source: Bank-1LOT7 NRC Exam (044) Modified Question Cognitive Level: Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 45.3) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
1 SQS-35.2, Rev. 9 Obj. 12 -Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 82. A gaseous waste decay tank ruptured.
: 82.
A gaseous waste decay tank ruptured.
No gaseous waste system evolutions were in progress.
No gaseous waste system evolutions were in progress.
The following Radiation Monitor are in High-High alarm reading as indicated:
The following Radiation Monitor are in High-High alarm reading as indicated:
* RM-1VS-107B, Reactor Bldg. and SLCRS Vent Gas Monitor is 9.1E+03 CPM
RM-1VS-107B, Reactor Bldg. and SLCRS Vent Gas Monitor is 9.1E+03 CPM RM-1VS-106, Waste Gas Tank Vault Ventilation Exhaust Gas Monitor is 1.2E+06 CPM RM-1VS-110, Reactor Bldg/SLCRS Exhaust (PING) Monitor is 9.1E+05 &#xb5;Ci/s Automatic actions of RM:.1VS-106 in High-High alarm have failed to occur.
* RM-1VS-106, Waste Gas Tank Vault Ventilation Exhaust Gas Monitor is 1.2E+06 CPM
: 1) What actions must be taken in accordance with the ARP for RM-1VS-106 in High-High alarm?
* RM-1VS-110, Reactor Bldg/SLCRS Exhaust (PING) Monitor is 9.1E+05 &#xb5;Ci/s Automatic actions of RM:.1VS-106 in High-High alarm have failed to occur. 1) What actions must be taken in accordance with the ARP for RM-1VS-106 in High-High alarm? 1) Close 1 VS-D-4-1 A, Leak Collection Filter Bank Bypass Damper 2) Open 1VS-D-4-2A, Leak Collection to Main Filter Bank Damper 3) Stop 1VS-F-7A, Aux. Bldg. Exhaust Fan 2) Based on the conditions stated, and satisfactory completion of the RM-1VS-106 ARP actions 30 minutes after the decay tank ruptured, what EAL classification would have been declared? (REFERENCE PROVIDED)
: 1) Close 1 VS-D-4-1 A, Leak Collection Filter Bank Bypass Damper
A. 1) 1 and 2 ONLY 2) Unusual Event B. 1) 1, 2, and 3 2) Unusual Event C. 1) 1and20NLY
: 2) Open 1VS-D-4-2A, Leak Collection to Main Filter Bank Damper
: 2) Alert D. 1) 1, 2, and 3 2) Alert (SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) Question 82 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
: 3) Stop 1VS-F-7A, Aux. Bldg. Exhaust Fan
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401Attachment2 per section II E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the Emergency Classifications.
: 2) Based on the conditions stated, and satisfactory completion of the RM-1VS-106 ARP actions 30 minutes after the decay tank ruptured, what EAL classification would have been declared?
This is a SRO position function only. KIA is met by demonstrating the ability to verify that the Leak Collection Filter is aligned properly after a Gaseous Waste Decay Tank ruptures and actuates a High-High alarm on RM-1VS-106.
(REFERENCE PROVIDED)
The question states that the automatic actions of RM-1VS-106 in High-High alarm have failed to occur, making the candidate determine what actions should have occurred.
A.
A. Incorrect.
: 1) 1 and 2 ONLY
First part is correct. Second part is plausible because of the RU1 note stating that the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR should not wait until the applicable time (60 min) has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the release duration has exceeded, or will likely exceed, the applicable time. Criteria for UE declaration is SLCRS Vent (RM-1VS-110 LRNG) reading 7.58E+3 uCi/s. The stem states RM-1VS-110 is reading 9.1E+05 &#xb5;Ci/s. B. Incorrect.
: 2) Unusual Event B.
First part is plausible because 1VS-D-4-1A closed and 1VS-D-4-2A opened are auto actions of RM-1VS-106, but RM-1VS-102A, Aux Bldg Gas monitor trips 1VS-F-7A.
: 1) 1, 2, and 3
Second part is plausible because of the RU1 note stating that the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR should not wait until the applicable time (60 min) has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the release duration has exceeded, or will likely exceed, the applicable time. Criteria for UE declaration is SLCRS Vent (RM-1VS-110 LRNG) reading 7.58E+3 uCi/s. The stem states RM-1VS-110 is reading 9. 1 E+05 &#xb5;Ci/s. C. Correct. 10M-43.4.AEJ (ARP for RM-1VS-106) states to verify the following automatic actions have occurred, 1VS-D-4-1A closed and 1VS-D-4-2A opened. The EAL classification is an Alert based on RA 1, any of the following gaseous effluent monitors greater than the reading shown for 15 minutes or longer: SLCRS Vent (RM-1VS-110 HRNG) -7.58E+5 uCi/s. The stem states RM-1VS-110 is reading 9.1E+05 &#xb5;Ci/s. D. Incorrect.
: 2) Unusual Event C.
First part is plausible because closed and 1VS-D-4-2A opened are auto actions of RM-1VS-106, but RM-1VS-102A, Aux Bldg Gas monitor trips 1VS-F-7A.
: 1) 1and20NLY
Second part is correct. Sys# 000060 System Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Rel. /9 Category Generic KIA# 2.4.50 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate EPP Chart Question Source: New ' 4.0 Exam Level Technical  
: 2) Alert D.
: 1) 1, 2, and 3
: 2) Alert  
 
(SRO ONLY)
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
Question 82 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401Attachment2 per section II E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the Emergency Classifications. This is a SRO position function only.
KIA is met by demonstrating the ability to verify that the Leak Collection Filter is aligned properly after a Gaseous Waste Decay Tank ruptures and actuates a High-High alarm on RM-1VS-106. The question states that the automatic actions of RM-1VS-106 in High-High alarm have failed to occur, making the candidate determine what actions should have occurred.
A.
Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is plausible because of the RU1 note stating that the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR should not wait until the applicable time (60 min) has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the release duration has exceeded, or will likely exceed, the applicable time. Criteria for UE declaration is SLCRS Vent (RM-1VS-110 LRNG) reading 7.58E+3 uCi/s. The stem states RM-1VS-110 is reading 9.1E+05 &#xb5;Ci/s.
B.
Incorrect. First part is plausible because 1VS-D-4-1A closed and 1VS-D-4-2A opened are auto actions of RM-1VS-106, but RM-1VS-102A, Aux Bldg Gas monitor trips 1VS-F-7A. Second part is plausible because of the RU1 note stating that the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR should not wait until the applicable time (60 min) has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the release duration has exceeded, or will likely exceed, the applicable time. Criteria for UE declaration is SLCRS Vent (RM-1VS-110 LRNG) reading 7.58E+3 uCi/s. The stem states RM-1VS-110 is reading 9. 1 E+05 &#xb5;Ci/s.
C.
Correct. 10M-43.4.AEJ (ARP for RM-1VS-106) states to verify the following automatic actions have occurred, 1VS-D-4-1A closed and 1VS-D 2A opened. The EAL classification is an Alert based on RA 1, any of the following gaseous effluent monitors greater than the reading shown for 15 minutes or longer: SLCRS Vent (RM-1VS-110 HRNG) - 7.58E+5 uCi/s. The stem states RM-1VS-110 is reading 9.1E+05 &#xb5;Ci/s.
D.
Incorrect. First part is plausible because 1V~-D-4-1A closed and 1VS-D-4-2A opened are auto actions of RM-1VS-106, but RM-1VS-102A, Aux Bldg Gas monitor trips 1VS-F-7A. Second part is correct.
Sys#
000060 System Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Rel. /9 Category Generic KIA#
2.4.50 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate EPP Chart Question Source:
New 4.0 Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
KA Statement Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the alarm response manual.
SRO 1 OM-43.4.AEJ Rev. 4 pg. 2 10M-43.5.B.2 Rev. 4 pg.3 Unit 1 RM-0416-001 Rev. 16 EPP-l-1A Rev. 17 pg. 17 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 I 43.5 I 45.3)
Objective:
1 SQS-16.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 12 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the SLCRS, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.
EPP-9281-01-11 :Given specific plant conditions, classify the condition in accordance with EPP 1-1 a & b.


KA Statement Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the alarm response manual. SRO 1 OM-43.4.AEJ Rev. 4 pg. 2 10M-43.5.B.2 Rev. 4 pg.3 Unit 1 RM-0416-001 Rev. 16 EPP-l-1A Rev. 17 pg. 17 Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 I 43.5 I 45.3) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
1 SQS-16.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 12 -Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the SLCRS, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
EPP-9281-01-11
: 83.
:Given specific plant conditions, classify the condition in accordance with EPP 1-1 a & b.
The following conditions exist A Small break LOCA has occurred CETs are 730 &deg;F and RISING The crew has transitioned to FR-C.1, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, and are preparing to depressurize the Steam Generators Low Steamline Pressure SI has been blocked In accordance with FR-C.1, step 14, "Depressurize all Intact SGs to 110 psig", at what rate are the SGs depressurized, and why was 110 psig chosen as the target pressure?
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 83. The following conditions exist
: 1) The SGs are depressurized at __
* A Small break LOCA has occurred
__._(1'""") ___ rate using the Condenser Steam Dumps.
* CETs are 730 &deg;F and RISING
: 2) The SG pressure of 110 psig was chosen because it (2)
* The crew has transitioned to FR-C.1, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, and are preparing to depressurize the Steam Generators
A.
* Low Steamline Pressure SI has been blocked In accordance with FR-C.1, step 14, "Depressurize all Intact SGs to 110 psig", at what rate are the SGs depressurized, and why was 110 psig chosen as the target pressure?
: 1) less than 100&deg;F/hr cooldown
: 1) The SGs are depressurized at __ __._(1'""")
: 2) maximizes SI accumulator water injection and minimizes Nitrogen injection to the RCS B.
___ rate using the Condenser Steam Dumps. 2) The SG pressure of 110 psig was chosen because it (2) A. 1) less than 100&deg;F/hr cooldown 2) maximizes SI accumulator water injection and minimizes Nitrogen injection to the RCS B. 1) less than 100&deg;F/hr cooldown 2) corresponds to RCS hot leg temperature of 410&deg;F, which ensures the RCS pressure is below the shutoff head of the LHSI pumps C. 1) the maximum 2) maximizes SI accumulator water injection and minimizes Nitrogen injection to the RCS D. 1) the maximum 2) corresponds to RCS hot leg temperature of 410&deg;F, which ensures the RCS pressure is
: 1) less than 100&deg;F/hr cooldown
* below the shutoff head of the LHSI pumps (SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) Question 83 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
: 2) corresponds to RCS hot leg temperature of 410&deg;F, which ensures the RCS pressure is below the shutoff head of the LHSI pumps C.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401Attachment2 per section II .E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures and implementation of the Emergency procedures.
: 1) the maximum
The SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine the required actions for this situation.
: 2) maximizes SI accumulator water injection and minimizes Nitrogen injection to the RCS D.
Specifically, the SRO must determine the required steam generator depressurization rate and target pressure to ensure the SI accumulators will provide maximum water to the RCS while minimizing Nitrogen injection.
: 1) the maximum
KIA is met by the candidates ability to determine that depressurizing the steam generators using the condenser steam dumps at maximum rate will reduce RCS temperature and pressure sufficiently enough to ensure the SI accumulators will deliver maximum SI water accumulator water, while minimizing nitrogen delivery to the RCS while performing FR-C.1, Response To Inadequate Core Cooling. A. Incorrect.
: 2) corresponds to RCS hot leg temperature of 410&deg;F, which ensures the RCS pressure is
First part is plausible because 100F/hr is used often within the EOP network and it is the Tech Spec limit for plant cooldown.
* below the shutoff head of the LHSI pumps  
Second part is correct. 8. Incorrect.
 
First part is plausible because 100F/hr is used often within the EOP network and it is the Tech Spec limit for plant cooldown.
(SRO ONLY)
Second part is plausible because 41 OF hot leg temperature is discussed in FR-C.1, but it is the temperature which corresponds to SI accumulator water delivery, not the LHSI shutoff head pressure.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
41 OF corresponds to approximately 260 psig, and the LHSI shutoff head pressure is 178 psig. C. Correct. Step 14d has the SGs depressurized at maximum rate since it is the most effective way to reduce RCS pressure.
Question 83 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
The bases of the 11 O psig target for SG pressure is to ensure maximum SI water accumulator water delivery while minimizing nitrogen delivery to the RCS. 0. Incorrect.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401Attachment2 per section II.E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures and implementation of the Emergency procedures. The SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine the required actions for this situation. Specifically, the SRO must determine the required steam generator depressurization rate and target pressure to ensure the SI accumulators will provide maximum water to the RCS while minimizing Nitrogen injection.
First part is correct. Second part is plausible because 41 OF hot leg temperature is discussed in FR-C.1, but it is the temperature which corresponds to SI accumulator water delivery, not the LHSI shutoff head pressure.
KIA is met by the candidates ability to determine that depressurizing the steam generators using the condenser steam dumps at maximum rate will reduce RCS temperature and pressure sufficiently enough to ensure the SI accumulators will deliver maximum SI water accumulator water, while minimizing nitrogen delivery to the RCS while performing FR-C.1, Response To Inadequate Core Cooling.
410F corresponds to approximately 260 psig, and the LHSI shutoff head pressure is 178 psig. Sys# 000074 KIA# System lnad. Core Cooling/ 4 EA2.08 Category EA2 Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to Inadequate Core Cooling: KIA Importance I 4.6* References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical  
A.
Incorrect. First part is plausible because 100F/hr is used often within the EOP network and it is the Tech Spec limit for plant cooldown. Second part is correct.
: 8.
Incorrect. First part is plausible because 100F/hr is used often within the EOP network and it is the Tech Spec limit for plant cooldown. Second part is plausible because 41 OF hot leg temperature is discussed in FR-C.1, but it is the temperature which corresponds to SI accumulator water delivery, not the LHSI shutoff head pressure. 41 OF corresponds to approximately 260 psig, and the LHSI shutoff head pressure is 178 psig.
C.
Correct. Step 14d has the SGs depressurized at maximum rate since it is the most effective way to reduce RCS pressure. The bases of the 11 O psig target for SG pressure is to ensure maximum SI water accumulator water delivery while minimizing nitrogen delivery to the RCS.
: 0.
Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is plausible because 41 OF hot leg temperature is discussed in FR-C.1, but it is the temperature which corresponds to SI accumulator water delivery, not the LHSI shutoff head pressure. 410F corresponds to approximately 260 psig, and the LHSI shutoff head pressure is 178 psig.
Sys#
000074 KIA#
System lnad. Core Cooling/ 4 EA2.08 Category EA2 Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to Inadequate Core Cooling:
KIA Importance I 4.6*
References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
New KA Statement The effect of turbine bypass valve operation on RCS temperature and pressure SRO 10M-53A.1.FR-C.1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 step 14 pg. 7-9 10M-538.4.FR-C.1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 25 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 2 - Describe from memory the overall purpose of each procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.


Question Source: New KA Statement The effect of turbine bypass valve operation on RCS temperature and pressure SRO 10M-53A.1.FR-C.1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 step 14 pg. 7-9 10M-538.4.FR-C.1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 25 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.5 / 45.13) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 2 -Describe from memory the overall purpose of each procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 84. ES-0.0, Rediagnosis, has been entered following a reactor trip and safety injection.
: 84.
ES-0.0, Rediagnosis, has been entered following a reactor trip and safety injection.
The following conditions exist:
The following conditions exist:
* Containment pressure 11.2 psig and LOWERING
Containment pressure 11.2 psig and LOWERING Containment temperature 165&deg;F and LOWERING Steam Generator level 44% WR and LOWERING in all SGs Steam Generator pressure 350 psig and LOWERING in all SGs Pressurizer level 0%
* Containment temperature 165&deg;F and LOWERING
RCS pressure 1680 psig and LOWERING Atm Steam Dump and RHR valves are CLOSED All MSIVs are CLOSED Which of the following describes the proper transition to be made from ES-0.0 to respond to the above plant conditions?
* Steam Generator level 44% WR and LOWERING in all SGs
A.
* Steam Generator pressure 350 psig and LOWERING in all SGs
E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant B.
* Pressurizer level 0%
ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization C.
* RCS pressure 1680 psig and LOWERING
E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation D.
* Atm Steam Dump and RHR valves are CLOSED
ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
* All MSIVs are CLOSED Which of the following describes the proper transition to be made from ES-0.0 to respond to the above plant conditions?
A. E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant B. ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization C. E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation D. ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section Ii' E page 21 second bullet. SRO is required to have additional knowledge of the procedure's content, and knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the emergency operating procedures (EOP) that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section Ii' E page 21 second bullet. SRO is required to have additional knowledge of the procedure's content, and knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the emergency operating procedures (EOP) that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures.
KIA is met by requiring a detailed knowledge of ES-0.0, Rediagnosis, and interpreting plant conditions to select the appropriate procedure to respond to the event. A. Incorrect.
KIA is met by requiring a detailed knowledge of ES-0.0, Rediagnosis, and interpreting plant conditions to select the appropriate procedure to respond to the event.
Plausible because some indications of a LOCA are present in the stem (cnmt pressure, przr level, RCS pressure), but before getting to the E-1 evaluation in ES-0.0 (last evaluation), the correct transition is identified as ECA-2.1. B. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible because some indications of a LOCA are present in the stem (cnmt pressure, przr level, RCS pressure), but the first step of ES-0.0 checks SG pressure and directs to ECA-2.1 based on the given conditions.
Incorrect. Plausible because some indications of a LOCA are present in the stem (cnmt pressure, przr level, RCS pressure), but before getting to the E-1 evaluation in ES-0.0 (last evaluation), the correct transition is identified as ECA-2.1.
The E-1/ECA-1 series evaluation in ES-0.0 is the last step .. C. Incorrect.
B.
Plausible because this would be the transition from the first step in ES-0.0 if MSIVs were open, but with the MSIVs closed, ECA-2.1 the correct transition.
Incorrect. Plausible because some indications of a LOCA are present in the stem (cnmt pressure, przr level, RCS pressure), but the first step of ES-0.0 checks SG pressure and directs to ECA-2.1 based on the given conditions. The E-1/ECA-1 series evaluation in ES-0.0 is the last step..
D. Correct. With all 3 SGs pressure lowering, and MSIVs being closed, the ECA-2.1 transition is correct iaw ES-0.0 step 1 RNO. Sys # System Category KA Statement W/E01 Rediagnosis I 3 EA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they Facility conditions and selection of appropriate apply to the (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection Rediagnosis) procedures during abnormal and emergency operations K/A# EA2.1 KIA Importance 4.0 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
C.
Incorrect. Plausible because this would be the transition from the first step in ES-0.0 if MSIVs were open, but with the MSIVs closed, ECA-2.1 the correct transition.
D.
Correct. With all 3 SGs pressure lowering, and MSIVs being closed, the ECA-2.1 transition is correct iaw ES-0.0 step 1 RNO.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement W/E01 Rediagnosis I 3 EA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they Facility conditions and selection of appropriate apply to the (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection Rediagnosis) procedures during abnormal and emergency operations K/A#
EA2.1 KIA Importance 4.0 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1 OM-53A.1.ES-O.O lss. 3 Rev. O pg. 2 & 3 Question Source:
Bank - Callaway 2013 NRC exam (085)
Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3-01-06: Given a set of conditions, locate and apply the proper Emergency Operating Procedures, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume


1 OM-53A.1.ES-O.O lss. 3 Rev. O pg. 2 & 3 Question Source: Bank -Callaway 2013 NRC exam (085) Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
3SQS-53.3-01-06:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G)
Given a set of conditions, locate and apply the proper Emergency Operating Procedures, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume (SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G) 85. Cooldown is in progress per ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown.
: 85.
The crew is at the step in ES-0.2 to check that a steam void in Reactor Vessel does NOT exist. The following data is noted: Time RVLIS Upper Range 10:00 100 10:15 100 10:30 98 10:45 84 PRZR Level 25 25 28 58 Which of the following choices correctly completes the statement below? Based on the given conditions, the MAXIMUM cooldown rate allowed in ES-0.2 is (1) and the NEXT action required by ES-0.2 is to (2) A. 1) 25&deg;F per hour 2) repressurize the RCS within the limits of EOP Att. 5-C, "CROM Fans Running -Natural Circulation Cooldown Subcooling Requirements" to collapse potential voids in the system B. 1) 100&deg;Fperhour
Cooldown is in progress per ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown.
: 2) repressurize the RCS within the limits of EOP Att. 5-C, "CROM Fans Running -Natural Circulation Cooldown Subcooling Requirements" to collapse potential voids in the system C. 1) 25&deg;Fperhour
The crew is at the step in ES-0.2 to check that a steam void in Reactor Vessel does NOT exist.
The following data is noted:
Time RVLIS Upper Range 10:00 100 10:15 100 10:30 98 10:45 84 PRZR Level 25 25 28 58 Which of the following choices correctly completes the statement below?
Based on the given conditions, the MAXIMUM cooldown rate allowed in ES-0.2 is (1) and the NEXT action required by ES-0.2 is to (2)
A.
: 1) 25&deg;F per hour
: 2) repressurize the RCS within the limits of EOP Att. 5-C, "CROM Fans Running - Natural Circulation Cooldown Subcooling Requirements" to collapse potential voids in the system B.
: 1) 100&deg;Fperhour
: 2) repressurize the RCS within the limits of EOP Att. 5-C, "CROM Fans Running - Natural Circulation Cooldown Subcooling Requirements" to collapse potential voids in the system C.
: 1) 25&deg;Fperhour
: 2) actuate Safety Injection and transition to E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection
: 2) actuate Safety Injection and transition to E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection
: 0. 1) 100&deg;F per hour 2) actuate Safety Injection and transition to E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection (SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) Question 85 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
: 0.
Meets NUREG-1021 Rev. 10, Att.2 Sect. II .E pg 21 second bullet which requires the knowledge of diagnostics steps and decision points in EOPs that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures.
: 1) 100&deg;F per hour
The SRO must be aware of whether to transition to a sub-procedures for Natural Circulation Cooldown or repressurize the RCS and remain in the current procedure, and know the required cooldown rates for the various Natural Circulation sub procedures.
: 2) actuate Safety Injection and transition to E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection  
Detailed procedure knowledge is required for the 25F/hr coo Id own rate and ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown procedure RNO step to repressurize the RCS. KIA is met by the candidate interpreting that voids exist in the vessel while performing ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown, and detenmines that the RCS must be repressurized IAW EOP att. 5-C per the RNO step of ES-0.2. A. Correct. 25F/hr cooldown rate is correct per step 6.b. Step 19 checks for voids, and if present has the operator repressurize the RCS !AW attachment 5-C. B. Incorrect.
 
First part is plausible because 100F/hr is BV Tech Spec CID limit, and is used in several EOP procedures.
(SRO ONLY)
Second part is correct. C. Incorrect.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
First part is correct. Second part is plausible because actuating SI and transitioning to E-0 is a Left Hand Page item in ES-0.2, and even though it is not one of the transition criteria identified, it sound plausible as a way of removing RCS voids. D. Incorrect.
Question 85 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
First part is plausible because 1 OOF/hr is BV Tech Spec cooldown limit, and is used in several EOP procedures.
Meets NUREG-1021 Rev. 10, Att.2 Sect. II.E pg 21 second bullet which requires the knowledge of diagnostics steps and decision points in EOPs that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures. The SRO must be aware of whether to transition to a sub-procedures for Natural Circulation Cooldown or repressurize the RCS and remain in the current procedure, and know the required cooldown rates for the various Natural Circulation sub procedures. Detailed procedure knowledge is required for the 25F/hr coo Id own rate and ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown procedure RNO step to repressurize the RCS.
Second part is plausible because actuating SI and transitioning to E-0 is a Left Hand Page item in ES-0.2, and even though it is not one of the transition criteria identified, it sound plausible as a way of removing RCS voids. Sys# W/E10 KIA# System Natural Gire. I 4 2.1.20 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 4.6 Question Source: Bank-Vogtle 2012 NRC Exam (0100) .Exam Level Technical  
KIA is met by the candidate interpreting that voids exist in the vessel while performing ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown, and detenmines that the RCS must be repressurized IAW EOP att. 5-C per the RNO step of ES-0.2.
A.
Correct. 25F/hr cooldown rate is correct per step 6.b. Step 19 checks for voids, and if present has the operator repressurize the RCS !AW attachment 5-C.
B.
Incorrect. First part is plausible because 100F/hr is BV Tech Spec CID limit, and is used in several EOP procedures. Second part is correct.
C.
Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is plausible because actuating SI and transitioning to E-0 is a Left Hand Page item in ES-0.2, and even though it is not one of the transition criteria identified, it sound plausible as a way of removing RCS voids.
D.
Incorrect. First part is plausible because 1 OOF/hr is BV Tech Spec cooldown limit, and is used in several EOP procedures. Second part is plausible because actuating SI and transitioning to E-0 is a Left Hand Page item in ES-0.2, and even though it is not one of the transition criteria identified, it sound plausible as a way of removing RCS voids.
Sys#
W/E10 KIA#
System Natural Gire. I 4 2.1.20 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 4.6 Question Source:
Bank-Vogtle 2012 NRC Exam (0100)  
.Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
KA Statement Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.
SRO 10M-53A.1.ES-0.2 lss. 3 Rev. O pg. 6, 7, 19 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Pa'rt 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.1 O / 43.5 / 45.12)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 - State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.
(SRO ONLY)
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
: 86.
Given the following conditions:
An inadvertent Reactor Trip has occurred Crew has transitioned to ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response FCV-1CH-122, Chg Flow to Regen Hx.Inlet Control Viv is stuck OPEN due to a bent stem 1 CH-P-1 B, 'B' Charging Pump is RUNNING Fl-1CH-150, Letdown Flow is 0 gpm Fl-1 CH-122A, Charging Flow is 180 gpm PRZR level is 32% and RISING
: 1) To mitigate the consequences of Letdown flow being lost, step 3 of ES-0.1 directs the crew to restore letdown using which of the following procedures?
: 2) How is PRZR level controlled with FCV-1CH-122 stuck open?
A.'
: 1) AOP 1.7.1, Loss of Charging or Letdown
: 2) Start/Stop 1 CH-P-1 B, 'B' Charging Pump B.
: 1) AOP 1.7.1, Loss of Charging or Letdown
: 2) Open/Close MOV-1CH-289, Charging Pump Disch Header to Regen HX in CNMT Isolation C.
: 1) 10M-7.4.H, Excess Letdown Heat Exchanger Operation
: 2) Start/Stop 1 CH-P-1 B, 'B' Charging Pump D.
: 1) 10M-7.4.H, Excess Letdown Heat Exchanger Operation
: 2) Open/Close MOV-1CH-289, Charging Pump Disch Header to Regen HX in CNMT Isolation


KA Statement Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps. SRO 10M-53A.1.ES-0.2 lss. 3 Rev. O pg. 6, 7, 19 Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Pa'rt 55 Content: (CFR: 41.1 O / 43.5 / 45.12) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 -State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW EOP Executive Volume.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1Lor1s)
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 86. Given the following conditions:
Question 86 Answer: 8 Explanation/Justification:
* An inadvertent Reactor Trip has occurred
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II E page 21 second & third bullets. SRO is required to have additional knowledge of the procedure's content, and knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the emergency operating procedures (EOP) that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures. Specifically, the SRO must use the Loss of Letdown AOP in parallel with ES-0.1, to restore Letdown flow. The SRO must also have specific AOP knowledge for controlling Charging Flow when the FCV is stuck open.
* Crew has transitioned to ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response
KIA is met by requiring knowledge of specific EOP guidance directing the use of the Loss of Charging or Letdown AOP in parallel with the EOP to restore Letdown flow.
* FCV-1CH-122, Chg Flow to Regen Hx .Inlet Control Viv is stuck OPEN due to a bent stem
A.
* 1 CH-P-1 B, 'B' Charging Pump is RUNNING
Incorrect. AOP-1.7.1 is correct. Second part is plausible because the charging are stopped and started when realigning HHSI flowpaths under certain conditions per the EOP attachments.
* Fl-1CH-150, Letdown Flow is 0 gpm
B.
* Fl-1 CH-122A, Charging Flow is 180 gpm
Correct. Step 3 of EOP ES-0.1 has the crew check letdown flow. If letdown flow is not indicated the crew will perform AOP-1.7.1 in parallel with the EOP to restore normal letdown. The AOP then references using MOV-1 CH-289 to maintain przr level by opening and closing as needed.
* PRZR level is 32% and RISING 1) To mitigate the consequences of Letdown flow being lost, step 3 of ES-0.1 directs the crew to restore letdown using which of the following procedures?
C.
: 2) How is PRZR level controlled with FCV-1CH-122 stuck open? A.' 1) AOP 1.7.1, Loss of Charging or Letdown 2) Start/Stop 1 CH-P-1 B, 'B' Charging Pump B. 1) AOP 1.7.1, Loss of Charging or Letdown 2) Open/Close MOV-1CH-289, Charging Pump Disch Header to Regen HX in CNMT Isolation C. 1) 10M-7.4.H, Excess Letdown Heat Exchanger Operation
Incorrect. 1 OM-7.4.H is plausible because it is referred to in multiple EOPs, and if normal letdown cannot be restored, AOP-1.7.4 references the use of 10M-7.4.H. Second part is plausible because the charging pumps are stopped and started when realigning HHSI flowpaths under certain conditions per the EOP attachments. Second part is plausible because the charging pumps are stopped and started when realigning HHSI flowpaths under certain conditions per the EOP attachments.
: 2) Start/Stop 1 CH-P-1 B, 'B' Charging Pump D. 1) 10M-7.4.H, Excess Letdown Heat Exchanger Operation
D.
: 2) Open/Close MOV-1CH-289, Charging Pump Disch Header to Regen HX in CNMT Isolation (SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1Lor1s) Question 86 Answer: 8 Explanation/Justification:
Incorrect. 10M-7.4.H is plausible because it is referred to in multiple EOPs, and if normal letdown cannot be restored, AOP-1.7.4 references the use of 1 OM-7.4.H. Second part is correct.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II E page 21 second & third bullets. SRO is required to have additional knowledge of the procedure's content, and knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the emergency operating procedures (EOP) that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures.
Sys #
Specifically, the SRO must use the Loss of Letdown AOP in parallel with ES-0.1, to restore Letdown flow. The SRO must also have specific AOP knowledge for controlling Charging Flow when the FCV is stuck open. KIA is met by requiring knowledge of specific EOP guidance directing the use of the Loss of Charging or Letdown AOP in parallel with the EOP to restore Letdown flow. A. Incorrect.
System Category 004 Chemical and Generic Volume Control KIA#
AOP-1.7.1 is correct. Second part is plausible because the charging are stopped and started when realigning HHSI flowpaths under certain conditions per the EOP attachments.
2.4.8 K/A Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
B. Correct. Step 3 of EOP ES-0.1 has the crew check letdown flow. If letdown flow is not indicated the crew will perform AOP-1.7.1 in parallel with the EOP to restore normal letdown. The AOP then references using MOV-1 CH-289 to maintain przr level by opening and closing as needed. C. Incorrect.
New 4.5 Exam Level Technical  
1 OM-7.4.H is plausible because it is referred to in multiple EOPs, and if normal letdown cannot be restored, AOP-1.7.4 references the use of 10M-7.4.H.
Second part is plausible because the charging pumps are stopped and started when realigning HHSI flowpaths under certain conditions per the EOP attachments.
Second part is plausible because the charging pumps are stopped and started when realigning HHSI flowpaths under certain conditions per the EOP attachments.
D. Incorrect.
10M-7.4.H is plausible because it is referred to in multiple EOPs, and if normal letdown cannot be restored, AOP-1.7.4 references the use of 1 OM-7.4.H.
Second part is correct. Sys # System Category 004 Chemical and Generic Volume Control KIA# 2.4.8 K/A Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New 4.5 Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
KA Statement Knowledge of how abnormal operating procedures are used in conjunction with EOPs.
SRO 1 OM-53A.1. ES-0.1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 2 10M-53C.4.1.7.1Rev.11 pg.11-12 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.1 o I 43.5 I 45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 - State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.
1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5 - Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.


KA Statement Knowledge of how abnormal operating procedures are used in conjunction with EOPs. SRO 1 OM-53A.1.
(SRO ONLY)
ES-0.1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 2 10M-53C.4.1.7.1Rev.11 pg.11-12 Question Cognitive Level: Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.1 o I 43.5 I 45.13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 -State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW EOP Executive Volume. 1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5 -Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.
: 87.
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 87. The plant is operating at 100% power.
The plant is operating at 100% power.
* Annunciator A6-37, 'PRI COMP COOL WTR SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH-LOW' is in alarm
Annunciator A6-37, 'PRI COMP COOL WTR SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH-LOW' is in alarm Ll-1CC-100, CCR Surge Tank Level is offscale LOW LCV-1CC-100A, CCR Surge TK Level Control Valve is OPEN with M/U water available The crew has entered AOP 1.15.1, Loss Of Primary Component Cooling Water Given the above conditions, which of the following actions are required to be performed at this time?
* Ll-1CC-100, CCR Surge Tank Level is offscale LOW
A.
* LCV-1CC-100A, CCR Surge TK Level Control Valve is OPEN with M/U water available
Continue in AOP 1.15.1, remove non-essential CCR loads from service, and monitor for additional CCR component alarms.
* The crew has entered AOP 1.15.1, Loss Of Primary Component Cooling Water Given the above conditions, which of the following actions are required to be performed at this time? A. Continue in AOP 1.15.1, remove non-essential CCR loads from service, and monitor for additional CCR component alarms. B. Trip the reactor, enter and perform E-0 IOAs, trip the RCPs, isolate Letdown, transfer charging pump suction to RWST, stop all CCR pumps. C. Continue in AOP 1.15.1, go to Attachment 1, "CCR System Out-Leakage" and attempt to isolate the leak. D. Trip the reactor, enter and perform E-0 IOAs, trip the RCPs, close PRZR spray valves. Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
B.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II .E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures and transitions between Abnormal and EOPs. The SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine if a plant parameter has been exceeded, and the required actions for this situation.
Trip the reactor, enter and perform E-0 IOAs, trip the RCPs, isolate Letdown, transfer charging pump suction to RWST, stop all CCR pumps.
Then the SRO must determine the specific sequence of actions to take after tripping the reactor, which are listed as sub-steps in the Abnormal Operating Procedure.
C.
Additionally directing the action to secure the RCPs and other equipment is to occur following completion of the IOAs, which is SRO knowledge of the AOP procedure content. KIA is met by the candidate determining that a CCR Surge tank level offscale low, will require a reactor trip, and transition to E-0, and detailed knowledge of the additional actions required by the AOP to mitigate the consequences of a loss of CCR. A. Incorrect.
Continue in AOP 1.15.1, go to Attachment 1, "CCR System Out-Leakage" and attempt to isolate the leak.
Plausible distractor because removing non-essential CCR loads from service would reduce the heat load on the system, and possibly delay additional alarms from coming in while working through Loss of CCR AOP. B. Correct. Step 1 of AOP-1.15.1 checks the surge tank level onscale, if level is offscale low as stated in the stem, then these actions are correct per step 1 RNO. C. Incorrect.
D.
Plausible distractor if Surge tank level was onscale and stable with the makeup valve open, or level was dropping.
Trip the reactor, enter and perform E-0 IOAs, trip the RCPs, close PRZR spray valves.
D. Incorrect.
Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
Plausible distractor if an RCP trip criteria were met since these actions are required per AOP-1.6.8, Abnormal RCP Operation AOP, but there is no indication in the stem indicating that an RCP alarm exists at this time. Sys# 008 KIA# System Component Cooling Water A2.02 Category KA Statement A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or High/low surge tank level operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures and transitions between Abnormal and EOPs. The SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine if a plant parameter has been exceeded, and the required actions for this situation. Then the SRO must determine the specific sequence of actions to take after tripping the reactor, which are listed as sub-steps in the Abnormal Operating Procedure. Additionally directing the action to secure the RCPs and other equipment is to occur following completion of the IOAs, which is SRO knowledge of the AOP procedure content.
KIA is met by the candidate determining that a CCR Surge tank level offscale low, will require a reactor trip, and transition to E-0, and detailed knowledge of the additional actions required by the AOP to mitigate the consequences of a loss of CCR.
A.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because removing non-essential CCR loads from service would reduce the heat load on the system, and possibly delay additional alarms from coming in while working through Loss of CCR AOP.
B.
Correct. Step 1 of AOP-1.15.1 checks the surge tank level onscale, if level is offscale low as stated in the stem, then these actions are correct per step 1 RNO.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if Surge tank level was onscale and stable with the makeup valve open, or level was dropping.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if an RCP trip criteria were met since these actions are required per AOP-1.6.8, Abnormal RCP Operation AOP, but there is no indication in the stem indicating that an RCP alarm exists at this time.
Sys#
008 KIA#
System Component Cooling Water A2.02 Category KA Statement A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or High/low surge tank level operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
KIA Importance 3.5 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
KIA Importance 3.5 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
1OM-53C.4.1. 15. 1 Rev. 6 pg.3 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 ; 43.5 ; 45.3 ; 45. 13)
Objective:
1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5
* Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.


1OM-53C.4.1.
(SRO ONLY)
: 15. 1 Rev. 6 pg.3 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 ; 43.5 ; 45.3 ; 45. 13) Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5
: 88.
* Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.
Given the following conditions:
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 88. Given the following conditions:
A total loss of Main Feedwater and Auxiliary Feedwater occurs The crew is performing the actions of FR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink Bleed and Feed has been initiated All steam generators are "dry" The capability to feed all steam generators using the TDAFW pump has been restored.
* A total loss of Main Feedwater and Auxiliary Feedwater occurs
The crew is currently feeding 'A' SG at 100 gpm Core Exit Thermocouples are 555&deg;F and slowly RISING Which of the following actions will be used to recover a secondary heat sink, and why?
* The crew is performing the actions of FR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink
A.
* Bleed and Feed has been initiated
Establish MAXIMUM flow to the 'A' steam generator due to the urgent need to restore a heat sink.
* All steam generators are "dry" The capability to feed all steam generators using the TDAFW pump has been restored.
B.
* The crew is currently feeding 'A' SG at 100 gpm
Establish MAXIMUM flow to all steam generators due to the urgent need to restore a heat sink.
* Core Exit Thermocouples are 555&deg;F and slowly RISING Which of the following actions will be used to recover a secondary heat sink, and why? A. Establish MAXIMUM flow to the 'A' steam generator due to the urgent need to restore a heat sink. B. Establish MAXIMUM flow to all steam generators due to the urgent need to restore a heat sink. C. Reduce flow to a MAXIMUM of 50 gpm to the 'A' steam generator to limit steam generator failures to one steam generator due to thermal stresses.
C.
D. Reduce flow to a MAXIMUM of 50 gpm to all steam generators to ensure heat removal capability will be greater than decay heat.
Reduce flow to a MAXIMUM of 50 gpm to the 'A' steam generator to limit steam generator failures to one steam generator due to thermal stresses.
{SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) Question 88 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
D.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II E page 22 Fig. 2 First bullet, Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed. Specifically the SRO must recognize that SI has been initiated, and feed flow has been establish, but the CETs are still rising. This will require the RNO action of feeding the one SG at maximum feed flow. KIA is met with the knowledge of the mitigation strategy of FR-H.1 when SI and feed flow have been established to a dry SG, but the RCS temperature continues to rise requiring procedural action to feed one SG at maximum rate due to the urgent need to restore a heat sink. A. Correct. With CET temperatures rising with SI flow initiated, and feed flow to one SG, then the appropriate action per FR-H.1 step 28 RNO is to feed at maximum rate to one SG due to the urgency of the plant conditions.
Reduce flow to a MAXIMUM of 50 gpm to all steam generators to ensure heat removal capability will be greater than decay heat.  
Limited to one SG to limit possible thermal failure to only one SG. B. Incorrect.
 
Plausible distractor with the given urgency of no heat sink based on the plant conditions, but maximum flow is only limited to one SG due to possible thermal failure of the SGs. C. Incorrect.
{SRO ONLY)
Plausible distractor because the bases is correct, but the feed flow is not limited to 50 gpm. 50 gpm was used as the distractor because 50 gpm is referred to in other EOP procedures. (i.e. ECA-2.1).
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
D. Incorrect.
Question 88 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
Plausible distractor because the bases is correct, but the feed flow is not limited to 50 gpm. 50 gpm was used as the distractor because 50 gpm is referred to in other EOP procedures. (i.e. ECA-2.1 ), and feed flow is limited to only one SG. Sys # System Category KA Statement 059 Main Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II E page 22 Fig. 2 First bullet, Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed. Specifically the SRO must recognize that SI has been initiated, and feed flow has been establish, but the CETs are still rising. This will require the RNO action of feeding the one SG at maximum feed flow.
Feedwater KIA# 2.4.6 KIA Importance 4.7 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
KIA is met with the knowledge of the mitigation strategy of FR-H.1 when SI and feed flow have been established to a dry SG, but the RCS temperature continues to rise requiring procedural action to feed one SG at maximum rate due to the urgent need to restore a heat sink.
A.
Correct. With CET temperatures rising with SI flow initiated, and feed flow to one SG, then the appropriate action per FR-H.1 step 28 RNO is to feed at maximum rate to one SG due to the urgency of the plant conditions. Limited to one SG to limit possible thermal failure to only one SG.
B.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor with the given urgency of no heat sink based on the plant conditions, but maximum flow is only limited to one SG due to possible thermal failure of the SGs.
C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because the bases is correct, but the feed flow is not limited to 50 gpm. 50 gpm was used as the distractor because 50 gpm is referred to in other EOP procedures. (i.e. ECA-2.1).
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because the bases is correct, but the feed flow is not limited to 50 gpm. 50 gpm was used as the distractor because 50 gpm is referred to in other EOP procedures. (i.e. ECA-2.1 ), and feed flow is limited to only one SG.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 059 Main Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies.
Feedwater KIA#
2.4.6 KIA Importance 4.7 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-53A.1.FR-H.1 lss 2 Rev 2 pg. 19-20 10M-53B.4.FR-H.1 lss. 2 Rev. 2 pg 73-74 Question Source:
Bank - Diablo Canyon 2012 draft (Q9) Modified Question Cognitive Level:
Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5145.13)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 - State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 6 - Given a set of conditions, locate and apply the proper Emergency Operating Procedures, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.


10M-53A.1.FR-H.1 lss 2 Rev 2 pg. 19-20 10M-53B.4.FR-H.1 lss. 2 Rev. 2 pg 73-74 Question Source: Bank -Diablo Canyon 2012 draft (Q9) Modified Question Cognitive Level: Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5145.13)
(SRO ONLY)
Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 -State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW EOP Executive Volume. 3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 6 -Given a set of conditions, locate and apply the proper Emergency Operating Procedures, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.
: 89.
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 89. The plant is at 100% power.
The plant is at 100% power.
* TV-1 MS-105A, AFW Turb Steam Supply 'A' Train Trip Valve air supply line ruptures.
TV-1 MS-105A, AFW Turb Steam Supply 'A' Train Trip Valve air supply line ruptures.
: 1) Based on the above failure, what is the status of the 1 FW-P-2, Turbine-Driven Auxiliary Feed Pump? 2) What actions, if any, will the crew take to mitigate this event? The Turbine-Driven Auxiliary Feed Pump is (1) The crew will (2) A. 1) shutdown 2) enter LCO 3.7.5, Cond. B for the Inoperable AFW pump, which allows 72 hours for the airline to be repaired.
: 1) Based on the above failure, what is the status of the 1 FW-P-2, Turbine-Driven Auxiliary Feed Pump?
: 8. 1) shutdown 2) continue power operations because the TDAFW remains operable due to the availability of the opposite train steam supply. C. 1) running 2) reduce power using 1 OM-52.4.B.1, Turbine Load Changes until the overpower condition has cleared. D. 1) running 2) use 1 OM-24.4.K, Steam Generator Level Control With Auxiliary Feedwater until the TDAFW pump is shutdown.
: 2) What actions, if any, will the crew take to mitigate this event?
The Turbine-Driven Auxiliary Feed Pump is (1)
The crew will (2)
A.
: 1) shutdown
: 2) enter LCO 3.7.5, Cond. B for the Inoperable AFW pump, which allows 72 hours for the airline to be repaired.
: 8.
: 1) shutdown
: 2) continue power operations because the TDAFW remains operable due to the availability of the opposite train steam supply.
C.
: 1) running
: 2) reduce power using 1 OM-52.4.B.1, Turbine Load Changes until the overpower condition has cleared.
D.
: 1) running
: 2) use 1 OM-24.4.K, Steam Generator Level Control With Auxiliary Feedwater until the TDAFW pump is shutdown.
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
KA is met by identifying that a loss of air due to a broken air supply line to the Turbine-Driven Auxiliary Feed Pump will cause the pump to start, then predict that an overpower condition will occur when operating at 100% power and cold water is fed to the SGs. They will have to determine that power will need to be reduced using the Turbine Load Change procedure.
KA is met by identifying that a loss of air due to a broken air supply line to the Turbine-Driven Auxiliary Feed Pump will cause the pump to start, then predict that an overpower condition will occur when operating at 100% power and cold water is fed to the SGs. They will have to determine that power will need to be reduced using the Turbine Load Change procedure.
A. Incorrect.
A.
distractor if the candidate does not know how TV-1MS-105A fails, or thinks the 2 steam supply valves are in series. Second part is plausible because LCO 3.7.5 would be entered for this failure. B. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plau~ible distractor if the candidate does not know how TV-1MS-105A fails, or thinks the 2 steam supply valves are in series. Second part is plausible because LCO 3.7.5 would be entered for this failure.
Plausible distractor if the candidate does not know how TV-1MS-105A fails, or thinks the 2 steam supply valves are in series. Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks TV-1MS-105A fails open, but is in series, in which case a second valve being available would allow the TDAFW pump to operate. C. Correct. The TDAFW will be running due to TV-1MS-105A failing open on the loss of air and admitting steam to the turbine. An overpower event will occur due to the addition of cold water to the SGs while at 100% power. This will require a down power to reduce Rx power <100% using Turbine Load Changes procedure 1 OM-52.4.B.1.
B.
D. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate does not know how TV-1MS-105A fails, or thinks the 2 steam supply valves are in series. Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks TV-1MS-105A fails open, but is in series, in which case a second valve being available would allow the TDAFW pump to operate.
The TDAFW pump will be running. Second part is plausible because the candidate may not recognize that an overpower event will occur, and this procedure sounds plausible for the conditions.
C.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 061 Auxiliary/Erne A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on Loss of air to steam supply valve rgency the AFW; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or Feedwater mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Correct. The TDAFW will be running due to TV-1MS-105A failing open on the loss of air and admitting steam to the turbine. An overpower event will occur due to the addition of cold water to the SGs while at 100% power. This will require a down power to reduce Rx power <100% using Turbine Load Changes procedure 1 OM-52.4.B.1.
KIA# A2.02 KIA Importance 3.6* Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  
D.
Incorrect. The TDAFW pump will be running. Second part is plausible because the candidate may not recognize that an overpower event will occur, and this procedure sounds plausible for the conditions.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement 061 Auxiliary/Erne A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on Loss of air to steam supply valve rgency the AFW; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or Feedwater mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
KIA#
A2.02 KIA Importance 3.6*
Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Question Source:
New SRO 10M-53C.4.1.34.1rev.21pg.18 10M-52.4.B.1Rev.1 pg. 3 Unit 1 RM-0421-001 Rev. 25 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 I 43.5 I 45.3 I 45.13)
Objective:
1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 16 - Given a Main Feedwater, Dedicated Auxiliary Feedwater, Auxiliary Feedwater System or Steam Generator Water Level Control System configuration and without referenced material, describe the associated system's control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable. a. Loss of instrument air.
1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 2
* State the conditions or symptoms that would require entry into the AOPs.
(SRO ONLY)
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
: 90.
Given the following conditions:
A.
B.
C.
D.
Plant startup is in progress after a refueling outage Plant is in Mode 4 Engineering has reported that the Containment Type 'A' overall Integrated Leak Rate Test calculation was re-verified, and determined La is 1.2
: 1) What Design Basis Accident is the Integrated Leak Rate Test maximum allowable leakage based upon?
: 2) Based on the Integrated Leak Rate Test results, is plant startup permitted to continue into Mode 3?
: 1) LOCA
: 2) is permitted
: 1) Steam Line Break
: 2) is permitted
: 1) LOCA
: 2) is NOT permitted
: 1) Steam Line Break
: 2) is NOT permitted


Question Source: New SRO 10M-53C.4.1.34.1rev.21pg.18 10M-52.4.B.1Rev.1 pg. 3 Unit 1 RM-0421-001 Rev. 25 Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 I 43.5 I 45.3 I 45.13) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 16 -Given a Main Feedwater, Dedicated Auxiliary Feedwater, Auxiliary Feedwater System or Steam Generator Water Level Control System configuration and without referenced material, describe the associated system's control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
: a. Loss of instrument air. 1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 2
Question 90 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
* State the conditions or symptoms that would require entry into the AOPs.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.B page 17 first, second, and third bullets. SRO is required to have knowledge of the TS bases, generic Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO) requirements, and application of Required Actions (Section 3) and Surveillance Requirements (SR) (Section 4) in accordance with rules of application requirements. Specifically the SRO must have detailed knowledge of the TS bases, and application of TS 3.6.1 to determine that the Integrated Leak Rate Test does not meet the LCO, and plant startup may not continue.
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 90. Given the following conditions:
K/A is met by the candidates knowledge that a LOCA is the basis for the Integrated Leak Rate test of containment to ensure the offsite dose consequences are bounded by the assumptions of the safety analysis for containment describes the impact of a failed ILRT. Uses Tech Specs and determines that the Integrated Leak Rate test results do not meet Tech Spec 3.6.1 or T.S. 5.5.12 acceptance criteria for Containment Operability, and determines that TS 3.6.1 is not met.
A. B. C. D.
Then demonstrates the understanding that a transition into Mode 4 is not allowed, therefore plant startup must be halted.
* Plant startup is in progress after a refueling outage
A.
* Plant is in Mode 4
Incorrect. A design basis LOCA is the basis for the ILRT of containment. Second part is a plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that transition into Mode 4 would be allowed due to not knowing that the modes of applicability for TS 3.6.1 are modes 1-4, or they think LCO 3.0.4 criteria is met.
* Engineering has reported that the Containment Type 'A' overall Integrated Leak Rate Test calculation was re-verified, and determined La is 1.2 1) What Design Basis Accident is the Integrated Leak Rate Test maximum allowable leakage based upon? 2) Based on the Integrated Leak Rate Test results, is plant startup permitted to continue into Mode 3? 1) LOCA 2) is permitted
B.
: 1) Steam Line Break 2) is permitted
Incorrect. Plausible because Steam Line Break is a DBA evaluated for the Containment Tech Spec, but the ILRT is performed to ensure the offsite dose consequences are bounded by the assumptions of the safety analysis. Second part is a plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that transition into Mode 4 would be allowed due to not knowing that the modes of applicability for TS 3.6.1 are modes 1-4, or they think LCO 3.0.4 criteria is met.
: 1) LOCA 2) is NOT permitted
C.
: 1) Steam Line Break 2) is NOT permitted (SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) Question 90 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Correct. A design basis LOCA is the basis for the ILRT of containment to ensure the offsite dose consequences are bounded by the assumptions of the safety analysis. Plant startup is not permitted into Mode 4 because the containment LCO modes of applicability is Modes 1-4, and none of the criteria of LCO 3.0.4 are stated or implied in the question stem.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II .B page 17 first, second, and third bullets. SRO is required to have knowledge of the TS bases, generic Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO) requirements, and application of Required Actions (Section 3) and Surveillance Requirements (SR) (Section 4) in accordance with rules of application requirements.
D.
Specifically the SRO must have detailed knowledge of the TS bases, and application of TS 3.6.1 to determine that the Integrated Leak Rate Test does not meet the LCO, and plant startup may not continue.
Incorrect. Plausible because Steam Line Break is a DBA evaluated for the Containment Tech Spec, but the ILRT is performed to ensure the offsite dose consequences are bounded by the assumptions of the safety analysis. Second part is correct.
K/A is met by the candidates knowledge that a LOCA is the basis for the Integrated Leak Rate test of containment to ensure the offsite dose consequences are bounded by the assumptions of the safety analysis for containment describes the impact of a failed ILRT. Uses Tech Specs and determines that the Integrated Leak Rate test results do not meet Tech Spec 3.6.1 or T.S. 5.5.12 acceptance criteria for Containment Operability, and determines that TS 3.6.1 is not met. Then demonstrates the understanding that a transition into Mode 4 is not allowed, therefore plant startup must be halted. A. Incorrect.
Sys#
A design basis LOCA is the basis for the ILRT of containment.
103 System Category Containment A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the containment system and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations KA Statement Integrated leak rate test KIA#
Second part is a plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that transition into Mode 4 would be allowed due to not knowing that the modes of applicability for TS 3.6.1 are modes 1-4, or they think LCO 3.0.4 criteria is met. B. Incorrect.
A2.01 KIA Importance 2.6*
Plausible because Steam Line Break is a DBA evaluated for the Containment Tech Spec, but the ILRT is performed to ensure the offsite dose consequences are bounded by the assumptions of the safety analysis.
Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Second part is a plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that transition into Mode 4 would be allowed due to not knowing that the modes of applicability for TS 3.6.1 are modes 1-4, or they think LCO 3.0.4 criteria is met. C. Correct. A design basis LOCA is the basis for the ILRT of containment to ensure the offsite dose consequences are bounded by the assumptions of the safety analysis.
Plant startup is not permitted into Mode 4 because the containment LCO modes of applicability is Modes 1-4, and none of the criteria of LCO 3.0.4 are stated or implied in the question stem. D. Incorrect.
Plausible because Steam Line Break is a DBA evaluated for the Containment Tech Spec, but the ILRT is performed to ensure the offsite dose consequences are bounded by the assumptions of the safety analysis.
Second part is correct. Sys# 103 System Category Containment A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the containment system and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations KA Statement Integrated leak rate test KIA# A2.01 KIA Importance 2.6* Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
T.S. 3.6.1 pg 3.6.1-1 T.S. B3.6.1 pg 83.6.1-2 T.S 5.5.12 pg. 5.5-19 & 20 T.S. LCO 3.0.4 pg. 3.0-1 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 I 45.3 I 45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-CONT ITS, Rev. 1 obj. 3 - Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Section Containment Systems LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements, and the Applicability.
3SQS-CONT ITS, Rev. 1 obj. 4 - Given plant conditions that constitute non-compliance with any Containment Systems LCO, or Licensing Requirement determine the applicable Condition(s), Required Action(s), and associated Completion Time(s).


T.S. 3.6.1 pg 3.6.1-1 T.S. B3.6.1 pg 83.6.1-2 T.S 5.5.12 pg. 5.5-19 & 20 T.S. LCO 3.0.4 pg. 3.0-1 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 I 45.3 I 45.13) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
3SQS-CONT ITS, Rev. 1 obj. 3 -Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Section Containment Systems LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements, and the Applicability.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-CONT ITS, Rev. 1 obj. 4 -Given plant conditions that constitute non-compliance with any Containment Systems LCO, or Licensing Requirement determine the applicable Condition(s), Required Action(s), and associated Completion Time(s).
: 91.
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 91. Regarding Technical Specification Safety Limits, which of the following core limitations does the Overtemperature T T) Reactor Trip prevent exceeding?
Regarding Technical Specification Safety Limits, which of the following core limitations does the Overtemperature ~ T (OT~ T) Reactor Trip prevent exceeding?
A. Power Density (KW/ft) B. Total Core Power C. Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) D. Axial Flux Difference (AFD) Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
A.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II .8 page 17 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the TS bases. Specifically the SRO must have detailed knowledge of the TS bases to determine that the bases for the Overtemperature ti.T reactor trip is to ensure the DNBR design limit is met. KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the Technical Specifications bases for the Overtemperature
Power Density (KW/ft)
: 6. T limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. OT6.T trip Function uses each loop's Ll.T as a measure of reactor power and is compared with a setpoint that is automatically varied with the following parameters:
B.
Tavg, PRZR pressure, and axial power distribution which uses the NIS upper and lower power range detectors.
Total Core Power C.
A. Incorrect.
Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB)
Overpower L'.T trip provide protection for powe:r density. 8. Incorrect.
D.
Power Range High Flux trip and OP.!l T trips provide protection for total core power. C. Correct. The Overtemperature t.T trip Function is provided to ensure that the design limit DNBR is met. D. Incorrect.
Axial Flux Difference (AFD)
Power Range trips and operator monitoring provide protection for AFD. Sys# System Category 015 Nuclear Generic Instrumentation KIA# 2.2.25 KIA Importance  
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
 
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.8 page 17 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the TS bases. Specifically the SRO must have detailed knowledge of the TS bases to determine that the bases for the Overtemperature ti.T reactor trip is to ensure the DNBR design limit is met.
===4.2 References===
KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the Technical Specifications bases for the Overtemperature 6. T limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. OT6.T trip Function uses each loop's Ll.T as a measure of reactor power and is compared with a setpoint that is automatically varied with the following parameters: Tavg, PRZR pressure, and axial power distribution which uses the NIS upper and lower power range detectors.
 
A.
provided to Candidate None Question Source: Bank -1 LOT5 NRC Exam (036) KA Statement Knowledge of the bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. Exam Level SRO Technical  
Incorrect. Overpower L'.T trip provide protection for powe:r density.
: 8.
Incorrect. Power Range High Flux trip and OP.!l T trips provide protection for total core power.
C.
Correct. The Overtemperature t.T trip Function is provided to ensure that the design limit DNBR is met.
D.
Incorrect. Power Range trips and operator monitoring provide protection for AFD.
Sys#
System Category 015 Nuclear Generic Instrumentation KIA#
2.2.25 KIA Importance 4.2 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
Bank - 1 LOT5 NRC Exam (036)
KA Statement Knowledge of the bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
Exam Level SRO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Tech Spec Bases Rev. 0 pg. 83.3.1-16 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 I 41. 7 I 43.2)
Objective:
3SQS-1.1, Rev. 8 Obj. 17 - Describe the design bases for the Reactor Protection System Trip Logics & Engineered Safeguards Features Actuation Signals and the associated major components as documented in the UFSAR.


Tech Spec Bases Rev. 0 pg. 83.3.1-16 Question Cognitive Level: Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 I 41. 7 I 43.2) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
3SQS-1.1, Rev. 8 Obj. 17 -Describe the design bases for the Reactor Protection System Trip Logics & Engineered Safeguards Features Actuation Signals and the associated major components as documented in the UFSAR.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 92. Initial conditions at time of the event:
: 92.
* The plant is at 75% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level
Initial conditions at time of the event:
* AS-72, 'Radiation Monitor High/High' is LIT
The plant is at 75% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level AS-72, 'Radiation Monitor High/High' is LIT A4-88, 'Steam Gen N-16 Monitor Alert/High Trouble' is LIT RM-1MS-102A, N-16 SG Leak Monitor indicates >30 gpd tube leakage PRZR level is 48% and LOWERING Charging flow is 86 gpm and RISING Letdown Flow is 105 gpm and ST ABLE Conditions 10 minutes after A4-88 alarmed:
* A4-88, 'Steam Gen N-16 Monitor Alert/High Trouble' is LIT
The crew has entered AOP 1.6.4, 'Steam Generator Tube Leakage' RM-1MS-102A, N-16 SG Leak Monitor indicates > 10000 gpd tube leakage PRZR level is 23% and LOWERING Charging flow is 140 gpm and RISING Letdown Flow is 45 gpm and STABLE Based on the above conditions, which of the following actions are required by AOP 1.6.4?
* RM-1MS-102A, N-16 SG Leak Monitor indicates  
A.
>30 gpd tube leakage
Enter AOP 1.51.1 'Unplanned Power Reduction' while continuing with AOP 1.6.4, and be
* PRZR level is 48% and LOWERING
:::; 50% power within 1 hour AND be in Mode 3 within the next 2 hours.
* Charging flow is 86 gpm and RISING
B.
* Letdown Flow is 105 gpm and ST ABLE Conditions 10 minutes after A4-88 alarmed:
Enter AOP 1.51.1 'Unplanned Power Reduction' while continuing with AOP 1.6.4, and be in Mode 3 within 6 hours.
* The crew has entered AOP 1.6.4, 'Steam Generator Tube Leakage'
C.
* RM-1MS-102A, N-16 SG Leak Monitor indicates  
Enter 1 OM-52.4.B, 'Load Following' while continuing with AOP 1.6.4, and be in Mode 3 within 24 hours.
> 10000 gpd tube leakage
D.
* PRZR level is 23% and LOWERING
Trip the Reactor and initiate Safety Injection, then enter E-0, Reactor Trip and Safety Injection.
* Charging flow is 140 gpm and RISING
* Letdown Flow is 45 gpm and STABLE Based on the above conditions, which of the following actions are required by AOP 1.6.4? A. Enter AOP 1.51.1 'Unplanned Power Reduction' while continuing with AOP 1.6.4, and be :::; 50% power within 1 hour AND be in Mode 3 within the next 2 hours. B. Enter AOP 1.51.1 'Unplanned Power Reduction' while continuing with AOP 1.6.4, and be in Mode 3 within 6 hours. C. Enter 1 OM-52.4.B, 'Load Following' while continuing with AOP 1.6.4, and be in Mode 3 within 24 hours. ,, D. Trip the Reactor and initiate Safety Injection, then enter E-0, Reactor Trip and Safety Injection.
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II .E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures. Specifically the SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine that the SG tube leak exceeds the capacity of the charging pump when letdown is minimized, and determine that a Rx trip and SI are required per step 2 RNO of the AOP procedure. Detailed knowledge of the content is required to select the correct procedural direction.
Specifically the SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine that the SG tube leak exceeds the capacity of the charging pump when letdown is minimized, and determine that a Rx trip and SI are required per step 2 RNO of the AOP procedure.
KJA is met by predicting a SG tube leak which exceeds the capacity of the charging pumps will require a Rx trip and safety injection actuation and entry into E-0 to mitigate the small break LOCA.
Detailed knowledge of the content is required to select the correct procedural direction.
A.
KJA is met by predicting a SG tube leak which exceeds the capacity of the charging pumps will require a Rx trip and safety injection actuation and entry into E-0 to mitigate the small break LOCA. A. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because this is the action for AOP-1.6.4 Att. 1 action Level 3 when the primary to secondary leakage is >100 gpd.
Plausible distractor because this is the action for AOP-1.6.4 Att. 1 action Level 3 when the primary to secondary leakage is >100 gpd. B. Incorrect.
B.
Plausible distractor because this is the action for TS 3.4.13, RCS Operational leakage for 150 gpd primary to secondary leakage, C. Incorrect.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because this is the action for TS 3.4.13, RCS Operational leakage for 150 gpd primary to secondary leakage, C.
Plausible distractor because this is the action for AOP-1.6.4 Alt. 1 action Level 2 when the primary to secondary leakage is >75 gpd. D. Correct. With the conditions escalating, causing the crew to close the 60 gpm UD orifice in accordance with AOP-1.6.4 step 2, and PRZR level still lowering, it will not be possible to maintain PRZR level >5%. Therefore the correct action is to trip the Reactor and initiate Safety Injection per ste 2 RNO. Sys# System 035 Steam Generator KJA# A2.06 Category A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SG; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because this is the action for AOP-1.6.4 Alt. 1 action Level 2 when the primary to secondary leakage is >75 gpd.
D.
Correct. With the conditions escalating, causing the crew to close the 60 gpm UD orifice in accordance with AOP-1.6.4 step 2, and PRZR level still lowering, it will not be possible to maintain PRZR level >5%. Therefore the correct action is to trip the Reactor and initiate Safety Injection per ste 2 RNO.
Sys#
System 035 Steam Generator KJA#
A2.06 Category A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SG; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
KJA Importance 4.6 Exam Level SRO KA Statement Small break LOCA References provided to Candidate None Technical  
KJA Importance 4.6 Exam Level SRO KA Statement Small break LOCA References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-53C.4.1.6.4 rev 29 pg. 4 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.5)
Objective:
1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5 - Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.


10M-53C.4.1.6.4 rev 29 pg. 4 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.5) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5 -Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 93. Given the following conditions:
: 93.
A. B. C. D.
Given the following conditions:
* Plant startup is in progress IAW 10M-50.4.D, Reactor Startup From Mode 3 To Mode 2
A.
* Rx power is 2.5% and slowly RISING
B.
* AM-1MS-464B, Cooldown Vlvs Controller is in Steam Pressure Mode set at 1005 psig
C.
* PS-1MS-101A, Atmospheric Steam Dump SG 1A pressure switch fails HIGH causing 'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump "pop open" feature to actuate The crew stops power ascension due to 'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump, PCV-1 MS-101A failing OPEN. How will the Condenser Steam Dump valves respond to PCV-1MS-101A failing open? Condenser Steam Dump valves will (1) The crew takes manual control of the 'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump IAW Att. 2-U, Local Operation of SG Atmospheric Steam Dump Valves, to isolate the steam leak. While in Local-Manual control, is the 'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump Valve Operable per Tech Spec 3.7.4, Atmospheric dump Valves? 'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump __ _.,(2::...)
D.
___ Operable.
Plant startup is in progress IAW 10M-50.4.D, Reactor Startup From Mode 3 To Mode 2 Rx power is 2.5% and slowly RISING AM-1MS-464B, Cooldown Vlvs Controller is in Steam Pressure Mode set at 1005 psig PS-1MS-101A, Atmospheric Steam Dump SG 1A pressure switch fails HIGH causing 'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump "pop open" feature to actuate The crew stops power ascension due to 'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump, PCV-1 MS-101A failing OPEN.
: 1) throttle closed 2) is 1) throttle closed 2) is NOT 1) not be affected 2) is 1) not be affected
How will the Condenser Steam Dump valves respond to PCV-1MS-101A failing open?
: 2) is NOT (SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) Question 93 Answer: B Explanation!Justification:
Condenser Steam Dump valves will (1)
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II .B page 17 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the TS bases. Specifically the SRO must evaluate Local-Manual operation of the Atmospheric Steam Dump and determine that the valve is inoperable based on the Tech Spec bases stating that the ASD must be capable of BOTH remote and local operation to be operable.
The crew takes manual control of the 'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump IAW Att. 2-U, Local Operation of SG Atmospheric Steam Dump Valves, to isolate the steam leak.
Detailed knowledge of the bases is required to determine that the ASD is inoperable.
While in Local-Manual control, is the 'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump Valve Operable per Tech Spec 3.7.4, Atmospheric dump Valves?  
'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump __
_.,(2::...) ___ Operable.
: 1) throttle closed
: 2) is
: 1) throttle closed
: 2) is NOT
: 1) not be affected
: 2) is
: 1) not be affected
: 2) is NOT  
 
(SRO ONLY)
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
Question 93 Answer: B Explanation!Justification:
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.B page 17 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the TS bases. Specifically the SRO must evaluate Local-Manual operation of the Atmospheric Steam Dump and determine that the valve is inoperable based on the Tech Spec bases stating that the ASD must be capable of BOTH remote and local operation to be operable. Detailed knowledge of the bases is required to determine that the ASD is inoperable.
KIA is met by demonstrating the ability to predict the impact of an atmospheric steam dump failing open during a plant startup, and the response of the condenser steam dump system. When the ASD is locally closed to mitigate the event, the SRO must determine that the ASD is not operable.
KIA is met by demonstrating the ability to predict the impact of an atmospheric steam dump failing open during a plant startup, and the response of the condenser steam dump system. When the ASD is locally closed to mitigate the event, the SRO must determine that the ASD is not operable.
A. Incorrect.
A.
The First part is correct. The second part is plausible because TS 7.4.1 bases states the ASDs must be capable of BOTH local and remote operation to be considered operable.
Incorrect. The First part is correct. The second part is plausible because TS 7.4.1 bases states the ASDs must be capable of BOTH local and remote operation to be considered operable.
B. Correct. When the 'A' ASD pops open due to the pressure switch failing high, the condenser steam dumps will throttle closed due to the condenser steam dump controller being in steam pressure mode, and PT-1MS-464 sensing a lower pressure on the steam header. The 'A' ASD is Inoperable based on TS 7.4.1 bases which states that in order to meet the assumptions of the operational assessment used to evaluate single failure concerns, the Unit 1 ADVs must be capable of being operated locally as well as from the control room in order to be considered OPERABLE.
B.
C. Incorrect.
Correct. When the 'A' ASD pops open due to the pressure switch failing high, the condenser steam dumps will throttle closed due to the condenser steam dump controller being in steam pressure mode, and PT-1MS-464 sensing a lower pressure on the steam header. The 'A' ASD is Inoperable based on TS 7.4.1 bases which states that in order to meet the assumptions of the operational assessment used to evaluate single failure concerns, the Unit 1 ADVs must be capable of being operated locally as well as from the control room in order to be considered OPERABLE.
First part is plausible if the candidate thinks that* AM-1 MS-464B is in manual, in which case the condenser steam dumps would not respond, but the steam states that the controller is in steam pressure mode set at 1005 psig. The second part is plausible because TS 7.4.1 bases states the ASDs must be capable of BOTH local and remote operation to be considered operable.
C.
D. Incorrect.
Incorrect. First part is plausible if the candidate thinks that* AM-1 MS-464B is in manual, in which case the condenser steam dumps would not respond, but the steam states that the controller is in steam pressure mode set at 1005 psig. The second part is plausible because TS 7.4.1 bases states the ASDs must be capable of BOTH local and remote operation to be considered operable.
First part is plausible if the candidate thinks that* AM-1 MS-464B is in manual, in which case the condenser steam dumps would not respond, but the steam states that the controller is in steam pressure mode set at 1005 psig. Second part is correct. Sys# 041 KIA# System Steam Dump/Turbine Bypass Control A2.02 Category A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SDS; and (b) based on those predictions or mitigate the conseq&#xb5;ences of those malfunctions or operations:
D.
Incorrect. First part is plausible if the candidate thinks that* AM-1 MS-464B is in manual, in which case the condenser steam dumps would not respond, but the steam states that the controller is in steam pressure mode set at 1005 psig. Second part is correct.
Sys#
041 KIA#
System Steam Dump/Turbine Bypass Control A2.02 Category A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SDS; and (b) based on those predictions or mitigate the conseq&#xb5;ences of those malfunctions or operations:
KIA Importance 3.9 SRO KA Statement Steam valve stuck open References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical  
KIA Importance 3.9 SRO KA Statement Steam valve stuck open References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Unit 1 RM-0421-001 rev. 25 & 002 Rev. 20 10M-21.5.A.24 Rev. 4 pg. 2 T.S. 3.7.4 Bases pg B3.7.4-1 Question Source:
New Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)
Objective:
1 SQS-21.1, Rev. 16 Obj. 13 - Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Main Steam Supply System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.
3SQS-PLTSYS ITS, Rev. 2 Obj. 3 - Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Section Plant Systems System LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements, and the Applicability.


Unit 1 RM-0421-001 rev. 25 & 002 Rev. 20 10M-21.5.A.24 Rev. 4 pg. 2 T.S. 3.7.4 Bases pg B3.7.4-1 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
1 SQS-21.1, Rev. 16 Obj. 13 -Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Main Steam Supply System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
3SQS-PLTSYS ITS, Rev. 2 Obj. 3 -Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Section Plant Systems System LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements, and the Applicability.
: 94.
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 94. The plant is operating at 100% power when an Operator filling a Tech Spec required watch position becomes ill and leaves the site. Per TS 5.2.2 and 1 OCFR50.54, the crew composition may remain less than the minimum for a period of time not to exceed (1) If the vacant position is NOT refilled within the required time, the crew will (2) A. 1) 1 hour 2) take action to place the unit in MODE 5 8. 1) 1 hour 2) maintain current power level C. 1) 2 hours 2) take action to place the unit in MODE 5 D. 1) 2 hours 2) maintain current power level I Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
The plant is operating at 100% power when an Operator filling a Tech Spec required watch position becomes ill and leaves the site.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401Attachment2 per section II .A page 17 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the TS section 5 and 6 actions related to plant staffing.
Per TS 5.2.2 and 1 OCFR50.54, the crew composition may remain less than the minimum for a period of time not to exceed (1)
Additionally the SRO is required to know the administrative procedure content related to not meeting staffing requirements.
If the vacant position is NOT refilled within the required time, the crew will (2)
A.
: 1) 1 hour
: 2) take action to place the unit in MODE 5
: 8.
: 1) 1 hour
: 2) maintain current power level C.
: 1) 2 hours
: 2) take action to place the unit in MODE 5 D.
: 1) 2 hours
: 2) maintain current power level I
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401Attachment2 per section II.A page 17 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the TS section 5 and 6 actions related to plant staffing. Additionally the SRO is required to know the administrative procedure content related to not meeting staffing requirements.
KIA is met with the knowledge of how long an on-duty shift position may be unfilled, and the requirements of Tech Specs and Plant Procedures to maintain safe plant operation.
KIA is met with the knowledge of how long an on-duty shift position may be unfilled, and the requirements of Tech Specs and Plant Procedures to maintain safe plant operation.
A. Incorrect.
A.
See correct answer. B. Incorrect.
Incorrect. See correct answer.
See correct answer. C. lncorre.ct.
B.
See correct answer. D. Correct. In accordance with TS 5.2.2, 2 hours is the expected time to fill the required position provided immediate action is taken to restore shift composition to minimum. BVPS has incorporated Licensing position on TS 5.2.2 into NOP-OP-1002, which states it is not conservative to place the plant into a transient due to staffing, therefore maintain the unit in a steady state condition and continue calling out personnel.
Incorrect. See correct answer.
Sys# NIA KIA# System NIA 2.1.4 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 3.8 Question Source: Bank -2LOT15 NRC Exam (094) Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental KA Statement Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, "no-solo" operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc. Exam Level SRO Technical  
C.
lncorre.ct. See correct answer.
D.
Correct. In accordance with TS 5.2.2, 2 hours is the expected time to fill the required position provided immediate action is taken to restore shift composition to minimum. BVPS has incorporated Licensing position on TS 5.2.2 into NOP-OP-1002, which states it is not conservative to place the plant into a transient due to staffing, therefore maintain the unit in a steady state condition and continue calling out personnel.
Sys#
NIA KIA#
System NIA 2.1.4 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 3.8 Question Source:
Bank - 2LOT15 NRC Exam (094)
Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental KA Statement Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, "no-solo" operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc.
Exam Level SRO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
T.S. 5.2.2Amend 2781161pg.5.2-1 NOP-OP-1002 Rev. 11 sect. 4.1.13 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10143.2)
Objective:
3SQS-48.1 Obj. 3 From memory, describe the required actions if less than the minimum shift staffing complement exists.


T.S. 5.2.2Amend 2781161pg.5.2-1 NOP-OP-1002 Rev. 11 sect. 4.1.13 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10143.2)
{SRO ONLY)
Objective:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1Lor1s)
3SQS-48.1 Obj. 3 From memory, describe the required actions if less than the minimum shift staffing complement exists.
: 95.
{SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1Lor1s) 95. The plant was at 100% power when the following occurs: A. B. c. D.
The plant was at 100% power when the following occurs:
* The reactor failed to trip after receiving a valid trip signal
A.
* SRO transitioned from E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, to FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation/ATWS Current conditions:
B.
* Emergency Boration was initiated
: c.
* Safety injection did not actuate
D.
* Reactor power is 3% and LOWERING
The reactor failed to trip after receiving a valid trip signal SRO transitioned from E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, to FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation/ATWS Current conditions:
* Intermediate range channels indicate negative SUR
Emergency Boration was initiated Safety injection did not actuate Reactor power is 3% and LOWERING Intermediate range channels indicate negative SUR Operators are verifying the reactor subcritical at step 7 of FR-S.1 Based on the current plant conditions:
* Operators are verifying the reactor subcritical at step 7 of FR-S.1 Based on the current plant conditions:
(1) Boration _______ required to continue after verifying the reactor is subcritical.
(1) Boration _______ required to continue after verifying the reactor is subcritical.
(2) Which of the following describes the required procedural flowpath?
(2) Which of the following describes the required procedural flowpath?
: 1) is 2) Return to E-0. 1) is 2) Remain in FR-S.1 1) is not 2) Return to E-0. 1) is not 2) Remain in FR-S.1 (SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1Lo11s) Question 95 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
: 1) is
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II .E page 21 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures.
: 2) Return to E-0.
Specifically the SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine which the procedure transition based upon the existing power level and SUR. This evaluation requires detailed knowledge of the EOP procedure content and transition criteria.
: 1) is
Additionally, the SRO must decide what action is required related to continuing the boration flow. Knowledge of the procedure steps is required to make the decision and select the correct transition.
: 2) Remain in FR-S.1
KIA is met with the EOP background knowledge that emergency boration is required to continue to ensure adequate shutdown margin during future cooldown.
: 1) is not
The candidate must also determine if conditions are satisfied to transition back to E-0, or stay in FR-S. 1. A. Correct: In FR-S.1, after verifying the Rx is subcritical in step 7, step 7c states "Continue boration as necessary to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions." Per the background this is to ensure adequate SID margin during the future plant cooldown.
: 2) Return to E-0.
When power< 5% and negative JR SUR is achieved in FR-S. 1, step 7d directs returning to the procedure and step in effect which is E-0. B. Incorrect:
: 1) is not
Boration is required to continue to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions. It is not required to remain in FR-S.1 once it has been verified that the reactor is subcritical.
: 2) Remain in FR-S.1  
Step 7d directs returning to the procedure and step in effect which is E-0. C. Incorrect:
 
step 7c states "Continue boration as necessary to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions".
(SRO ONLY)
Returning to E-0 is correct since the reactor is subcritical.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1Lo11s)
D. Incorrect:
Question 95 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
step 7c states "Continue boration as necessary to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions".
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.E page 21 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures. Specifically the SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine which the procedure transition based upon the existing power level and SUR. This evaluation requires detailed knowledge of the EOP procedure content and transition criteria. Additionally, the SRO must decide what action is required related to continuing the boration flow. Knowledge of the procedure steps is required to make the decision and select the correct transition.
It is not required to remain in FR-S. 1 once it has been verified that the reactor is subcritical.
KIA is met with the EOP background knowledge that emergency boration is required to continue to ensure adequate shutdown margin during future cooldown. The candidate must also determine if conditions are satisfied to transition back to E-0, or stay in FR-S. 1.
Step 7d directs returning to the procedure and step in effect which is E-0. Sys# N/A KIA# System N/A 2.1.23 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 4.4 Question Source: Bank -2LOT15 NRC Exam (083) Exam Level Technical  
A.
Correct: In FR-S.1, after verifying the Rx is subcritical in step 7, step 7c states "Continue boration as necessary to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions." Per the background this is to ensure adequate SID margin during the future plant cooldown. When power<
5% and negative JR SUR is achieved in FR-S. 1, step 7d directs returning to the procedure and step in effect which is E-0.
B.
Incorrect: Boration is required to continue to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions. It is not required to remain in FR-S.1 once it has been verified that the reactor is subcritical. Step 7d directs returning to the procedure and step in effect which is E-0.
C.
Incorrect: step 7c states "Continue boration as necessary to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions". Returning to E-0 is correct since the reactor is subcritical.
D.
Incorrect: step 7c states "Continue boration as necessary to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions". It is not required to remain in FR-S. 1 once it has been verified that the reactor is subcritical. Step 7d directs returning to the procedure and step in effect which is E-0.
Sys#
N/A KIA#
System N/A 2.1.23 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 4.4 Question Source:
Bank - 2LOT15 NRC Exam (083)
Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
KA Statement Ability to perform specific system and integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation.
SRO 10M-53A.1.FR-S. 1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 5 10M-538.4.FR-S. 1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 82 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.2 / 45.6)
Objective:
1SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5 - Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.


KA Statement Ability to perform specific system and integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation.
(SRO ONLY)
SRO 10M-53A.1.FR-S.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 5 10M-538.4.FR-S.
: 96.
1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 82 Question Cognitive Level: Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.2 / 45.6) Objective:
Given the following plant conditions:
1SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5 -Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.
A plant heatup from a refueling outage is currently in progress Highest available RCS temperature is 325&deg;F and RISING The 'A' MDAFW Pump has been declared Inoperable.
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 96. Given the following plant conditions:
Which of the following completes the statements below?
* A plant heatup from a refueling outage is currently in progress
: 1) The current Technical Specification operational MODE is (1)
* Highest available RCS temperature is 325&deg;F and RISING
: 2) In accordance with Technical Specifications, a change to the next higher MODE based on the conditions given is (2)
* The 'A' MDAFW Pump has been declared Inoperable.
A.
Which of the following completes the statements below? 1) The current Technical Specification operational MODE is (1) 2) In accordance with Technical Specifications, a change to the next higher MODE based on the conditions given is (2) A. 1) Mode 3 2) allowed if a risk assessment is performed B. 1) Mode 4 2) allowed if a risk assessment is performed C. 1) Mode 3 2) NOT allowed D. 1) Mode 4 2) NOT allowed Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
: 1) Mode 3
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II .B page 17 first bullet. Specifically, the SRO must make a determination of the current plant mode, and based on knowledge of TS 3.7.5 and LCO 3.0.4, make a determination that a mode change to mode 3 is allowed iaw LCO 3.0.4.b. K/A is met by giving plant conditions and determining the applicable Technical Specification Mode of Operation.
: 2) allowed if a risk assessment is performed B.
This alone is RO knowledg 0 e, therefore the second part of the question was added to test knowledge of the specific system LCO and LCO 3.0.4 for the SRO to make a determination of whether a Mode change could be made while starting up the plant with a MDAFW pump inoperable.
: 1) Mode 4
A. Incorrect.
: 2) allowed if a risk assessment is performed C.
Incorrect Mode. Mode 3 is Mode change to Mode 3 is allowed under LCO 3.0.4.b. (see correct answer) B. Correct. Mode 4 is 350F>Tavg>200F.
: 1) Mode 3
Mode change to Mode 3 is allowed under LCO 3.0.4.b. (When an LCO is not met, entry into a MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability shall only be made: b. After performance of a risk assessment addressing inoperable systems and components, consideration of the results, detenmination of the acceptability of entering the MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability, and establishment of risk management actions, if appropriate; exceptions to this Specification are stated in the individual Specifications.
: 2) NOT allowed D.
C. Incorrect.
: 1) Mode 4
Incorrect Mode. Mode 3 is Mode change to Mode 3 is allowed under LCO 3.0.4.b. Plausible because there is a note on TS 3.7.5 stating that LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable when entering MODE 1. D. Incorrect.
: 2) NOT allowed Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
Mode 4 is correct for the given conditions.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.B page 17 first bullet.
Mode change to Mode 3 is allowed under LCO 3.0.4.b. Plausible because there is a note on TS 3.7.5 stating that LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable when entering MODE 1. Sys # System Category KA Statement NIA NIA Generic Ability to determine Technical Specification Mode of Operation.
Specifically, the SRO must make a determination of the current plant mode, and based on knowledge of TS 3.7.5 and LCO 3.0.4, make a determination that a mode change to mode 3 is allowed iaw LCO 3.0.4.b.
K/A# 2.2.35 K/A Importance 4.5 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
K/A is met by giving plant conditions and determining the applicable Technical Specification Mode of Operation. This alone is RO knowledg 0e, therefore the second part of the question was added to test knowledge of the specific system LCO and LCO 3.0.4 for the SRO to make a determination of whether a Mode change could be made while starting up the plant with a MDAFW pump inoperable.
A.
Incorrect. Incorrect Mode. Mode 3 is ~350F. Mode change to Mode 3 is allowed under LCO 3.0.4.b. (see correct answer)
B.
Correct. Mode 4 is 350F>Tavg>200F. Mode change to Mode 3 is allowed under LCO 3.0.4.b. (When an LCO is not met, entry into a MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability shall only be made: b. After performance of a risk assessment addressing inoperable systems and components, consideration of the results, detenmination of the acceptability of entering the MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability, and establishment of risk management actions, if appropriate; exceptions to this Specification are stated in the individual Specifications.
C.
Incorrect. Incorrect Mode. Mode 3 is ~350F. Mode change to Mode 3 is allowed under LCO 3.0.4.b. Plausible because there is a note on TS 3.7.5 stating that LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable when entering MODE 1.
D.
Incorrect. Mode 4 is correct for the given conditions. Mode change to Mode 3 is allowed under LCO 3.0.4.b. Plausible because there is a note on TS 3.7.5 stating that LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable when entering MODE 1.
Sys #
System Category KA Statement NIA NIA Generic Ability to determine Technical Specification Mode of Operation.
K/A#
2.2.35 K/A Importance 4.5 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
TS Table 1.1-1 pg. 1.1-7 Tech Spec LCO 3.0.4 pg. 3.0-1 & 2 Tech Spec 3.7.5 pg. 3.7.5.1 & 2 Question Source:
TS Table 1.1-1 pg. 1.1-7 Tech Spec LCO 3.0.4 pg. 3.0-1 & 2 Tech Spec 3.7.5 pg. 3.7.5.1 & 2 Question Source: Bank -Robinson 2011 (096) Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7141.10143.2145.13)
Bank - Robinson 2011 (096)
Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7141.10143.2145.13)
Objective:
Objective:
3SQS-RULES ITS-01-01 Rev.3 -Given plant conditions, apply the rules of ITS Section 3.0 to ensure compliance with Technical Specifications 3SQS-RULES ITS-01-03 Rev.3 -Given plant conditions, determine the plant MODE in accordance with the ITS.
3SQS-RULES ITS-01-01 Rev.3 - Given plant conditions, apply the rules of ITS Section 3.0 to ensure compliance with Technical Specifications 3SQS-RULES ITS-01-03 Rev.3 - Given plant conditions, determine the plant MODE in accordance with the ITS.  
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 97. Per Technical Specifications, which of the following describes a Surveillance Requirement (including the required Frequency and MODE) that is applicable to the Feedwater Isolation "SG Water Level -High-High" initiation function? (REFERENCES PROVIDED)
A. A COT (CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST) must be performed every 184 days while in MODE 1. B. A TADOT (Trip Actuating Device Operational Test) must be performed every 18 months while in MODE 3. C. A CHANNEL CHECK must be performed every 12 hours while in MODE 4. D. A CHANNEL CALIBRATION must be performed every 92 days while in MODE 2. Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II ,B page 17 first bullet. SRO must understand the application of Required Actions and Surveillance Requirements in accordance with rules of application requirements.
Specifically, SRO must know how to apply the TS Surveillance requirements for an instrument, and have an understanding of the required modes of applicability, and surveillance frequencies.
KIA is met demonstrating the ability to determine the required TS surveillance, applicable modes, and required frequency to ensure the SG Water Level -High-High" initiation function is operable.
A. Correct. The Channel Operational Test (COT) (SR 3.3.2.4) is required every 184 days when in modes 1-3 per TS Table 3.3.2-1, function 5.b. Tech Spec Table 3.3.2-1 function 5.b identifies the applicable modes as 1-3, and the following surveillances as being required to maintain the function operable. (SR 3.3.2.1, 3.3.2.4, 3.3.2.8, 3.3.2.9).
B. Incorrect.
A Trip Actuating Device Operational Test (TADOT) (SR 3.3.2.7) is not a required surveillance function 5.b. Plausible because a TADOT is a required surveillance of TS 3.3.2, and the frequency and modes do coincide with other instrumentation, but not SG Water Level -High-High.
C. Incorrect.
A Channel Check (SR 3.3.2.1) is required every 12 hours in modes 1-3. Plausible distractor because the frequency is correct, but mode 4 is incorrect.
D. Incorrect.
A Channel Calibration (SR 3.3.2.8) is required in modes 1-3, but the frequency is 18 months. Plausible distractor because the mode is correct, but 92 days is incorrect.
Sys# NIA System N/A Category Generic KIA# 2.2.37 KIA Importance


===4.6 References===
(SRO ONLY)
 
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
provided to Candidate TS 3.3.2 pgs. 3.3.2-(1-13)
: 97.
Unit 1 Surveillance Test Intervals Rev. 0 Question Source: Bank -Vision 254264 KA Statement Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment.
Per Technical Specifications, which of the following describes a Surveillance Requirement (including the required Frequency and MODE) that is applicable to the Feedwater Isolation "SG Water Level - High-High" initiation function?
(REFERENCES PROVIDED)
A.
A COT (CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST) must be performed every 184 days while in MODE 1.
B.
A TADOT (Trip Actuating Device Operational Test) must be performed every 18 months while in MODE 3.
C.
A CHANNEL CHECK must be performed every 12 hours while in MODE 4.
D.
A CHANNEL CALIBRATION must be performed every 92 days while in MODE 2.
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II,B page 17 first bullet. SRO must understand the application of Required Actions and Surveillance Requirements in accordance with rules of application requirements. Specifically, SRO must know how to apply the TS Surveillance requirements for an instrument, and have an understanding of the required modes of applicability, and surveillance frequencies.
KIA is met demonstrating the ability to determine the required TS surveillance, applicable modes, and required frequency to ensure the SG Water Level - High-High" initiation function is operable.
A.
Correct. The Channel Operational Test (COT) (SR 3.3.2.4) is required every 184 days when in modes 1-3 per TS Table 3.3.2-1, function 5.b.
Tech Spec Table 3.3.2-1 function 5.b identifies the applicable modes as 1-3, and the following surveillances as being required to maintain the function operable. (SR 3.3.2.1, 3.3.2.4, 3.3.2.8, 3.3.2.9).
B.
Incorrect. A Trip Actuating Device Operational Test (TADOT) (SR 3.3.2.7) is not a required surveillance function 5.b. Plausible because a TADOT is a required surveillance of TS 3.3.2, and the frequency and modes do coincide with other instrumentation, but not SG Water Level -
High-High.
C.
Incorrect. A Channel Check (SR 3.3.2.1) is required every 12 hours in modes 1-3. Plausible distractor because the frequency is correct, but mode 4 is incorrect.
D.
Incorrect. A Channel Calibration (SR 3.3.2.8) is required in modes 1-3, but the frequency is 18 months. Plausible distractor because the mode is correct, but 92 days is incorrect.
Sys#
NIA System N/A Category Generic KIA#
2.2.37 KIA Importance 4.6 References provided to Candidate TS 3.3.2 pgs. 3.3.2-(1-13)
Unit 1 Surveillance Test Intervals Rev. 0 Question Source:
Bank - Vision 254264 KA Statement Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment.
Exam Level SRO Technical  
Exam Level SRO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
TS 3.3.2 Amend. 292/179 pg. 3.3.2-(5, 6, 11)
Unit 1 Surveillance Test Intervals Rev. 0 pg. 5 Question Cognitive Level:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 / 43.5 / 45.12)
Objective:
3SQS-INST ITS, Rev. 1 Obj. 3 - Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Instrumentation LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements. and the Applicability.


TS 3.3.2 Amend. 292/179 pg. 3.3.2-(5, 6, 11) Unit 1 Surveillance Test Intervals Rev. 0 pg. 5 Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 43.5 / 45.12) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
3SQS-INST ITS, Rev. 1 Obj. 3 -Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Instrumentation LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
and the Applicability.
: 98.
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 98. Unit 1 and Unit 2 are at 100% power with all systems in NSA.
Unit 1 and Unit 2 are at 100% power with all systems in NSA.
* RWDA-L has been prepared for discharging 1 BR-TK-48, Coolant Recovery Tank
RWDA-L has been prepared for discharging 1 BR-TK-48, Coolant Recovery Tank After the RWDA-L is approved by Radiation Protection, the Unit 1 SM or US is then required to review the RWDA-L to confirm the status of various items as part of the approval process In accordance with 10M-17.4.AN, Discharging a Coolant Recovery Tank to Cooling Tower Slowdown, which of the items below does the 'APPROVED BY UNIT 1 SM' signature block on the RWDA-L denote?
* After the RWDA-L is approved by Radiation Protection, the Unit 1 SM or US is then required to review the RWDA-L to confirm the status of various items as part of the approval process In accordance with 10M-17.4.AN, Discharging a Coolant Recovery Tank to Cooling Tower Slowdown, which of the items below does the 'APPROVED BY UNIT 1 SM' signature block on the RWDA-L denote? 1. Adequate dilution flow exists. 2. Midland Water Treatment Plant has been notified.
: 1. Adequate dilution flow exists.
: 2. Midland Water Treatment Plant has been notified.
: 3. Appropriate alarms have been properly adjusted.
: 3. Appropriate alarms have been properly adjusted.
A. 1 and 2 only B. 2 and 3 only C. 1 and 3 only D. 1, 2, and 3 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
A.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II .A page 17 fourth bullet. Conditions and limitations in the facility license. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) requirements, if applicable.
1 and 2 only B.
Specifically what the SRO is signing for when approving a RWDA-L for a liquid waste discharge.
2 and 3 only C.
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the specific conditions which must be met for the Unit 1 Shift Manager/Unit Supervisor to sign the approval for the discharge release permits. A. Incorrect. . Plausible distractor because Midland Water Treatment Plant has to be notified when an offsite radioactive release occurs as part of the offsite protective action recommendations.
1 and 3 only D.
Adequate dilution flow is correct, alarms must be properly adjusted also. B. Incorrect.
1, 2, and 3 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Plausible distractor because Midland Water Treatment Plant has to be notified when an offsite radioactive release occurs as part of the offsite protective action recommendations.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.A page 17 fourth bullet.
Alarms have been properly adjusted is correct, but adequate dilution flow is also required.
Conditions and limitations in the facility license. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) requirements, if applicable. Specifically what the SRO is signing for when approving a RWDA-L for a liquid waste discharge.
C. Correct. Per 1 OM-17.4.AN, the note prior to the, procedural step for the U1 SM to sign the block states "Unit 1 SM/US signature on the RWDA-L denotes the following:
KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the specific conditions which must be met for the Unit 1 Shift Manager/Unit Supervisor to sign the approval for the discharge release permits.
: 1. Authorization to discharge the tank., 2. Only one batch RWDA-L is being discharged from the site at one time., 3. Adequate dilution flow exists., and 4. Appropriate alarms have been properly adjusted.
A.
D. Incorrect.
Incorrect.. Plausible distractor because Midland Water Treatment Plant has to be notified when an offsite radioactive release occurs as part of the offsite protective action recommendations. Adequate dilution flow is correct, alarms must be properly adjusted also.
Plausible distractor because Midland Water Treatment Plant has to be notified when an offsite radioactive release occurs as part of the offsite protective action recommendations.
B.
Adequate dilution flow, and alarms have been properly adjusted are correct. Sys# N/A KIA# System N/A 2.3.6 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source: New KA Statement Ability to approve release permits. 3.8 Exam Level SRO Technical  
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because Midland Water Treatment Plant has to be notified when an offsite radioactive release occurs as part of the offsite protective action recommendations. Alarms have been properly adjusted is correct, but adequate dilution flow is also required.
C.
Correct. Per 1 OM-17.4.AN, the note prior to the, procedural step for the U1 SM to sign the block states "Unit 1 SM/US signature on the RWDA-L denotes the following: 1. Authorization to discharge the tank., 2. Only one batch RWDA-L is being discharged from the site at one time., 3.
Adequate dilution flow exists., and 4. Appropriate alarms have been properly adjusted.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor because Midland Water Treatment Plant has to be notified when an offsite radioactive release occurs as part of the offsite protective action recommendations. Adequate dilution flow, and alarms have been properly adjusted are correct.
Sys#
N/A KIA#
System N/A 2.3.6 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
New KA Statement Ability to approve release permits.
3.8 Exam Level SRO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
10M-17.4.AN Rev. 7 pg. 20 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.13 / 43.4 / 45.10)
Objective:
1 SQS-17.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 21 - Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.
3SSG-ADMIN-01-23: EXPLAIN the approval requirements for radiological release permits in accordance with 1/2-ENV-05.04, Radioactive Waste Discharge Authorization - Liquid. 1/2-ENV-05.05, Radioactive Waste Discharge Authorization - Gas.


10M-17.4.AN Rev. 7 pg. 20 Question Cognitive Level: Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.13 / 43.4 / 45.10) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
1 SQS-17.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 21 -Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room. 3SSG-ADMIN-01-23:
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
EXPLAIN the approval requirements for radiological release permits in accordance with 1/2-ENV-05.04, Radioactive Waste Discharge Authorization
: 99.
-Liquid. 1/2-ENV-05.05, Radioactive Waste Discharge Authorization
The plant has been in Mode 6 for 3 weeks, and the following conditions exist:
-Gas.
Fuel movement is in progress The following annunciators associated with this event are LIT:
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 99. The plant has been in Mode 6 for 3 weeks, and the following conditions exist:
o A6-3, spent fuel pool level low o A6-30, Refueling Cavity Level Low o A1-49, Containment Sump Level High Refuel SRO reports Refuel Cavity level is below minimum Tech Spec level and LOWERING Both CNMT Sump Pumps are running and level is RISING RWST level is 21' 2" and STABLE Leakage around the Reactor Cavity Seal has been reported from Containment A used Fuel assembly has just been unlatched and is in the Upender in the upright position 1 FH-1, Fuel Transfer Tube Gate Valve is CLOSED In accordance with ARP A6-30, Refueling Cavity Level Low, which of the following completes the statements below?
* Fuel movement is in progress
The fuel assembly must be placed in (1)
* The following annunciators associated with this event are LIT: o A6-3, spent fuel pool level low o A6-30, Refueling Cavity Level Low o A1-49, Containment Sump Level High
The initial method of makeup to the reactor cavity during the leak will be the (2)
* Refuel SRO reports Refuel Cavity level is below minimum Tech Spec level and LOWERING
A.
* Both CNMT Sump Pumps are running and level is RISING
: 1) a horizontal position
* RWST level is 21' 2" and STABLE
: 2) RWST via the LHSI system per 1 OM-11.4.D, Filling.Reactor Refueling Cavity B.
* Leakage around the Reactor Cavity Seal has been reported from Containment
: 1) a horizontal position
* A used Fuel assembly has just been unlatched and is in the Upender in the upright position
: 2) Blender per 10M-7.4.L, Blender Boration Operation C.
* 1 FH-1, Fuel Transfer Tube Gate Valve is CLOSED In accordance with ARP A6-30, Refueling Cavity Level Low, which of the following completes the statements below? The fuel assembly must be placed in (1) The initial method of makeup to the reactor cavity during the leak will be the (2) A. 1) a horizontal position 2) RWST via the LHSI system per 1 OM-11.4.D, Filling .Reactor Refueling Cavity B. 1) a horizontal position 2) Blender per 10M-7.4.L, Blender Boration Operation C. 1) an open area inside the core 2) RWST via the LHSI system per 10M-11.4.D, Filling Reactor Refueling Cavity D. 1) an open area inside the core 2) Blender per 10M-7.4.L, Blender Boration Operation (SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) QUESTION 99 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
: 1) an open area inside the core
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II .G page 23 first bullets. Fuel handling facilities and procedures.
: 2) RWST via the LHSI system per 10M-11.4.D, Filling Reactor Refueling Cavity D.
Refuel floor SRO responsibilities.
: 1) an open area inside the core
Specifically, the candidate must have knowledge that the irradiated fuel must be placed in the horizontal position to maximize the time during a refuel cavity leak to prevent a high radiation condition on the refuel deck. Also meets SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II .E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures.
: 2) Blender per 10M-7.4.L, Blender Boration Operation  
Specifically the SRO must know that makeup water to the refuel cavity is from the RWST per the ARP for lowering refuel cavity level. Detailed knowledge of the content is required to select the correct procedural direction.
KIA is met with the knowledge that the fuel assembly must be placed horizontal during fuel movement when a leak occurs. By placing the assembly horizontal, more time is available to resolve the cavity leak to prevent high radiation condition on the refuel deck. A. Correct. With the fuel assembly in the Upender in the upright position, the ARP states to place the fuel assembly and upender in the horizontal position.
The preferred method of makeup to the Refuel cavity per the ARP if the RWST via the LHSI pump due to the available makeup capabilities of the RWST and low head system. 8. Incorrect.
First part is correct. Second part is plausible because it could be an available makeup source to the cavity, but the ARP does not direct this as a makeup source. The ARP clearly states to commence makeup to the cavity by performing 1 OM-11.4.D using the RWST C. Incorrect.
Plausible distractor since the upender is upright and the candidate may feel that using the manipulator crane and placing the assembly in an open area of the core would be better, but laying it horizontal is specifically addressed in the ARP. Second part is correct. D. Incorrect.
Plausible distractor since the upender is upright and the candidate may feel that using the manipulator crane and placing the assembly in an open area of the core would be better, but laying it horizontal is specifically addressed in the ARP. Second part is plausible because it could be an available makeup source to the cavity, but the ARP does not direct this as a makeup source. The ARP clearly states to commence makeup to the cavity by performing 1 OM-11.4.D using the RWST Sys # System Category NIA NIA Generic KIA# 2.3.13 KIA Importance


===3.8 References===
(SRO ONLY)
 
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)
provided to Candidate None Question Source: Bank -Farley 2011 NRC Exam (096) KA Statement Knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as response to radiation monitor alarms, containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc. Exam Level Technical  
QUESTION 99 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.G page 23 first bullets. Fuel handling facilities and procedures. Refuel floor SRO responsibilities. Specifically, the candidate must have knowledge that the irradiated fuel must be placed in the horizontal position to maximize the time during a refuel cavity leak to prevent a high radiation condition on the refuel deck. Also meets SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures. Specifically the SRO must know that makeup water to the refuel cavity is from the RWST per the ARP for lowering refuel cavity level. Detailed knowledge of the content is required to select the correct procedural direction.
KIA is met with the knowledge that the fuel assembly must be placed horizontal during fuel movement when a leak occurs. By placing the assembly horizontal, more time is available to resolve the cavity leak to prevent high radiation condition on the refuel deck.
A.
Correct. With the fuel assembly in the Upender in the upright position, the ARP states to place the fuel assembly and upender in the horizontal position. The preferred method of makeup to the Refuel cavity per the ARP if the RWST via the LHSI pump due to the available makeup capabilities of the RWST and low head system.
: 8.
Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is plausible because it could be an available makeup source to the cavity, but the ARP does not direct this as a makeup source. The ARP clearly states to commence makeup to the cavity by performing 1 OM-11.4.D using the RWST C.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor since the upender is upright and the candidate may feel that using the manipulator crane and placing the assembly in an open area of the core would be better, but laying it horizontal is specifically addressed in the ARP. Second part is correct.
D.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor since the upender is upright and the candidate may feel that using the manipulator crane and placing the assembly in an open area of the core would be better, but laying it horizontal is specifically addressed in the ARP. Second part is plausible because it could be an available makeup source to the cavity, but the ARP does not direct this as a makeup source. The ARP clearly states to commence makeup to the cavity by performing 1 OM-11.4.D using the RWST Sys #
System Category NIA NIA Generic KIA#
2.3.13 KIA Importance 3.8 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
Bank - Farley 2011 NRC Exam (096)
KA Statement Knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as response to radiation monitor alarms, containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.
Exam Level Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
SRO 10M-20.4.AAP Rev. 16 pg. 2-5 10M-11.4.D Rev. 16 pg. 2 Question Cognitive Level:
Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.12 I 43.4 I 4S.9 I 4S.10)
Objective:
3SQS-6.12, Rev. 7 Obj. 9 - IDENTIFY the safe Fuel Assembly storage locations in the event of loss of water resulting from a Refueling Cavity seal failure during fuel movement. (SOER 85-1 Rx Cavity Seal Failure Rec. Sa, Sb).
3SQS-6.13, Rev. 6 Obj. 8 - Given a Fuel Handling System alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), detenmine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the control room.


SRO 10M-20.4.AAP Rev. 16 pg. 2-5 10M-11.4.D Rev. 16 pg. 2 Question Cognitive Level: Lower -Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.12 I 43.4 I 4S.9 I 4S.10) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
3SQS-6.12, Rev. 7 Obj. 9 -IDENTIFY the safe Fuel Assembly storage locations in the event of loss of water resulting from a Refueling Cavity seal failure during fuel movement. (SOER 85-1 Rx Cavity Seal Failure Rec. Sa, Sb). 3SQS-6.13, Rev. 6 Obj. 8 -Given a Fuel Handling System alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), detenmine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the control room.
Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 100.
(SRO ONLY) Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 100. The following conditions exist:
The following conditions exist:
* A manual Rx trip and Safety Injection was initiated 10 minutes ago based on criteria in AOP 1.6.7, Excessive Primary Plant Leakage
A manual Rx trip and Safety Injection was initiated 10 minutes ago based on criteria in AOP 1.6.7, Excessive Primary Plant Leakage Pressurizer level is off-scale LOW Pressurizer pressure is 1500 psig and LOWERING All SG levels are 5% NR and slowly RISING All SG pressures are 1005 psig and ST ABLE All main steam line radiation monitors are reading 20 cpm RM-1VS-105, Leak Collection Area Gas Monitor is reading 1.8 E2 cpm in High alarm.
* Pressurizer level is off-scale LOW
Pl-1LM-100B, Containment pressure is 13.5 psia A11-28, Safeguards Area Sump Level High alarm is LIT Upon exiting E-0, which of the following is the correct procedure transitions for the event in progress?
* Pressurizer pressure is 1500 psig and LOWERING
A.
* All SG levels are 5% NR and slowly RISING
Go to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, then ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment, then ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.
* All SG pressures are 1005 psig and ST ABLE
B.
* All main steam line radiation monitors are reading 20 cpm
Go to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, then ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, then ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment.
* RM-1VS-105, Leak Collection Area Gas Monitor is reading 1.8 E2 cpm in High alarm.
C.
* Pl-1LM-100B, Containment pressure is 13.5 psia
Go to ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, then ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment.
* A11-28, Safeguards Area Sump Level High alarm is LIT Upon exiting E-0, which of the following is the correct procedure transitions for the event in progress?
D.
A. Go to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, then ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment, then ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.
Go to ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment, then ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.
B. Go to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, then ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, then ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment.
C. Go to ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, then ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment.
D. Go to ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment, then ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II .E page 21 second bullet, Knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the emergency operating procedures (EOP) that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.E page 21 second bullet, Knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the emergency operating procedures (EOP) that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures. The procedure selection knowledge required by this question is beyond the entry conditions of major EOPs and FRPs; thereby testing the procedure selection at the SRO level.
The procedure selection knowledge required by this question is beyond the entry conditions of major EOPs and FRPs; thereby testing the procedure selection at the SRO level. KIA is met by requiring knowledge of how the different subsets of emergency procedures are used in conjunction with each other to combat an event. A. Incorrect.
KIA is met by requiring knowledge of how the different subsets of emergency procedures are used in conjunction with each other to combat an event.
Plausible distractor with PRZR level off scale low, but no criteria for transition to E-1 have been met (CNMT radiation, pressure, and sump levels are normal). ECA-1.2 and ECA-1.1 are in the proper procedural sequence, but ECA-1.2 is a transition from step 20 of E-0. B. Incorrect.
A.
Plausible distractor with PRZR level off scale low, but no criteria for transition to E-1 have been met (CNMT radiation, pressure, and sump levels are normal). ECA-1.2 and ACA-1.1 are also out of procedural sequence.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor with PRZR level off scale low, but no criteria for transition to E-1 have been met (CNMT radiation, pressure, and sump levels are normal). ECA-1.2 and ECA-1.1 are in the proper procedural sequence, but ECA-1.2 is a transition from step 20 of E-0.
C. Incorrect.
B.
ECA-1.2 and ECA-1.1 are the correct procedures, but are not in the proper procedural sequence.
Incorrect. Plausible distractor with PRZR level off scale low, but no criteria for transition to E-1 have been met (CNMT radiation, pressure, and sump levels are normal). ECA-1.2 and ACA-1.1 are also out of procedural sequence.
ECA-1.2 is a transition from step 20 of E-0, and ECA-1.1 transition occurs at step 4 of ECA-1.2 when the leak is not isolated.
C.
D. Correct. With a LOCA outside containment that cannot be isolated, the correct transitions following E-0 are as stated in this choice. See supporting copy of E-0 which shows the correct flow path through ECA-1.2 to ECA-1.1. Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic KIA# 2.4.5 KIA Importance  
Incorrect. ECA-1.2 and ECA-1.1 are the correct procedures, but are not in the proper procedural sequence. ECA-1.2 is a transition from step 20 of E-0, and ECA-1.1 transition occurs at step 4 of ECA-1.2 when the leak is not isolated.
 
D.
===4.3 References===
Correct. With a LOCA outside containment that cannot be isolated, the correct transitions following E-0 are as stated in this choice. See supporting copy of E-0 which shows the correct flow path through ECA-1.2 to ECA-1.1.
 
Sys #
provided to Candidate None Question Source: Bank -Surry 201 O NRC Exam (Q100) Knowledge of the organization of the operating procedures network for normal, abnormal, and emergency evolutions.
System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic KIA#
2.4.5 KIA Importance 4.3 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:
Bank - Surry 201 O NRC Exam (Q100)
Knowledge of the organization of the operating procedures network for normal, abnormal, and emergency evolutions.
Exam Level SRO Technical  
Exam Level SRO Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
10M-53A.1.E-O lss. 3 rev. 0 pg. 17 10M-53A.1.ECA-1.2 lss. 2 rev.1pg.3 Question Cognitive Level:
10M-53A.1.E-O lss. 3 rev. 0 pg. 17 10M-53A.1.ECA-1.2 lss. 2 rev.1pg.3 Question Cognitive Level: Higher -Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 I 43.5 I 45.13) Objective:
Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 6 -Given a set of conditions, locate and apply the proper Emergency Operating Procedures, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.}}
(CFR: 41.10 I 43.5 I 45.13)
Objective:
3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 6 - Given a set of conditions, locate and apply the proper Emergency Operating Procedures, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.}}

Latest revision as of 16:01, 9 January 2025

Draft Written Exam (Folder 2)
ML17003A285
Person / Time
Site: Beaver Valley
Issue date: 09/06/2016
From:
FirstEnergy Nuclear Operating Co
To:
NRC Region 1
Shared Package
ML16076A416 List:
References
U01922
Download: ML17003A285 (116)


Text

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

1.

Given the following:

A reactor trip has occurred from 100% power E-0, "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection", is in progress at Step 2 - Verify Turbine Trip Based on the above indications, in accordance with E-0, which of the following is the NEXT REQUIRED action?

A.

Manually Trip the Turbine.

B.

Initiate a Main Steam Line Isolation.

C.

Verify power to at least one AC emergency bus.

D.

Verify Main Generator Output breakers open.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by requiring the candidate to monitor indications of a turbine trip during the IOAs of E-0, and then interpret the indications to verify that main turbine has tripped, and what actions must be performed next. In the above pictures, two governor valves indicate open. The candidate must know that the IOAs require all governor valves OR throttle valves to be closed to continue within the expected response column, and check the generator output breakers open.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the two governor valves are recognized as open and the candidate doesn't realize that the step states Throttle valves OR Governor Valves all closed, in which case manually tripping the turbine would be correct.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the two governor valves are recognized as open and the candidate doesn't realize that the step states Throttle valves OR Governor Valves all closed, in which case MSLI would be correct if a manual turbine trip failed to close the valves.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor If the candidate recognizes the turbine is tripped, and moves on to E-0 step 3 to verify power to at least one AC emergency bus without verifying the Output breakers and Exciter Circuit breakers were open.

D.

Correct. Step 2a of E-0 checks Throttle Valves OR Governor Valves all closed. The pictures show that 2 Governor valve$ are open, but ALL throttle valves are closed, therefore the Turbine is tripped, and the next required step is to verify the Main Generator Output bkrs open.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 000007 Reactor Trip I EA1. Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a MT/G trip; verification that the MT/G has been 1

reactor trip:

tripped KIA#

EA1.07 KIA Importance 4.3 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-53A.1.E-O lss. 3 Rev. 0 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 41.7 / 45.5145.6)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 1. State from memory the Immediate Operator Actions (E-0, ECA-0.0, FR-S.1).

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

2.

The plant was at 100% power when a PRZR Safety valve failed open.

The crew is performing the actions of E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection PRZR pressure is 1150 psig and lowering HHSI flow is 540 gpm and stable SG pressures are:

o 'A' SG - 950 psig o

'B' SG - 980 psig o 'C' SG - 970 psig Based on the above conditions, the RCPs should ___ (1) ___, and the basis for this requirement is (2) __ _

A

1) remain running
2) to provide core heat removal via forced two-phase coolant flow through the core B.
1) remain running
2) to provide core heat removal via the break and the Steam Generators C.
1) be tripped
2) to prevent excessive depletion; of RCS water inventory D.
1) be tripped
2) to prevent excessive depletion of the Steam Generator inventory Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA met by giving a PRZR Safety valve failing open (small break LOCA) and requiring the interpretation of given RCS and SG pressures, and making a determination of whether or not to trip the RCPs as is required by the Left Hand Page of E-0, Rx Trip or Safety Injection.

A.

Incorrect. RCPs are required to be tripped due to SGiRCS DIP being <200 psid, Second part is plausible since the RCPs could be restarted in FR-C.1 Response to Inadequate Core Cooling to provide decay heat removal.

B.

Incorrect. RCPs are required to be tripped due to SG/RCS D/P being <200 psid. Second part is plausible since this would be correct if the HHS!

pumps were not operating during a small break LOCA and the RCPs were left operating.

C.

Correct. Trip criteria of E-0 LHP page has been met with HHS! flow and RCS/Highest SG D/P being <200 psid. (170 psid per the stem), therefore RCPs would be tripped to prevent excessive depletion of RCS water inventory through a small break in the RCS.

D.

Incorrect. RCPs would be tripped. Second part is plausible with this being the reason of tripping the RCPs in FR-H.1 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.

Sys#

System Category 000008 Pressurizer Generic Vapor Space Accident/ 3 KIA#

2.1.20 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New 4.6 KA Statement Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

10M-53A.1.E-1 lss 3 rev 0 LHP 10M-53B.5.Gl-6 lss 2 Rev 0 pg. 10 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.1 o / 43.5I45.12)

Objective:

3SQS-53.2, Rev. 2 Obj. 1. State from memory the basis for RCP trip criteria, IAW BVPS EOP Executive Volume.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

3.

The plant was operating at 100% power when a 1,000 gpm LOCA occurs. All systems operate as designed.

How have the following parameters changed 10 minutes after the Rx trip?

(Assume NO operator actions)

SG Boron CNMT CNMT Water Levels Concentration Pressure Temperature A.

Rise Stable Rise Rise B.

Rise Rise Rise Rise C.

Lower Rise Lower Lower D.

Lower Stable Lower Lower Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KJA is met by having the candidate interpret how cnmt temperature, cnmt pressure, boron cone, and SG water level will respond after a small break LOCA occurs.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if it is not recognized that Safety Injection will automatically initiate on low pressurizer pressure and raise Boron concentration. All other trends are correct.

B.

Correct. SGWL will rise due AFW injection. Boron will rise due to Safety Injection injecting from the RWST. Cnmt pressure and temperature will rise due to the 1000 gpm high energy small break LOCA inside containment.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if it is not recognized that on the Rx trip SGWLs will drop below the auto start setpoints for AFW pumps, and they think that Quench Spray has initiated due to cnmt high pressure (11.1 psig) and the cnmt pressure and temperature is lowering due to spray.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if it is not recognized that on the Rx trip SGWLs will drop below the auto start setpoints for AFW pumps. Boron cone stable if it is not recognized that Safety Injection will automatically initiate on low pressurizer pressure or cnmt pressure of 5 psig. Pressure and Temp lowering if they think that Quench Spray has initiated due to cnmt high pressure.

Sys#

000009 System Small Break LOCA/3 Category KA Statement EA2. Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a Containment temperature, pressure, and humidity small break LOCA:

KJA#

EA2.11 KJA Importance 3.8 Exam Level RO Technical

References:

G0-3ATA-4.2, Rev. 8 pg. 70 1 OM-53B.4.E-1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 3-5 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

GO-AT A 4.2, Rev. 8 Obj. 1 - Predict and explain plant automatic actions which mitigate the consequences of each type of LOCA.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

4.
1) How is Containment Operability maintained with the 'A' Outside Recirc Spray Pump in STANDBY?
2) IF the Outside Recirc Spray pumps were running due to a Large break LOCA, and A1-108, "Outside Recirc Spray PP 2A Seal Water Level Low" alarm was received, which of the following actions are required to be taken in accordance with A1-108 ARP?

The (1) will maintain containment operability when the 'A' Outside Recirc Spray Pump is in standby.

ARP A1-108 will direct the crew to (2)

A.

1) Suction and Discharge Isolation valves being CLOSED
2) fill the pump seal system by using plant demineralized water B.
1) Suction and Discharge Isolation valves being CLOSED
2) shutdown and isolate the Outside Recirc Spray 2A Pump when allowed by the EOPs C.
1) Pump Seal
2) fill the pump seal system by using plant demineralized water D.
1) Pump Seal
2) shutdown and isolate the Outside Recirc Spray 2A Pump when allowed by the EOPs Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

K/A is met by identifying that the Outside RSS pump seal is used to maintain containment integrity in order to comply with TS 3.6.1 due to the suction and discharge valves being NSA open. Further knowledge is required to identify that the RSS pump must be shut down and isolated as soon as permissible when the Seal Water Level Low alarms due to the potential release of radioactive fluid to the safeguards area.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor as both valves are containment isolation valves, but when the RSS pumps are in standby, both valves are NSA open. Second part is plausible because normal response to fill the seal, but with a large break LOCA in progress, a note in the ARP states with CIB in progress access to the seal area is not possible, so the normal action of filling the seal is not possible.

8.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor as both valves are containment isolation valves, but when the RSS pumps are in standby, both valves are NSA open. Second part is correct.

C.

Incorrect. Pump seal does maintain the containment integrity. Second part is plausible because normal response to fill the seal, but with a large break LOCA in progress, a note in the ARP states with CIB in progress access to the seal area is not possible, so the normal action of filling the seal is not possible.

D.

Correct. Pump seal does maintain the containment integrity since the RSS pump suction and discharge valves are NSA open. Securing and isolating the RSS pump when permitted is directed by the ARP due to the potential loss of containment integrity during a CIB event.

Sys#

System 000011 Large Break LOCAi 3 KIA#

EA2.07 Category EA2. Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a Large Break LOCA:

KIA Importance 3.2?

Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Question Source:

New KA Statement That equipment necessary for functioning of critical pump water seals is operable RO 1SQS-13.1 Rev. 15 pg. 14 & 32 10M-13.4.AAM Rev. 2 pg.2 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 43.5 I 45.13)

Objective:

1 SQS-13.1 Rev 15 Obj. 10 - Given a Containment Depressurization System alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the field.

1SQS-13.1 Rev 15 Obj. 14 - In the field, locate all of the components identified on the Normal-System-Arrangement System Flow path drawings that are accessible during normal operation within the ALARA considerations.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

5.

Given the following conditions:

Plant startup is in progress Rx power is 7% and slowly RISING Annunciator A3-78, React Cool Pump Seal Injection Flow Low is LIT Annunciator A3-87, Reactor Cool Pump Seal Leakoff Flow High is LIT Fl-1 CH-124, 'C' Seal Injection Flow indicates 0 gpm FR-1CH-154A, 'C' Seal Leakoff Flow is 5.7 gpm and STABLE TV-1CC-107C, 'C' RCP Thermal Barrier CCR Outlet lsol Viv is CLOSED

1) Which of the following is the correct sequence of actions required for this event IAW AOP 1.6.8, Abnormal RCP Operation?
1) Manually trip 'C' RCP
2) Manually trip Reactor, enter E-0, and perform IOAs
3) Close PCV-1 RC-4558, Loop 'C' PRZR Spray Valve
4) Close MOV-1CH-303C, RCP 'C' No. 1 Seal Leakoff lsol Viv (3-5 minutes after RCP S/D)
2) Based on the above conditions, what is the reason for the valve manipulation at the end of these required actions?

A.

1) 1,3
2) Prevent the active loop spray flow from flowing back through the idle loop spray line rather than the pressurizer.

B.

1) 1, 4
2) Allow the pump to stop rotating which helps to prevent debris from damaging the #2 seal, and isolate the low pressure piping.

C.

1)2,1,3

2) Prevent the active loop spray flow from flowing back through the idle loop spray line rather than the pressurizer.

D.

1) 2, 1, 4
2) Allow the pump to stop rotating which helps to prevent debris from damaging the #2 seal, and isolate the low pressure piping.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

QUESTION 5 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met evaluating parameters to determine which RCP malfunction has occurred, and testing the knowledge of the reason for the required sequence of events that will occur to place the reactor and RCP in a safe condition.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible with reactor power <P-7 (auto block of 2/3 RCS loop low flow) candidate could think that tripping the 'C' RCP and closing the 1 RC-455C without tripping the reactor is allowed. BV1 procedures do not allow this course of action without tripping the reactor. To prevent backflow is the correct reason for closing the spray valve.

8.

Incorrect. Plausible with reactor power <P-7 (auto block of 2/3 RCS loop low flow) candidate could think that tripping the 'C' RCP and closing MOV-1 CH-303C without tripping the reactor is allowed. This would be partial actions for a high seal leakoff (~6 gpm), but the stem states that seal leakoff is only 5.7 gpm and stable. The high seal leakoff annunciator alarming helps with the distractor (setpoint is 4.7 gpm). BV1 procedures do not allow this course of action without tripping the reactor. If high seal leakoff was the correct reason for tripping the RCP, this would be the correct reason.

C.

Correct. In accordance with AOP-1.6.8, a loss of both seal injection and thermal barrier flow are immediate RCP shutdown criteria and warrant tripping the reactor and taking these actions. To prevent backflow is the correct reason for closing the spray valve.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if high seal leakoff was the actual failure because these are to the required actions of AOP-1.6.8 without closing the spray valve. If high seal leakoff was the correct reason for tripping the RCP, this would be the correct reason.

Sys#

015/017 KIA#

System RCP Malfunctions I 4

AK3.03 Category AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC Flow) :

K/A Importance 3.7 References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical

References:

Question Source:

New KA Statement Sequence of events for manually tripping reactor and RCP as a result of an RCP malfunction RO 1 OM-53C.4.1.6.8. Rev 18 step 1 10M-53B.5.Gl-6 lss. 2 Rev. 0 pg. 44-45 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 41.5,41.10 / 45.6 / 45.13)

Objective:

1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 6 - Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

6.

An event has occurred which has caused RCS pressure to rise.

RCS pressure is 2800 psig and STABLE FCV-1CH-122, CHG Flow to Regen Hx Inlet Control Viv controller is in AUTO PRZR level is 70%

Based on the above conditions, which of the following choices complete the statements below?

Fl-1 CH-122A will indicate (1) gpm.

The RCS Pressure (2) been maintained below the RCS Pressure Safety Limit.

A.

1) 0
2) has NOT B.
1) 0
2) has
c.
1) 15
2) has NOT D.
1) 15
2) has Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by requiring the candidate to recall the shutoff head of the charging pumps (2600 psig), and determining that a at 2800 psig in the RCS, a loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup has occurred. The pressure differential between charging and the RCS will cause charging flow to indicate zero gpm.

A.

Correct. Charging pump shutoff head is 2600psig, and RCS pressure.is 2800 psig, therefore indicated flow will be zero. The RCS pressure safety limit of :>2735 psig has been violated.

B.

Incorrect. It is correct that flow is zero, but RCS SL has been violated.

C.

Incorrect. 15 gpm is a plausible distractor with the minimum charging flow set at 15 gpm in auto to prevent flashing downstream of the UD orifices. It is correct that the RCS SL has been violated.

D.

Incorrect. 15 gpm is a plausible distractor with the minimum charging flow set at 15 gpm in auto to prevent flashing downstream of the UD orifices. The RCS SL has been violated.

Sys#

000022 K/A#

System Loss of Rx Coolant Makeup/ 2 AK1.02 Category AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup KIA Importance 2.7 References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical

References:

Question Source:

New KA Statement Relationship of charging flow to pressure differential between charging and RCS RO 1 OM-7.1.c Rev.a pg. 3 SPD-FCV-1 CH-122 Rev 00 Tech Specs pg. 2.0-1 Admend. 278/161 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 41.8/41.1 o / 45.3)

Objective:

1SQS-7.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 9 - Given a set of plant conditions for the Chemical and Volume Control System describe the appropriate operating procedure(s) operational sequence, and the applicable parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes used to complete the task activities in the field.

3SQS-SL ITS, Rev. O obj. 2 - Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each ITS Safety Limit.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

7.

Given the following initial conditions:

Plant is in Mode 5 1 RH-P-1A, 'A' RHR pump is running 1CC-P-1A, 'A' CCR pump is running DF bus is cleared for maintenance Final conditions:

1CC-P-1A, 'A' CCR pump trips on overcurrent 1CC-P-1C, 'C' CCR pump failed to start Crew is performing AOP 1.15.1, Loss of Primary Component Cooling Water in conjunction with AOP 1.10.1, Loss of Residual Heat Removal Capability

1) Which of the following describes the RHR components that have lost cooling water flow?
2) What is the reason for monitoring RHS inlet temperature at this time?

A.

1) RHR Hx and RHR pump seal cooler only.
2) If temperature exceeds 180°F, the RHR pumps must be tripped to prevent cavitation.

B.

1) RHR Hx and RHR pump seal cooler only.
2) If temperature exceeds 180°F, the RHR pump must be tripped to prevent seal damage.

C.

1) RHR Hx, RHR pump seal cooler, and RHR pump motor lube oil cooler.
2) If temperature exceeds 180°F, the RHR pumps must be tripped to prevent cavitation.

D.

1) RHR Hx, RHR pump seal cooler, and RHR pump motor lube oil cooler.
2) If temperature exceeds 180°F, the RHR pump must be tripped to prevent seal damage.

Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KJA is met by requiring knowledge of the RHR components which will lose cooling water flow when the closed cooling water pumps (CCR) are lost. The loss of CCR will also enter into a loss of RHR and require monitoring the RHR inlet temperature to minimize RHR pump mechanical seals.

A.

Incorrect. CCR is supplied to only the Hx and the seal coolers. Tripping the RHR pumps due to cavitation is plausible since RHR will be heating up, but 180F is stated in the AOP for mechanical seal damage.

B.

Correct. CCR is supplied to only the Hx and the seal coolers. The RHR temperatures are required to be monitored iaw AOP-1.10.1 step 9 to ensure the mechanical seals are not damaged if RHR inlet temperatures reach 180F.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor of RHR pump motor lube oil coolers with several other pumps having supplied cooling to the motors. Tripping the RHR pumps due to cavitation is plausible since RHR will be heating up, but 180F is stated in the AOP for mechanical seal damage.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor of RHR pump motor lube oil coolers with several other pumps having supplied cooling to the motors. The RHR temperatures are required to be monitored iaw AOP-1.10.1 step 9 to ensure the mechanical seals are not damaged if RHR inlet temperatures reach 180F.

Sys#

System Category KA Statement 000025 Loss of RHR AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Residual Service water or closed cooling water pumps System/ 4 Heat Removal System and the following:

K/A#

AK2.03 KIA Importance 2.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

U1 RM-0415-005 Rev 14 10M-53C.4.1.10.1Rev15 pg 15 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 41.7145.7)

Objective:

1SQS-10.1 Rev. 18, Obj. 21-Given a set of plant conditions for the Residual Heat Removal System, describe the appropriate operating procedure(s) operational sequence, and the applicable parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes used to complete the task activities from the control room.

1SQS-15.1, Rev. 14, Obj. 2-0utline the general flowpath of the CCR system including the CCR pumps and heat exchangers, the supply headers, the CCR major loads and the return header

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

8.

The plant is at 75% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level EXCEPT MOV-1RC-535, PORV 455C MOTOR OPERATED ISOL VLV is CLOSED due to PORV seat leakage.

PC-1 RC-444A, PRZR PRESS CONTROL output fails to 10% in Automatic No Operator action is taken What is the status of the plant 15 minutes after this event?

A.

The plant will trip due to a PRZR Pressure LOW reactor trip.

B.

The plant will trip due to a PRZR Pressure HIGH reactor trip.

C.

The plant will remain at power and RCS pressure will cycle around the PORV setpoint.

D.

The plant will remain at power and RCS pressure will cycle around the PRZR Code Safety setpoint.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by the knowledge required to determine that the purpose of PC-1 RC-444A is to control PRZR pressure and how the controller will function when it fails to 10%. This knowledge will encompass the response of the PORVs in the non-affected portion of the Pressurizer Pressure Control System, and the control function side with the heaters and spray valves, with the 455C PORV being isolated.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible if PC-1 RC-444A output failed high, causing both spray valves to open fully and depressurize the RCS until LP Rx trip occurs.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible dis tractor because pressure would rise to 2375 psig and cause a HP Rx trip if the PORVs didn't lift at 2335 psig. Candidate must know that the Rx trip setpoint is higher than the PORV opening setpoint, and that the PORV will prevent the trip setpoint from being reached.

C.

Correct.

The plant will remain at power and the pressure will cycle between the PORV auto open setpoint of 2335 psig and close setpoint of 2315 psig. This will occur only on in-service PORVs 456 & 4550 since 455C is manually isolated.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if it is not recognized that the code safety setpoint is 2475 psig, and PORVs 456 & 4550 are available. The PORV 455C was isolated in the question stem duefo it being controlled from PC-1RC-444A. Making the code safety a plausible distractor.

Sys#

000027 K/A#

System Category KA Statement Pressurizer Pressure AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Controllers and positioners Control System Pressure Control Malfunctions and the following:

Malfunction I 3 AK2.03 KIA Importance 2.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

1 OM-6.4.IF Rev 11 Alt. 2 Question Source:

Bank - 2LOT15 NRG Exam (Q7)

Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 41.7 / 45. 7)

Objective:

1 SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 17 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

9.

The plant is operating at 100% power when a turbine trip occurs.

The Rx failed to trip All Control rods are fully withdrawn Safety Injection has NOT initiated The crew has entered FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation - A TWS The BOP initiates Emergency Boration with the following indications.

In regards of borating the RCS, what is the correct response to these indications in accordance with FR-S-1?

A.

Initiate Safety Injection.

8.

Align RWST to the Charging Pumps.

C.

Align Blender to the Charging Pump suction.

D.

Continue Emergency Borating as aligned.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

QUESTION 9 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by the candidate being required to interpret pump and valve position indications, and indications of emergency boration flow as given in the above pictures, then determine the correct boration flowpath as directed by FR-S.1.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor, but not warranted in this situation since Fl-1 CH-122A shows > 75 gpm flowrate. This indicates that a charging pump is running, therefore there is no need for Safety Injection because other sequenced boration options are possible iaw FR-S.1.

B.

Correct. As indicated in the pictures MOV-1 CH-350 failed to open and Fl-1CH-110 indicates zero, therefore iaw the RNO, aligning the RWST to the Charging pumps is correct.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor but not directed by FR-S.1. This method is an alternate iaw 1 OM-7.4.S "Emergency Boration" procedure, but it also requires local valve manipulations in the blender cubicle.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if MOV-1 CH-350 indicated open and/or Fl-1 CH-110 indicated >30 gpm Emergency Boration flow as required by FR-S.1.

Sys#

000029 KIA#

System ATWS/ 1 EA2.05 Category EA2 Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a ATWS:

KIA Importance 3.4*

References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical

References:

Question Source:

New KA Statement System component valve position indications RO 10M-53A.1.FR-S.1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 1 & 3 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

1 SQS-7.1, Rev. 20, Obj. 22-Given a change in plant conditions due to system or component failure, analyze the Chemical and Volume Control System to determine what failure has occurred.

3SQS-53.3 Rev 5 Obj. 3 State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

10.

The following conditions exist

'B' SG has a 200 gpm tube rupture The crew is performing E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture Both Motor Driven AFW pumps are RUNNING MOV-1 MS-105, AFW Turbine Steam lsol Viv was CLOSED to secure the TDAFW pump In accordance with E-3, which of the following actions must be completed prior to restarting the Turbine Driven AFW pump?

A.

Manually close 1MS-16, 18 SG Steam Supply to 1FW-P-2 Isolation.

B.

Manually close 1MS-15 AND 1MS-17, 1A & 1C SG Steam Supply to 1FW-P-2 Isolation.

C.

Close TV-1MS-101B, Loop 1B Main Steam Trip Valve and NRV-1MS-101B, B SG NRTRN Viv.

D.

Reset the Turbine Driven AFW pump Trip Throttle Valve.

Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by the candidate demonstrating procedural knowledge of plant system lineups during a Steam Generator Tube rupture, and identifying a local valve manipulation required to isolate the ruptured SG and restore the use of the Turbine Drive AFW pump.

1 A.

Correct. JAW E-3 step 4.c.4, 1 MS-16 must be closed to isolate the ruptured SG steam supply to the TDAFW pump prior to restarting the TDAFW pump.

B.

Incorrect. 1 MS-15 & 16 must be verified open. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that the intent of the step is to isolate the ruptured SG from the intact SGs and supply the TDAFW pump from the ruptured SG.

C.

Incorrect. The MSIVs for the ruptured SG are isolated, but have no bearing on the TDAFW pump. Plausible distractor is the candidate thinks that closing the MS IVs will isolate the ruptured SG from the TDAFW pump.

D.

Incorrect. The stem of the question states MOV-1MS-105 was closed thus isolating all steam to the TDAFW. This does not trip the TDAFW pump trip throttle valve. E-3 step 4.c.4 states to reopen MOV-1MS-105 after isolating 1 MS-16.

Sys#

System Category 000038 Steam Gen.

Generic Tube Rupture

/3 KJA#

2.4.34 KJA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New 4.2 KA Statement Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

1 OM-53A.1.E-3 lss 3 Rev O pg 6 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.1 o / 43.5 / 45. l 3)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 - State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

11.

The plant was operating at 100% when a Loss of ALL AC Power occurred. The following conditions exist:

The Emergency Diesel Generators failed to energize the Emergency busses.

The operating crew is conducting a secondary depressurization per ECA-0.0, Loss of All Emergency 4KV AC Power.

SG pressures are as follows:

1A SG: 245 psig and lowering 1 B SG: 247 psig and lowering 1 C SG: 244 psig and lowering Which of the following choices complete the statements below?

Based on the above conditions, Per ECA-0.0, this secondary pressure reduction is required to (1)

The reason the secondary pressure reduction is required to be stopped at the SG pressure specified in ECA-0.0 is to prevent (2)

A

1) be STOPPED
2) a challenge to the Integrity Critical Safety Function B.
1) CONTINUE
2) a challenge to the Integrity Critical Safety Function C.
1) be STOPPED
2) injection of accumulator nitrogen into the RCS D.
1) CONTINUE
2) injection of accumulator nitrogen into the RCS Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KJA is met by this question presenting a scenario where a Loss of Offsite Power occurs and the Emergency DGs fail to energize the emergency 4kv busses. The candidate is required to know the reason that the secondary depressurization is stopped at 21 O psig (reasons for the actions contained in the EOP).

A.

Incorrect. The pressures are not, <21 O psig as required by ECA-0.0. Plausible distractor since this is the reason for the Tcold temperature limit of 330°F during the pressure reduction, but NOT the reason for stopping at 210 psig.

B.

Incorrect. The SG depressurization should continue until SGs are <21 O psig. Plausible distractor since this is the reason for the Tcold temperature limit of 330°F during the pressure reduction, but NOT the reason for stopping at 21 O psig.

C.

Incorrect: The pressures are not, <210 psig as required by ECA-0.0. To prevent injection of Nitrogen is the correct reason for stopping the SG depressurization.

D.

Correct. The SG depressurization should continue until SGs are <210 psig, this reduces RCS pressure and temperature to minimize seal leakage and Inventory loss. To prevent the injection of accumulator Nitrogen into the RCS is the correct reason for stopping SG depressurization at 210 si in ECA-0.0.

Sys#

System 000056 Loss of Off-site Power I 6 KiA#

AK3.02 Category AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Offsite Power:

KIA Importance 4.4 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Question Source:

Bank - Farley 2013 NRG Exam (037)

KA Statement Actions contained in EOP for loss of offsite power RO 10M-53A.1.ECA-O.O lss. 2 Rev. 1 step 24 10M-53B.4.ECA-O.O lss. 2 Rev. 1step24 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 41.5,41.1 o / 45.6/45.13)

Objective:

1LOT-M5D21-01-05: While performing ECA-0.0 Depressurize the RCS using the S/Gs at the max rate PRA Important Operator Action

  1. 8 3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj 4 - Explain from memory the basis for ALL Cautions and Notes, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

12.

The plant is at 100% power with all systems in NSA EXCEPT for the following:

Battery Breaker #1-2 is OPEN for maintenance Vital Bus #2 Manual Bypass switch is in the AL TERNA TE SOURCE TO LOAD position Battery Charger #2A is in service Battery Charger #2A AC Input Breaker [B301] TRIPS open.

What impact will this have on the control room indications for #2 DC Bus Volts and N42 Power range indication?

Control room indication for #2 DC Bus Volts will __

~(1_) ___ AND N42 Power range indication will (2)

A

( 1) remain as is (2) remain as is B.

(1) remain as is (2) drop to ZERO C.

(1) drop to ZERO (2) remain as is D.

(1) drop to ZERO (2) drop to ZERO Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by requiring knowledge of the initial DC system lineup with the battery breaker open for maintenance, and the in-service battery charger AC input breaker tripping causing a loss of#2 DC voltage. Knowledge must be used to identify that the standby battery charger must be manually aligned to supply the DC bus (No automatic swap over exists), and #2 DC volts instrumentation will indicate zero volts at this time. The candidate must also display knowledge of the #2 vital bus at this time based on the current electrical line-up.

A.

Incorrect. Part 1 is wrong. The dual battery chargers will not automatically swap over (like the vital bus will swap over) when voltage drops. The Part 2 is correct. Having the manual bypass switch in alternate source to load position will keep the vital bus energized.

B.

Incorrect. Part 1 is wrong. The dual battery chargers will not automatically swap over (like the vital bus will swap over) when voltage drops. The Part 2 is wrong. Having the manual bypass switch in alternate source to load position will keep the vital bus energized.

C.

Correct. The dual battery chargers will not automatically swap over (like the vital bus will swap over) when voltage drops. Therefore the DC bus will be de-energized. Having the manual bypass switch in alternate source to load position will keep the vital bus energized.

D.

Incorrect. Part 1 is correct. Part 2 is wrong. Having the manual bypass switch in alternate source to load position will keep the vital bus energized.

Sys#

System 000058 Loss of DC Power/6 KIA#

AK1.01 Category AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of DC Power:

KIA Importance 2.8 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Question Source:

Bank-1LOT14 NRC Exam Q13 KA Statement Battery charger equipment and instrumentation RO LP 3SQS-38.1 rev. 8 Unit 1 ppt slide 28 10M-39.4.AAL rev.6 page 2 of 5 step 5 LP 3SQS-39.1 rev. 9 Unit 1 ppt slide 7 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 41.8 I 41.1 o / 45.3)

Objective:

3SQS-39.1 Rev. 9 Obj. 10 Given a 125 VDC Distribution System configuration, and without reference material, describe the 125 VDC Distribution System field response to the following malfunctions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status.

a. Loss of AC power,
b. Loss of Station Battery,
c. Loss of DC Bus

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

13.

The plant is in Mode 3 with all systems in normal alignment for plant startup.

1WR-P-1A, 'A' River Water Pump is RUNNING 1 WR-P-1 B, 'B' River Water Pump is in STBY An inadvertent Train 'A' Containment Isolation Phase B (CIB Train A) occurs Which of the following system indications below describe the Reactor Plant River Water System lineup five minutes after the inadvertent Train 'A' CIB actuation?

(Assume NO Operator action)

'A' RPRW

'B' RPRW RSS HX CCR HX PUMP PUMP FLOWRATE FLOWRATE A.

Running Off Pre-event Pre-event B.

Off Running Increase Decrease C.

Running Running Increase Decrease D.

Running Running Pre-event Pre-event Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by the candidate analyzing the effects of an inadvertent Train 'A' CIB actuation will have on the Reactor Plant River Water System. When the inadvertent Train 'A' CIB actuation occurs, a loss of River Water flow will occur to the CCR heat exchangers, and flow will increase to the RSS heat exchangers because the inlet valve will open.. When the CCR Hxs are isolated, a low pressure condition on the header will cause an auto start of the 'B' RPRW pump.

A.

Incorrect. Both RPRW pumps will be running, and RSS Hx flowrate will increase, and CCR Hx flowrate will decrease to zero. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks both trains of CIB must be actuated for the RPRW system to realign.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate think that the 'A' RPRW pump trips on a Train 'A' CIB actuation, causing 'B' RPRW pump to auto start. RSS Hx flowrate does increase, and CCR Hx flowrate does decrease to zero.

C.

Correct. Train A CIB will close MOV-1RW-114A & B which will isolate both trains of RPRW to the CCR Hxs causing CCR Hxs flowrate to decrease to zero. This will cause a low pressure condition on PS-1 RW-113 A & B which causes an auto start of the 'B' RPRW pump. MOV-1RW-103A & B will open supplying RW to the RSS Hxs causing the flowrate to increase.

D.

Incorrect. Both RPRW pumps will be running, but RSS Hx flowrate will increase, and CCR Hx flowrate will decrease to zero. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks both trains of CIB must be actuated for the RPRW system to realign.

Sys#

System Category 000062 Loss of Nuclear Svc Water/ 4 AA 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Nuclear Service Water (SWS):

K/A#

AA1.07 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New 2.9 Exam Level Technical

References:

KA Statement Flow rates to the components and systems that are serviced by the SWS; interactions among the components RO UFSAR Fig. 7.2-1 Rev. 22 Unit 1 LSK-017-001E Rev. 7 1 OM-30.1.D lss. 4 Rev. 3 pg. 5 1SQS-30.2 PPNT Rev. 18 Slide 47 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 41.7 I 45.5 / 45.6)

Objective:

1 SQS-30.2, Rev. 18 Obj. 15 - Given a Reactor Plant River Water System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Reactor Plant River Water System control room response to the following actuation signals, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable. b. Containment Isolation Signal - Phase B (CIB)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

14.

The crew has entered AOP 1.34.2, Loss of Containment Instrument Air due to a large air leak inside containment.

TV-1 IA-400, Inst Air to CNMT Inst Air lsol valve has been CLOSED 1 IA-90, Bypass Valve for TV-1 IA-400 is CLOSED CNMT Inst Air pressure is 60 psig and lowering The leak has been repaired and air must be restored to containment.

1) Based on the above conditions, what actions must be taken to restore Instrument Air to Containment IAW AOP 1.34.2?
2) When restoring Instrument Air to Containment, why must the air to containment be restored slowly?

A.

1) Open TV-11A-400
2) Main Steam Trip Valves may CLOSE B.
1) Open 11A-90 then Open TV-11A-400
2) Main Steam Trip Valves may CLOSE I

C.

1) Open TV-1 IA-400
2) CNMT Instrument Air Receiver Relief Valve may LIFT D.
1) Open 1 IA-90 then Open TV-1 IA-400
2) CNMT Instrument Air Receiver Relief Valve may LIFT Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by evaluating the ability to restore Station instrument Air to Cnmt Instrument Air after it has been isolated iaw the Loss of Instrument Air AOP and the loss of IA has been corrected so that rapid depressurization of IA does not cause the MSIVs t6 close.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible to only open TVc1 IA-400 if Cnmt IA header pressure was~ 95 psig, but the stem stated pressure was 60 psig. Therefore, equalization around TV-1 IA-400 must be done slowly to prevent closure of the MSIVs. (Caution in the AOP). Second part is correct.

B.

Correct. With Cnmt IA header pressure at< 60 psig, 1 IA-90 is opened to slowly equalize around TV-1 IA-400 to prevent closure of the MS IVs.

Second part correct because AOP-1.34.2 has a caution stating attempting to restore Instrument Air to CNMT by immediately opening TV 1 IA 400 or by opening 1 IA-90 too quickly may reduce Station Instrument Air pressure enough to close a Main Steam Line Trip Valve.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible to only open TV-1 IA-400 if Cnmt IA header pressure was~ 95 psig, but the stem stated pressure was 60 psig. Therefore, equalization around TV-1 IA-400 must be done slowly to prevent closure of the MSIVs. Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks that supplying air to the cnmt air receiver too quickly will cause the 120 psig relief valve to lift.

D.

Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks that supplying air to the cnmt air receiver too quickly will cause the 120 psig relief valve to lift.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 000065 Loss of AA 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to Restoration of systems served by instrument air Instrument the Loss of Instrument Air:

when pressure is regained Air/ 8 K/A#

AA1.03 KIA Importance 2.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

1 OM-53C.4.1.34.2 Rev. 9 pg. 2, 3, 5, 10 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)

Objective:

1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 4 - Explain the basis for cautions and notes of each AOP.

1SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5 - Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

15.

Given the following conditions:

The plant was at 100% power A Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) outside containment results in RCS Subcooling dropping to 0°F The crew is performing the actions of ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment Actions are being taken to isolate the leak In accordance with ECA-1.2, which of the following flowpaths are isolated, and what indication is used to confirm the LOCA has been isolated?

The __

_._(1'""") ___ pumps are isolated from the RCS.

---""'(2::;.,.) ___ rising will be used to confirm the LOCA has been isolated.

A.

1) Low Head Safety Injection
2) Pressurizer level B.
1) Low Head Safety Injection
2) RCS pressure C.
1) Outside Recirculation Spray
2) Pressurizer level D.
1) Outside Recirculation Spray
2) RCS pressure Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

K/A is met with the knowledge of the procedural steps of the LOCA Outside Containment procedure, as well as having knowledge of which low pressure piping which is isolated, and how it is determined that the leak is isolated by checking RCS pressure.

A.

Incorrect. LHSI is correct. Pressurizer level is a plausible distractor because it is one of the indications used in the EOP network to determine whether SI flow is required B.

Correct. Low Head Safety Injection is specifically call out in step 2, as a tow pressure flowpath which could be the cause of the LOCA outside cnmt. RCS pressure is the correct indication because if the break is isolated, a significant RCS pressure increase will occur due to the SI flow filling up the RCS with break flow stopped.

C.

Incorrect. Outside RSS pumps are a plausible distractor since they are located outside cnmt and in other circumstances, could be aligned for cold leg recirc if the LHSI pumps are not available. This requires local operation of manual valves which would not be operated in E-1 or ECA-1.2.

Pressurizer level is a plausible distractor because it is one of the indications used in the EOP network to determine whether SI flow is required.

D.

Incorrect. Outside RSS pumps are a plausible distractor since they are located outside cnmt and in other circumstances, could be aligned for cold leg recirc if the LHSI pumps are not available. This requires local operation of manual valves which would not be operated in E-1 or ECA-1.2.

RCS pressure is correct.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement W/E04 LOCA EK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures Outside responses as they apply to the (LOCA Outside associated with (LOCA Outside Containment).

Containment Containment)

/3 KIA#

EK3.2 KIA Importance 3.4 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

Bank - Sequoyah 2012 NRC Exam (Q15)

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

10M-53A.1.ECA-1.2 lss. 2 rev. 1pg.1-3 RM-0411-001Rev.27 RM-0411-002 Rev. 13 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 - State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

16.

The following conditions exist:

The crew has entered FR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink AB-115, 4160V Emergency Bus 1DF ACB 1F7 OvercurrentTrip is LIT A7-7, Steam Unavailable to Turbine Driven Feed Pump is LIT

'A' MDAFW tripped on startup Dedicated AFW pump failed to start All RCPs have been secured SG levels A-14% WR B-11% WR C-13% WR

1) What is the next required action of FR-H.1?
2) When feedwater is restored, what is the MAXIMUM feed flowrate to the 'B' Steam Generator?

A.

1) Attempt to start 1 MFP
2) approximately 50 gpm B.
1) Attempt to start 1 MFP
2) less than 100 gpm C.
1) Initiate Bleed and Feed
2) approximately 50 gpm D.
1) lnitjate Bleed and Feed
2) less than 100 gpm Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by placing the candidate into FR-H.1 with various annunciators requiring the candidate demonstrate knowledge that other means of feed flow are unavailable, and Bleed and Feed requirements have been met. The question also tests the remedial actions of limiting feed to a dry (S14%) to <100gpm.

A.

Incorrect. SG WR levels are S14%, therefore bleed and feed is required. 50 gpm is a plausible distractor since it is a low volume, but it is the required flowrate for ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled depressurization of All SGs.

B.

Incorrect. SG WR levels are s14%, therefore bleed and feed is required. It is correct that the feed rate to a dry SG (14%WR) is <1 OOgpm.

C.

Incorrect. SG WR levels are s14%, therefore bleed and feed is required. 50 gpm is a plausible distractor since it is a low volume, but it is the required flowrate for ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled depressurization of All SGs.

D.

Correct. With all 3 SGs s14% FR-H.1 continuous action step 3 requires Bleed and Feed to be performed. If 2 of the SGs were >14%, then starting the MFP would be appropriate It is correct that the feed rate to a dry SG (14%WR) is <1 OOgpm.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement W/E05 Inadequate Heat EK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the Annunciators and conditions indicating signals, Transfer - Loss of following concepts as they apply to the (Loss of and remedial actions associated with the Loss of Secondary Heat Sink I 4 Secondary Heat Sink)

Secondary Heat Sink KIA#

EK1.3 KIA Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-53A.1.FR-H.1 lss 2 Rev 2 pg. 2, 13, &19 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.8 / 41.1 o, 45.3)

Objective:

1LOT-M5D12, Rev. 15 Obj 2-5 Given a Loss Of Heat Sink with Bleed and Feed Criteria met, conduct a RCS Bleed and Feed in accordance with FR-H.1 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink. Obj 2-6 Given a Loss Of Heat Sink with Dry SG Criteria met, feed the Steam Generators in accordance with FR-H.1.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

17.

The crew is performing ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.

1) Which of the following describes the reason for depressurizing the RCS IAW ECA-1.1?
2) After commencing the RCS cooldown in ECA-1.1, which of the following sequences will be used to depressurize the RCS?

A.

1) To minimize RCS leakage.
2) Reduce/terminate HHSI flow, then depressurize the RCS while maintaining minimum RCS subcooling.

B.

1) To establish maximum LHSI flow.
2) Reduce/terminate HHSI flow, then depressurize the RCS while maintaining minimum RCS subcooling.

C.

1) To minimize RCS leakage.
2) Depressurize the RCS while maintaining maximum RCS subcooling, then stabilize RCS temperature while attempting to restore makeup sources.

D.

1) To establish maximum LHSI flow.
2) Depressurize the RCS while maintaining maximum RCS subcooling, then stabilize RCS temperature while attempting to restore makeup sources.

Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by the knowledge of the actions taken in ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation to reduce the RCS leakage. This includes operation of the High Head Safety Injection system to reduce to the RWST outflow, and the effect that depressurizing the RCS will have on the RCS leak rate. Both of these actions will help to delay depletion of the RWST and minimize break flow.

A.

Correct. The RCS is depressurized to minimize RCS leakage. This is accomplished by commencing plant cooldown, reducing or terminating the HHSI flow to help minimize the RWST outflow, then the RCS is depressurized to minimize subcooling and reduce flow from the LOCA. (Major action step 4)

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because depressurizing the RCS could cause maximum LHSI flow, but the procedure reduces and secures the LHSI pumps in order to delay the RWST depletion. Second part is correct.

C.

Incorrect. The RCS is depressurized to minimize RCS leakage. Second part is plausible because the candidate must understand that depressurization of the RCS is to minimize, not maximize subcooling so RCS pressure can be decreased to the lowest pressure possible without losing subcooling. After depressurization, plant cooldown will still occur by procedure and attempting to restore makeup sources will continue.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because depressurizing the RCS could cause maximum LHSI flow, but the procedure reduces and secures the LHSI pumps in order to delay the RWST depletion. Second part is plausible because the candidate must understand that depressurization of the RCS is to minimize, not maximize subcooling so RCS pressure can be decreased to the lowest pressure possible without losing subcooling. After depressurization, plant cooldown will still occur by procedure and attempting to restore makeup sources will continue.

Sys#

W/E11 K/A#

System Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirc. / 4 EK2.2 Category EK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation) and the following:

K/A Importance 3.9 References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical

References:

Question Source:

Bank-1LOT7 NRC Exam (Q65) Modified KA Statement Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility RO 10M-53B.4.ECA-1.1 lss. 3 Rev. Opgs. 3 & 47 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3 Rev 5 Obj. 3 State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

18.

Initial conditions:

Plant was operating at 100% power with all systems in normal alignment All 3 steam lines ruptured in the Main steam Valve area upstream of the MS IVs Based on the above accident, which of the following is the reason for the Reactor Trip?

A.

2/3 Steamline Pressure Low on 1 /3 SG B.

2/3 High Steamline Pressure Rate on 2/3 SG C.

2/4 Power Range High D.

2/3 HI-HI SG level on 1/3 SG Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met demonstrating knowledge of the expected Rx trip and E-0, Reactor Trip and Safety Injection entry which would occur due to an uncontrolled depressurization of all 3 SGs. The candidate will have to demonstrate knowledge of the P-11 interlock, and determine that at NOP (>P-11) the plant will trip due to steamline pressure low, which is one of the automatic actuations of Safety Injection which is a Rx trip. PR high at 109% will not cause the Rx trip due to the rods inserting with rod control in automatic. Actual trip setpoints were not used in the answer choices to ensure no other exa.m question was compromised.

A.

Correct. Based on the above conditions, the SI initiation signal of 2/3 Steamline Pressure Low on 1 /3 SIG at 500 PSIG + rate will trip the reactor.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because 2/3 High Steamline Pressure Rate on 1/3 SG MSLI is instated when MSLI 2/3 Steamline Pressure Low on 1 /3 SIG is blocked when <P-11 (2000 psig), therefore pressure rate will not cause a reactor trip with these conditions.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible because this is a reactor trip which could trip the reactor based on these conditions if Rod Control was in Manual. The initial conditions state normal alignment for this power.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because swell will occur in the SG, but this coincidence is for a FWI which will not occur based on these conditions, although a FWI would cause the reactor to trip, this is not the cause.

Sys#

W/E12 K/A#

System Category Uncontrolled Depressurizalion of Generic all Steam Generators 2.4.2 KIA Importance 4.5 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New Exam Level KA Statement Knowledge of system set points, interlocks and.,

automatic actions associated with EOP entry conditions.

RO Technical

References:

UFSAR Logic Diagrams Figure 7.2-1 sh. 7 & 8 10M-1.5.B.1, Rev. 3, pg. 2 10M-1.5.B.4 rev. 17 pg. 2 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7 I 45.7 I 45.8)

Objective:

3SQS-1.1, Rev. 8 Obj. 3 - Given a change in plant conditions, describe the response of the Reactor Protection System Trip Logics &

Engineered Safeguards Features Actuation Signals field indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

19.

Given the following plant conditions:

Plant is in Mode 6 Core offload was in progress A fuel assembly has been dropped from the Manipulator Crane The crew is performing AOP 1.49.1, Irradiated Fuel Damage

1) Which of the following Radiation Monitors will actuate the Localized CNMT Evacuation Alarm?
2) From which of the following locations can the Localized CNMT Evacuation Alarm be manually activated?

A.

1) RM-1RM-219A, Containment High Range Area Monitor
2) Control Room B.
1) RM-1RM-219A, Containment High Range Area Monitor
2) CNMT Personnel Air Lock C.
1) RM-1VS-104A, Containment Purge Exhaust Monitor
2) Control Room
0.
1) RM-1VS-104A, Containment Purge Exhaust Monitor
2) CNMT Personnel Air Lock Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by testing the ability to determine which rad monitor will cause the containment evacuation alarm to automatically sound if a Fuel Handling Accident would occur, and the ability to locate and operate the containment evacuation alarm switch should an accident occur.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because high radiation in CNMT would be just cause for evacuating, but 1 RM-219A does not provide input to the automatic CNMT evacuation alarm. CR is the correct location for manual actuation.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because high radiation in CNMT would be just cause for evacuating, but 1 RM-219A does not provide input to the automatic CNMT evacuation alarm. CNMT Personnel Air Lock is incorrect. It is a plausible distractor because the PAL is a central location for communications, and contains a red revolving warning light for incore moveable detector movement.

c.

Correct. RM-1VS-104A will actuate the Localized CNMT Evacuation Alarm when the setpoint is reached, and the alarm can be manually actuated from the CR and shutdown panel communication consoles.

D.

Incorrect. RM-1VS-104A will actuate the alarm, but the CNMT Personnel Air Lock is incorrect. It is a plausible distractor because the PAL is a central location for communications, and contains a red revolving warning light for incore moveable detector movement.

Sys#

000036 KIA#

System Fuel Handling Accident/ 8 AA1.03 Category AA 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Fuel Handling Incidents:

KIA Importance 3.5 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Question Source:

New KA Statement Reactor building containment evacuation alarm enable switch RO 10M-53C.4.1.49.1Rev.10, pg. 2 10M-43.1.D Rev. 10, pg. 10 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)

Objective:

1SQS-43.1-01-2: Describe the automatic actions that occur in the field when a given radiation monitor alarms.

1SQS-43.1-01-10: Given a Radiation Monitoring System alarm condition, determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the control room.

3SQS-40.1-01-02 2.Explain the different alarm notification systems that are used at BVPS including how and when they are activated.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G)

20.

On the RADAREA IPC printout, which of the following Area Radiation Monitor indications are NOT NORMAL when the plant is operating at 100% power?

SEE ATTACHED RADAREA IPC PRINTOUT

1) RM-1 RM-201, Containment High Range Area Monitor
2) RM-1 RM-204, lncore Instrument Transfer Device Area Monitor
3) RM-1RM-207, Fuel Pool Bridge Area Monitor
4) RM-1RM-218A and 2188, Control Room Area Gamma Radiation Monitors A.

1 and 4 B.

2 and 3 C.

1 and 3 D.

2 and 4 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by the candidate evaluating the Radiation Monitor In Plant Computer printout to determine which of the area radiation monitors are indicating normal radiation intensity, and which radiation monitors are in an alarm or an out of service condition.

A.

Incorrect. RM-1 RM-201 is a plausible distractor if the candidate does not know the normal radiation levels for containrnent. 1.0E-01 is normal for this detector. RM-1 RM-218A and 2188 - plausible distractor because it is a normal plant value, but it is also just below the High Rad alarm of 0.357 mr/hr.

8.

Correct. RM-1 RM-204 is in high alarm at 23 mr/hr. (Setpoint is 20 mr/hr). This is not a normal condition during plant operations. RM-1 RM-207 indicates out of service which is not normal for plant operations. LR 3.1.11 requires RM-207 to be functional when fuel is in the spent fuel pool.

C.

Incorrect. RM-1 RM-201 is a plausible distractor if the candidate does not know the normal radiation levels for containment. 1.0E-01 is normal for this detector. Second part is correct. RM-1 RM-207 indicates out of service which is not normal for plant operations.

D.

Incorrect. First part is correct. RM-1 RM-204 is in high alarm at 23 mr/hr. (Setpoint is 20 mr/hr). This is not a normal condition during plant operations. Second part is not correct. RM-1 RM-218A and 2188 - plausible distractor because it is a normal plant value, but it is also just below the High Rad alarm of 0.357 mr/hr.

Sys#

000061 KIA#

System ARM System Alarms 17 AA2.02 Category AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms:

KIA Importance 2.9 Exam Level KA Statement Normal radiation intensity for each ARM system channel RO References provided to Candidate RADAREA IPC PRINTOUT Technical

References:

Unit 1 LRM Rev. 71 pg. 3.3.11-1 SPD-RM-1RM-204 Rev. 00 (setpoint document) 10M-54.3.L5 Rev. 88 pgs. 33 & 37 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-54.1, Rev. 7 Obj. 6 - Describe the functions of the Surveillance (L-5) logs, and the logs role in verifying compliance with requirements, as documented in Operating Manual chapter 10M-54, 20M-54, and NOP-OP-1002 and in accordance with the applicable Units' Licensing Documents (e.g. Technical Specifications, License Requirement Manual, Offsite Dose Calculation Manual, and 1/2ADM-1900 items).

3SQS-54.1, Rev. 7 Obj. 7 - Given a datalogger and a PC, be able to perform this additional function: Enter Shift Plant Parameters

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

21.

Given the following plant conditions:

The Plant is operating at 100% power A small fire develops in the office area behind the Shift Manager desk requiring Control Room Evacuation AOP 1.33.1 A, Control Room Inaccessibility has just been entered PRZR level is 17% and slowly LOWERING In accordance with AOP 1.33.1A, from which of the following locations will FCV-1CH-122, Charging Flow to Regen HX Inlet Control Valve be operated to throttle charging flow?

A.

Locally B.

Control Room C.

Backup Indicating Panel D.

Emergency Shutdown Panel Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by placing the candidate into a situation which requires entry into the Control Room Evacuation AOP, and based on this entry, display the ability to operate the RCS charging header FCV from the Emergency Shutdown Panel.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor but FCV-1CH-122 is capable of being operated from the SOP, and local operation is not referenced in AOP-1.33.1A.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor, but the FCV-1 CH-122 is not one of the components operated prior to the CR evacuation.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor with the BIP having several control and indications available, but FCV-1CH-122 is not operated from the BIP, nor is the BIP referenced in AOP-1.33.1A. BIP is used iaw 1 OM-56C for a large fire in the CR.

D.

Correct. AOP-1.33.1A references the operation of FCV-1CH-122 from the SDP by placing the control selector switch in SOP, then controlling PRZR level between 22-54%.

Sys#

System 000068 Control Room Evac. / B KIA#

AA1.22 category AA 1. Ability to operate and I or monitor the following as they apply to the Control Room Evacuation:

KIA Importance 4.0 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Question Source:

New KA Statement Flow control valve for RCS charging header RO 1OM-53C.4.1.33.1A Rev 13 pg. 10 & 11 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR41.7145.5145.6)

Objective:

1 SQS-45.1-01: From memory and/or using supplied reference materials, explain the Miscellaneous Safety-Related Systems design basis, major components, flow paths, controls and interlocks, transient response, and normal & abnormal operations, in accordance with established design basis, station policies, technical specifications and procedures.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

22.

The crew is responding to High RCS Activity in accordance with AOP 1.6.6, High Reactor Coolant System Activity.

Plant is at 100% power Chemistry is currently sampling the RCS, no results have been reported RM-1CH-101 B, Reactor Coolant Letdown Low Range Monitor is in High-High alarm RM-1CH-101A, Reactor Coolant Letdown High Range Monitor is in High-High alarm What action will be taken by the crew due to the Letdown Radiation monitors being in High-High alarm, and what is the reason for this action?

A.

Increase Letdown flow to accelerate RCS activity cleanup through the mixed bed demineralizers.

B.

Commence RCS Degasification to remove radioactive gases from the RCS.

C.

Trip the Reactor and manually initiate CIA to preclude the release of potentially high airborne and elevated radiation levels to the environment.

D.

Stop the CNMT Sump pumps and CNMT Vacuum pumps to prevent the release of potentially high airborne and elevated radiation levels to the Auxiliary Building.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA met by requiring the candidate to know the action required by the High Reactor Coolant Activity AOP, and the reason for this action, if the High or Low UD rad monitor is in alarm.

Beaver Valley does not have any actions for High Reactor Coolant Activity contained in the EOPs, therefore the question was directed towards the High Reactor Coolant Activity AOP which is the procedure BV would use.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks increasing letdown flow will clean up the activity faster, but at 100% power 2 letdown orifices are currently in service. P&L for letdown states UD flow shall not exceed 120gpm, and 2 60gpm orifices should not be placed in service at the same time. AOP step 4 recommends evaluating reducing Letdown flow.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks removal of the radioactive gases from the RCS will minimize the effect of the High activity in the RCS, but in this case it would actually increase the radiological effects in the Aux building, and not keep it contained in the RCS or cnmt. AOP step 4 recommends evaluating stopping of RCS degasification.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible if candidate feels that both of these alarms will lead to a release which could be detrimental to the public, and thinks that the Rx must be tripped and containment isolation is required.

D.

Correct. IAW the AOP, if either the LOW or HIGH Letdown rad monitors are in High-High alarm, the sump pumps and vacuum pumps should be stopped to minimize the radiological effects to the Aux building.

Sys#

System Category 000076 High Reactor Coolant Activity I 9 AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the High Reactor Coolant Activity :

KIA#

AK3.06 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New 3.2 Exam Level Technical

References:

KA Statement Actions contained in EOP for high reactor coolant activity RO 10M-53C.4.1.6.6, Rev. 4 step 6 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 41.5,41.10 I 45.61 45.13)

Objective:

1 SQS-53C.1 Rev. 12 Obj. 5 - Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

23.

Initial conditions:

Plant is at 100% power SSST 1A is on Clearance for relay maintenance Current Conditions:

'B' RCP tripped due to a locked rotor Safety Injection actuated on the Rx Trip The crew has transitioned to ES-1.1, SI Termination and are attempting to start an RCP In reference to starting a RCP in accordance with ES-1.1, based on the above conditions, which of the following statements is correct and why?

A.

Start 'C' RCP to provide normal PRZR spray flow.

B.

Start 'A' RCP to provide normal PRZR spray flow.

C.

Verify Natural Circulation because no RCPs can be started.

D.

Reinitiate Safety Injection because no RCPs can be started.

Answer: A Explanation!Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the note referring to RCP priority for PRZR spray in ES-1.1, SI Termination, and with the knowledge to determine the 4KV electrical lineup status for available RCP power supplies.

A.

Correct. Starting 'C' RCP is the priority for PRZR spray in accordance with the note preceding the step. The candidate must determine that the pump tripped due to the A and B pumps receiving an under frequency, and causing the C RCP to trip also. The auto bus transfer will reenergize the C and D normal 4KV busses after the Rx trip, therefore power will be available to restart C RCP.

B.

Incorrect. This is plausible distractor because the note in SI term states to start C, A, B RCPs in that priority to provide normal spray flow, but with SSST 1A on clearance for relay maintenance, there is no power available to the normal 4KV 'B' bus.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because if no RCPs can be started, this would be the correct action in accordance with the RNO of the RCP starting step of ES-1.1. But, the 'C' bus will be energized in this case and it is the priority pump for PRZR spray.

0.

Incorrect. There is no reason to assume that SI re-initiation criteria of ES-1.1 LHP have been met since the SI was due to a locked RCP rotor, and no conditions pertaining to PRZR level or subcooling were given in the stem. Plausible if the candidate thinks this is the only means of core cooling.

Sys#

System Category W/E02 SI Generic Termination I 3

KIA#

2.4.20 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New 3.8 KA Statement Knowledge of operational implications of EOP warnings, cautions, and notes.

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

10M-53A.1.ES-1.1 lss. 3 rev. 0 pg. 13 3SQS-36.1 PPNT Rev 12 lss 1 slide 10 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.1 of 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 4 - Explain from memory the basis for ALL Cautions and Notes, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.

3SQS-36.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 16 - Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the 4KV Distribution System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status. for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam {1LOT16)

24.

Given the following plant conditions:

The STA reports a Yellow path on CORE COOLING exists The Unit Supervisor announces a transition to FR-C.3, Response to Saturated Core Cooling

'C' Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) is running Which of the following is a mitigating strategy in FR-C.3?

A.

Stop 'C' RCP and open all RCS vent paths.

B.

Depressurize SGs to depressurize the RCS.

C.

Start 'A' & 'B' RCPs and open all RCS vent paths.

D.

Establish SI flow to maintain minimum RCS subcooling.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KJA is met by the candidates knowledge of the interrelation of the plants emergency coolant (SI) requirements during a Saturated Core Cooling event and the importance of operating Safety Injection to maintain minimal RCS subcooling.

A.

Incorrect. Opening RCS vents is a major action category for FR-C.1. It is plausible that the running RCP is stopped before reducing RCS pressure to minimum. In the situation of FR-C.3 Saturated Core Cooling, the procedure requires the vent paths to be closed.

B.

Incorrect. This is a major action category for FR-C.1 & 2, but not for FR-C.3.

C.

Incorrect. This is one of the major action categories for FR-C.1 versus FR-C.3. FR-C.3 checks for open paths and requires open vent paths to be closed to minimize inventory loss.

D.

Correct. A major action category for FR-C.3 is to establish SI flow and maintain minimum RCS subcooling.

Sys#

W/E07 KJA#

System Saturated Core Cooling 14 EK2.2 Category EK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Saturated Core Cooling) and the following:

KIA Importance 3.5 Exam Level KA Statement Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-53A.1.FR-C.3, lss 3, Rev 0, pg. 1 Question Source:

Bank - 2LOT8 NRC Exam (024)

Question Cognitive Level:

Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7 145.7)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3 Rev 5 Obj. 3 State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

25.

Initial Conditions:

A reactor trip occurred from 100% power GV-1 and TV-4 have failed OPEN E-0 IOAs were completed, and the crew transitioned to ES-0.1, Reactor Trip response The STA reported a YELLOW condition on the Heat Sink status tree, and the crew transitioned to FR-H.2, Response To Steam Generator Overpressure.

The following conditions exist:

'A' SG pressure indicates 1150 psig

'B' and 'C' SG pressures indicate 1010 psig

'A' SG NR level is 79%

No ruptured SG exists Which of the following actions will be required to mitigate the SG overpressure condition?

A.

Initiate AFW flow to the 'A' SG to facilitate cooldown.

B.

Open condenser steam dump valves to reduce SG pressures.

C.

Go to FR-H.3, Response to SG High Level to reduce pressure by reducing SG level.

D.

Operate the residual heat release valve to reduce SG pressure.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met demonstrating the knowledge of which components are available to depressurize the overpressure SG when automatic equipment failures such as main turbine trip occurs, and the crew has to manually Main Steam Isolate to minimize cooldown after a Rx trip.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor to think that AFW will cause a cooldown and SG pressure will lower, but in fact AFW is isolated to the affected SG due to it being a potential source of SG pressurization, and SGWL being high.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because this would be the primary choice for dumping steam, but the initial conditions stated that GV-1 & TV-4 failed open, therefore the crew would have to isolate the MSIVs to prevent an SI, and continue in ES-0.1.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor with 89% NR SG being an entry into FR-H.3, and that step 3 of FR-H.2 checks affected SG level <96% directing a transition to FR-H.3.

D.

Correct. With no ruptured SG, using the RHR control valve is the appropriate action iaw FR-H.2 step 4 under the major action category of controlling the affected SG pressure based on the current plant conditions.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement W/E13 Steam Generator EK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Steam Over-pressure/ 4 Generator Overpressure) and the following:

Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features KIA#

EK2.1 KIA Importance 3.0 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

Bank - BV2 2005 NRC Exam Q64 (Modified)

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

10M-53A.1.FR-H.2 lss. 3 Rev. O pg. 1 3SQS53.3 FRH Series Att. 4 Rev.2 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3 Rev. 5 Obj. 3 - State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G)

26.

The plant is at 75% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level.

A Large Break LOCA occurred E-1, "Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant" is in progress Containment pressure peaked at 38 psig and is now 9 psig and SLOWLY LOWERING RWST Level is 29 ft. 5 in. and LOWERING Assume no operator action related to equipment stated below Based on the above conditions, which statement below identifies the equipment which will be operating at this time for reducing containment pressure?

A.

Recirc Spray pumps ONLY.

B.

Quench Spray pumps ONLY.

C.

Recirc Spray AND Quench Spray pumps ONLY.

D.

Quench Spray AND Recirc Spray pumps AND Containment Air Recirculation Fans.

Answer: B I

Explanation/Justification:

KJA is met by the candidate recognizing the cnmt and RWST conditions, and the fact that CIB has actuated causing ONLY the Quench Spray pumps to start to meet their intended function of reducing cnmt pressure. The candidate must also recognize that with the volume available in the RWST, the Recirc Spray pumps have not started at the current level.

A.

Incorrect. Recirc Spray pumps will not start until RWST level reaches 27' 7.5" along with the CIB signal.

B.

Correct. Only the Quench Spray pumps will be operating due to the CIB actuation.

C.

Incorrect. QS Pumps will be running, but Recirc Spray pumps will not start until RWST level reaches 27' 7.5" along with the CIB signal.

D.

Incorrect. QS Pumps will be running, but Recirc Spray pumps will not start until RWST level reaches 27' 7.5" along with the CIB signal and the CAR fans will not be operating due the 480VAC bus supply breakers opening on the CIB signal.

Sys#

System W/E14 Loss of CTMT Integrity I 5 KIA#

EK1.1 Category EK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the (High Containment Pressure)

KA Statement Components, capacity, and function of emergency systems KIA Importance 3.3 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-13.1.D Rev 5 pg. 3 Question Source:

Bank - 2LOT8 NRC Exam (027) Modified Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.8141.10, 45.3)

Objective:

1 SQS-13.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 18 Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Containment Depressurization System, including automatic functions, set points and changes in equipment status as applicable.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G)

27.

Given the following plant conditions:

A Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) occurred.

Safety Injection was lost and containment radiation level increased to 3E+5 R/hr.

Safety Injection has been re-established and containment radiation is now 2E+3 R/hr and trending DOWN.

Which of the following describes the correct use of Adverse Containment parameter values for this event?

A.

NOT required during this transient.

B.

Required as soon as the dose rate limit was exceeded, but are no longer required because the dose rate is now below the limit.

C.

Required as soon as the dose rate limit was exceeded, and remain in effect for the duration of the event because total integrated dose is unknown.

D.

Required as soon as the dose rate limit was exceeded, and remain in effect for the duration of the event, because since the dose rate was exceeded, the integrated dose rate was also exceeded.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

K!A is met by requiring the candidate to interpret the containment radiation values at various timelines of the event, and determine whether adverse conditions would still be applicable in the EOP network to operate within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments.

A.

Incorrect. Containment Radiation levels exceeded 1 E + 5 R/hr, so therefore adverse parameters are required.

B.

Incorrect. Although it is true that the limit of 1 E + 5 R/hr was exceeded and also true that the radiation levels are now below this limit, 1 OM-538.5. Gl-2 requires that integrated dose remained less than 1 E +6 R/hr. This value is not known in the stated plant conditions and until it is known, the operator must continue to use adverse parameters.

C.

Correct. !AW 1 OM-538.5.Gl-2, and in conjunction with justifications above.

D.

Incorrect. There is no way of determining if integrated dose was exceeded based on stated plant conditions. Additionally, it is not true that whenever dose rate is exceeded that the integrated dose is exceeded.

System Category KA Statement Sys#

W/E16 High EA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments Containment the (High Containment Radiation)

Radiation/ 9 KIA#

EA2.2 K!A Importance 3.0 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-538.5.Gl-2 lss. 2 Rev. 0 pgs. 13 & 14 Question Source:

Bank - 2LOT7 NRC Exam 027 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 43.5/45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-53.2, Rev. 2 - Obj. 15 Define from memory adverse containment conditions, IAW BVPS EOP Executive Volume.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

28.

The plant was operating at 100% power.

1CC-P-1A CS is in AFTER-START 1CC-P-1B is on clearance for maintenance 1 CC-P-1 C is racked on to OF bus with the CS in AFTER-STOP An inadvertent Reactor Trip has occurred During the transfer to Off-site power, SSST 1 B received a differential protection alarm How many CCR pumps and RCPs will be operating five minutes after the Reactor Trip?

(1)

__ _.._.._ __ Reactor Plant Component Cooling Water pump(s) will be running.

(2)

__ _.._.._ __ Reactor Coolant pumps will be running.

A.

1) One
2) No B.
1) One
2) Two C.
1) Two
2) No D.
1) Two 2 Two Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by placing the candidate in a changing plant lineup and demonstrating knowledge of which RCP and CCW pumps will be energized and running.

A.

Incorrect. Both parts are plausible if the candidate assumes that SSST 1 B supplies 'A' & "B' Normal 4KV busses. Therefore the 'A' CCR pump losses power, and they recognizes that the 'C' CCR pump will auto start. Second part is plausible if they think that SSST 1 B supplies 'A' & "B' Normal 4KV busses which would cause 2 RCPs to trip on undervoltage/under frequency. In this case, the third RCP would also trip due to 2/3 RCP under frequency trip.

8.

Incorrect. First part plausible if the candidate recognizes power will be lost to one of the CCR pumps and doesn't recognize that the EOG sequencer will restart the lost CCR pump. Second part is correct, two RCPs will be running.

C.

Incorrect. Two CCR pumps will be running. Second part plausible if candidate thinks that SSST 18 supplies 'A' & "B' Normal 4KV busses which would cause 2 RCPs to trip on undervoltage/under frequency. In this case, the third RCP would also trip due to 2/3 RCP under frequency trip.

D.

Correct. SSST 1 B supplies the C & 0 Normal 4KV busses. This will cause 'C' RCP to trip on undervoltage due to the loss of 'C' bus, leaving 'A'

& 'B' RCPs running. It will also cause #2 EOG to auto start due to undervoltage on 'OF' bus. When the #2 EOG sequences, the 'C' CCR pump will auto start, and 2 CCR pumps will be running. The candidate must know that a SSST 1B differential protection alarm will cause the 'C' & 'D' busses to de-energize due to an internal transformer fault.

Sys #

System Category 003 Reactor K2. Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:

Coolant Pump KIA#

K2.02 KIA Importance 2.5*

Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Question Source:

New KA Statement CCWpumps RO 1 OM-36.4.AAE Rev. 1 pg. 2, 1 OM-6.3.C Rev. 11 pg. 8 10M-15.1.0 lss. 4Rev.1pg.3 3SQS36.1 PPNT Unit 1 Rev 12 lss. 1 slide 10 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7)

Objective:

3SQS-36.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 16 - Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the 4KV Distribution System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.

1SQS-15.1, Rev. 14 Obj. 3 - Describe the electrical configuration of the CCR pumps and the special considerations that are required if that configuration is changed.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

29.

The plant is at 100% power.

Annunciator A3-126, Reactor Cool Pump Vibration High is LIT

'B' RCP shaft vibration is 16 mils and STABLE

'B' RCP frame vibration is 1 mil and STABLE The crew enters AOP 1.6.8, Abnormal RCP Operation While performing the actions of AOP 1.6.8, the following additional alarms and indications are received:

A3-109, Reactor Cool Pump 1B Seal Vent Pot Level High VCT Pressure, Pl-1CH-117 is 27 psig and STABLE Primary Drains Transfer Tank level, Ll-1DG-107A is 20.1 inches and slowly RISING RCP 1B Seal Leak Off, FR-1CH-154A is 1.21 gpm and STABLE Based on these alarms and indications, which 'B' RCP seal has failed?

A.

  1. 1 seal B.
  1. 2 seal C.
  1. 3 seal D.

Low pressure seal Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met because the candidate must analyze both Control Room indications and annunciators of RCP seal leakage to determine which RCP seal has failed.

A.

Incorrect. If #1 seal had failed seal leak-off flow would be high NOT low. Added VCT pressure to ensure that normal backpressure was felt on #1 seal leakoff.

8.

Correct. With seal vent pot level high, Seal leakoff indicating lower than normal (-2.8 gpm), and TK1 level rising, these all indicate a failure of #2 seal.

C.

Incorrect. If #3 seal had failed the seal vent pot level low would be indicated, NOT high.

D.

Incorrect. The low pressure seal is not functional when the motor is coupled to the pump.

Sys#

System 003 Reactor Coolant Pump KIA#

A4.05 Category A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

KIA Importance 3.1 References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical

References:

Question Source:

Bank - 2LOT15 (Q3)

KA Statement RCP seal leakage detection instrumentation RO 10M-6.4.ABG Rev6 1SQS6.3 PPNT Rev 15 lss 1slide43 10M-53C.4.1.6.8 Rev. 18 pg. 29 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41. 7 / 45.5 to 45.8)

Objective:

1 SQS-6.3, Rev. 15 Obj. 21. Given a change in plant conditions due to system or component failure, analyze the Reactor Coolant Pump and support system to determine what failure has occurred.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

30.

The plant is operating at 100% power when the following occurs:

A.

B.

C.

D.

The air supply to FCV-1CH-122, CHG Flow Regen Hx Inlet Control Viv, actuator has been severed and the valve has repositioned to its failed position Which of the following completes the statement below?

FCV-1CH-122 fails ___

(1_) ___ and RCP seal injection flowwill ___

(2_) __ _

(1)

(2) closed lower closed rise open lower open rise Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met with the knowledge of the effects of a severed air line malfunction on FCV-1 CH-122, charging line flow control valve, and the affects it will have on the RCP seal injection flowrate.

A.

Incorrect. First part is incorrect. FCV-1CH-122 fails open. Plausible if the candidate does not recall the fail position of FCV-1CH-122. Second part is correct. Logical connection to the first part if the applicant believes that FCV-1 CH-122 is upstream of the seal inj. line and the closure of FCV-1CH-122 would stop seal injection flow.

B.

Incorrect. First part is incorrect. FCV-1CH-122 fails open. Plausible ifthe applicant does not recall the fail position of FCV-1CH-122. Second part is incorrect. Logical connection to the first part if the applicant thought that FCV-1 CH-122 failed closed since it would be the correct seal inj.

response for this condition.

C.

Correct. FCV-1CH-122 does fail open. With FCV-1CH-122 being located downstream of the Seal inj. supply line, it will reduce flow to the RCP seal inj.

D.

Incorrect. First part is correct, but the second part is incorrect. Logical connection to the first part if the applicant assumes that more charging flow equates to more seal injection flow.

Sys#

004 System Category Chemical and K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CVCS Volume will have on the following:

Control KA Statement RCP seal injection KIA#

K3.08 KIA Importance 3.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

U1 RM-0407-001 Rev. 34 10M-7.4.IF rev. 3 pg. 12 Question Source:

Bank - Farley 2013 NRC Exam (03)

Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41. 7/45/6)

Objective:

1 SQS-7.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 20. Given a Chemical and Volume Control System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Chemical and Volume Control System control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable.

a. Loss of instrument air

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

31.

The plant is in Mode 4 with RCS temperature at 210°F.

RHR Hx 1 RH-E-1A is on clearance Train "B" of RHR is in service and being used for an RCS cooldown at 25°F/hr All Train "B" RHR components are arranged in their normal alignment for plant cooldown MOV-1 RH-758, RHR HX FCV is 30% OPEN MOV-1 RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV is 50% OPEN As a result of poor Foreign Material Exclusion (FME) practices, a rubber Anti-C boot becomes lodged in the tube side of the "B" RHR Heat Exchanger. The boot BLOCKS 25% of the tubes in the heat exchanger.

IF the RCS cooldown is to CONTINUE at 25°F/hr, the reactor operator will be required to --------

A.

manually CLOSE MOV-1 RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV and allow MOV-1 RH-758, RHR HX FCV to automatically throttle OPEN to maintain total RHS system flow B.

manually OPEN MOV-1 RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV and allow MOV-1 RH-758, RHR HX FCV to automatically throttle CLOSED to maintain tota:I RHS system flow C.

manually CLOSE MOV-1RH-758, RHR HX FCVand allow MOV-1RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV to automatically throttle OPEN to maintain total RHS system flow D.

manually OPEN MOV-1RH-758, RHR HX FCVand allow MOV-1RH-605, RHR HX Bypass FCV to automatically throttle CLOSED to maintain total RHS system flow Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by evaluating the candidates knowledge of how the RHR heat exchanger flow control system will be operated in the event of a partial loss of flow through the heat exchanger were to occur.

A.

Incorrect. Manually closing MOV-1 RH-605 will force more water through the HX. However, MOV-1 RH-758 does not have automatic flow control and will NOT automatically throttle open to maintain RHR system flow.

B.

Incorrect. Manually opening MOV-1 RH-605 will divert water away from the HX which would cause a heatup. Also, MOV-1 RH-758 does not have automatic flow control and will NOT automatically throttle open to maintain RHR system flow.

C.

Incorrect. These actions will reduce the RCS cooldown rate even further.

D.

Correct. IAW 10M-10.4.A cooldown rate is adjusted by manually throttling MOV-1RH-758 to control flow through the RHR HX, and MOV-1RH-605 will automatically throttle to maintain the preset RHR system flow.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 005 Residual K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following RHR heat exchanger Heat will have on the RHRS:

Removal KIA#

K6.03 KIA Importance 2.5 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

Bank - 2LOT6 NRC Exam (030)

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

1 SQS-10.1 PPNT Rev. 18 slide 21 1OM-10.4.A Rev. 34 pg. 27 Unit 1 RM-0410-001rev.15 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)

Objective:

1SQS-10.1, Rev. 18 Obj. 17 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Residual Heat Removal System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

32.

The following conditions exist:

A Large Break LOCA has occurred All systems have functioned as designed At what RWST level and coincidence will the automatic Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation occur?

A.

1) 14' 0.5" coincident with CIB signal B.
1) 14' 0.5" coincident with SI signal C.
1) 27' 7.5" coincident with CIB signal D.
1) 27' 7.5" coincident with SI signal Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met with the knowledge of the ECCS design feature which causes a Transfer to cold leg recirculation to automatically occur when the RWST level reaches 14' 0.5" coincident with an SI signal. This transfer lineup will have the LHSI pumps take suction from the CNMT sump, and discharge to the suction to the HHSI pumps and also discharge to the LHSI cold leg injection lines.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible because the level is correct but the coincidence is with the SI actuation instead of the CIB. RWST of 27' 7.5" coincident with CIB signal will start the RSS pumps.

B.

Correct. 2/4 RWST level at 14' 0.5" coincident with a safety Injection signal will automatically align Cold Leg Recirculation. Recirc alignment shifts the LHSI pump suction to the containment sump, and the HHSI pump suction will be supplied by the LHSI pumps discharge before the RWST is isolated. The LHSI pumps will still be aligned to the RCS Cold Legs via MOV-1 Sl-890C, LHSI to RCS Cold Legs valve which is NSA Open.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible because a RWST level of 27' 7.5" coincident with CIB signal will start the RSS pumps which is an ESF actuation, but it is not correct for the Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible because a RWST level of 27' 7.5" coincident with CIB signal will start the RSS pumps which is an ESF actuation, but it is not correct for the Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 006 Emergency K4 Knowledge of ECCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which Cross-connection of HPl/LPl/SIS Core Cooling provide for the following:

KIA#

K4.14 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New 3.9 Exam Level Technical

References:

RO 10M-13.2.B Rev. 12 pg. 2

. 10M-1.5.B.4 Rev. 17 pg 21 10M-11.3.B.1 Rev. 20 pg. 26 1SQS-11.1 PPNT Rev. 14 Slide 108 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7)

Objective:

1 SQS-11.1 Rev. 14 obj. 18 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Safety Injection System, including automatic functions, set points and changes in equipment status as applicable including the following: c. Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation Logic.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

33.

Given the following:

A reactor trip has occurred due to low RCS pressure.

The crew is performing E-0, reactor Trip or Safety Injection.

A PRZR Safety Valve is failed open.

Containment Pressure is 13. 7 psia and stable.

PRT pressure is 26 psig and rising.

Which of the following describes the highest indicated PRT pressure that will exist just prior to Containment pressure rising due to this event?

A.

84 psig B.

98.7 psig C.

100 psig D.

113.7 psig Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met demonstrating the knowledge of the PRT rupture disc setpoint and the concept that the setpoint is based on pressure inside the tank and containment atmospheric pressure.

A.

Correct. PRT pressure indication is relative to containment atmospheric pressure. The rupture discs actuate at 85 psid between internal tank pressure and containment atmospheric pressure. If containment is at 13. 7 psi a (-1 psig), then PRT pressure (indicated) would be at 84 psig just prior to rupture discs actuating.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if candidate thinks the setpoint is 85 psig + 13. 7psia. Misconception of psig and psia.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if candidate thinks setpoint is 100 psig, and doesn't take cnmt pressure into consideration.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if candidate thinks the setpoint is 100 psig + 13.7psia. Misconception of psig and psia.

Sys #

System Category 007 Pressurizer K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause Relief/Quench Tank effect relationships between the PRTS and the following systems:

KIA#

K1.01 KIA Importance 2.9 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Question Source:

Bank - 1 LOT7 NRG Exam (011)

KA Statement Containment system RO 10M-6.2.B Rev. 17 pg. 9 10M-6.1.C Rev. 7 pg.28 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 I 45.7 to 45.8)

Objective:

1 SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 6 - Given a change in plant conditions, describe the response of the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System field indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

34.

The plant is in Mode 5, preparing to draw a bubble in the PRZR.

PRZR is solid Tcold is 175 F and STABLE RCS pressure is 290 psig and STABLE

'C' RCP is running Both Trains of RHR are in service MOV-1 CH-142, RH L TON to Non-Regen Hx Inlet Flow Control Valve fails CLOSED.

Based on the above conditions, which of the choices below complete the following statements?

1) PRT parameters will be rising due to __

~(1_) ___ discharging to the PRT.

2) The _ ___.(.--2._) __ will automatically prevent the PRT from exceeding design pressure.

A.

1) PCV-1 RC-455C, PRZR PORV Relief Valve
2) Rupture Discs B.
1) PCV-1RC-455C, PRZR PORV Relief Valve
2) PRT Spray Valve, MOV-1 RC-516 C.
1) RV-1RH-721, RHR PP SUCT HOR Relief Valve
2) Rupture Discs D.
1) RV-1RH-721, RHR PP SUCT HOR Relief Valve
2) PRT Spray Valve, MOV-1 RC-516 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by the candidate determining which component will be discharging to the PRT based on plant conditions and setpoint knowledge, and recognize that the automatic rupture disks will release pressure fron"i'the PRT at 85 psig.

A.

Correct. The candidate must know that OPPS is in service when RHR is in service, and must know the different setpoints for OPPS (-400 psig) and the RHR relief (600 psig). The candidate must also know that only 2 PORVs are used for OPPS (455C and 4550), so even if they know OPPS is in service they must recognize that 455C is OPPS. If this condition is not corrected the PRT Rupture Disks will blow out at 85 psig, and release the PRT pressure and contents to the containment.

8.

Incorrect. It is correct that the OPPS PORV is the source into the PRT. The PRT Spray Valve is a plausible distractor because primary grade water is manually used to lower pressure on the PRT, but there are no automatic features associated with the PRT Spray Valve.

C.

Incorrect. It is plausible because the RHR relief does discharge to the PRT, but this relief setpoint is 600 psig, and with OPPS in service, PORV 455C will lift at -400 psig. If this condition is not corrected the PRT Rupture Disks will blow out at 85 psig.

D.

Incorrect. It is plausible because the RHR relief does discharge to the PRT, but this relief setpoint is 600 psig, and with OPPS in service, PORV 455C will lift at -400 psig. The PRT Spray Valve is a plausible distractor because primary grade water is manually used to lower pressure on the PRT, but there are no automatic features associated with the PRT Spray Valve.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 007 Pressurizer A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the PRTS, including:

Components which discharge to the PRT Relief/Quench Tank KIA#

A3.01 KIA Importance 2.7*

Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-6.2.B Rev. 17 pg. 10 10M-6.1.C Rev. 7 pg. 26 & 28 10M-10.2.B rev. 5 pg. 3 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41. 7 I 45.5)

Objective:

1 SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 5 - List the nominal value of the field operating parameters associated with the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System.

1 SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 5 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the field components associated with the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

35.

The plant is at 65% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level.

A6-59, Secondary Comp Cool Water Heat Exchanger Disch Temp High is LIT Tl-1CC-200B, Combined CCT Heat Exchanger Outlet Temp indicates 113°F The crew has entered AOP 1.28.1, Loss Of Secondary Component Cooling Water Which of the following conditions, and required action will be directed by AOP 1.28.1 due to the high Secondary Component Cooling Water temperature condition?

A If Main Feedwater Pump Bearing temperature is 224°F, trip the Main Feedwater pump.

B.

If Turbine Lube Oil Cooler Outlet temperature is 177°F, trip the Reactor.

C.

If Turbine Journal Bearing Metal temperature is 221°F, trip the Turbine.

D.

If Main Condensate Pump Bearing temperature is 175°F, trip the Condensate pump.

Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by the candidate determining that the Main Feedwater Pump Bearing temperature has exceeded its high temperature setpoint due to the high Secondary Component Cooling Water temperature, and requires the MFW pump to be,tripped per the loss of secondary cooling water AOP.

A.

Correct. In accordance with AOP-1.28.1, if the Main Feedwater Pump Bearing temperature is >220°F, then a MFP trip is required. The AOP doesn't have the operator look at Rx power, but it does state if all MFW is lost, then trip Rx. The power level of 65% in the stem was given so that the candidate would not think they had to trip the Rx due to being >70% as required in the loss offeedwater AOP.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor since AOP-1.28.1 requires a Rx trip if Turbine Lube Oil Cooler Outlet temperature is ~180°F with Rx power >P9 (49%).

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor since AOP-1.28.1 requires a Rx trip if Turbine Journal Bearing Metal temperature is ~225°F with Rx power >P9 (49%).

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor since AOP-1.28.1 requires the pump tripped if Main Condensate Pump Bearing temperature is ~180°F Sys#

008 KIA#

System Component Cooling Water A2.03 Category A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

KIA Importance 3.0 Exam Level RO KA Statement High/low CCW temperature References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-53C.4.1.28.1Rev.3 pg. 7 & LHP.

Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 I 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)

Objective:

1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 19 - Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

36.

Given the following conditions after a small Load Rejection:

Tl-1 RC-453, PRZR Liquid temperature, indicates 645°F Tl-1 RC-454, PRZR Vapor temperature, indicates 655°F Pressurizer pressure is 2270 psig Based on the above temperature indications, which of the following statements is correct?

A.

The water is at saturation.

B.

The steam is at saturation.

C.

The water is subcooled by approximately 5°F.

D.

The st~am is superheated by approximately 5°F.

Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KJA is met by the candidate taking actual plant parameters of PZR pressure, PZR vapor and liquid temperature, and determining the condition of the PZR fluid.

A.

Incorrect. Based on the liquid temperature, the water is subcooled by approximately 10F.

8.

Correct. The saturation pressure is based on the 2270 psig (2285 psia) which has a corresponding saturation temperature of 655'F.

C.

Incorrect. The water is subcooled approximately 1 O'F.

D.

Incorrect. The steam is at saturation, if the assumption is that the state of the fluids is based on the liquid temperature, and an error is made in determining psia, then the steam would be indicating superheated conditions of approximately 5°F.

Sys#

010 K/A#

System Pressurizer Pressure Control KS.01 Category KS Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the PZR PCS:

KIA Importance 3.5 References provided to Candidate Steam Tables Exam Level Technical

References:

Question Source:

Bank-Diablo Canyon 2012 NRC Exam (Q8)

KA Statement Determination of condition of fluid in PZR, using steam tables RO Steam tables Question Cognitive Level:

Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)

Objective:

GO-GPF.T3, Rev. O Obj. 8 -Apply saturated and superheated steam tables in solving liquid-vapor problems.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

37.

The plant is at 100% power, when PRZR Spray Viv, PCV-1RC-455B fails OPEN.

1) Which of the following annunciators will be in alarm FIRST?
2) How will RCS Subcooling respond to this event?

Annunciator __

_.,(...;..1 ),__ __ will alarm first, and RCS subcooling will ---""'(2"'") __

A.

1) A4-23, Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block
2) decrease B.
1) A4-23, Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block
2) increase C.
1) A4-11, Pressurizer Control Pressure Low
2) decrease D.
1) A4-11, Pressurizer Control Pressure Low
2) increase Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by evaluating the candidates knowledge of the annunciators associated with lowering RCS pressure due to a failed open spray valve, and which annunciator will alarm first. Then determine the RCS subcooling indications will be decreasing with the lowering RCS pressure.

A.

Incorrect. Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block alarms at 2000 psig after A4-11. Plausible distractor because both of these alarms will come in as pressure is lowering. Subcooling will be decreasing.

B.

Incorrect. Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block alarms at 2000 psig after A4-11. Plausible distractor because both of these alarms will come in as pressure is lowering. RCS subcooling will be decreasing as RCS pressure lowers. Plausible distractor ifthe candidate does not understand how subcooling is calculated.

C.

Correct. When the spray valve fails open RCS pressure will continue to lower until a Rx trip occurs, and the associated RCPs are tripped.

Pressurizer Control Pressure Low alarms at 2185 psig, and Pressurizer 2/3 Press Relief Block alarms at 2000 psig. As pressure is lowering the RCS subcooling will also be lowering.

D.

Incorrect. Pressurizer Control Pressure Low will alarm first, but RCS subcooling will be decreasing as RCS pressure lowers. Plausible distractor if the candidate does not understand how subcooling is calculated.

Sys#

System Category 010 Pressurizer Generic Pressure Control K/A#

2.4.31 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New 4.2 KA Statement Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or response procedures.

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

10M-6.4. ABU lss. 3 rev. O pg. 1 10M-6.4. AAM rev. 2 pg. 2 GO-GPF.T3 Rev. 0 pg. 49 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.1o/45.3)

Objective:

1SQS-6.4, Rev. 14 Obj. 17 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Pressurizer and Pressurizer Relief System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.

GO-GPF.T3, Rev 0 Obj. 11 - Define the following terms: Subcooling

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

38.

Given the following conditions:

The plant is operating at 100% power.

DC-SWBD-1 Breaker 8-7, "Reactor Trip Breaker Switchgear (RTA, BYB)" tripped OPEN.

Which of the following statements describe the effect that this loss of DC power will have on the 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker?

A.

Reactor will trip due to a shunt trip of 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker.

B.

Reactor will trip due to an undervoltage trip of 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker.

C.

A shunt trip signal will NOT be capable of opening 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker.

0.

An undervoltage trip signal will NOT be capable of opening 'A' Reactor Trip Breaker.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the 125 VDC power supply in RPS, and knowing that the shunt trip coil is normally de-energized, that in the event of a loss of 125VDC, the coil will be unable to actuate a RX trip.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible because most actuations are de-energized to actuate, but the shunt trip requires that 125 VDC be applied to the shunt trip coil to cause the breaker to open.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible because the UV trip receives power from a DC power supply, but the power supply is 48 VDC within SSPS.

c.

Correct. Bkr 8-7 supplies 125 VDC power to the shunt trip coil for Train A Trip Breaker. UV coils and shunt trip relays are supplied from 48 VDC from SSPS. The shunt trip coil is normally de-energized and without power available, a shunt trip of Train A Trip Breaker is not possible.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible because the UV trip receives power from a DC power supply, but the power supply is 48 VDC within SSPS and is de-energized to actuate.

Sys#

012 KIA#

System Reactor Protection K1.02 Category K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the RPS and the following systems:

KA Statement 125V de system KIA Importance 3.4 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

3SQS-1.2 U1 LP PPT rev. 8 slide 9 U1 RE-0021 TZ Rev. AA 1OM-53C.4.1.39.1A Rev. 8 pg. 30 Question Source:

Bank-Comanche Peak 2013 NRC Exam (010)

Question Cognitive Level:

Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.2 to 41.91 45.7 to 45.8)

Objective:

3SQS-1.2, Rev. 7 Obj. 11 - Given a Reactor Protection System Hardware configuration and without referenced material, describe the Reactor Protection System Hardware control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable: Loss of electrical power

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

39.

Given the following plant conditions:

A.

B.

C.

D.

The plant is stable in Mode 3 following a reactor trip.

Containment Pressure Transmitter PT-1 LM-1 OOA has failed LOW.

All required actions directed by the Instrument Failure Procedure were completed.

Subsequently, Containment Pressure Transmitter PT-1LM-100D fails HIGH.

Which of the following identifies the ESF logic response to the subsequent containment instrument failure?

CIB __

__._(1'-'-) ___ actuate, and Safety Injection ---"""(2:;:.,.) ___ actuate.

CIB Safety Injection (1)

(2) will will will will NOT will NOT will will NOT will NOT Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge to determine that the initial cnmt channel was placed in trip/bypass, and the ability to determine that a second failure will not cause an ESF actuation based on the specific input channels and logic.

A.

Refer to correct answer explanation.

B.

Refer to correct answer explanation.

C.

Refer to correct answer explanation.

D.

Correct. The candidate must recognize that the initial failure was on CH-I. The stem states that all required actions of the IF procedure have been completed, which means that the CH-I input to the CIB actuation circuitry has been bypassed which changes the actuation logic from 2/4 to 2/3.

Upon a subsequent failure of a 2nd channel, (CH-II), NO GIB actuations will occur because only 1 of 3 Channels have seen the failure. CH I does not provide input to Safety Injection actuation circuitry, so therefore when CH II fails it does not satisfy the 2/3 logic required for Safety Injection to actuate, therefore no SI actuation occurs. All distractors are plausible if the candidate does not know SSPS logics or impacts of these failures upon the system.

Category KA Statement Sys#

013 System Engineered Safety Features Actuation A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ESFAS including:

Input channels and logic KIA#

A3.01 KIA Importance 3.7*

References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

Bank - Vision 254545 Modified Exam Level RO Technical

References:

1 OM-1.4.IF Rev. 8 pgs. 5 & 7 U1 USFAR Fig. 7.2-1 Rev. 22 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41. 7 I 45.5)

Objective:

3SQS-1.2-01-07: Given a Reactor Protection System Hardware alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s),

determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the field.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

40.

Given the following initial conditions:

Plant is at 100% power

'A' and 'B' CNMT Air Recirc (CAR) Fans are RUNNING

'C' CNMT Air Recirc Fan is aligned to Bus 1 N, with the control switch GREEN targeted Subsequent conditions:

A 11-25, Containment Air Recirc Fan Auto Stop is in alarm

'A' CNMT Air Recirc Fan indicating light is Bright WHITE Based on the above conditions, complete the following statements.

'C' CAR fan will (1)

Cooling water (2)


'~---automatically aligned to the 'C' Containment Air Recirculation Cooling Coils.

A.

1) auto start
2) is B.
1) auto start
2) is NOT C.
1) remain shutdown
2) is D.
1) remain shutdown 2

is NOT Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by the candidate knowing that the 'C' CAR fan will not automatically start, and that the Alarm Response Procedure for the dvercurrent trip of the 'A' CAR fan will have the crew refer to 1 OM-44C.4.D to manually start the stby CAR fan. The startup procedure will also align cooling water if it is necessary for containment temperature control.

A.

Incorrect. Cnmt Air Recirc Fans do not auto start. Plausible distractor because the CS in the control room is STOP-AUTO-START, and the stem stated the CS was green targeted and aligned to the same bus that 'A' CAR fan is energized from. Second part is plausible because some valves do auto align on a system startup.

B.

Incorrect. Cnmt Air Recirc Fans do not auto start. Plausible distractor because the CS in the control room is STOP-AUTO-START, and the stem stated the CS was green targeted and aligned to the same bus that 'A' CAR fan is energized from. Second part is correct.

C.

Incorrect. 'C' CAR fan will remain shutdown. Second part is plausible because some valves do auto align on a system startup.

D.

Correct. 'C' CAR fan will remain shutdown. Second part is also correct. OM-44C.4.D states to align cooling water if it is necessary for containment temperature control.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 022 Containment A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCS; Fan motor over-current Cooling and (b} based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

K/A#

A2.01 KIA Importance 2.5 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Question Source:

New RO 10M-44C.4.D Rev. 13 pg. 8-10 10M-44C.4.AAD Rev. 13 lss. 2 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)

Objective:

1 SQS-44C.1, Rev.1 O Obj. 4 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the field components associated with the Containment Ventilation System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

41.

The plant has tripped from 100% power due to a LOCA.

The Crew has transitioned to ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation".

A 1-25, "2/4 RWST LO LEVEL & SI AUTO XFR SI INJ TO RECIRC" is LIT.

  • -G, "Cold Leg Recirculation Actuation" is in progress.

Which of the following valves will automatically CLOSE to prevent radioactive release from the containment to the RWST? (disregard system check valves)

1. MOV-1 Sl-885A, B, C, D, LHSI Pump Mini Flow lsol Valves
2. MOV-1CH-115B, D, RWST Discharge to Chg Pumps Suet Valves
3. MOV-1Sl-862A, B, LHSI Pump RWST Suction Valves
4. MOV-1 Sl-860A, B, LHSI Pump Rx CNMT Sump Suet Valves A.

1 and 2 ONLY.

B.

3 and 4 ONLY.

C.

1, 2 and 3 ONLY.

D.

1, 2, 3 and 4.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the interrelation between the RWST (Cnmt Spray System) and the Charging/Safety Injection system, and the automatic swapover features which are designed to prevent escape of radioactivity from containment to the outside after a Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.

A.

Incorrect. MOV-1 Sl-862A, B also close to prevent cnmt sump water from reaching the RWST.

B.

Incorrect. MOV-1 Sl-885s and MOV-1 CH-1158, D also close to isolate the RWST from the cnmt. MOV-1 Sl-860A, B Opens on transfer to recirc.

C.

Correct. The candidate must know that the 885s, 115s, and 862s all automatically close on Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation to isolate the RWST from Cnmt. The question is focused on automatic interlocks, therefore 'disregard system check valves' is included in the question stem to eliminate confusion since MOV-1CH-115A & Bare closed to provide redundant isolation (UFSAR) due to check valve Sl-27 being in the flowpath.

D.

Incorrect. MOV-1 Sl-860A, B Opens on transfer to recirc.

Sys#

026 System Containment Spray Category K4 Knowledge of CSS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:

KA Statement Prevention of path for escape of radioactivity from containment to the outside (interlock on RWST isolation after swapover)

K/A#

K4.09 KIA Importance 3.7*

Exam Level Technical

References:

RO References provided to Candidate None U1 UFSAR Rev 24 pg. 6.3-27 1 OM-53A.1.1-G Rev. 2 U1 RM-0413-001 Rev. 25 U1 RM-0407-001 Rev. 34 U1 RM-0411-001 Rev. 27 Question Source:

Bank - 2LOT8 NRC Exam (Q40) Modified Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7)

Objective:

1 SQS-13.1 Rev 15 Obj. 21 - Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Containment De pressurization System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.

1 SQS-11.1 Rev. 14 obj.19 - Given a Safety Injection System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Safety Injection System control room response to the following actuation signals, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable: c. Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

42.

Which of the following conditions does NOT meet the applicable Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO)?

A.

TV-1MS-101C, Main Steam Trip Valve lost DC control power in MODE 4.

B.

PCV-1MS-10681, Condenser Steam Dump Valve has a broken valve stem in MODE 1.

C.

SV-1 MS-105A, 'A' Steam Generator Safety Valve lift setpoint is out of tolerance in MODE 3.

D.

HCV-1MS-104, Residual Heat Release Control Valve broken air line on actuator in MODE 1.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by the candidate demonstrating knowledge of various Limiting Conditions for Operation and Mode of applicability and making a determination which Main Steam component does not meet the LCO.

A.

Incorrect. IAW LCO 3. 7.2 Three MS IVs shall be operable in Modes 1, and MODES 2 and 3 except when all MS IVs are closed and de-activated.

Plausible answer since the candidate must know that the LCO is not applicable in Mode 4.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible answer because the Condenser Steam Dump PCV-1 MS-10661 is 1 of 3 condenser steam dumps used to cool down the plant during both normal and emergency conditions, but it is not covered by Tech Specs.

C.

Correct. IAW LCO 3. 7.1 Five MSSV per SG shall be operable when in Modes 1,2, and 3. A Safety valve lift setpoint out of tolerance does make it inoperable in Mode 3.

D.

Incorrect. IAW LC,O 3. 7.4, three ADV lines shall be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, and 3, and MODE 4 when steam generator is relied upon for heat removal. Plausible answer because some candidates may consider the RHR valve an ADV but at Unit 1 it is not considered as such.

Sys#

System 039 Main and Reheat Steam Category Generic KA Statement Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license.

KIA#

2.2.38 KIA Importance 3.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Tech Specs pgs. 3.7.1-1 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Lev.el:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41. 7 I 41.10 I 43.1 I 45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-PL TSYS ITS, Rev. 2 Obj. 3 - Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Section Plant Systems System LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements, and the Applicability.

1 SQS-21.1, Rev. 16 Obj. 7 - Identify the Main Steam Supply System field instruments, subsystems and components that are required to be operable by the Technical Specifications & Licensing Requirements Manual.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

43.

Reactor power is 11 %, with a plant startup in progress.

Tavg is 551°F and STABLE RCS pressure is 2235 psig and STABLE STM Dump Control Mode Selector switch is in "STM PRESS" position Cooldown Vlvs Control AM-1MS-464B is in AUTO and set for 1005 psig Main Steam Manifold pressure transmitter PT-1 MS-464 (input to steam dumps) suddenly fails to zero.

How will the steam dumps respond to this failure?

All steam dump valves will ___________ _

A.

initially CLOSE, then the cooldown valves will modulate OPEN to control pressure at 1005 psig.

B.

CLOSE and remain CLOSED until the operator places AM-1 MS-4648 in "MAN" and increases the output signal.

C.

initially CLOSE, then the Load rejection controller will "Arm" and the first 2 banks will modulate OPEN to control Tavg at 553°F.

D.

CLOSE and remain CLOSED until the operator places the STM Dump Control Mode Selector switch in the "Tavg" position.

Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the SOS response to a loss of Main Steam Pressure transmitter, and how it will be responded to in the control room.

A.

Incorrect. The steam dumps will close, but with PT464 indicating 0 psig, and SDs in' steam pressure mode, they will not open to try to maintain 1005 psig.

B.

Correct. In Steam Pressure mode, PT464 controls the steam dump actions. When steam pressure indicates O psig on PT464, the SOS will have no demand to open the steam dumps.

C.

Incorrect. Valves will close, but they will NOT re-open. The Load rejection controller would arm if PT446 failed low, but this is not indicated in the stem.

D.

Incorrect. It is correct the steam dumps will close. Even if the Steam Dump Control Mode selector switch is taken to the Tavg position, the dumps will NOT open since no arming signal exist.

Sys#

System 039 Main and Reheat Steam Category K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the MRSS will have on the following:

KA Statement sos KIA#

K3.06 KIA Importance 2.8*

Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-21.5.A.24 Rev 4 10M-21.5.A.25 Rev 4 Question Source:

Bank-1 LOT14 Audit Exam (Q35)

Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)

Objective:

1 SQS-21.1, Rev. 16 Obj. 13. Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Main Steam Supply System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

44.

A plant startup is in progress in accordance with 1 OM-52.4.B, Load Following.

Rx power is 48% and RISING 2 Condensate pumps are RUNNING 1FW-P-1B, Main FW 18 Pump is RUNNING In accordance with 1 OM-52.4.B, Load Following, when should the second main feedwater pump be started?

A.

reactor power is 51-52%

B.

A?-31, Steam Generator Feed Pump Disch Flow Low-Stop One Pump annunciator CLEARS C.

Fl-1 FW-150, Main Feedwater Pump Flow is 12,000 -13,000 GPM D.

FCV-1FW-1508, SG Main FW Pump 18 Recirc Valve indicates CLOSED Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

KJA is met by demonstrating the ability to start a second MFW pump during a plant startup when required by plant procedures based on the plant power level of 51-52%.

A.

Correct. The Load Following procedure directs the starting of the second MFW pump at 51-52% power or when annunciator A?-39, 'SG Feed Pump Discharge Flow HI Start 2nd Pump' is in alarm.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because A?-31, Steam Generator Feed Pump Disch Flow Low-Stop One Pump annunciator alarms when 2 MFW pumps are running and feedwater flow lowers to <14000 gpm. This alarm alerts the operator to secure one MFW pump. By stating that the alarm clears in this selection, it makes the answer plausible.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because Fl-1 FW-150 is the input to A?-39, 'SG Feed Pump Discharge Flow HI Start 2nd Pump' annunciator which alerts the operator to start a second MFW pump. A7-39 doesn't alarm until Fl-1 FW-150 indicates >15000 gpm with one MFW pump running.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks the FCV-1 FW-1506, 1 B Recirc Valve closes when the MFW pump is supplying maximum flow capable, when in fact FCV-1 FW-1508 closes when either main feed pump is operating and flow to the steam generators is greater than 8,000 gpm or if both main feed pumps are shutdown.

Sys#

059 System Main Feedwater Category KA Statement A 1 Ability to predict andior monitor changes in parameters (to Power level restrictions for operation of MFW prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MFW pumps and valves.

controls including:

KIA#

A1.03 KIA Importance 2.7*

Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-52.4.B Rev. 53 pg. 93 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 I 45.5)

Objective:

1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 13 - List the nominal value of the control room operating parameters associated with the Main Feedwater, Dedicated Auxiliary Feedwater, Auxiliary Feedwater System and Steam Generator Water Level Control Systems.

1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 19 - Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.

1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 20 - Given a Main Feedwater, Dedicated Auxiliary Feedwater, Auxiliary Feedwater System or Steam Generator Water Level Control System alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the control room.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

45.

The plant is operating at 100% power.

The breaker for SOV-1MS-105A, Control Solenoid forTV-1MS-105A, AFW Turbine Steam Supply A Train Trip Valve, has tripped OPEN Based on the above conditions, which of the following completes the statement below.

The Turbine Driven AFW Pump will __________ _

A.

NOT automatically start under any condition B.

immediately start and operate at full design capacity C.

only start if an Auto Start initiation signal occurs, and will operate at full design capacity D.

only start if an Auto Start initiation signal occurs, but insufficient steam is available to operate at full design capacity Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by the knowledge which is demonstrated by identifying the failure mode of the control solenoid for the steam admitting valve for the TDAFW pump, then determining that design flow will be obtained.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor is the candidate thinks TV-1 MS-105A & Bare in series, and the control solenoid failure prevents the valve from opening with or without an Auto Start initiation signal.

B.

Correct. On a loss of power the solenoid will de-energize causing TV-1MS-105A to open. It is a fail open valve which is in parallel with TV-1MS-1058. The plant operating at 100% power, steam is supplied from 2 SGs, up through NSA open MOV-1MS-105, and normally is isolated from the NSA open 1 MS-465 (trip throttle valve) by TV-1MS-105A & B. One open train of steam supplied to the TDAFW is sufficient for design flow.

C.

Incorrect. This is plausible if the candidate thinks the control solenoid de-energizing would cause TV-1MS-105A to fail close, and knowing that TV-1MS-105B is in parallel and capable of supplying sufficient steam for full design flow.

D.

Incorrect. This is plausible if the candidate thinks the control solenoid de-energizing would cause TV-1MS-105A to fail close, and knowing that TV-1MS-105B is in parallel and with one valve closed not capable of supplying sufficient steam for full design flow.

System Category KA Statement Sys#

061 Auxiliary/Erne K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following Controllers and positioners rgency will have on the AFW components:

K6.01 KIA Importance 2.5 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New Exam Level RO Technical

References:

1 OM-24.1.D Rev 6 pg 3 U1 RM-0421-001 Rev 25 10M-21.3.B.1 Rev 22 pg 13 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41. 7 I 45.7)

Objective:

1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 17. Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Main Feedwater, Dedicated Auxiliary Feedwater, Auxiliary Feedwater System or Steam Generator Water Level Control System's control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

46.

Given the following conditions.

A.

B.

C.

D.

The plant is in Mode 3 with all systems in normal alignment for this mode ACB-41A trips on overcurrent causing a loss of the "A" 4KV bus No operator actions have been taken What will be the status of the 'A' and 'B' 480v buses five minutes after ACB-41 A trips?

480v Bus

'A' De-energized Energized De-energized Energized 480v Bus

'8' De-energized Energized Energized De-energized Answer: B ExplanationfJustification:

KJA is met by testing the knowledge of the existence of the automatic bus transfer between 480v busses 1A and 1 Bon an undervoltage condition of the bus. The time delay of 45 seconds, as well as how an overcurrent condition on 'A' 4KV will affect the 480v bus 1A, and the interlocksfauto design feature of the supply and tie brks work with each other are required knowledge to answer the question.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks both busses are powered from 'A' 4KV bus A. 480 bus 1 B is supplied from 4KV bus 1 C.

B.

Correct Both bus 1A and 16 will be energized. The 'A' 4KV bus will be locked out on overcurrent causing the 'A' 480v bus to be initially de-energized. The 1A-1 B bus tie bkr (1A10) will close automatically to carry the loads on bus 1A from bus 1 B. The ABT requires bus 1 B to be energized, and there is approximately a 45 second delay after bus 1A receives the undervoltage condition. All 480v bkr control switch are in the normal alignment as stated in the stem, and the stem states 5 minutes after ACB41 opens causing the undervoltage condition.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate knows that 480 bus 16 is supplied from 4KV bus 1 C and energized, but does not know of the automatic bus transfer that supplies 480v bus 1A from 1 Bon a loss of power.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks that 480 bus 1A is supplied from 4KV bus 1C and energized, and thinks 480v bus 1.B is de-energized due to the loss of 4KV bus 'A', and does not know of the automatic bus transfer that supplies each 480v bus 1A or 1 B on a loss of power.

Sys#

062 KIA#

System AC Electrical Distribution K4.03 Category K4 Knowledge of ac distribution system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:

KA Statement Interlocks between automatic bus transfer and breakers KIA Importance 2.8*

Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-37.1.D lss. 4 Rev. 0 pgs. 3-5 U1 RE-0100A rev. 9 3SQS-37.1 U1 PPNT Rev. 9 iss. 2 Slide 44 Question Source:

Bank-Vision 257139 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41. 7)

Objective:

3SQS-37.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 3 - Describe the control, protection, and interlock functions associated with the 480 VAC Distribution System operation for the following. Include automatic functions, set points, and changes in equipment status. 480 VAC bus supply breakers &

480 VAC bus tie breakers

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

47.

The plant is operating at 75% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level.

A loss of DC Bus 1 has occurred The crew has entered AOP 1.39.1A, Loss of 125VDC Bus 1 What is the status of 4 KV Bus 1A and 1AE two minutes after the Loss of DC Bus 1?

4 KV Bus 1A will __

__,_(1:....i..) ___, and 4 KV Bus 1AE will __

_.,;;;(2_._) __ _

(1)

(2)

A.

be energized be energized B.

be energized NOT be energized C.

NOT be energized be energized D.

NOT be energized NOT be energized Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KJA is mei by demonstrating the ability to monitor the operation of major plant busses after a loss of DC Bus 1. The operator will have to determine what the status of the busses will be two minutes after the event. Two minutes is sufficient time for the Rx to trip due to a loss of feedwater, and for the fast bus transfer to occur. On the fast bus transfer the candidate will have to recognize that Offsite breaker ACB41A will fail to close due to the failure of the fast bus auto transfer due to no DC control power, and the EOG will fail to start due to a loss of DC power to the air start solenoids.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible answer if the candidate doesn't recognize that a Rx trip will occur due to a loss of DC bus 1. The Busses will remain energized until the fast bus transfer occurs after the Rx trip.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible answer if the candidate thinks the fast bus transfer will occur and energize the 'A' 4KV bus, but the 'AE' bus will not be energized due to the loss of DC power to the air start solenoids.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible answer ifthe candidate recognizes that the fast bus transfer will not energize the 'A' 4kv bus, but thinks that the EOG will start on the loss of power to the AE bus.

D.

Correct. Within 2 minutes after the loss of DC Bus 1, the Rx will trip due to the FRVs failing closed, and the auto transfer to Off-site power occurs.

Sys#

063 K/A#

Bus 'A' power is lost due to ACB41 A not closing on the fast bus transfer due to ACB41 C failing to open on the loss of DC control power. Bus 'AE' will not be energized because of two reasons, first the #1 EOG will not start due to the loss of DC power to the air start solenoids, and second, no de control power is available to close ACB 1 E9, EOG Output Breaker if the EOG were able to start.

System Category KA Statement DC Electrical A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

Major breakers and control power fuses Distribution A4.01 KIA Importance 2.8*

Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

1 OM-53C.4.1.39.1A Rev. 8 pgs. 1, 20, 29 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8)

Objective:

3SQS-39.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 16 - Describe the control, protection, and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the 125 VDC Distribution System including automatic functions, set points, and changes in equipment status as applicable.

3SQS-39.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 19 - Given a 125 VDC Distribution System configuration, and without reference material, describe the 125 VDC Distribution System control room response to the following malfunctions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status. c. Loss of DC Bus

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

48.

Given the following plant conditions:

The plant is at 100% power Vertical Board 'C' indicator for No. 2 DC Bus Grd Volts meter indicates a + 110 VDC ground The crew performs 10M-39.4.E, Clearing Grounds (125 VDC Busses 1-1and1-2)

The ground is discovered to be on battery charger 1-2 How will No. 2 DC Bus Voltage indication in the Control Room respond when battery charger 1-2 is removed from service?

What action must be taken to ensure continued plant operation in regards to maintaining No. 2 DC Bus Voltage?

No. 2 DC Bus Voltage indication will be __

__._(1_,_) ___ when the battery charger is removed from service.

Plant operation may continue by (2)

A.

1) lower
2) placing the redundant battery charger in service B.
1) lower
2) closing DC Bus 1-2A to Bus 5 crosstie breaker C.
1) unaffected
2) placing the redundant battery charger in service D.
1) unaffected
2) closing DC Bus 1-2A to Bus 5 crosstie breaker

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

Question 48 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by the candidates ability to predict that when the battery charger is removed from service due to grounds, that the CR indication of DC bus voltage will lower to battery voltage. The candidate also has to know that continued plant operation cannot continue on the battery beyond its design of 2hrs, therefore the redundant charger for bus 1-2 must be placed in service.

A.

Correct. With the charger supplying a float charge to the bus, the voltage is normally 132 VDC (129-138 vclc). When the charger is removed from service, bus voltage will lower to approximately 125 vdc. DC Bus 1-2 has 2 battery chargers available to maintain DC bus voltage, battery charger 1-2A and 1-2B. In the event one fails, the redundant battery charger will be placed in service to maintain DC loads.

B.

Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is a plausible distractor because DC bus 1-2 can be aligned to supply DC bus 5 in the event battery charger 5 fails.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks the CR indication is the battery voltage, or that the charger maintains the same voltage as the battery.

Second part is correct.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks the CR indication is the battery voltage, or that the charger maintains the same voltage as the battery.

Second part is a plausible distractor because DC bus 1-2 can be aligned to supply DC bus 5 in the event battery charger 5 fails.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 063 DC Electrical A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the DC Grounds Distribution electrical systems; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

KIA#

A2.01 KIA Importance 2.5 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

None Technical

References:

10M-39.4.E rev. 7 pg. 5 10M-39.4.C rev. 10 pg. 13 10M-39.1.B rev. 1 pg. 3 Unit 1 RE-0001V rev. 33 Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-39.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 2 - Describe the distribution paths for the 125 VDC Distribution System from the batteries and chargers to the I 125 voe Distribution Panels.

3SQS-39.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 8 - State the following NSA parameters for the 125 VDC Distribution System. a. Battery Float Voltage

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

49.

What is the power supply to the #1 EOG starting air compressor 1 EE-C-2A?

A.

DC-SWBD-1 B.

DC-SWBD-2 C.

MCC1-E7 D.

MCC1-E8 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the 480 VAC power supplied to #1 EOG air compressors.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible answer since 125 VOC OC-SWB0-1 is supplied to #1 EOG for air compressor control circuit and starting air solenoids.

125VOC does run some lube oil pumps, therefore it's plausible that it could supply the air compressors for the EOG operation.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible answer since 125 VDC DC-SWBD-2 is supplied to #2 EDG for air compressor control circuit and starting air solenoids.

125VDC does run some lube oil pumps, therefore it's plausible that it could supply the air compressors for the EDG operation. The candidate may think that the second air compressor is supplied by the opposite train of DC power.

C.

Correct. MCC1-E7 supplies power to both #1 EOG air compressors 1EE-C-1A and 1EE-C-2A.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible answer because MCC1-E8 supplies both #2 EOG air compressors. Candidate must know that both air compressors on the EOG are supplied by the same bus, but they may think that the second air compressor is supplied from the other train as a reliable source.

Category Sys#

064 System Emergency Diesel Generator K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:

KA Statement Air compressor K/A#

K2.01 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

Bank - Vision #123486 2.7*

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

10M-36.1.C rev. 6 pg. 9 RM-0436-001 Rev. 11 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41. 7)

Objective:

1 SQS-36.2, Rev. 18 Obj. 3 - Identify the power supplies for the EDG components which are powered from the class 1E electrical distribution system. (For the 4160v system, include the power train and bus designation. For the 480v system, include only the power train.)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

50.

What type of radiation detectors are used for the RM-1MS-102 Steam Generator Leak Monitoring System, and the leak rate indications are not valid until reactor power is above what reactor power?

RM-1MS-102 Steam Generator Leak Monitoring System uses a __

_.._(1:....L.) ___ detector.

Leak rate indications are NOT valid until reactor power is greater than (2)

A.

1) Beta Scintillation
2) 20 % power B.
1) Beta Scintillation
2) 30 % power C.
1) Gamma Scintillation
2) 20 % power D.
1) Gamma Scintillation
2) 30 % power Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating that Gamma Scintillation detector are used for the SG N-16 detectors to provide an indication of a primary-secondary leak, and that there are not sufficient N-16 gammas produced when Rx power is <20%

for the detector to provide accurate indications.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor as there are only two types of detectors used in the process radiation monitoring system. Gamma and Beta Scintillation detectors. Second part is correct.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor as there are only two types of detectors used in the process radiation monitoring system. Gamma and Beta Scintillation detectors. Second part is a plausible value for Rx power but it is too high.

C.

Correct. Steam Generator Leak detectors use Gamma Scintillation detectors to detect N-16 gammas in the main steam lines when Rx power is

>,20%. When Rx power is <20%, N-16 production in the core reduces significantly.

D.

Incorrect. Gamma Scintillation detector is correct. Second part is a plausible value for Rx power but it is too high.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 073 Process KS Knowledge of the operational implications as they apply to Radiation theory, including sources, types, uniis, Radiation concepts as they apply to the PRM system:

and effects Monitoring KIA#

K5.01 KIA Importance 2.5 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental Exam Level Technical

References:

RO 1OM-43.1.E Rev. 12 pg. 7 1 OM-43.4.0 Rev. 4 pg. 2 10M-43.1.C Rev. 8 pg. 6 10M-43.1.D Rev. 10 pg. 2 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 I 45. 7)

Objective:

1 SQS-43.1-01-1: Describe the function of the Radiation Monitoring systems and the associated major components.

1 SQS-43.1-01-7: Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Radiation Monitoring System, including automatic functions, and changes in equipment status as applicable.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

51.

Given the following plant conditions:

The plant was operating at 100% power An event occurred that caused containment pressure to peak at 6 psig Off site Power has remained available for the duration of the event All System functions as designed Based on these plant conditions, which of the following combinations of reactor and turbine building components will have River Water flow for temperature control?

CCR HX's = Reactor Plant Component Cooling Water Heat Exchangers CCT HX's = Turbine Plant Component Cooling Water Heat Exchangers EDG's = Emergency Diesel Generators RSS HX's = Recirculation Spray Heat Exchangers CCR HX's A.

YES B.

YES C.

NO D.

YES Answer: B CCT HX's YES YES NO NO EDG's YES YES NO YES RSS HX's YES NO NO NO Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by the candidate predicting which of the listed components will have Service/River water supplied after an SI and CIA signal occur. The KIA statement is met by identifying that the CCR, CCT, and EOG HXs will have temperature control capabilities, and the RSS HXs will not have Service/River Water available for temperature control after a Safety Injection.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks MOV-1RW-103A-D (RSS Hx) open on a Safety injection signal.

B.

Correct. At >5 psig containment pressure, SI and CIA have actuated. CCR and CCT Hxs are not affected by the SI signal, and RW will remain available to the HXs. The SI signal will start EDGs and open MOV-1 RW-113A-D, therefore providing cooling to EDG's. RSS Hx valves, MOV-1 RW-103A-D do not automatically open until a GIB.signal is received at 11.1 psig, therefore they will remain closed.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks a CIB has occurred which would close MOV-1RW-106A & B (CCR) and MOV-1 RW-114A & B (CCR) and the candidate may think this isolates both the CCR and CCT HX's, and candidate may think that NSA closed EOG and RSS Hx valves would have to be manually opened.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks the CCR Hx will remain in service, the RSS Hx will remain isolated, and the EOG Hxs are aligned with a SI signal, but thinks TPRW system either trips on SI or CIA, or isolates the Hxs due to the SI.

Sys#

System Category KA Statement 076 Service Water A 1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to Reactor and turbine building closed cooling water prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the SWS temperatures controls including:

KIA#

A1.02 KIA Importance 2.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

1 OM-30.1.D lss 4 Rev. 3 pgs. 1, 9-11 1SQS-30.2 PPT, Rev. 18 Slide 31 Question Source:

Bank - 2LOT15 NRC Exam (Q52) Modified Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)

Objective:

1 SQS-30.2, Rev. 18 Obj. 15 Given a Reactor Plant River Water System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Reactor Plant River Water System control room response to the following actuation signals, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable. (SI, CIB, EOG Start).

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

52.

Which of the following is a function of the Reactor Plant River Water system?

The Reactor Plant River Water system is capable of supplying the _______ during normal and/or abnormal operations.

1) Charging Pump Lube Oil Coolers
2) Steam Generator Slowdown Heat Exchanger
3) Control Room Air Conditioning Condensers
4) Recirculation Spray Heat Exchangers
5) Steam Generator Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps
6) Main Steam Valve Area Air Handling Unit A.

1, 2, and 3 B.

4, 5, and 6 C.

1, 3, and 5 D.

2, 4, and 6 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by evaluating the function of the Reactor Plant River Water system by identifying various loads of the system during both normal and abnormal conditions.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because Charging Pump Lube Oil Coolers and the Control Room Air Conditioning Condensers are supplied from RPRW, but the candidate must know that the Steam Generator Slowdown Heat Exchanger is cooled by Condensate.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because Recirculation Spray Heat Exchangers and the Steam Generator Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps are, or can be supplied by RPRW, but the candidate must know that the Main Steam Valve Area Air Handling Unit is cooled by Chilled Water.

C.

Correct. Charging Pump Lube Oil Coolers, Control Room Air Conditioning Condensers, and Steam Generator Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps (emergency use via 6" hard piped section to the AFW system) are all capable of being supplied by RPRW.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because Recirculation Spray Heat Exchangers are supplied by RPRW, but the candidate must know that the Steam Generator Slowdown Heat Exchanger is cooled by Condensate, and the Main Steam Valve Area Air Handling Unit is cooled by Chilled Water.

Sys#

076 KIA#

System Service Water 2.1.27 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New 3.9 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental KA Statement Knowledge of system purpose and/or function.

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

1 OM-30.1.A lss. 4 Rev. 1 pg. 1 10M-30.1.C Rev. 12 pg. 8 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7)

Objective:

1 SQS-30.2-01-24: Describe the function of the Reactor Plant River Water system and the associated major components as documented in Chapter 30 of the associated Operating Manual.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

53.

The plant is at 100% power.

A.

B.

C.

D.

1SA-C-1A, 'A' Station Air Compressor is RUNNING 1 SA-C-1 B, 'B' Station Air Compressor is on clearance 1SA-TK-1A, Station Air Receiver 1A ruptures and develops a 5000 scfm air leak The crew is performing AOP 1.34.1, "Loss of Station Instrument Air" Pl-1IA-106, Instrument Air Header Press is 87 psig and LOWERING All system components function as designed Which of the following represents the air pressures indicated in the Main Control Room for the Instrument Air Receiver and Instrument Air Header 10 minutes after the event?

Pl-1 IA-1068 Pl-1 IA-106 Instrument Air Instrument Air RECEIVER PRESS HEADER PRESS NOP - Normal Operating Pressure NOP NOP Less than NOP NOP NOP Less than NOP Less than NOP Less than NOP Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by evaluating the candidates knowledge of how the Instrument Air system will respond to a large air leak, and the automatic start of the Diesel driven air compressor to maintain the Instrument Air Header. This knowledge will be r~quired to assist in monitoring the air system gauges in the control room to verify proper system response.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks that TV-1SA-105 closing at 95 psig isolates the SA receiver from the IA receiver, and the diesel driven air compressor maintains the IA receiver. This would not be correct because there is a check valve (1 IA-11) isolating the IA receiver from the IA header which is being maintained by the diesel driven air compressor which started at 93 psig.

B.

Correct. IA Header pressure will be between 105 - 115 psig since the Diesel driven air compressor (1 IA-C-4} will be carrying all of the IA loads.

1 IA-C-4 auto starts at 93 psig. Pl-11A-106B, IA Receiver pressure will be approximately 0 psig due to 1SA-C-1A only has a capacity of 570 scfm, and the IA receiver is isolated from the IA header by an installed check valve 1 IA-11 preventing backflow from the IA header.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks that the Diesel driven air compressor will maintain the IA receiver, and the IA header will depressurize due to the SA receiver rupturing. The Diesel driven air compressor supplies the Standby IA receiver and the IA header.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that the Diesel driven air compressor will start at 93 psig and maintain the IA header pressure at 105-115 psig.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 078 Instrument A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

Pressure gauges Air KIA#

A4.01 KIA Importance 3.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-34.4.U Rev. 9 pg.2 10M-34. 1.C Rev. 3 pg 2 1SQS-34.1 PPNT Rev. 15 slide 9 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41. 7 I 45.5 to 45.8)

Objective:

1 SQS-34.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 1 O - List the nominal value of the control room operating parameters associated with the Compressed Air System.

1 SQS-34.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 13 - Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Compressed Air System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

54.

The following conditions exist:

The plant was at 100% power when the Reactor was manually tripped due to a loss of all Station Instrument Air Station Instrument Air Header pressure is 0 psig AFW throttle valves were throttled to minimize cooldown No other actions have been taken by the crew What will be the approximate equilibrium Tavg value when the plant stabilizes from this event?

A 541°F B.

547°F C.

551°F D.

556°F Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of how the pneumatic valves which control RCS temperature after a reactor trip will respond when there is a loss of the instrument air system. Specifically the MS IVs, condenser steam dumps, and the atmospheric steam dumps will all fail closed on a loss of IAS, arid RCS temperature will be maintained by the SG safety valves.

A.

Incorrect. This is the temperature the condenser steam dumps will close due to P-12 (low-low Tavg). Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that the MSIVs go shut, and the condenser steam dumps will also fail closed on a complete loss of instrument air.

B.

Incorrect. This is the temperature the Rx trip controller will maintain with the condenser steam dumps. Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that the MSIVs go shut, and the condenser steam dumps will also fail closed on a complete loss of instrument air.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks the Steam Generator Atmospheric Steam Dump Valves [PCV-1MS-101 A, B, & CJ will operate to maintain 1060 psig (not taking into account 1075 psia), but this is not accurate because these valves fail closed on loss of instrument air.

D.

Correct. The loss of instrument air causes the MSIVs, SG Atm steam dump valves, and RHR valve to fail closed. Therefore, Tavg will be maintained by the lifting of the first SG safety valve at 1075 psig (-1090 psia).

Sys#

078 System Instrument Air Category K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the IAS will have on the following:

KA Statement Systems having pneumatic valves and controls KIA#

K3.02 KIA Importance 3.4 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Steam Tables Technical

References:

10M-21.1.C Rev. 6 pg. 3 10M-53C.4.1.34.1 rev. 21pg.17-18 Question Source:

Bank - Vision 257146 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)

Objective:

1 SQS-34.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 12 - Given a Compressed Air System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Compressed Air System control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable: Loss of instrument air 1 SQS-21.1 Rev. 16 Obj. 12: Given a Main Steam Supply System configuration and without referenced material, describe the Main Steam Supply System control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable: Loss of instrument air

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

55.

If a loss of the Chilled Water System occurs, (1) must be aligned to the Containment Air Recirculation (CAR) Cooling Coils in order to prevent containment temperature from exceeding the Technical Specification limit of (2)

A.

1) Primary Plant Component Cooling Water
2) 108° F B.
1) Primary Plant Component Cooling Water
2) 105° F C.
1) Reactor Plant River Water
2) 108°F D.
1) Reactor Plant River Water
2) 105° F Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

K/A is met with knowledge that the Reactor Plant River Water is a an alternative source of cooling for the Containment Air Recirculation (CAR) Cooling Coils if a loss of the normal cooling supply (Chilled Water) were to occur to ensure the Containment temperature remains less than the tech spec limits.

A.

Incorrect. CCR is a plausible distractor since use of the alternate source (service water) is rarely performed and CCR cools several loads inside cnmt. TS 3.6.5 states cnmt average air temp shall be 2:70F and S1 OBF.

B.

Incorrect. CCR is a plausible distractor since use of the alternate source (service water) is rarely performed and CCR cools several loads inside cnmt. Plausible distractor with 1 OM-29.4.H, Initiating River Water Backup Cooling to the Containment Air Recirculation Cooling Coils stating 105F in the purpose and P&Ls.

C.

Correct. Reactor Plant River Water is the alternate method of cooling containment air when the chilled water system is unable to maintain average air temperature. TS 3.6.5 states cnmt average air temp shall be 2:70F and S1 OBF.

D.

Incorrect. Reactor Plant River Water is the alternate method. Plausible distractor with 1 OM-29.4.H, Initiating River Water Backup Cooling to the Containment Air Recirculation Cooling Coils stating 105F in the purpose and P&Ls.

Sys # : '

System 103 Containment KJA#

K1.01 Category K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the containment system and the following systems:

KJA Importance 3.6 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Question Source:

Bank - North Anna 201 O NRC Exam (025)

KA Statement ccs RO 10M-29.4.H Rev. 4 pg. 2 Tech Spec 3.6.5 pg. 3.6.5-1 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45. 7 to 45.8)

Objective:

1 SQS-44C.1, Rev 1 O Obj. 15 - Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.

3SQS-CONT ITS, Rev. 1 Obj. 3 - Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Section Containment Systems LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements, and the Applicability.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

56.

The plant is at 100% power.

PRZR Level transmitter, L T-1 RC-461 failed LOW earlier in the shift All actions of 10M-6.4.IF, Instrument Failure Procedure and Tech Spec 3.3.1 are complete PRZR Level Control Channel Selector is in Channel I & II (L T459 & 460)

PRZR level is on program PRZR Level transmitter, L T-1 RC-459 bellows ruptures causing an instantaneous failure.

1) How will PRZR level indicator, Ll-1RC-459A respond to this failure?
2) What procedure will the crew use to respond to this event?

A.

1) rise
2) E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection B.
1) lower
2) E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection C.
1) rise
2) AOP 1.4.1, Process Control Failure D.
1) lower
2) AOP 1.4.1, Process Control Failure Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

KJA is met by placing a przr level instrument LT-1 RC-461 bistables in trip iaw the Instrument Failure procedure and Tech Specs, Then rupturing the bellows on L T459, causing its level to fail high. With 2/3 PRZR level transmitters >92% the reactor will trip and E-0 will used to mitigate the event.

A.

Correct. A bellows rupture will cause LT459 to fail high because the transmitter will sense a DIP of zero indicating the PRZR is full. Therefore, with all actions for L T461 failing low being complete, the bistables for L T461 are tripped. With 213 PRZR level indicators being> 92%, the Reactor will automatically trip. Proper procedure for the Reactor tripping is E-0.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate doesn't understand how a ruptured bellows make DIP go to zero, indicating a full przr. E-0 is the correct procedure since the RX will trip due to 213 PRZR level indicators being> 92%.

C.

Incorrect. It is correct that level will rise. Second part is plausible if the candidate doesn't recognize that the bistables for L T461 have been placed in the trip condition. AOP-1.4.1 is the correct procedure to respond to a failed PRZR level instrument if the Rx hadn't tripped.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate doesn't understand how a ruptured bellows make DIP. go to zero, indicating a full przr. AOP-1.4.1 is the correct procedure to respond to a failed PRZR level instrument if the Rx hadn't tripped.

Sys #

System Category 011 Pressurizer Level Control A2 Ability to (a} predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the PZR LCS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

KIA#

A2.1 o KJA Importance 3.4 Exam Level RO KA Statement Failure of PZR level instrument - high References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

GO-GPF.C7 Rev. 4 pg.54 & 55 1 OM-6.4.IF rev. 11 pg. 7 & 11 1 OM-1.5.B.1 Rev. 3 pg. 2 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 I 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)

Objective:

GO-GPF.C7, Rev. 4 Obj. 9 - Given a potential failure mode for a differential pressure cell used for level indication, describe how indicated level will be affected. c. Diaphragm leak 3SQS-1.1. Rev. 8 Obj. 11 - Given a specific plant condition, predict or describe the response of the Reactor Protection System Trip Logics & Engineered Safeguards Features Actuation Signals control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

57.

Given the following:

The plant is operating at 75% power.

Rod Control is in MANUAL.

Control Bank D rods are at 190 steps.

All Tavg channels are approximately 4°F higher than Tref.

Which of the following describes the rod control response if the Control Rod Bank Selector Switch is placed in AUTO prior to matching Tave and Tref?

1) Control rods will step at (1)
2)

(2)

Individual Rod Position Indication (IRPI) meters will indicate rod movement in response to this action?

A.

1) 40 SPM
2) 4 B.
1) 40 SPM
2) 8 C.
1) 56 SPM
2) 4 D.
1) 56 SPM 2 8 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by the candidate knowing that Control Bank D rods will drive inward at 40 steps per minutes when the control rod selector switch is manually selected to Auto, and displays the ability to monitor the Individual Rod Position Indication meters on VB-B when 8 rod position indication meters will indicate movement in response to the 4F Tavg mismatch.

A.

Incorrect. 40 SPM is the rod speed when the mismatch is 4F. Second part is a plausible distractor because Control bank D has 8 Control rods broken into 2 groups of 4 rods. The candidate must recognize that both groups of rods (8) will be moving inward.

B.

Correct. 40 SPM is the rod speed when the mismatch is 4F. Rod speed rises from a minimum of 8 SPM form 1.5-3F, to a maximum of 72 SPM when the mismatch is 5F or greater. 8 Bank D control rods will move (2 groups of 4 rods) when the selector switch is taken to Auto to correct the mismatch.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks the mismatch band starts at 1 F and scales up to 5F with rod speed at 8 SPM at 1 F, and 72 SPM at 5F, then 4F would be 56 SPM. This is incorrect because rod control has a 1.5F deadband in which rods do not drive until Tavg is 1.5F greater than Tref, and rods will move inward at 8 SPM until 3F is reached. Plausible distractor because Control bank D has 8 Control rods broken into 2 groups of 4 rods. The candidate must recognize that both groups of rods (8) will be moving inward.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks the mismatch band starts at 1 F and scales up to 5F with rod speed at 8 SPM at 1 F, and 72 SPM at 5F, then 4F would be 56 SPM. This is incorrect because rod control has a 1.5F deadband in which rods do not drive until Tavg is 1.5F greater than Tref, and rods will move inward at 8 SPM until 3F is reached. Second part is correct.

Sys#

System Category KA Statement 014 Rod Position A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

Rod selection control Indication KIA#

A4.01 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New 3.3 Exam Level RO Technical

References:

10M-1.1D rev.3 Pg. 15 3SQS-1.3 Rev 7 lss 1 PPNT slide 136 10M-1.5.B.5 lss. 2 Rev. 10 Table 1-5 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7 I 45.5 to 45.8)

Objective:

3SQS-1.3, Rev. 7 Obj. 23 - Discuss the Control Room indications and controls that are available to manipulate and monitor the Rod Control System.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

58.

The plant is at 100% power.

Tref is 578°F Loop 1 Protection Tavg has failed to 620°F Subsequently, TRB-1RC-432B1, Loop 3 Hot Leg RTD fails to 630°F.

Loop Protection Tavgs now indicate as follows:

o Loop 1 Tl-1RC-412D is 620°F o

Loop 2 Tl-1 RC-4220 is 577°F o Loop 3 Tl-1RC-432D is 580°F How will Rod Control respond to the Hot Leg failing to 630°F?

The HIGHEST Rod Speed indicated on Sl-1 RC-408, Rod Speed Indicator will be

_______ during this failure.

A.

0 SPM B.

8 SPM C.

48 SPM D.

72 SPM Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KJA is met by understanding of how individual loop Tavg is used, and that Median Tavg is used for auto Rod Control. In this question individual loop Tavg indications are given in the stem, and knowledge that the individual loop Tavgs undergo Median Select where the high and low Tavgs are rejected, and the Median passes through for use of the automatic Rod Control.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible dis tractor if the 2F Tavg> Tref mismatch is recognized, but the candidate thinks that there is a 3F deadband instead of 1.5F deadband. At BV after the 1.5F deadband, rod speed is 8 SPM.

B.

Correct. Due to median Tavg selector Tavg used by Rod Control will be 580F. Therefore the Tavg-Tref mismatch is 2F. Rod speed is 8 SPM between 1.5-3F mismatch. The candidate will have to know that Tavg median select is used by Rod Control, and the variable rod speeds in auto.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor ifTavg > Tref is recognized, but variable rod speed is not known. 48 SPM is the manual rod speed.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the Tavgs are averaged (620+577+580=1777/3=592F. This would be 14F mismatch. When Tavg > Tref by :1:5F the rod speed is 72 SPM.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 016 Non-nuclear A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the NNIS, including:

Relationship between meter readings and actual lnstrumentati parameter value KIA#

on A3.02 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New 2.9*

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

3SQS-1.3 Rev. 7 lss. 1 PPNT slides 131 & 136 1 OM-1.5.A.52 Rev. 1 1 OM-6.4.IF Rev. 11 pg. 40 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7 I 45.5)

Objective:

3SQS-1.3, Rev. 7 Obj. 10 - State the three modes of rod control, the rod step speeds for each, and how and when each mode is selected.

3SQS-1.3, Rev. 7 Obj. 20 - Determine how automatic rod control is affected when any of the process control input signals fail.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

59.

The plant has experienced a Reactor Trip and SI due to a LOCA and the following conditions exist:

The crew has transitioned to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant The Core Exit Thermocouples (CETCs) are reading as follows:

o TWO CETCs are short circuited o THREE CETCs are 1204°F and rising o All other CETCs are reading between 950°F and 1150°F and rising Which of the following completes the statements below?

The indication for the short circuited CETCs fail (1)

The (2)

CETC(s) will be used to evaluate entry into FR-C.2, Response To Degraded Core Cooling.

(1)

(2)

A.

high hottest B.

high five hottest C.

low hottest D.

low five hottest Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the effect that a shorted CETC will have on the incore temperature monitoring system.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible ifthe candidate doesn't recall which direction a shorted CETC fails. Second part is incorrect. Plausible ifthe candidate doesn't recall that the FIVE hottest CETCs are selected to allow for failed high thermocouples. This is a common misconception.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible ifthe candidate doesn't recall which direction a shorted CETC fails. Second part is correct.

C.

Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is incorrect. Plausible if the candidate doesn't recall that the FIVE hottest CETCs are selected to allow for failed high thermocouples. This is a common misconception.

D.

Correct. Thermocouples that are shorted fail low. The status tree for Core Cooling uses the FIVE hottest CETCs for making a determination of which FRP is applicable for the conditions.

Sys#

017 KIA#

System Category In-core K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following KA Statement Sensors and Detectors Temperature ITM system components:

Monitor K6.01 KIA Importance 2.7 Exam Level RO Technical

References:

3SQS-3.1 Rev. 6 pg. 16 1 OM-53A.1.F-0.2 lss. 3 Rev. 0 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

Bank-Farley 2013 NRC Exam (019)

Question Cognitive Level:

Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7 I 45.7)

Objective:

3SQS-3.1 Rev 6 Obj. 1 O - Describe the response of a thermocouple readout to open and short circuits.

3SQS-53.1, Rev. 2 Obj. 2 - Concerning critical safety function restoration, IAW BVPS EOP Executive Volume, state from memory the following: a. The CFS in the order of priority, b. The priorities of the color-coded end points of the CSF status trees, c. The red path summary conditions from the EOPs.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

60.

Which of the following components contribute to Iodine removal during a design based accident?

1) Sodium Tetraborate (NaTB) Baskets
2) Quench Spray Pumps
3) Outside Recirculation Spray Pumps
4) Inside Recirculation Spray Pumps A.

1 ONLY B.

1and2 ONLY C.

1, 3, and 4 ONLY D.

1, 2, 3, and 4 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge that Iodine is removed from the cnmt by Quench Spray using the RWST upon CIB actuation, and aided by both Inside and Outside Recirculation Spray Pumps after the CIB actuation and the RWST reaches the low level setpoint which starts the Recirculation Spray Pumps. The Sodium Tetraborate is dissolved in the sump water to raise the pH and sprayed by the RSS pump to assist in Iodine removal.

A.

Incorrect. The Sodium Tetraborate is vital in the long tenm Iodine removal and corrosion control, but it alone does not remove the Iodine.

B.

Incorrect. RWST water via the Quench spray pumps does remove Iodine, and Sodium Tetraborate aids in the removal, but Recirc spray pumps also play a vital role in Iodine removal.

C.

Incorrect. Recirc spray pumps do spray the cnmt sump water containing Sodium Tetraborate to remove Iodine, but Iodine removal is also completed with the RWST water being sprayed via the Quench spray pumps.

D.

Correct. The RWST is sprayed via the QS pumps. This water is acidic, but Iodine removal is successful. As cnmt sump level rises during a OBA, the Sodium Tetraborate dissolves in the water, and raises the pH to enhance the Iodine absorption capacity of the spray during recirculation from the cnmt sump. When RWST level reaches the low level setpoint (27'7.5") both the Inside and Outside RSS pumps will start and spray down cnmt with the alkaline sump water.

Sys#

027 K/A#

System : '

Containment Iodine Removal K1.01 Category K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause effect relationships between the CIRS and the following systems:

KA Statement css KIA Importance 3.4*

Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-13.1.B Rev. 3 pg. 2 1SQS-13.1Rev.15 pg. 3 Tech Spec 3.6.8 Bases pg.B3.6.8-1 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 I 45. 7 to 45.8)

Objective:

3SQS-CONT ITS, Rev. 1 Obj. 2 - State the purpose of each Containment Systems specification as described in the Applicable Safety Analyses section of the Bases.

1 SQS-13.1 Rev 15 Obj. 7 - Given a Containment Depressurization System configuration and without reference material, describe the Containment Depressurization System field response to the following actuation signals, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status. Containment Isolation - Phase B

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

61.

The plant has just entered Mode 5 for a refueling shutdown.

A work party entered Containment to evaluate pump vibrations The Personnel Airlock CNMT side door manual equalizing valves 1VS-170 and 1VS-179 were left OPEN Containment Purge to the Ventilation Vent is in progress IAW 10M-44C.4.A 1VS-D-5-5A, CNMT lsol Purge Supply Damper failed CLOSED due to an electrical fault How will Containment pressure be affected, and how would the Emergency Squad enter Containment if needed?

CNMT will be at a (1) pressure.

Emergency Squad will enter Containment using the (2)

A.

1) negative
2) 18-inch Emergency Manway B.
1) negative
2) Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock C.
1) positive
2) 18-inch Emergency Manway D.
1) positive
2) Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met with the knowledge that a cnmt purge supply damper failing closed with the purge exhaust fan operating will cause cnmt pressure to go negative. With this differential pressure across the cnmt PAL (Normal egress), that the Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock will have to be used for cnmt entry.

Containment Purge to the Ventilation Vent may be accomplished with only the purge exhaust fan running, or with both the purge exhaust and supply fans running. The stem is set up that knowledge of the supply fan operation is not necessary since the supply damper has failed closed. The candidate will have to have knowledge of the cnmt purge flowpath including the existence of a supply fan and an exhaust fan: since neither are mentioned in the stem, and whether the fans have any interlocks with the supply or exhaust dampers.

A.

Incorrect. Negative pressure is correct. 18-inch Emergency Manway is plausible if it is not known that there is only one hatch, and no way of equalizing cnmt to the Aux Building in a timely manner. Equalization is through a 1.5" line.

B.

Correct. Prior to starting the cnmt purge system, cnmt vacuum is broken, and return to atmospheric pressure. When 1VS-D-5-5A, CNMT lsol Purge Supply Damper closes, the cnmt exhaust fan will continue to run which will take cnmt pressure sub-atmospheric (negative). There are no interlocks to trip the purge exhaust fan on cnmt pressure or damper position. With the Personnel Airlock CNMT Door Manual Equalizing valves open, personnel will not be able to equalize pressure across the PAB side of the air lock via the normal access door or the 18-inch Emergency Manway. Since pressure cannot be equalized, the only way into CNMT is through the Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock which has two doors and equalization capabilities to pass through the airlock.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate is not familiar with the cnmt purge lineup, and believes the supply fan connects between the two cnmt supply dampers where the cnmt vacuum breaker connects. 18-inch Emergency Manway is plausible if it is not known that there is only one hatch, and no way of equalizing cnmt to the Aux Building in a timely manner. Equalization is through a 1.5" line.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate is not familiar with the cnmt purge lineup, and believes the supply fan connects between the two cnmt supply dampers where the cnmt vacuum breaker connects. Equipment Hatch Emergency Air Lock is correct.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 029 Containment K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the Containment entry Purge Containment Purge System will have on the following:

KIA#

K3.02 KIA Importance 2.9*

Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

1 SQS-44C.1 Rev. 10 lss. 1 PPNT slide 46 U1 RM-0447-001 Rev. 11 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7 I 45.6)

Objective:

1 SQS-47.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 1 - Describe the control and interlock functions for the containment airlocks.

1 SQS-44C.1, Rev.1 O Obj. 6 - Given a Containment Ventilation System configuration and without reference material, describe the Containment Ventilation System field response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

62.

Initial conditions:

Annunciator A?-4, Condenser Vacuum Low is LIT PR-1CN-103, Condenser Backpressure Recorder is reading 5.2 In. Hg. Abs Pl-1AS-100, Auxiliary Steam Header Pressure is reading 105 psig and FLUCTUATING Crew has entered AOP 1.26.2, Loss of Condenser Vacuum AOP 1.26.2 has directed the crew to perform A2-81 ARP, Aux Steam Local Panel Trouble.

Control Room actions have been ineffective In accordance with annunciator A2-81, Aux Steam Local Panel Trouble ARP, what actions will be taken to restore Condenser Vacuum?

A.

Place a second set of Air Ejectors in service.

B.

Place the Priming Ejectors (Hoggers) in service.

C.

Start an additional Cooling Tower Pump.

D.

Take manual control of PCV-1AS-100, Main Steam Reducer.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met with knowledge of the actions taken outside the control room to restore vacuum due to a malfunction of the auxiliary steam pressure control valve during a loss of Condenser Vacuum event.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because two sets of air ejectors would assist in correcting a lowering vacuum issue, but it is not incorporated into the AOP or ARP, and the P&Ls of 1 OM-26.4.F state that placing all 4 sets of air ejectors in service will overload the drain system and the air ejectors will not be able to maintain condenser vacuum.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because the Priming Ejectors (Hoggers) are used for drawing initial vacuum in the condenser, but they are not used to assist in the recovery of lowering vacuum.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor as this would assist in restoring vacuum, but it is an action taken in the Loss of Vacuum AOP.

D.

Correct. Normal auxiliary steam pressure is 135-160 psig. Loss of Vacuum AOP directs the use of ARP*A2-81 when auxiliary steam pressure is not normal. The stem does not state that 105 psig is low, therefore the candidate must know that this is not a normal aux steam pressure and that ARP A2-81 directs the Operator to take manual control of PCV-100 and raise pressure.

Sys#

System 055 Condenser Air Removal KIA#

2.4.34 Category Generic KIA Importance 4.2 KA Statement Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.

Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-27.4.AAJ Rev. 3 pg. 2-3 10M-54.3.CR01 Rev. 46 pg. 44-45 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

1 SQS-26.1, Rev. 12 Rev. 12 Obj. 2 - List the nominal value of the field operating parameters associated with the Main Turbine, Main Condenser, Condenser Air Removal system, and Moisture Separator Reheaters.

1SQS-26.1, Rev. 12 Rev. 12 Obj. 8 - Given a Main Turbine, Main Condenser, Condenser Air Removal system, and Moisture Separator Reheaters alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the field.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

63.

What is the basis for maintaining a minimum of 14 inches of water in LG-1GW-101, Loop Seal to Waste Gas Header?

A.

Prevent an unmonitored radioactive release from the Degasifiers to the Gaseous Waste system.

B.

Prevent Oxygen from entering the relief valve header and forming an explosive mixture with Hydrogen.

C.

Prevent water from the Liquid Waste system from entering the Gaseous Waste system.

D.

Prevent vacuum collapse of the Gaseous Waste Disposal Blower suction piping.

Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the design feature of the loop seal which separates the Degasifiers, evaporators, and Unit 2 Gaseous Waste components from the Gaseous Waste Disposal Blower discharge piping to prevent oxygen from entering the tank relief valve header and forming an explosive mixture with hydrogen.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor with the Degasifiers (Boron Recovery System) relief valves discharging to the GW Header, but the release would be monitored if the relief valve lifted, and the loop seal is for preventing 02 from entering the relief header and mixing with Hydrogen.

B.

Correct. Per 10M-19.4.A P&L, Water level in [LG-1 GW-101], Loop Seal to Waste Gas Header, shall be maintained at all times to prevent oxygen from entering the relief valve header and forming an explosive mixture with hydrogen.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if it is not known that only the gasses from the Evaporators (Liquid Waste system) are discharged to the Gaseous Waste discharge header.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the loop seal location is not known in reference to the system flowpath. Preventing vacuum collapse of suction piping is a function of a loop seal, but in this case the location of the loop seal, and the purpose are both incorrect.

Sys#

071 System Waste Gas Disposal Category KA Statement K4 Knowledge of design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide Tank loop seals for the following:

K/A#

K4.03 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New 2.5*

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

10M-19.4.A Rev. 12 pg. 2 1SQS-19.1 Rev. 17 pg. 59 Unit 1 RM-0419-001 rev. 19 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower-Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7)

Objective:

1 SQS-19.1, Rev. 17 Obj. 22 - Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s). apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G)

64.

Given the following plant conditions:

Plant is in Mode 5 CNMT is open RM-1 RM-201, Reactor Containment High range Area Monitor is reading 4 mrem/hr due to a High Rad waste barrel staged 17 feet away RP has notified the Control Room of a transfer of this barrel through the Personnel Access Hatch.

What is the HIGHEST reading that will be seen on RM-1 RM-201 when the barrel passes 5 feet away from the detector?

(Assume the High rad barrel is a point source)

A.

7 mrem B.

13 mrem C.

46 mrem D.

231 mrem Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by evaluating the candidates knowledge of how an area radiation monitor will indicate as a radioactive barrel is moved closer to the monitor, and how the monitor reading will increase as the source gets closer.

Dose rate1 X distance12 =Dose rate2 X distancei A.

Incorrect. Squared the Dose Rate instead of the distance in the calculation.

B.

Incorrect. Did not square the distance when calculating.

C.

Correct. When the barrel is 5ft from RM-1 RM-210 it will indicate -46 mrem/hr.

D.

Incorrect. Squared d1 in the calculation, but forgot to square d2.

Sys#

072 System Area Radiation Monitoring Category K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the ARM system:

KA Statement Radiation intensity changes with source distance KIA#

KS.02 KIA Importance 2.5 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New Technical

References:

10M-43.1.E Rev. 12 pg. 8 FEN-RWT Chap. 5 pg. 3, 4 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 I 45.7)

Objective:

FEN-RWT Chap. 5 Obj. 4 - Explain how distance may be used to reduce dose, and state methods to implement this concept.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

65.

To comply with 1/2-ADM-1900, Fire Protection Program, the Fire Suppression Water Distribution System must be maintained at (1)

, and when the main fire header pressure lowers to (2)

, the Diesel Engine Driven Fire Pump, 1 FP-P-2 will auto-start.

A

1) 115 psig
2) 95 psig B.
1) 115 psig
2) 105 psig C.
1) 125 psig
2) 95 psig D.
1) 125 psig
2) 105 psig Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the Technical requirements of Y.-ADM-1900 to maintain the fire header at 125 psig, and the ability to predict when the Diesel Engine Driven Fire Pump will automatically start to restore the fire header pressure to the design limit.

A.

Incorrect. 115 psig is a plausible distractor because it is 1 O psig less than the required pressure, and 10 psig above the auto start setpoint for the Motor driven Fire pump, which is the first fire pump to start as headed pressure lowers. 95 psig is the auto start for Engine Driven Fire Pump.

B.

Incorrect. 115 psig is a plausible distractor because it is 1 O psig less than the required pressure, and 10 psig above the auto start setpoint for the Motor driven Fire pump, which is the first fire pump to start as headed pressure lowers. 105 psig is plausible because it is the auto start setpoint for the Motor Driven Fire Pump.

C.

Correct. 125 psig is correct as required by ADM-1900 Att. B sect. 2. The Diesel Engine Driven Fire Pump does auto start at 95 psig.

D.

Incorrect. 125 psig is correct as required by ADM-1900. 105 psig is plausible because it is the auto start setpoint for the Motor Driven Fire Pump.

Sys#

System 086 Fire Protection KIA#

A1.01 Category A 1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with Fire Protection System operating the controls including:

KIA Importance 2.9 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Question Source:

New KA Statement Fire header pressure RO 1/2-ADM-1900 Rev. 38 pg. 45 10M-33.2.B Rev. 14 pg. 5 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)

Objective:

3SQS-33.1-1: From memory and/or using supplied reference materials, summarize the Fire Protection System design basis, major components, flow paths, controls and interlocks, transient response, and normal and abnormal operations, in accordance with established design basis, station policies, 1 /2-ADM-1900 and operations procedures.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

66.

Which of the following describes the system or component status for a value displayed in YELLOW on the In-plant Computer?

A.

Denotes a static or reference value.

B.

Denotes a dynamic or important value.

C.

Indicates that the data quality value is NOT good.

D.

Indicates that a process value has exceeded an alarm setpoint.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met demonstrating the ability to interpret the In-plant Computer parameter color coding to determine that the input data is not good for a parameter.

A.

Incorrect. This would be a blue indication.

B.

Incorrect. This would be a green indication.

C.

Correct. Yellow indicates that the data quality value is not good.

D.

Incorrect. This would be a red indication.

Sys#

N/A KIA#

System N/A 2.1.19 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 3.9 Question Source:

Bank - 1 LOT? NRC Exam (066)

Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental Exam Level KA Statement Ability to use plant computers to evaluate system or component status.

RO Technical

References:

10M-5C.1.B Rev. O lss. 4 pg 2 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.10 I 45.12)

Objective:

1 SQS-SA.2, Rev. 2 Obj. 6 - Given an IPC SDS, determine when a computer point changes state, or goes into or out of alarm per guidance provided.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

67.

Given the following conditions:

Plant is operating at 100% power Main Generator hydrogen gas pressure is 60 psig and STABLE Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in service Based on the above indications, and using Figure 35-14, "Main Generator Capability Curve, what actions, if any, need to be taken?

(Reference Provided)

A.

No actions are required. The Generator is within Normal Operating Limits.

B.

Raise Hydrogen Gas pressure to 75 psig.

C.

Adjust the Main Generator Voltage Adjuster control switch to 100 VARS OUT.

D.

Reduce Generator Load to less than 940 MW.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

Question 67 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating the ability to interpret the main generator capability curve given plant parameters requiring adjustment to the generator voltage adjust to raise MVARs into the overexcited region of the curve. The candidate must evaluate actual plant meters, gas pressure, and MW loading to make a determination of proper generator operation.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate doesn't recognize that the generator is underexcited, and plots it on the capability curve as a lagging

/overexcited generator.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible because raising Hydrogen gas pressure to 75 psig would put it inside the operating curve, but the generator is still underexcited and this is not permitted by procedure.

C.

Correct. Adjusting the Main Generator Voltage Adjuster control switch to 100 VARS OUT would put the generator within the capability curve and in the overexcited region of the curve.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible because by lowering generator load, it would bring the generator within the operating limits of the gas curve, but the generator is underexcited.

Sys#

N/A System N/A Category Generic KIA#

2.1.25 KIA Importance 3.9 References provided to Candidate 10M-35.5.A.14 Rev. 5 Question Source:

New Exam Level Technical

References:

KA Statement Ability to interpret reference materials, such as graphs, curves, tables, etc.

RO 10M-35.4.B Rev. 16 pg. 2 & 4 10M-35.5.A.14 Rev. 5 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.10145.12)

Objective:

1 SQS-35.3, Rev. 9 Obj. 6 - Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

68.

When in Modes 1 and 2, the Reactor Core Safety Limits in section 2.0 of Technical Specifications include limits on (1)

Automatic enforcement of the Reactor Core Safety Limits is provided by the appropriate operation of the (2)

A.

1) Highest Loop Tave
2) Main Steam Safety Valves AND RPS B.
1) Average of the 5 highest CETCs
2) ONLY the Main Steam Safety Valves C.
1) Highest Loop Tave
2) ONLY the Main Steam Safety Valves D.
1) Average of the 5 highest CETCs
2) Main Steam Safety Valves AND RPS Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by requiring the knowledge of what parameters are includes in the Safety Limits, and the operational components/systems required to prevent exceeding the SLs as described in the Tech Spec Bases.

A.

Correct. Safety Limits 2.1.1 states "In MODES 1 and 2, the combination of THERMAL POWER, Reactor Coolant System (RCS) highest loop average temperature, and pressurizer pressure shall not exceed the limits specified in the COLR". Core SLs are maintained by RPS and MSSVs.

B.

Incorrect. CETs are a plausible distractor with peak fuel centerline temperature SL at S4700 F, and BOTH RPS and MSSVs are credited for maintaining the Safety Limits.

C.

Incorrect. Highest loop Tavg is included in the SLs, but BOTH RPS and MSSVs are credited for maintaining the Safety Limits.

D.

Incorrect. CETs are a plausible distractor with peak fuel centerline temperature SL at S4700 F. It is correct that both RPS and MSSVs are credited for maintaining the Safety Limits.

Sys#

N/A KIA#

System N/A 2.2.25 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 3.2 Question Source:

Bank-Braidwood 2013 NRC Exam (Q69)

Exam Level KA Statement Knowledge of the bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

RO Technical

References:

Tech Specs - SLs 2.0 Amend 278/161 pg 2.0-1 Tech Spec Bases SL 2.0 Rev. O pg. B 2.1.1 - 2 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 / 41. 7 I 43.2)

Objective:

3SQS-SL ITS-01-01: State the purpose of each ITS Safety Limit as described in the Applicable Safety Analyses section of the ITS Bases.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

69.

Given the following plant conditions and sequence of events:

The plant is in Mode 6 with core reload in progress The crew has completed Train swap to the "A" Train after completing the operability run on the #1 EOG

  1. 2 EOG has been placed on clearance for maintenance activities Several hours later the control room receives a report that after reviewing the maintenance work order for #1 EOG, incorrect gasket material installation makes
  1. 1 EOG inoperable Which of the following TS 3.8.2, "AC Sources - Shutdown" LCO action(s) is( are) immediately required?
1) Suspend Core Alterations.
2) Suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions that could result in a loss of shutdown margin or boron concentration.
3) Initiate action to restore required EOG to operable status.

A.

1 ONLY B.

1 and 2 ONLY C.

2 and 3 ONLY

0.

1,2,and3.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA met by recognizing that in mode 6, at least 1 DG must be available to supply one train of power, then, from memory identify the required actions taken since the limiting conditions for operations is not met.

A.

Incorrect. (refer to correct answer explanation)

B.

Incorrect. (refer to correct answer explanation)

C.

Incorrect. (refer to correct answer explanation)

D.

Correct. The RO candidate must be able to analyze the effect of maintenance activities on the EOG and determine the status of LCOs for TS 3.8.2. The ROs are expected to know the LCO statements and associated applicability information (ie: the information above the double lines separating actions from the LCO and associated applicability statements). ROs are also required to knows 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> action statements. Based on stated plant conditions TS 3.8.2 requires one EDG capable of supplying one train of the onsite Class 1 E AC electrical power distribution subsystems during modes 5 & 6. Since there are no operable EDGs, TS 3.8.2 Condition B requires all of the actions above to be immediately erformed.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement NIA NIA Generic Ability to analyze the effect of maintenance activities, such as degraded power sources, on the status of limiting conditions for operations.

KIA#

2.2.36 KIA Importance 3.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

TS 3.8.2 Amend. 278/161, pg. 3.8.2-1 & 3 Question Source:

Bank - 2LOT8 NRC Exam (Q70)

Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.10 / 43.2 / 45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-ELECT ITS Rev. 1-Obj. 4. Given plant conditions that constitute non-compliance with any electrical power systems LCO, or LRM, determine the applicable condition(s), required action(s), and associated completion times.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

70.

Given the following plant conditions:

The Shift Manager has determined that an Annunciator alarm should be disabled due to a failure The corresponding knife switch for this alarm has been repositioned OPEN Repairs are scheduled to take 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> Which of the following are required by NOP-OP-1014, Plant Status Control to track this inoperable alarm?

1. Write a Notification for the condition that required the Annunciator alarm to be disabled.
2. Post a Maintenance Deficiency (green) sticker on the alarm window.
3. Hang a Caution Tag on the opened knife switch stating what alarm was removed from service.

A.

1 ONLY B.

1and2 ONLY C.

2 and 3 ONLY D.

1, 2, and 3 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the requirements of NOP-OP-1014 that must be applied to track inoperable alarms.

A.

Incorrect. Only partially correct. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks the shift manager can authorize an annunciator disabled with no configuration controls in place.

B.

Incorrect. Only partially correct. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that short term configuration control does not require a caution tag unless the switch is out of position for 48 hrs.

C.

Incorrect. Only partially correct. Plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that only configuration control is required to disable an annunciator.

D.

Correct. In accordance with NOP-OP-1014 section 4.12.1, all of these choices are required.

Sys#

NIA KIA#

System N/A 2.2.43 Category Generic KIA Importance 3.0 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

Bank - 1 LOTB NRC Exam (Q70)

Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental KA Statement Knowledge of the process used to track inoperable alarms.

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

NOP-OP-1014, Rev. 4, pg. 26 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR:41.10/43.5/

45.13)

Objective:

3SSG-ADMIN Rev.9 Term. Obj. - Using the appropriate FENOC Administrative Procedures, apply knowledge gained to improve the performance of the BVPS Units.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

71.

You are going into a contaminated area, which has the following radiological characteristics to perform a valve lineup.

Your current exposure for the year is 938 mrem The RWP states:

o General area dose rate = 30 mrem/hr o Airborne contamination concentration = 10.0 DAC The valve lineup will take you 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> if you wear a full-face respirator.

The valve lineup will only take you 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> if you do NOT wear the respirator.

1) Which of the following choices for completing this job would maintain your exposure within the station administrative requirements and the principles of ALARA?
2) Why is this action appropriate?

A.

1) You should NOT wear the respirator.
2) Your calculated TEDE dose received will be less than if you do wear a respirator.

B.

1) You should NOT wear the respirator.
2) Your dose r~ceived wearing a respirator will exceed the site annual personnel dose limits.

C.

1) You must wear the respirator.
2) You will exceed DAC limits if you do NOT wear a respirator.

D.

1) You must wear the respirator.
2) Your calculated TEDE dose received will be less than if you do NOT wear a respirator.

Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

K/A is met by demonstrating the ability to comply with an RWP to determine dose received with or without a respirator to achieve the lowest possible dose for a job.

A.

Correct. Without respirator: TEDE = 30 mrem/hr x 1 hr= 30 mrem, From airborne contamination: TEDE = 10 DACx1 hr x 2.5 mrem/DAC-hr = 25 mrem, TEDE = 30 + 25 = 55 mrem from job, Total exposure for year= 938 + 55 = 993 mrem With respirator, TEDE = 30 mrem/hr x 2 hr= 60 mrem TEDE = 60 mrem, Total exposure for year= 938 + 60 = 998 mrem TEDE = 60 mrem-vs-55 mrem = do not use a respirator.

B.

Incorrect. This answer is plausible if the applicant miscalculates the dose.

C.

Incorrect. This answer is plausible if the applicant does not understand the concept of DAC-hours and DAG-hour limits.

D.

Incorrect. This answer is plausible if the applicant incorrectly calculates the exposure.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement N/A NIA Generic Ability to comply with radiation work permit requirements during normal or abnormal conditions.

KIA#

2.3.7 KIA Importance 3.5 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

Bank-2LOT15 NRG Exam (071)

Exam Level Technical

References:

RO NOP-OP-4201 Rev. 2 pg. 20 FENRWT Rev 3 CNRR 08-08-14 Handout pg.26 & 64 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.12 / 45.10)

Objective:

FENRWT Rev 3, Chap 5 Obj. 7 - Calculate stay time given a dose rate, current dose, and a dose limit. and Chap. 8 Obj. 6 - State the relationship among DACs, ALis, CEDE, and TEDE (DAC and mrem/hr relationship).

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

72.

A liquid waste discharge is in progress from 1 BR-TK-48, Coolant Recovery Tank, to the cooling tower blowdown, when RM-1LW-104, Liquid Waste Effluent Monitor, fails HIGH.

Which of the following describes the resulting positions of the following liquid waste system components?

TV-1LW-105, Liquid Waste Effluent Trip Valve FCV-1LW-104-2, Liquid Waste Effluent Flow Control to Cooling Tower Slowdown TV-1LW-105 FCV-1 LW-104-2 A.

OPEN OPEN B.

OPEN CLOSED C.

CLOSED OPEN D.

CLOSED CLOSED Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating the ability to verify which components will close to terminate a discharge in the event of a failed radiation monitor.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor is the candidate thinks there are no automatic actions which occur on RM-1 LW-104 High-High setpoint, or does recognize that a RM failing High will actuate the auto valve closures.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks that only the FCV will isolate on High-High alarm, and the Trip valve (105) will remain open.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks that only the Trip valve (105) will isolate on High-High alarm, and the 104-2 will remain open.

D.

Correct. When RM-1 LW-104 fails high, the High-High alarm setpoint will initiate a signal to close TV-1 LW-105, FCV-1 LW-104-1, and FCV-1 LW-104-2 to isolate discharge flow to the Cooling Tower Slowdown.

Sys#

System NIA NIA KIA#

2.3.11 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 3.8 Question Source:

Bank - 1 LOT? NRC Exam (050)

Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental KA Statement Ability to control radiation releases.

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

1 OM-43.1.E Rev. 12 pg. 4 & 5 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.11 I 43.4 I 45.10)

Objective:

1 SQS-17.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 16 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the Liquid Waste Disposal System, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam {1LOT16)

73.

Given the following conditions, you are required to post a clearance inside the VCT Cubicle.

The VCT Cubicle is posted a "Locked High Radiation Area".

Your present annual exposure is 700 mrem.

The general area you will be working in is at the MINIMUM radiation level for LHRA posting.

What would be your maximum calculated stay time in this area in order to avoid exceeding the Site Administrative Control Level (ACL) Limit for radiation exposure per NOP-OP-4201, Routine External Exposure Monitoring?

A.

18 minutes B.

3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> C.

4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> 18 minutes D.

43 hours4.976852e-4 days <br />0.0119 hours <br />7.109788e-5 weeks <br />1.63615e-5 months <br /> Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by requiring the candidate to know the minimum dose rate for a Locked High Radiation Area, and the site ACL of 1000 mr, then apply the radiological safety principle of time when calculating stay time for a Locked High Radiation Area entry for posting a clearance.

A.

Correct. Stay time= (Dose Limit - Current Dose)/Dose rate in the work area. Site ACL is 1 OOOmr. Locked High Radiation Area (LHRA) -

radiation levels could result in dose rates ~1,000 mr/hr.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if 100 mr/hr is used for the dose rate in the work area. This would be the minimum dose rate for a High Radiation Area posting.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if 5000mr is used for the ACL. This is the 1 OCFR20 limit for TEDE, not the site ACL D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if 100 mr/hr is used for the dose rate in the work area, and 5000 mr is used as the site ACL. This would be the

~inimum dose rate for a High Radiation Area posting, and the 1 OCFR20 limit for TEDE.

Sys#

N/A KIA#

System NIA 2.3.12 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New 3.2 KA Statement Knowledge of radiological safety principles pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

NOP-OP-4201 Rev. 2 pgs. 3 & 20 NOP-OP-4102 Rev. 11 pg. 5 FEN-RWT-05 Rev. 4 pg. 5 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.12 / 45.9 / 45.10)

Objective:

FEN-RWT-05 Rev. 4 Obj. 3 - Explain how time may be used to reduce dose, and state methods to implement this concept.

FEN-RWT-05 Rev. 4 Obj. 7. Calculate stay time given a dose rate, current dose, and a dose limit.

FEN-RWT-05 Rev. 4 Obj. 8. Define and recognize the following radiological area postings: d. Locked High Radiation Area

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

74.

The plant is operating at 100% power.

  • A Small Break LOCA occurs
  • The crew is performing the actions of ES-1.2, "Post LOCA Cooldown and De pressurization
  • All SI pumps are running
  • All RCPs are running RCS cooldown via Condenser Steam Dumps is ongoing
  • RCS Tcold is 510°F and lowering at a rate of 50°F/Hr RCS pressure is 1350 psig and stable
  • Pressurizer (PRZR) level indicates 38% and rising Which of the following describes the NEXT MAJOR action to be implemented in the EOP to mitigate the current conditions?

A.

Stop RCP's NOT needed for PRZR Spray and begin the SI flow reduction sequence by stopping ECCS pumps.

B.

Transition to ES-1.1, SI Termination and begin the SI flow reduction sequence by stopping ECCS pumps.

C.

Repressurize the RCS to maximize RCS subcooling.

D.

Stop the cooldown. Energize all PRZR heaters to collapse voids and stabilize PRZR level.

Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the major action steps of ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization to mitigate the event.

A.

Correct. The depressurization to raise przr level to >31 % is complete (major action step 2), therefore the next major action step is to stop all but one RCP and then reduce RCS injection flow (steps 3 & 4).

B.

Incorrect. ES-1.1 is a plausible distract since it terminates SI. In the case of ES-1.2, the steps to terminate Si are incorporated in EOP steps 18-21.Candidate must know that reducing SI is a major action of the procedure.

C.

Incorrect. Subcooling is sufficient as identified in the stem, but the candidate will have to make that determination. Plausible because several steps in ES-1.2 check subcooling, and if it is not sufficient, then the procedure directs realigning safety Injection (step 26).

D.

Incorrect. ES-1.2 cools the plant down to mode 5 conditions so there is no need to stop cooldown unless 100F/hr was exceeded. No voids exist at the current time with RCPs running. This would be performed if a void existed in ES-0.2 or ES-0.3.

Sys#

N/A KIA#

System NIA 2.4.6 Category Generic KIA Importance 3.7 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

Bank - 2LOT15 NRC Exam (Q73)

KA Statement Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies.

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

10M-53A.1.ES-1.2 lss. 3, Rev. 1pgs.1, 10-12 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.1 O / 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3 Rev 5 Obj. 3 State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

75.

Given the following plant conditions:

The plant is at 100% power A3-53, VOLUME CONTROL TANK LEVEL HIGH-LOW is LIT Ll-1CH-115 is 85% and RISING Ll-1CH-112 is 25% and LOWERING Based on the above indications, which VCT Level transmitter has failed, and what action is required to be taken to stabilize the VCT Level?

1)

(1) has failed.

2) VCT level is stabilized by placing the (2)

A.

1) LT-1CH-112
2) Volume Control Tank Level Control Selector Switch in the VCT position B.
1) LT-1CH-112
2) Boric Acid Blender Control Switch in the STOP position C.
1) LT-1CH-115
2) Volume Control Tank Level Control Selector Switch in the VCT position D.
1) LT-1CH-115
2) Boric Acid Blender Control Switch in the STOP position Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the VCT level high (76%) and Low (15%) alarm setpoints and the ability to stabilize the VCT as the system automatically responds to LT-115 failing high by operating the Volume Control Tank Level Control Selector Switch as required by the Alarm Response Manual.

A.

Incorrect. First part is plausible if the candidate thinks that LT-112 failed low causing auto makeup to occur. This is incorrect because auto makeup is initiated from L T-115 at 20%. Second part is correct because L T-115 is above the emergency divert level of 81 %.

B.

Incorrect.. First part is plausible if the candidate thinks that L T-112 failed low causing auto makeup to occur. This is incorrect because auto makeup is initiated from L T-115 at 20%. Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks the auto makeup is causing L T-115 to rise.

C.

Correct. L T-115 has failed high based on annunciator A3-52, VCT level high triggered at 76% (this alarm is only activated by L T-115, L T-112 has no input to the annunciator). Indications given indicate LT-115 failing high which in turn will emergency divert to the Degasifiers at 81% on LT-115, as the VCT is diverted, L T-112 will lower due LCV-112 & 115A diverting all flow to the Degasifiers, and the charging pump still maintaining normal flow from the VCT. Selecting the Volume Control Tank Level Control Selector Switch in the VCT position will stabilize the VCT level.

D.

Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is plausible ifthe candidate thinks the auto makeup is has started due to low level on LT-112. This would not be correct because LT-115 starts auto makeup at 20%.

Sys #

System Category N/A NIA Generic KIA#

2.4.50 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New 4.2 KA Statement Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the alarm response manual.

Exam Level RO Technical

References:

10M-7.4.AAX Rev. 4 pg. 4 10M-7.4.IF Rev. 3 pg. 9 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5145.3)

Objective:

1 SQS-7.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 6 - Given a change in plant conditions, describe the response of the Chemical and Volume Control System field indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status.

1SQS-7.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 10 - Given a Chemical and Volume Control System alarm condition, and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), determine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the field.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

76.

The plant was operating at 100% when the crew tripped the Reactor due to indications of a A.

B.

C.

D.

SG tube rupture.

Safety Injection is actuated All RCPs are running The crew has transitioned to E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, and are at step 14 preparing to depressurize the RCS to minimize break flow Annunciator A3-76, Reactor Cool PP Motor Bearing Temp High Alarms.

Tl-1 RC-417A, 'A' RCP Upper Thrust Bearing Temperature is 198°F and slowly RISING The crew references AOP 1.6.8, Abnormal RCP Operation All, if any, actions of AOP 1.6.8 have been completed, and the crew continues with E-3 Based on the above conditions, which of the following combinations of PRZR spray flow and PORVs will be used to depressurize the RCS?

Spray Valve(s)

PORV(s)

I 1

1 1

3 2

1 2

3

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G)

Question 76 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

Meets NUREG-1021 Rev. 10, Att.2 Sect. II E page 21 third bullet.. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedure versus knowledge of the overall mitigative strategy or purpose Knowledge of administrative procedures that specify hierarchy, implementation, and/or coordination of plant normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures.

Specifically the SRO must make a determination that the RCP trip criteria in AOP-1.6.8 have been exceeded, and know the pump is no longer running, then have detailed knowledge of E-3 depressurization step to decide that 1 spray valve and 1 PORV is procedurally required with these plant conditions.

KJA is met by giving a CCW cooled component ('A' RCP Upper Thrust Bearing) a high temperature alarm with exceeds the immediate shutdown criteria of AOP-1.6.8. Then they must determine that 'A' RCP will no longer be running when the E-3 depressurization continues which removes one spray valve for use of depressurization.

A.

Correct. Only PCV-1 RC-4558 ('C' RCP) spray valve is available due to 'A' RCP shutdown criteria being met in AOP-1.6.8 based on motor bearing temperature being >195F, therefore PCV-1 RC-455A ('A' RCP) spray valve is not available and would slow down de pressurization if opened to spray the PRZR. Only 1 PORV is used to augment the Spray valve depressurization in E-3 because of the loss of RCS coolant to the PRT which could rupture during depressurization.

B.

Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is plausible distractor because 3 PORVs are opened to depressurize the RCS when establishing RCS Bleed and Feed in FR-H.1.

C.

Incorrect. First part is plausible if the candidate doesn't recognize that AOP-1.6.8 RCP trip criteria for 'B' RCP has been exceeded, or doesn't know which spray valves are for the RCPs. Second part is correct.

D.

Incorrect. First part is plausible if the candidate doesn't recognize that AOP-1.6.8 RCP trip criteria for 'B' RCP has been exceeded, or doesn't know which spray valves are for the RCPs. Second part is plausible distractor because 3 PORVs are opened to depressurize the RCS when establishing RCS Bleed and Feed in FR-H.1.

Sys#

000026 System Loss of Component Cooling Water I 8 Category AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water:

KIA#

AA2.04 KIA Importance 2.9*

Exam Level Technical

References:

References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New KA Statement The normal values and upper limits for the temperatures of the components cooled by CCW SRO 10M-53C.4.1.6.8 Rev. 18 pg. 3 & LHP 1 OM-53A.1.E-3 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 15 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 43.5 I 45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 - State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume 1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 6 - Given a set of conditions, apply the correct AOP.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

77.

The plant was operating at 100% power when an event occurred which caused the following indications 10 minutes after the automatic Reactor Trip.

CNMT pressure - 14.4 psig and RISING PRZR level - 27.9% and RISING CETs - 504°F and LOWERING CNMT sump level - 11. 7 inches and RISING AFW flow 'A' SG-300 gpm

'B' SG - 300 gpm SG 'A' pressure -673 psig and LOWERING SG 'B' pressure-603 psig and LOWERING SG 'C' pressure - 684 psig and LOWERING

'C' SG - 300 gpm and all are STABLE WR level-50.9% and RISING WR level - 14.8% and LOWERING WR level - 51.4% and RISING Based on the above indications, what EAL classification level should be declared by the Shift Manager?

(REFERENCE PROVIDED)

A.

FU1 B.

FA1 C.

HU4 D.

HA4 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the Emergency Classifications. This is a SRO position function only.

KIA is met by requiring the candidate to interpret the plant conditions and apply their knowledge of the EAL classifications to determine the correct classification for a Steam Line break inside of Containment.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible because the candidate will evaluate the CT column of the Fission Product Barrier Degradation and see that cnmt pressure

> 11 psig with less than 1 full train of depressurization equipment available is a potential loss. Nothing in the question stem infers that containment depressurization equipment is not available.

8.

Incorrect. Plausible because the candidate may feel that heat sink is lost with NR level in all SGs is <50%, or since SI actuated a leak greater than the capacity of one charging pump has occurred, or they may question if core cooling Orange path has been met.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible because a steam line break is entry criteria for HU4 based on the note, but in the case of this question, the break is inside containment, which is why this would be an incorrect classification.

D.

Correct. Alert under Fire/Explosion. Indications show that a steam line break is inside containment, therefore, since containment is an area identified on Table H-1, this would be the correct classification.

Sys#

000040 KIA#

System Category Steam Line Rupture -

Generic Excessive Heat Transfer I 4 2.4.41 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate EPP Chart Question Source:

New 4.6 Exam Level Technical

References:

KA Statement Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications.

SRO EPP-PLAN-SECTION-4 Rev. 30 pgs. 4-98 & 4-99 EPP-l-1a At!. A Rev. 17 pg. 21 of 28 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.1 o I 43.5 / 45.11)

Objective:

EPP-9281-01-11 :Given specific plant conditions, classify the condition in accordance with EPP 1-1 a & b.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

78.

The plant is at 100% power.

The air supply line to the 'A' MFRV breaks causing a complete loss of air to the MFRV NO Operator actions have been taken The Feed Flow-Steam Flow chart recorder on the affected loop will indicate Feed Flow (1) than steam flow.

The bases for the automatic action which occurs due to 'A' SG Water Level is to (2)

A greater than prevent damage to the turbine due to water in the steam lines B.

greater than stop excessive cooldown of the primary system C.

less than ensure protection is provided against a loss of heat sink D.

less than prevent a Main Steam Line Isolation from occurring Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II B page 17 third bullet. SRO is required to have specific Knowledge of TS bases that are required to analyze TS required actions and terminology.

Specifically, the SRO must know that Steam Generator Water Level - Low - Low setpoint trip Function ensures that protection is provided against a loss of heat sink and actuates the AFW System prior to uncovering the SG tubes. This is required Tech Spec bases for a Rx trip setpoint.

KIA is met by the candidate determining that the 'A' MFRV fails closed on a loss of air, causing feed flow recorder to drop to zero feed flow. Then they must determine that feed flow will indicate less than steam flow on the 'A' SG recorder.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks that the MFRV fails Open which is incorrect. Second part distractor is plausible based on the incorrect assumption of SG water level trending high thinking of a Turbine Trip and Feedwater Isolation on Steam Generator Water Level-High-High (P-14).

B.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks that the MFRV fails Open which is incorrect. Second part distractor is plausible based on the incorrect assumption of SG water level trending high thinking of a Turbine Trip and Feedwater Isolation on Stearn Generator Water Level-High-High (P-14).

C.

Correct. Due to the loss of air to the MFRV causing the MFRV to fail closed, feed flow on 'A' SG will go to zero flow, and steam flow will remain at the pre-event flowrate. The Steam Generator Water Level - Low Low setpoint trip Function ensures that protection is provided against a loss of heat sink and actuates the AFW System prior to uncovering the SG tubes.

D.

Incorrect. Due to the loss of air to the MFRV causing the MFRV to fail closed, feed flow on 'A' SG will go to zero flow, and steam flow will remain at the pre-event flowrate. Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks that the low-low Rx trip is to prevent SG dryout which would cause SG pressure to lower and cause the MSIVs to close.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 000054 Loss of Main AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Steam flow-feed trend recorder Feedwater I 4 the Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW):

KIA#

AA2.08 KIA Importance 3.3*

References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New Exam Level SRO Technical

References:

1 OM-53C.4.1.34.1 Rev.21 pg. 19 T.S. Bases 3.3.1 pg. B3.3.1-24 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 43.5145.13)

Objective:

3SQS-INST ITS, Rev. 1 Obj. 2 - State the purpose of each Instrumentation specification as described in the Applicable Safety Analyses section of the Bases.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

79.

The following conditions exist:

A.

B.

C.

D.

A Station Blackout has occurred ECA-0.0, Loss of All Emergency 4KV AC Power is in progress The crew has commenced feeding and depressurizing the SGs after a significant delay due to a TDAFW pump malfunction RCS pressure is 1675 psig and very slowly RISING ALL CETCs are 735°F and RISING Hot Leg temperatures are 612°F and RISING Cold Leg temperatures are 585°F and LOWERING SG pressures are 885 psig and LOWERING Which one of the following completes the statements below?

Natural circulation __

_.._( 1

...... ) ___ established.

The crew is required to implement FR-C.2, Response to Degraded Core

Cooling, (2)

(1) is is is NOT is NOT (2) immediately upon exit from ECA-0.0 after restarting equipment in ECA-0.2, Loss of All AC Power Recovery With SI Required immediately upon exit from ECA-0.0 after restarting equipment in ECA-0.2, Loss of All AC Power Recovery With SI Required

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G)

QUESTION79 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II E page 21 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of specific procedure steps, notes, and cautions which help in making decisions for procedure transitions. This is a SRO position function only.

KIA is met by requiring the candidate to interpret control room indications of Natural Circulation verification during an ECA-0.0 event, and that a consequence of a loss of natural circulation is Core Cooling being challenged. They also must understand how operator actions of implementing ECA-0.0 defeats the automatic loading of major equipment, and steps 1-13 of ECA-0.2 starts ESF equipment as needed and has priority over the Core Cooling FRP. Transition to Procedure ECA-0.2 is required since subcooling requirements are not met.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible to think Natural circulation is established with SG pressures lowering and Cold leg temperatures lowering, but other requirements of Natural Circulation are not met. Plausible to transition to FR-C.2 after ECA-0.0 is complete, but this would be incorrect because ECA-0.0 defeats the automatic loading of major equipment, and steps 1-13 of ECA-0.2 starts ESF equipment as needed and have priority over the FRPs.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible to think Natural circulation is established with SG pressures lowering and Cold leg temperatures lowering, but other requirements of Natural Circulation are not met. Per ECA-0.0 Step 1 NOTE, and ECA-0.2 Step 1 NOTE, FRPs are not implemented, only monitored. FRPs should not be implemented until after all safety equipment has been restarted after the completion of step 13 of ECA-0.2, in which a NOTE then states FRPs may now be implemented.

C.

Incorrect. Natural circulation is NOT established based on CETs and Hot legs rising. Plausible to transition to FR-C.2 after ECA-0.0 is complete, but this would be incorrect because ECA-0.0 defeats the automatic loading of major equipment, and steps 1-13 of ECA-0.2 starts ESF equipment as needed and have priority over the FRPs.

D.

Correct. Natural circulation is NOT established based on CETs and Hot legs rising. Per ECA-0.0 Step 1 NOTE, and ECA-0.2 Step 1 NOTE, FRPs are not implemented, only monitored. FRPs should not be implemented until after all safety equipment has been restarted after the completion of step 13 of ECA-0.2, in which a NOTE then states FRPs may now be implemented.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 000055 Station Generic Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, Blackout I 6

, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.

KIA#

2.2.44 K/A Importance 4.4 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-1.2-G lss. 1C rev. 1 1 OM-538.4.ECA-O.O lss. 2 Rev 1 pg 71 1 OM-53A.1.ECA-O.O lss. 2 Rev 1 pg 24 1 OM-538.4.ECA-0.2 lss. 2 Rev 0 pg 6 Question Source:

Bank - Farley 2011 NRG Exam (Q84)

Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5145.12)

Objective:

3SQS-53.2, Rev. 2 Obj. 12 - State from memory five (5) conditions which indicate that natural circulation is occurring, IAW BVPS EOP Executive Volume.

3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 4 - Explain from memory the basis for ALL Cautions and Notes, IAW 8VPS-EOP Executive Volume.

3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 6 - Given a set of conditions, locate and apply the proper Emergency Operating Procedures, IAW BVPS-EOP

. Executive Volume.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

80.

Given the following conditions:

0530 - Ll-1 Sl-928, 'C' SI Accumulator Level Indicator failed LOW 0830 - L5 Surveillance Verification Logs were completed 1030 - Loss of Vital Bus 3 occurs causing a loss of power to Ll-1 Sl-930, 'C' SI Accumulator Level Indicator and Pl-1 Sl-931, 'C' SI Accumulator Pressure Indicator The Vital 3 bus fault has been isolated to Primary Process Rack 23 (RK-PRl-PROC-23), and Vital Bus 3 has been restored.

Ll-1Sl-930 and Pl-1Sl-931 remain de-energized due to the fault isolation.

Per Technical Specification 3.5.1, which of the following times will the 'C' Safety Injection Accumulator be declared Inoperable?

(REFERENCES PROVIDED)

A.

0530 B.

1630 C.

2030 D.

2330 Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II B page 17 first and second bullets. SRO knowledge of the Application of Required Actions (Section 3) and Surveillance Requirements (SR)

(Section 4) in accordance with rules of application requirements (Section 1 ), and Application of generic Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO) requirements (LCO 3.0.1 thru 3.0.7; SR 4.0.1 thru 4.0.4). Specifically, the SRO must be able to determine that the SI accumulator will not need to be declared inoperable until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> after the last performance of the surveillance, plus 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> based on SR 3.0.2 interval extension.

KIA is met by determining that with a loss of one 'C' SI accumulator level indicators due to failing low, and a loss of vital bus 3 causing the second 'C' SI accumulator level indicator and pressure indicator to be lost, the accumulator must be declared inoperable 15 hours1.736111e-4 days <br />0.00417 hours <br />2.480159e-5 weeks <br />5.7075e-6 months <br /> after the last surveillance was complete.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that the accumulator remains operable with one level and one pressure indicator available.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks the surveillance requirement must be completed by 1630 based on the L5 logs time requirements.

This is incorrect because the surveillance does not need to be completed until 2330 based on the 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> surveillance requirement plus 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br />.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible if the candidate thinks the surveillance requirement must be completed by 2030 based on SR.3.5.1.2 time of 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> from the last time it was completed. This is incorrect because the surveillance does not need to be completed until 2330 based on the 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> surveillance requirement plus 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> for SR 3.0.2 allowance of 1.25 times the interval..

D.

Correct. The surveillance does not need to be completed until 2330 based on the 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> surveillance requirement of SR 3.5.1.2, plus 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> for SR 3.0.2 allowance of 1.25 times the interval specified in the frequency. The surveillance was last completed at 0830.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 000057 Loss of Vital AC AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply Core flood tank pressure and level indicators Inst. Bus/ 6 to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus:

KIA#

AA2.02 K/A Importance 3.8*

References provided to 1 OM-54.3.L5 Rev. 88 pg.19 Candidate T.S. 3.5.1 pg.3.5.1-1 &2 BVPS Unit 1 Surv. Test Intervals Rev. 0 Question Source:

New Exam Level Technical

References:

SRO T.S. 3.5.1 pg.3.5.1-1 & 2 BVPS Unit 1 Surv. Test Intervals Rev. O T.S SR 3.0.2 pg. 3.0-4 10M-54.3.L5 Rev. 88 pg.19 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-RULES ITS-01-05: Given plant conditions, apply the rules of ITS Section 1.3 to ensure compliance with Tech Specs I LRM.

3SQS-RULES ITS-01-01: Given plant conditions, apply the rules of ITS Section 3.0 to ensure compliance with Technical Specifications.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

81.

Given the following:

  • The plant is in Mode 4 preparing to enter Mode 3.
  • All systems are in normal configurations for this mode.
  • The following alarms are received:

AB-27, SYS STA SERV TRANS 1A UNDERVOLTAGE AB-31, SYS STA SERVTRANS 1B UNDERVOLTAGE Voltages on all 4160V normal and emergency busses are fluctuating between 80% and 98% of their normal values.

The DLC System Dispatcher has informed the Unit Supervisor that the grid is EXTREMELY unstable.

NO automatic or manual actions have occurred.

'A' Charging Pump, 1CH-P-1A is RUNNING The crew has entered AOP 1/2.35.1, Degraded Grid.

Per AOP 1/2.35.1, which of the following describes the actions that are required for this condition?

I A.

OPEN BOTH emergency bus tie breakers, allow the EDGs to auto start, and verify proper load sequencing on bus AE and OF.

B.

Manually start #2 EOG, OPEN the emergency bus tie breaker, and verify proper load sequencing on bus OF. Then, manually start #1 EOG, OPEN the emergency bus tie breaker, and verify proper load sequencing on bus AE.

C.

OPEN the emergency bus tie breaker for bus OF, allow #2 EOG to auto start, and verify proper load sequencing on bus OF. Then, OPEN emergency bus tie breaker for bus AE, allow #1 EOG to auto start, and verify proper load sequencing on bus AE.

D.

Manually start BOTH EDGs, parallel the EDGs to its respective emergency bus. Then OPEN the emergency bus tie breakers, and verify proper load sequencing on bus AE and DF

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

Question 81 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures and implementation of the Abnormal procedure. The SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine the required actions for this situation. Specifically, the SRO must determine the specific sequence of starting the Diesel Generators and energizing the emergency busses while the electrical grid is unstable, which is SRO knowledge of the AOP procedure content.

KIA is met by evaluating the plant annunciators and indications, and determine how to preemptively energize the emergency busses in the event of grid instability or voltage degradation.

A.

Incorrect. This would start and sequence both EDGs, and divorce them from the grid, but it is not the correct action per the AOP. The bus with the non-running charging pump is started and sequenced first to minimize the effect of a loss of charging.

B.

Correct. The Degraded Grid AOP states the EOG for the bus with the non-running charging pump should be started first, and the procedure requires the EOG manually started, then the emergency bus tie breaker opened to divorce the EOG from the grid, and allow it to sequence on the required loads.

C.

Incorrect. This is the proper bus sequence, but it is not the correct sequence for starting the EOG and loading the emergency busses.

D.

Incorrect. This would work for energizing the emergency busses, but it is not correct per the degraded Grid AOP. There is a specific step in the AOP which states if the DG is paralleled to offsite power, unload the DG and open the output breaker.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 000077 Generator Voltage and Generic Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or Electric Grid Disturbances / 6 response procedures.

KIA#

2.4.31 KIA Importance 4.1 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

1/20M-53C.4A.35.1 Rev. 9 pg. 8-9 Question Source:

Bank-1LOT7 NRC Exam (044) Modified Question Cognitive Level:

Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.10 / 45.3)

Objective:

1 SQS-35.2, Rev. 9 Obj. 12 - Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

82.

A gaseous waste decay tank ruptured.

No gaseous waste system evolutions were in progress.

The following Radiation Monitor are in High-High alarm reading as indicated:

RM-1VS-107B, Reactor Bldg. and SLCRS Vent Gas Monitor is 9.1E+03 CPM RM-1VS-106, Waste Gas Tank Vault Ventilation Exhaust Gas Monitor is 1.2E+06 CPM RM-1VS-110, Reactor Bldg/SLCRS Exhaust (PING) Monitor is 9.1E+05 µCi/s Automatic actions of RM:.1VS-106 in High-High alarm have failed to occur.

1) What actions must be taken in accordance with the ARP for RM-1VS-106 in High-High alarm?
1) Close 1 VS-D-4-1 A, Leak Collection Filter Bank Bypass Damper
2) Open 1VS-D-4-2A, Leak Collection to Main Filter Bank Damper
3) Stop 1VS-F-7A, Aux. Bldg. Exhaust Fan
2) Based on the conditions stated, and satisfactory completion of the RM-1VS-106 ARP actions 30 minutes after the decay tank ruptured, what EAL classification would have been declared?

(REFERENCE PROVIDED)

A.

1) 1 and 2 ONLY
2) Unusual Event B.
1) 1, 2, and 3
2) Unusual Event C.
1) 1and20NLY
2) Alert D.
1) 1, 2, and 3
2) Alert

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

Question 82 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401Attachment2 per section II E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the Emergency Classifications. This is a SRO position function only.

KIA is met by demonstrating the ability to verify that the Leak Collection Filter is aligned properly after a Gaseous Waste Decay Tank ruptures and actuates a High-High alarm on RM-1VS-106. The question states that the automatic actions of RM-1VS-106 in High-High alarm have failed to occur, making the candidate determine what actions should have occurred.

A.

Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is plausible because of the RU1 note stating that the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR should not wait until the applicable time (60 min) has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the release duration has exceeded, or will likely exceed, the applicable time. Criteria for UE declaration is SLCRS Vent (RM-1VS-110 LRNG) reading 7.58E+3 uCi/s. The stem states RM-1VS-110 is reading 9.1E+05 µCi/s.

B.

Incorrect. First part is plausible because 1VS-D-4-1A closed and 1VS-D-4-2A opened are auto actions of RM-1VS-106, but RM-1VS-102A, Aux Bldg Gas monitor trips 1VS-F-7A. Second part is plausible because of the RU1 note stating that the EMERGENCY DIRECTOR should not wait until the applicable time (60 min) has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the release duration has exceeded, or will likely exceed, the applicable time. Criteria for UE declaration is SLCRS Vent (RM-1VS-110 LRNG) reading 7.58E+3 uCi/s. The stem states RM-1VS-110 is reading 9. 1 E+05 µCi/s.

C.

Correct. 10M-43.4.AEJ (ARP for RM-1VS-106) states to verify the following automatic actions have occurred, 1VS-D-4-1A closed and 1VS-D 2A opened. The EAL classification is an Alert based on RA 1, any of the following gaseous effluent monitors greater than the reading shown for 15 minutes or longer: SLCRS Vent (RM-1VS-110 HRNG) - 7.58E+5 uCi/s. The stem states RM-1VS-110 is reading 9.1E+05 µCi/s.

D.

Incorrect. First part is plausible because 1V~-D-4-1A closed and 1VS-D-4-2A opened are auto actions of RM-1VS-106, but RM-1VS-102A, Aux Bldg Gas monitor trips 1VS-F-7A. Second part is correct.

Sys#

000060 System Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Rel. /9 Category Generic KIA#

2.4.50 KIA Importance References provided to Candidate EPP Chart Question Source:

New 4.0 Exam Level Technical

References:

KA Statement Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the alarm response manual.

SRO 1 OM-43.4.AEJ Rev. 4 pg. 2 10M-43.5.B.2 Rev. 4 pg.3 Unit 1 RM-0416-001 Rev. 16 EPP-l-1A Rev. 17 pg. 17 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.10 I 43.5 I 45.3)

Objective:

1 SQS-16.1, Rev. 9 Obj. 12 - Describe the control, protection and interlock functions for the control room components associated with the SLCRS, including automatic functions, setpoints and changes in equipment status as applicable.

EPP-9281-01-11 :Given specific plant conditions, classify the condition in accordance with EPP 1-1 a & b.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

83.

The following conditions exist A Small break LOCA has occurred CETs are 730 °F and RISING The crew has transitioned to FR-C.1, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, and are preparing to depressurize the Steam Generators Low Steamline Pressure SI has been blocked In accordance with FR-C.1, step 14, "Depressurize all Intact SGs to 110 psig", at what rate are the SGs depressurized, and why was 110 psig chosen as the target pressure?

1) The SGs are depressurized at __

__._(1'""") ___ rate using the Condenser Steam Dumps.

2) The SG pressure of 110 psig was chosen because it (2)

A.

1) less than 100°F/hr cooldown
2) maximizes SI accumulator water injection and minimizes Nitrogen injection to the RCS B.
1) less than 100°F/hr cooldown
2) corresponds to RCS hot leg temperature of 410°F, which ensures the RCS pressure is below the shutoff head of the LHSI pumps C.
1) the maximum
2) maximizes SI accumulator water injection and minimizes Nitrogen injection to the RCS D.
1) the maximum
2) corresponds to RCS hot leg temperature of 410°F, which ensures the RCS pressure is
  • below the shutoff head of the LHSI pumps

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

Question 83 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401Attachment2 per section II.E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures and implementation of the Emergency procedures. The SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine the required actions for this situation. Specifically, the SRO must determine the required steam generator depressurization rate and target pressure to ensure the SI accumulators will provide maximum water to the RCS while minimizing Nitrogen injection.

KIA is met by the candidates ability to determine that depressurizing the steam generators using the condenser steam dumps at maximum rate will reduce RCS temperature and pressure sufficiently enough to ensure the SI accumulators will deliver maximum SI water accumulator water, while minimizing nitrogen delivery to the RCS while performing FR-C.1, Response To Inadequate Core Cooling.

A.

Incorrect. First part is plausible because 100F/hr is used often within the EOP network and it is the Tech Spec limit for plant cooldown. Second part is correct.

8.

Incorrect. First part is plausible because 100F/hr is used often within the EOP network and it is the Tech Spec limit for plant cooldown. Second part is plausible because 41 OF hot leg temperature is discussed in FR-C.1, but it is the temperature which corresponds to SI accumulator water delivery, not the LHSI shutoff head pressure. 41 OF corresponds to approximately 260 psig, and the LHSI shutoff head pressure is 178 psig.

C.

Correct. Step 14d has the SGs depressurized at maximum rate since it is the most effective way to reduce RCS pressure. The bases of the 11 O psig target for SG pressure is to ensure maximum SI water accumulator water delivery while minimizing nitrogen delivery to the RCS.

0.

Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is plausible because 41 OF hot leg temperature is discussed in FR-C.1, but it is the temperature which corresponds to SI accumulator water delivery, not the LHSI shutoff head pressure. 410F corresponds to approximately 260 psig, and the LHSI shutoff head pressure is 178 psig.

Sys#

000074 KIA#

System lnad. Core Cooling/ 4 EA2.08 Category EA2 Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to Inadequate Core Cooling:

KIA Importance I 4.6*

References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical

References:

Question Source:

New KA Statement The effect of turbine bypass valve operation on RCS temperature and pressure SRO 10M-53A.1.FR-C.1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 step 14 pg. 7-9 10M-538.4.FR-C.1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 25 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 2 - Describe from memory the overall purpose of each procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

84.

ES-0.0, Rediagnosis, has been entered following a reactor trip and safety injection.

The following conditions exist:

Containment pressure 11.2 psig and LOWERING Containment temperature 165°F and LOWERING Steam Generator level 44% WR and LOWERING in all SGs Steam Generator pressure 350 psig and LOWERING in all SGs Pressurizer level 0%

RCS pressure 1680 psig and LOWERING Atm Steam Dump and RHR valves are CLOSED All MSIVs are CLOSED Which of the following describes the proper transition to be made from ES-0.0 to respond to the above plant conditions?

A.

E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant B.

ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization C.

E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation D.

ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section Ii' E page 21 second bullet. SRO is required to have additional knowledge of the procedure's content, and knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the emergency operating procedures (EOP) that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures.

KIA is met by requiring a detailed knowledge of ES-0.0, Rediagnosis, and interpreting plant conditions to select the appropriate procedure to respond to the event.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible because some indications of a LOCA are present in the stem (cnmt pressure, przr level, RCS pressure), but before getting to the E-1 evaluation in ES-0.0 (last evaluation), the correct transition is identified as ECA-2.1.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible because some indications of a LOCA are present in the stem (cnmt pressure, przr level, RCS pressure), but the first step of ES-0.0 checks SG pressure and directs to ECA-2.1 based on the given conditions. The E-1/ECA-1 series evaluation in ES-0.0 is the last step..

C.

Incorrect. Plausible because this would be the transition from the first step in ES-0.0 if MSIVs were open, but with the MSIVs closed, ECA-2.1 the correct transition.

D.

Correct. With all 3 SGs pressure lowering, and MSIVs being closed, the ECA-2.1 transition is correct iaw ES-0.0 step 1 RNO.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement W/E01 Rediagnosis I 3 EA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they Facility conditions and selection of appropriate apply to the (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection Rediagnosis) procedures during abnormal and emergency operations K/A#

EA2.1 KIA Importance 4.0 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

1 OM-53A.1.ES-O.O lss. 3 Rev. O pg. 2 & 3 Question Source:

Bank - Callaway 2013 NRC exam (085)

Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3-01-06: Given a set of conditions, locate and apply the proper Emergency Operating Procedures, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT1G)

85.

Cooldown is in progress per ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown.

The crew is at the step in ES-0.2 to check that a steam void in Reactor Vessel does NOT exist.

The following data is noted:

Time RVLIS Upper Range 10:00 100 10:15 100 10:30 98 10:45 84 PRZR Level 25 25 28 58 Which of the following choices correctly completes the statement below?

Based on the given conditions, the MAXIMUM cooldown rate allowed in ES-0.2 is (1) and the NEXT action required by ES-0.2 is to (2)

A.

1) 25°F per hour
2) repressurize the RCS within the limits of EOP Att. 5-C, "CROM Fans Running - Natural Circulation Cooldown Subcooling Requirements" to collapse potential voids in the system B.
1) 100°Fperhour
2) repressurize the RCS within the limits of EOP Att. 5-C, "CROM Fans Running - Natural Circulation Cooldown Subcooling Requirements" to collapse potential voids in the system C.
1) 25°Fperhour
2) actuate Safety Injection and transition to E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection
0.
1) 100°F per hour
2) actuate Safety Injection and transition to E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

Question 85 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

Meets NUREG-1021 Rev. 10, Att.2 Sect. II.E pg 21 second bullet which requires the knowledge of diagnostics steps and decision points in EOPs that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures. The SRO must be aware of whether to transition to a sub-procedures for Natural Circulation Cooldown or repressurize the RCS and remain in the current procedure, and know the required cooldown rates for the various Natural Circulation sub procedures. Detailed procedure knowledge is required for the 25F/hr coo Id own rate and ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown procedure RNO step to repressurize the RCS.

KIA is met by the candidate interpreting that voids exist in the vessel while performing ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown, and detenmines that the RCS must be repressurized IAW EOP att. 5-C per the RNO step of ES-0.2.

A.

Correct. 25F/hr cooldown rate is correct per step 6.b. Step 19 checks for voids, and if present has the operator repressurize the RCS !AW attachment 5-C.

B.

Incorrect. First part is plausible because 100F/hr is BV Tech Spec CID limit, and is used in several EOP procedures. Second part is correct.

C.

Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is plausible because actuating SI and transitioning to E-0 is a Left Hand Page item in ES-0.2, and even though it is not one of the transition criteria identified, it sound plausible as a way of removing RCS voids.

D.

Incorrect. First part is plausible because 1 OOF/hr is BV Tech Spec cooldown limit, and is used in several EOP procedures. Second part is plausible because actuating SI and transitioning to E-0 is a Left Hand Page item in ES-0.2, and even though it is not one of the transition criteria identified, it sound plausible as a way of removing RCS voids.

Sys#

W/E10 KIA#

System Natural Gire. I 4 2.1.20 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 4.6 Question Source:

Bank-Vogtle 2012 NRC Exam (0100)

.Exam Level Technical

References:

KA Statement Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.

SRO 10M-53A.1.ES-0.2 lss. 3 Rev. O pg. 6, 7, 19 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Pa'rt 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.1 O / 43.5 / 45.12)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 - State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

86.

Given the following conditions:

An inadvertent Reactor Trip has occurred Crew has transitioned to ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response FCV-1CH-122, Chg Flow to Regen Hx.Inlet Control Viv is stuck OPEN due to a bent stem 1 CH-P-1 B, 'B' Charging Pump is RUNNING Fl-1CH-150, Letdown Flow is 0 gpm Fl-1 CH-122A, Charging Flow is 180 gpm PRZR level is 32% and RISING

1) To mitigate the consequences of Letdown flow being lost, step 3 of ES-0.1 directs the crew to restore letdown using which of the following procedures?
2) How is PRZR level controlled with FCV-1CH-122 stuck open?

A.'

1) AOP 1.7.1, Loss of Charging or Letdown
2) Start/Stop 1 CH-P-1 B, 'B' Charging Pump B.
1) AOP 1.7.1, Loss of Charging or Letdown
2) Open/Close MOV-1CH-289, Charging Pump Disch Header to Regen HX in CNMT Isolation C.
1) 10M-7.4.H, Excess Letdown Heat Exchanger Operation
2) Start/Stop 1 CH-P-1 B, 'B' Charging Pump D.
1) 10M-7.4.H, Excess Letdown Heat Exchanger Operation
2) Open/Close MOV-1CH-289, Charging Pump Disch Header to Regen HX in CNMT Isolation

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1Lor1s)

Question 86 Answer: 8 Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II E page 21 second & third bullets. SRO is required to have additional knowledge of the procedure's content, and knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the emergency operating procedures (EOP) that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures. Specifically, the SRO must use the Loss of Letdown AOP in parallel with ES-0.1, to restore Letdown flow. The SRO must also have specific AOP knowledge for controlling Charging Flow when the FCV is stuck open.

KIA is met by requiring knowledge of specific EOP guidance directing the use of the Loss of Charging or Letdown AOP in parallel with the EOP to restore Letdown flow.

A.

Incorrect. AOP-1.7.1 is correct. Second part is plausible because the charging are stopped and started when realigning HHSI flowpaths under certain conditions per the EOP attachments.

B.

Correct. Step 3 of EOP ES-0.1 has the crew check letdown flow. If letdown flow is not indicated the crew will perform AOP-1.7.1 in parallel with the EOP to restore normal letdown. The AOP then references using MOV-1 CH-289 to maintain przr level by opening and closing as needed.

C.

Incorrect. 1 OM-7.4.H is plausible because it is referred to in multiple EOPs, and if normal letdown cannot be restored, AOP-1.7.4 references the use of 10M-7.4.H. Second part is plausible because the charging pumps are stopped and started when realigning HHSI flowpaths under certain conditions per the EOP attachments. Second part is plausible because the charging pumps are stopped and started when realigning HHSI flowpaths under certain conditions per the EOP attachments.

D.

Incorrect. 10M-7.4.H is plausible because it is referred to in multiple EOPs, and if normal letdown cannot be restored, AOP-1.7.4 references the use of 1 OM-7.4.H. Second part is correct.

Sys #

System Category 004 Chemical and Generic Volume Control KIA#

2.4.8 K/A Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New 4.5 Exam Level Technical

References:

KA Statement Knowledge of how abnormal operating procedures are used in conjunction with EOPs.

SRO 1 OM-53A.1. ES-0.1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 2 10M-53C.4.1.7.1Rev.11 pg.11-12 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.1 o I 43.5 I 45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 - State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.

1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5 - Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

87.

The plant is operating at 100% power.

Annunciator A6-37, 'PRI COMP COOL WTR SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH-LOW' is in alarm Ll-1CC-100, CCR Surge Tank Level is offscale LOW LCV-1CC-100A, CCR Surge TK Level Control Valve is OPEN with M/U water available The crew has entered AOP 1.15.1, Loss Of Primary Component Cooling Water Given the above conditions, which of the following actions are required to be performed at this time?

A.

Continue in AOP 1.15.1, remove non-essential CCR loads from service, and monitor for additional CCR component alarms.

B.

Trip the reactor, enter and perform E-0 IOAs, trip the RCPs, isolate Letdown, transfer charging pump suction to RWST, stop all CCR pumps.

C.

Continue in AOP 1.15.1, go to Attachment 1, "CCR System Out-Leakage" and attempt to isolate the leak.

D.

Trip the reactor, enter and perform E-0 IOAs, trip the RCPs, close PRZR spray valves.

Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures and transitions between Abnormal and EOPs. The SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine if a plant parameter has been exceeded, and the required actions for this situation. Then the SRO must determine the specific sequence of actions to take after tripping the reactor, which are listed as sub-steps in the Abnormal Operating Procedure. Additionally directing the action to secure the RCPs and other equipment is to occur following completion of the IOAs, which is SRO knowledge of the AOP procedure content.

KIA is met by the candidate determining that a CCR Surge tank level offscale low, will require a reactor trip, and transition to E-0, and detailed knowledge of the additional actions required by the AOP to mitigate the consequences of a loss of CCR.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because removing non-essential CCR loads from service would reduce the heat load on the system, and possibly delay additional alarms from coming in while working through Loss of CCR AOP.

B.

Correct. Step 1 of AOP-1.15.1 checks the surge tank level onscale, if level is offscale low as stated in the stem, then these actions are correct per step 1 RNO.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if Surge tank level was onscale and stable with the makeup valve open, or level was dropping.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if an RCP trip criteria were met since these actions are required per AOP-1.6.8, Abnormal RCP Operation AOP, but there is no indication in the stem indicating that an RCP alarm exists at this time.

Sys#

008 KIA#

System Component Cooling Water A2.02 Category KA Statement A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or High/low surge tank level operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

KIA Importance 3.5 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

1OM-53C.4.1. 15. 1 Rev. 6 pg.3 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 ; 43.5 ; 45.3 ; 45. 13)

Objective:

1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5

  • Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

88.

Given the following conditions:

A total loss of Main Feedwater and Auxiliary Feedwater occurs The crew is performing the actions of FR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink Bleed and Feed has been initiated All steam generators are "dry" The capability to feed all steam generators using the TDAFW pump has been restored.

The crew is currently feeding 'A' SG at 100 gpm Core Exit Thermocouples are 555°F and slowly RISING Which of the following actions will be used to recover a secondary heat sink, and why?

A.

Establish MAXIMUM flow to the 'A' steam generator due to the urgent need to restore a heat sink.

B.

Establish MAXIMUM flow to all steam generators due to the urgent need to restore a heat sink.

C.

Reduce flow to a MAXIMUM of 50 gpm to the 'A' steam generator to limit steam generator failures to one steam generator due to thermal stresses.

D.

Reduce flow to a MAXIMUM of 50 gpm to all steam generators to ensure heat removal capability will be greater than decay heat.

{SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

Question 88 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II E page 22 Fig. 2 First bullet, Assessing plant conditions (normal, abnormal, or emergency) and then selecting a procedure or section of a procedure to mitigate, recover, or with which to proceed. Specifically the SRO must recognize that SI has been initiated, and feed flow has been establish, but the CETs are still rising. This will require the RNO action of feeding the one SG at maximum feed flow.

KIA is met with the knowledge of the mitigation strategy of FR-H.1 when SI and feed flow have been established to a dry SG, but the RCS temperature continues to rise requiring procedural action to feed one SG at maximum rate due to the urgent need to restore a heat sink.

A.

Correct. With CET temperatures rising with SI flow initiated, and feed flow to one SG, then the appropriate action per FR-H.1 step 28 RNO is to feed at maximum rate to one SG due to the urgency of the plant conditions. Limited to one SG to limit possible thermal failure to only one SG.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor with the given urgency of no heat sink based on the plant conditions, but maximum flow is only limited to one SG due to possible thermal failure of the SGs.

C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because the bases is correct, but the feed flow is not limited to 50 gpm. 50 gpm was used as the distractor because 50 gpm is referred to in other EOP procedures. (i.e. ECA-2.1).

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because the bases is correct, but the feed flow is not limited to 50 gpm. 50 gpm was used as the distractor because 50 gpm is referred to in other EOP procedures. (i.e. ECA-2.1 ), and feed flow is limited to only one SG.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 059 Main Knowledge of EOP mitigation strategies.

Feedwater KIA#

2.4.6 KIA Importance 4.7 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-53A.1.FR-H.1 lss 2 Rev 2 pg. 19-20 10M-53B.4.FR-H.1 lss. 2 Rev. 2 pg 73-74 Question Source:

Bank - Diablo Canyon 2012 draft (Q9) Modified Question Cognitive Level:

Higher-Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5145.13)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 3 - State from memory the basis and sequence for the Major Action Steps of each EOP procedure, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.

3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 6 - Given a set of conditions, locate and apply the proper Emergency Operating Procedures, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

89.

The plant is at 100% power.

TV-1 MS-105A, AFW Turb Steam Supply 'A' Train Trip Valve air supply line ruptures.

1) Based on the above failure, what is the status of the 1 FW-P-2, Turbine-Driven Auxiliary Feed Pump?
2) What actions, if any, will the crew take to mitigate this event?

The Turbine-Driven Auxiliary Feed Pump is (1)

The crew will (2)

A.

1) shutdown
2) enter LCO 3.7.5, Cond. B for the Inoperable AFW pump, which allows 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> for the airline to be repaired.
8.
1) shutdown
2) continue power operations because the TDAFW remains operable due to the availability of the opposite train steam supply.

C.

1) running
2) reduce power using 1 OM-52.4.B.1, Turbine Load Changes until the overpower condition has cleared.

D.

1) running
2) use 1 OM-24.4.K, Steam Generator Level Control With Auxiliary Feedwater until the TDAFW pump is shutdown.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

KA is met by identifying that a loss of air due to a broken air supply line to the Turbine-Driven Auxiliary Feed Pump will cause the pump to start, then predict that an overpower condition will occur when operating at 100% power and cold water is fed to the SGs. They will have to determine that power will need to be reduced using the Turbine Load Change procedure.

A.

Incorrect. Plau~ible distractor if the candidate does not know how TV-1MS-105A fails, or thinks the 2 steam supply valves are in series. Second part is plausible because LCO 3.7.5 would be entered for this failure.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor if the candidate does not know how TV-1MS-105A fails, or thinks the 2 steam supply valves are in series. Second part is plausible if the candidate thinks TV-1MS-105A fails open, but is in series, in which case a second valve being available would allow the TDAFW pump to operate.

C.

Correct. The TDAFW will be running due to TV-1MS-105A failing open on the loss of air and admitting steam to the turbine. An overpower event will occur due to the addition of cold water to the SGs while at 100% power. This will require a down power to reduce Rx power <100% using Turbine Load Changes procedure 1 OM-52.4.B.1.

D.

Incorrect. The TDAFW pump will be running. Second part is plausible because the candidate may not recognize that an overpower event will occur, and this procedure sounds plausible for the conditions.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement 061 Auxiliary/Erne A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on Loss of air to steam supply valve rgency the AFW; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or Feedwater mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

KIA#

A2.02 KIA Importance 3.6*

Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Question Source:

New SRO 10M-53C.4.1.34.1rev.21pg.18 10M-52.4.B.1Rev.1 pg. 3 Unit 1 RM-0421-001 Rev. 25 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 I 43.5 I 45.3 I 45.13)

Objective:

1 SQS-24.1, Rev. 20 Obj. 16 - Given a Main Feedwater, Dedicated Auxiliary Feedwater, Auxiliary Feedwater System or Steam Generator Water Level Control System configuration and without referenced material, describe the associated system's control room response to the following off-normal conditions, including automatic functions and changes in equipment status as applicable. a. Loss of instrument air.

1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 2

  • State the conditions or symptoms that would require entry into the AOPs.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

90.

Given the following conditions:

A.

B.

C.

D.

Plant startup is in progress after a refueling outage Plant is in Mode 4 Engineering has reported that the Containment Type 'A' overall Integrated Leak Rate Test calculation was re-verified, and determined La is 1.2

1) What Design Basis Accident is the Integrated Leak Rate Test maximum allowable leakage based upon?
2) Based on the Integrated Leak Rate Test results, is plant startup permitted to continue into Mode 3?
1) LOCA
2) is permitted
1) Steam Line Break
2) is permitted
1) LOCA
2) is NOT permitted
1) Steam Line Break
2) is NOT permitted

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

Question 90 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.B page 17 first, second, and third bullets. SRO is required to have knowledge of the TS bases, generic Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO) requirements, and application of Required Actions (Section 3) and Surveillance Requirements (SR) (Section 4) in accordance with rules of application requirements. Specifically the SRO must have detailed knowledge of the TS bases, and application of TS 3.6.1 to determine that the Integrated Leak Rate Test does not meet the LCO, and plant startup may not continue.

K/A is met by the candidates knowledge that a LOCA is the basis for the Integrated Leak Rate test of containment to ensure the offsite dose consequences are bounded by the assumptions of the safety analysis for containment describes the impact of a failed ILRT. Uses Tech Specs and determines that the Integrated Leak Rate test results do not meet Tech Spec 3.6.1 or T.S. 5.5.12 acceptance criteria for Containment Operability, and determines that TS 3.6.1 is not met.

Then demonstrates the understanding that a transition into Mode 4 is not allowed, therefore plant startup must be halted.

A.

Incorrect. A design basis LOCA is the basis for the ILRT of containment. Second part is a plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that transition into Mode 4 would be allowed due to not knowing that the modes of applicability for TS 3.6.1 are modes 1-4, or they think LCO 3.0.4 criteria is met.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible because Steam Line Break is a DBA evaluated for the Containment Tech Spec, but the ILRT is performed to ensure the offsite dose consequences are bounded by the assumptions of the safety analysis. Second part is a plausible distractor if the candidate thinks that transition into Mode 4 would be allowed due to not knowing that the modes of applicability for TS 3.6.1 are modes 1-4, or they think LCO 3.0.4 criteria is met.

C.

Correct. A design basis LOCA is the basis for the ILRT of containment to ensure the offsite dose consequences are bounded by the assumptions of the safety analysis. Plant startup is not permitted into Mode 4 because the containment LCO modes of applicability is Modes 1-4, and none of the criteria of LCO 3.0.4 are stated or implied in the question stem.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible because Steam Line Break is a DBA evaluated for the Containment Tech Spec, but the ILRT is performed to ensure the offsite dose consequences are bounded by the assumptions of the safety analysis. Second part is correct.

Sys#

103 System Category Containment A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the containment system and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations KA Statement Integrated leak rate test KIA#

A2.01 KIA Importance 2.6*

Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

T.S. 3.6.1 pg 3.6.1-1 T.S. B3.6.1 pg 83.6.1-2 T.S 5.5.12 pg. 5.5-19 & 20 T.S. LCO 3.0.4 pg. 3.0-1 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 I 45.3 I 45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-CONT ITS, Rev. 1 obj. 3 - Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Section Containment Systems LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements, and the Applicability.

3SQS-CONT ITS, Rev. 1 obj. 4 - Given plant conditions that constitute non-compliance with any Containment Systems LCO, or Licensing Requirement determine the applicable Condition(s), Required Action(s), and associated Completion Time(s).

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

91.

Regarding Technical Specification Safety Limits, which of the following core limitations does the Overtemperature ~ T (OT~ T) Reactor Trip prevent exceeding?

A.

Power Density (KW/ft)

B.

Total Core Power C.

Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB)

D.

Axial Flux Difference (AFD)

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.8 page 17 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the TS bases. Specifically the SRO must have detailed knowledge of the TS bases to determine that the bases for the Overtemperature ti.T reactor trip is to ensure the DNBR design limit is met.

KIA is met by demonstrating knowledge of the Technical Specifications bases for the Overtemperature 6. T limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. OT6.T trip Function uses each loop's Ll.T as a measure of reactor power and is compared with a setpoint that is automatically varied with the following parameters: Tavg, PRZR pressure, and axial power distribution which uses the NIS upper and lower power range detectors.

A.

Incorrect. Overpower L'.T trip provide protection for powe:r density.

8.

Incorrect. Power Range High Flux trip and OP.!l T trips provide protection for total core power.

C.

Correct. The Overtemperature t.T trip Function is provided to ensure that the design limit DNBR is met.

D.

Incorrect. Power Range trips and operator monitoring provide protection for AFD.

Sys#

System Category 015 Nuclear Generic Instrumentation KIA#

2.2.25 KIA Importance 4.2 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

Bank - 1 LOT5 NRC Exam (036)

KA Statement Knowledge of the bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

Exam Level SRO Technical

References:

Tech Spec Bases Rev. 0 pg. 83.3.1-16 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 I 41. 7 I 43.2)

Objective:

3SQS-1.1, Rev. 8 Obj. 17 - Describe the design bases for the Reactor Protection System Trip Logics & Engineered Safeguards Features Actuation Signals and the associated major components as documented in the UFSAR.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

92.

Initial conditions at time of the event:

The plant is at 75% power with all systems in normal alignment for this power level AS-72, 'Radiation Monitor High/High' is LIT A4-88, 'Steam Gen N-16 Monitor Alert/High Trouble' is LIT RM-1MS-102A, N-16 SG Leak Monitor indicates >30 gpd tube leakage PRZR level is 48% and LOWERING Charging flow is 86 gpm and RISING Letdown Flow is 105 gpm and ST ABLE Conditions 10 minutes after A4-88 alarmed:

The crew has entered AOP 1.6.4, 'Steam Generator Tube Leakage' RM-1MS-102A, N-16 SG Leak Monitor indicates > 10000 gpd tube leakage PRZR level is 23% and LOWERING Charging flow is 140 gpm and RISING Letdown Flow is 45 gpm and STABLE Based on the above conditions, which of the following actions are required by AOP 1.6.4?

A.

Enter AOP 1.51.1 'Unplanned Power Reduction' while continuing with AOP 1.6.4, and be

50% power within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> AND be in Mode 3 within the next 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

B.

Enter AOP 1.51.1 'Unplanned Power Reduction' while continuing with AOP 1.6.4, and be in Mode 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />.

C.

Enter 1 OM-52.4.B, 'Load Following' while continuing with AOP 1.6.4, and be in Mode 3 within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

D.

Trip the Reactor and initiate Safety Injection, then enter E-0, Reactor Trip and Safety Injection.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures. Specifically the SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine that the SG tube leak exceeds the capacity of the charging pump when letdown is minimized, and determine that a Rx trip and SI are required per step 2 RNO of the AOP procedure. Detailed knowledge of the content is required to select the correct procedural direction.

KJA is met by predicting a SG tube leak which exceeds the capacity of the charging pumps will require a Rx trip and safety injection actuation and entry into E-0 to mitigate the small break LOCA.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because this is the action for AOP-1.6.4 Att. 1 action Level 3 when the primary to secondary leakage is >100 gpd.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because this is the action for TS 3.4.13, RCS Operational leakage for 150 gpd primary to secondary leakage, C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because this is the action for AOP-1.6.4 Alt. 1 action Level 2 when the primary to secondary leakage is >75 gpd.

D.

Correct. With the conditions escalating, causing the crew to close the 60 gpm UD orifice in accordance with AOP-1.6.4 step 2, and PRZR level still lowering, it will not be possible to maintain PRZR level >5%. Therefore the correct action is to trip the Reactor and initiate Safety Injection per ste 2 RNO.

Sys#

System 035 Steam Generator KJA#

A2.06 Category A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SG; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

KJA Importance 4.6 Exam Level SRO KA Statement Small break LOCA References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

10M-53C.4.1.6.4 rev 29 pg. 4 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.5)

Objective:

1 SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5 - Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

93.

Given the following conditions:

A.

B.

C.

D.

Plant startup is in progress IAW 10M-50.4.D, Reactor Startup From Mode 3 To Mode 2 Rx power is 2.5% and slowly RISING AM-1MS-464B, Cooldown Vlvs Controller is in Steam Pressure Mode set at 1005 psig PS-1MS-101A, Atmospheric Steam Dump SG 1A pressure switch fails HIGH causing 'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump "pop open" feature to actuate The crew stops power ascension due to 'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump, PCV-1 MS-101A failing OPEN.

How will the Condenser Steam Dump valves respond to PCV-1MS-101A failing open?

Condenser Steam Dump valves will (1)

The crew takes manual control of the 'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump IAW Att. 2-U, Local Operation of SG Atmospheric Steam Dump Valves, to isolate the steam leak.

While in Local-Manual control, is the 'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump Valve Operable per Tech Spec 3.7.4, Atmospheric dump Valves?

'A' SG Atmospheric Steam Dump __

_.,(2::...) ___ Operable.

1) throttle closed
2) is
1) throttle closed
2) is NOT
1) not be affected
2) is
1) not be affected
2) is NOT

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

Question 93 Answer: B Explanation!Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.B page 17 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the TS bases. Specifically the SRO must evaluate Local-Manual operation of the Atmospheric Steam Dump and determine that the valve is inoperable based on the Tech Spec bases stating that the ASD must be capable of BOTH remote and local operation to be operable. Detailed knowledge of the bases is required to determine that the ASD is inoperable.

KIA is met by demonstrating the ability to predict the impact of an atmospheric steam dump failing open during a plant startup, and the response of the condenser steam dump system. When the ASD is locally closed to mitigate the event, the SRO must determine that the ASD is not operable.

A.

Incorrect. The First part is correct. The second part is plausible because TS 7.4.1 bases states the ASDs must be capable of BOTH local and remote operation to be considered operable.

B.

Correct. When the 'A' ASD pops open due to the pressure switch failing high, the condenser steam dumps will throttle closed due to the condenser steam dump controller being in steam pressure mode, and PT-1MS-464 sensing a lower pressure on the steam header. The 'A' ASD is Inoperable based on TS 7.4.1 bases which states that in order to meet the assumptions of the operational assessment used to evaluate single failure concerns, the Unit 1 ADVs must be capable of being operated locally as well as from the control room in order to be considered OPERABLE.

C.

Incorrect. First part is plausible if the candidate thinks that* AM-1 MS-464B is in manual, in which case the condenser steam dumps would not respond, but the steam states that the controller is in steam pressure mode set at 1005 psig. The second part is plausible because TS 7.4.1 bases states the ASDs must be capable of BOTH local and remote operation to be considered operable.

D.

Incorrect. First part is plausible if the candidate thinks that* AM-1 MS-464B is in manual, in which case the condenser steam dumps would not respond, but the steam states that the controller is in steam pressure mode set at 1005 psig. Second part is correct.

Sys#

041 KIA#

System Steam Dump/Turbine Bypass Control A2.02 Category A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SDS; and (b) based on those predictions or mitigate the conseqµences of those malfunctions or operations:

KIA Importance 3.9 SRO KA Statement Steam valve stuck open References provided to Candidate None Exam Level Technical

References:

Unit 1 RM-0421-001 rev. 25 & 002 Rev. 20 10M-21.5.A.24 Rev. 4 pg. 2 T.S. 3.7.4 Bases pg B3.7.4-1 Question Source:

New Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)

Objective:

1 SQS-21.1, Rev. 16 Obj. 13 - Given a specific plant condition, predict the response of the Main Steam Supply System control room indication and control loops, including all automatic functions and changes in equipment status, for either a change in plant condition or for an off-normal condition.

3SQS-PLTSYS ITS, Rev. 2 Obj. 3 - Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Section Plant Systems System LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements, and the Applicability.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

94.

The plant is operating at 100% power when an Operator filling a Tech Spec required watch position becomes ill and leaves the site.

Per TS 5.2.2 and 1 OCFR50.54, the crew composition may remain less than the minimum for a period of time not to exceed (1)

If the vacant position is NOT refilled within the required time, the crew will (2)

A.

1) 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />
2) take action to place the unit in MODE 5
8.
1) 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />
2) maintain current power level C.
1) 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />
2) take action to place the unit in MODE 5 D.
1) 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />
2) maintain current power level I

Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401Attachment2 per section II.A page 17 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the TS section 5 and 6 actions related to plant staffing. Additionally the SRO is required to know the administrative procedure content related to not meeting staffing requirements.

KIA is met with the knowledge of how long an on-duty shift position may be unfilled, and the requirements of Tech Specs and Plant Procedures to maintain safe plant operation.

A.

Incorrect. See correct answer.

B.

Incorrect. See correct answer.

C.

lncorre.ct. See correct answer.

D.

Correct. In accordance with TS 5.2.2, 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> is the expected time to fill the required position provided immediate action is taken to restore shift composition to minimum. BVPS has incorporated Licensing position on TS 5.2.2 into NOP-OP-1002, which states it is not conservative to place the plant into a transient due to staffing, therefore maintain the unit in a steady state condition and continue calling out personnel.

Sys#

NIA KIA#

System NIA 2.1.4 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 3.8 Question Source:

Bank - 2LOT15 NRC Exam (094)

Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental KA Statement Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, "no-solo" operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc.

Exam Level SRO Technical

References:

T.S. 5.2.2Amend 2781161pg.5.2-1 NOP-OP-1002 Rev. 11 sect. 4.1.13 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.10143.2)

Objective:

3SQS-48.1 Obj. 3 From memory, describe the required actions if less than the minimum shift staffing complement exists.

{SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1Lor1s)

95.

The plant was at 100% power when the following occurs:

A.

B.

c.

D.

The reactor failed to trip after receiving a valid trip signal SRO transitioned from E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, to FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation/ATWS Current conditions:

Emergency Boration was initiated Safety injection did not actuate Reactor power is 3% and LOWERING Intermediate range channels indicate negative SUR Operators are verifying the reactor subcritical at step 7 of FR-S.1 Based on the current plant conditions:

(1) Boration _______ required to continue after verifying the reactor is subcritical.

(2) Which of the following describes the required procedural flowpath?

1) is
2) Return to E-0.
1) is
2) Remain in FR-S.1
1) is not
2) Return to E-0.
1) is not
2) Remain in FR-S.1

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1Lo11s)

Question 95 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.E page 21 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures. Specifically the SRO must evaluate the plant conditions and determine which the procedure transition based upon the existing power level and SUR. This evaluation requires detailed knowledge of the EOP procedure content and transition criteria. Additionally, the SRO must decide what action is required related to continuing the boration flow. Knowledge of the procedure steps is required to make the decision and select the correct transition.

KIA is met with the EOP background knowledge that emergency boration is required to continue to ensure adequate shutdown margin during future cooldown. The candidate must also determine if conditions are satisfied to transition back to E-0, or stay in FR-S. 1.

A.

Correct: In FR-S.1, after verifying the Rx is subcritical in step 7, step 7c states "Continue boration as necessary to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions." Per the background this is to ensure adequate SID margin during the future plant cooldown. When power<

5% and negative JR SUR is achieved in FR-S. 1, step 7d directs returning to the procedure and step in effect which is E-0.

B.

Incorrect: Boration is required to continue to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions. It is not required to remain in FR-S.1 once it has been verified that the reactor is subcritical. Step 7d directs returning to the procedure and step in effect which is E-0.

C.

Incorrect: step 7c states "Continue boration as necessary to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions". Returning to E-0 is correct since the reactor is subcritical.

D.

Incorrect: step 7c states "Continue boration as necessary to obtain adequate shutdown margin during subsequent actions". It is not required to remain in FR-S. 1 once it has been verified that the reactor is subcritical. Step 7d directs returning to the procedure and step in effect which is E-0.

Sys#

N/A KIA#

System N/A 2.1.23 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None 4.4 Question Source:

Bank - 2LOT15 NRC Exam (083)

Exam Level Technical

References:

KA Statement Ability to perform specific system and integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation.

SRO 10M-53A.1.FR-S. 1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 5 10M-538.4.FR-S. 1 lss. 3 Rev. 0 pg. 82 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher_ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.2 / 45.6)

Objective:

1SQS-53C.1, Rev. 12 Obj. 5 - Discuss the general flowpath of each procedure including the importance of step sequencing, where applicable.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

96.

Given the following plant conditions:

A plant heatup from a refueling outage is currently in progress Highest available RCS temperature is 325°F and RISING The 'A' MDAFW Pump has been declared Inoperable.

Which of the following completes the statements below?

1) The current Technical Specification operational MODE is (1)
2) In accordance with Technical Specifications, a change to the next higher MODE based on the conditions given is (2)

A.

1) Mode 3
2) allowed if a risk assessment is performed B.
1) Mode 4
2) allowed if a risk assessment is performed C.
1) Mode 3
2) NOT allowed D.
1) Mode 4
2) NOT allowed Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.B page 17 first bullet.

Specifically, the SRO must make a determination of the current plant mode, and based on knowledge of TS 3.7.5 and LCO 3.0.4, make a determination that a mode change to mode 3 is allowed iaw LCO 3.0.4.b.

K/A is met by giving plant conditions and determining the applicable Technical Specification Mode of Operation. This alone is RO knowledg 0e, therefore the second part of the question was added to test knowledge of the specific system LCO and LCO 3.0.4 for the SRO to make a determination of whether a Mode change could be made while starting up the plant with a MDAFW pump inoperable.

A.

Incorrect. Incorrect Mode. Mode 3 is ~350F. Mode change to Mode 3 is allowed under LCO 3.0.4.b. (see correct answer)

B.

Correct. Mode 4 is 350F>Tavg>200F. Mode change to Mode 3 is allowed under LCO 3.0.4.b. (When an LCO is not met, entry into a MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability shall only be made: b. After performance of a risk assessment addressing inoperable systems and components, consideration of the results, detenmination of the acceptability of entering the MODE or other specified condition in the Applicability, and establishment of risk management actions, if appropriate; exceptions to this Specification are stated in the individual Specifications.

C.

Incorrect. Incorrect Mode. Mode 3 is ~350F. Mode change to Mode 3 is allowed under LCO 3.0.4.b. Plausible because there is a note on TS 3.7.5 stating that LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable when entering MODE 1.

D.

Incorrect. Mode 4 is correct for the given conditions. Mode change to Mode 3 is allowed under LCO 3.0.4.b. Plausible because there is a note on TS 3.7.5 stating that LCO 3.0.4.b is not applicable when entering MODE 1.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement NIA NIA Generic Ability to determine Technical Specification Mode of Operation.

K/A#

2.2.35 K/A Importance 4.5 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

TS Table 1.1-1 pg. 1.1-7 Tech Spec LCO 3.0.4 pg. 3.0-1 & 2 Tech Spec 3.7.5 pg. 3.7.5.1 & 2 Question Source:

Bank - Robinson 2011 (096)

Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7141.10143.2145.13)

Objective:

3SQS-RULES ITS-01-01 Rev.3 - Given plant conditions, apply the rules of ITS Section 3.0 to ensure compliance with Technical Specifications 3SQS-RULES ITS-01-03 Rev.3 - Given plant conditions, determine the plant MODE in accordance with the ITS.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

97.

Per Technical Specifications, which of the following describes a Surveillance Requirement (including the required Frequency and MODE) that is applicable to the Feedwater Isolation "SG Water Level - High-High" initiation function?

(REFERENCES PROVIDED)

A.

A COT (CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST) must be performed every 184 days while in MODE 1.

B.

A TADOT (Trip Actuating Device Operational Test) must be performed every 18 months while in MODE 3.

C.

A CHANNEL CHECK must be performed every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> while in MODE 4.

D.

A CHANNEL CALIBRATION must be performed every 92 days while in MODE 2.

Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II,B page 17 first bullet. SRO must understand the application of Required Actions and Surveillance Requirements in accordance with rules of application requirements. Specifically, SRO must know how to apply the TS Surveillance requirements for an instrument, and have an understanding of the required modes of applicability, and surveillance frequencies.

KIA is met demonstrating the ability to determine the required TS surveillance, applicable modes, and required frequency to ensure the SG Water Level - High-High" initiation function is operable.

A.

Correct. The Channel Operational Test (COT) (SR 3.3.2.4) is required every 184 days when in modes 1-3 per TS Table 3.3.2-1, function 5.b.

Tech Spec Table 3.3.2-1 function 5.b identifies the applicable modes as 1-3, and the following surveillances as being required to maintain the function operable. (SR 3.3.2.1, 3.3.2.4, 3.3.2.8, 3.3.2.9).

B.

Incorrect. A Trip Actuating Device Operational Test (TADOT) (SR 3.3.2.7) is not a required surveillance function 5.b. Plausible because a TADOT is a required surveillance of TS 3.3.2, and the frequency and modes do coincide with other instrumentation, but not SG Water Level -

High-High.

C.

Incorrect. A Channel Check (SR 3.3.2.1) is required every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> in modes 1-3. Plausible distractor because the frequency is correct, but mode 4 is incorrect.

D.

Incorrect. A Channel Calibration (SR 3.3.2.8) is required in modes 1-3, but the frequency is 18 months. Plausible distractor because the mode is correct, but 92 days is incorrect.

Sys#

NIA System N/A Category Generic KIA#

2.2.37 KIA Importance 4.6 References provided to Candidate TS 3.3.2 pgs. 3.3.2-(1-13)

Unit 1 Surveillance Test Intervals Rev. 0 Question Source:

Bank - Vision 254264 KA Statement Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment.

Exam Level SRO Technical

References:

TS 3.3.2 Amend. 292/179 pg. 3.3.2-(5, 6, 11)

Unit 1 Surveillance Test Intervals Rev. 0 pg. 5 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.7 / 43.5 / 45.12)

Objective:

3SQS-INST ITS, Rev. 1 Obj. 3 - Given plant conditions, determine the criteria necessary to ensure compliance with each Instrumentation LCO and Licensing Requirement in accordance with the Bases, Surveillance Requirements. and the Applicability.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

98.

Unit 1 and Unit 2 are at 100% power with all systems in NSA.

RWDA-L has been prepared for discharging 1 BR-TK-48, Coolant Recovery Tank After the RWDA-L is approved by Radiation Protection, the Unit 1 SM or US is then required to review the RWDA-L to confirm the status of various items as part of the approval process In accordance with 10M-17.4.AN, Discharging a Coolant Recovery Tank to Cooling Tower Slowdown, which of the items below does the 'APPROVED BY UNIT 1 SM' signature block on the RWDA-L denote?

1. Adequate dilution flow exists.
2. Midland Water Treatment Plant has been notified.
3. Appropriate alarms have been properly adjusted.

A.

1 and 2 only B.

2 and 3 only C.

1 and 3 only D.

1, 2, and 3 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.A page 17 fourth bullet.

Conditions and limitations in the facility license. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) requirements, if applicable. Specifically what the SRO is signing for when approving a RWDA-L for a liquid waste discharge.

KIA is met by demonstrating the knowledge of the specific conditions which must be met for the Unit 1 Shift Manager/Unit Supervisor to sign the approval for the discharge release permits.

A.

Incorrect.. Plausible distractor because Midland Water Treatment Plant has to be notified when an offsite radioactive release occurs as part of the offsite protective action recommendations. Adequate dilution flow is correct, alarms must be properly adjusted also.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because Midland Water Treatment Plant has to be notified when an offsite radioactive release occurs as part of the offsite protective action recommendations. Alarms have been properly adjusted is correct, but adequate dilution flow is also required.

C.

Correct. Per 1 OM-17.4.AN, the note prior to the, procedural step for the U1 SM to sign the block states "Unit 1 SM/US signature on the RWDA-L denotes the following: 1. Authorization to discharge the tank., 2. Only one batch RWDA-L is being discharged from the site at one time., 3.

Adequate dilution flow exists., and 4. Appropriate alarms have been properly adjusted.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor because Midland Water Treatment Plant has to be notified when an offsite radioactive release occurs as part of the offsite protective action recommendations. Adequate dilution flow, and alarms have been properly adjusted are correct.

Sys#

N/A KIA#

System N/A 2.3.6 Category Generic KIA Importance References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

New KA Statement Ability to approve release permits.

3.8 Exam Level SRO Technical

References:

10M-17.4.AN Rev. 7 pg. 20 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower_ Memory or Fundamental 1 O CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.13 / 43.4 / 45.10)

Objective:

1 SQS-17.1, Rev. 15 Obj. 21 - Given a set of plant conditions and the appropriate procedure(s), apply the operational sequence, parameter limits, precaution and limitations, and cautions & notes applicable to the completion of the task activities in the control room.

3SSG-ADMIN-01-23: EXPLAIN the approval requirements for radiological release permits in accordance with 1/2-ENV-05.04, Radioactive Waste Discharge Authorization - Liquid. 1/2-ENV-05.05, Radioactive Waste Discharge Authorization - Gas.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

99.

The plant has been in Mode 6 for 3 weeks, and the following conditions exist:

Fuel movement is in progress The following annunciators associated with this event are LIT:

o A6-3, spent fuel pool level low o A6-30, Refueling Cavity Level Low o A1-49, Containment Sump Level High Refuel SRO reports Refuel Cavity level is below minimum Tech Spec level and LOWERING Both CNMT Sump Pumps are running and level is RISING RWST level is 21' 2" and STABLE Leakage around the Reactor Cavity Seal has been reported from Containment A used Fuel assembly has just been unlatched and is in the Upender in the upright position 1 FH-1, Fuel Transfer Tube Gate Valve is CLOSED In accordance with ARP A6-30, Refueling Cavity Level Low, which of the following completes the statements below?

The fuel assembly must be placed in (1)

The initial method of makeup to the reactor cavity during the leak will be the (2)

A.

1) a horizontal position
2) RWST via the LHSI system per 1 OM-11.4.D, Filling.Reactor Refueling Cavity B.
1) a horizontal position
2) Blender per 10M-7.4.L, Blender Boration Operation C.
1) an open area inside the core
2) RWST via the LHSI system per 10M-11.4.D, Filling Reactor Refueling Cavity D.
1) an open area inside the core
2) Blender per 10M-7.4.L, Blender Boration Operation

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16)

QUESTION 99 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.G page 23 first bullets. Fuel handling facilities and procedures. Refuel floor SRO responsibilities. Specifically, the candidate must have knowledge that the irradiated fuel must be placed in the horizontal position to maximize the time during a refuel cavity leak to prevent a high radiation condition on the refuel deck. Also meets SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.E page 21 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures. Specifically the SRO must know that makeup water to the refuel cavity is from the RWST per the ARP for lowering refuel cavity level. Detailed knowledge of the content is required to select the correct procedural direction.

KIA is met with the knowledge that the fuel assembly must be placed horizontal during fuel movement when a leak occurs. By placing the assembly horizontal, more time is available to resolve the cavity leak to prevent high radiation condition on the refuel deck.

A.

Correct. With the fuel assembly in the Upender in the upright position, the ARP states to place the fuel assembly and upender in the horizontal position. The preferred method of makeup to the Refuel cavity per the ARP if the RWST via the LHSI pump due to the available makeup capabilities of the RWST and low head system.

8.

Incorrect. First part is correct. Second part is plausible because it could be an available makeup source to the cavity, but the ARP does not direct this as a makeup source. The ARP clearly states to commence makeup to the cavity by performing 1 OM-11.4.D using the RWST C.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor since the upender is upright and the candidate may feel that using the manipulator crane and placing the assembly in an open area of the core would be better, but laying it horizontal is specifically addressed in the ARP. Second part is correct.

D.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor since the upender is upright and the candidate may feel that using the manipulator crane and placing the assembly in an open area of the core would be better, but laying it horizontal is specifically addressed in the ARP. Second part is plausible because it could be an available makeup source to the cavity, but the ARP does not direct this as a makeup source. The ARP clearly states to commence makeup to the cavity by performing 1 OM-11.4.D using the RWST Sys #

System Category NIA NIA Generic KIA#

2.3.13 KIA Importance 3.8 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

Bank - Farley 2011 NRC Exam (096)

KA Statement Knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as response to radiation monitor alarms, containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.

Exam Level Technical

References:

SRO 10M-20.4.AAP Rev. 16 pg. 2-5 10M-11.4.D Rev. 16 pg. 2 Question Cognitive Level:

Lower - Memory or Fundamental 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.12 I 43.4 I 4S.9 I 4S.10)

Objective:

3SQS-6.12, Rev. 7 Obj. 9 - IDENTIFY the safe Fuel Assembly storage locations in the event of loss of water resulting from a Refueling Cavity seal failure during fuel movement. (SOER 85-1 Rx Cavity Seal Failure Rec. Sa, Sb).

3SQS-6.13, Rev. 6 Obj. 8 - Given a Fuel Handling System alarm condition and using the Alarm Response Procedure(s), detenmine the appropriate alarm response, including automatic and operator actions in the control room.

(SRO ONLY)

Beaver Valley Unit 1 NRC Written Exam (1LOT16) 100.

The following conditions exist:

A manual Rx trip and Safety Injection was initiated 10 minutes ago based on criteria in AOP 1.6.7, Excessive Primary Plant Leakage Pressurizer level is off-scale LOW Pressurizer pressure is 1500 psig and LOWERING All SG levels are 5% NR and slowly RISING All SG pressures are 1005 psig and ST ABLE All main steam line radiation monitors are reading 20 cpm RM-1VS-105, Leak Collection Area Gas Monitor is reading 1.8 E2 cpm in High alarm.

Pl-1LM-100B, Containment pressure is 13.5 psia A11-28, Safeguards Area Sump Level High alarm is LIT Upon exiting E-0, which of the following is the correct procedure transitions for the event in progress?

A.

Go to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, then ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment, then ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.

B.

Go to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, then ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, then ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment.

C.

Go to ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, then ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment.

D.

Go to ECA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment, then ECA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

Meets the requirements of the SRO only guidance of ES-401 Attachment 2 per section II.E page 21 second bullet, Knowledge of diagnostic steps and decision points in the emergency operating procedures (EOP) that involve transitions to event specific sub-procedures or emergency contingency procedures. The procedure selection knowledge required by this question is beyond the entry conditions of major EOPs and FRPs; thereby testing the procedure selection at the SRO level.

KIA is met by requiring knowledge of how the different subsets of emergency procedures are used in conjunction with each other to combat an event.

A.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor with PRZR level off scale low, but no criteria for transition to E-1 have been met (CNMT radiation, pressure, and sump levels are normal). ECA-1.2 and ECA-1.1 are in the proper procedural sequence, but ECA-1.2 is a transition from step 20 of E-0.

B.

Incorrect. Plausible distractor with PRZR level off scale low, but no criteria for transition to E-1 have been met (CNMT radiation, pressure, and sump levels are normal). ECA-1.2 and ACA-1.1 are also out of procedural sequence.

C.

Incorrect. ECA-1.2 and ECA-1.1 are the correct procedures, but are not in the proper procedural sequence. ECA-1.2 is a transition from step 20 of E-0, and ECA-1.1 transition occurs at step 4 of ECA-1.2 when the leak is not isolated.

D.

Correct. With a LOCA outside containment that cannot be isolated, the correct transitions following E-0 are as stated in this choice. See supporting copy of E-0 which shows the correct flow path through ECA-1.2 to ECA-1.1.

Sys #

System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic KIA#

2.4.5 KIA Importance 4.3 References provided to Candidate None Question Source:

Bank - Surry 201 O NRC Exam (Q100)

Knowledge of the organization of the operating procedures network for normal, abnormal, and emergency evolutions.

Exam Level SRO Technical

References:

10M-53A.1.E-O lss. 3 rev. 0 pg. 17 10M-53A.1.ECA-1.2 lss. 2 rev.1pg.3 Question Cognitive Level:

Higher - Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:

(CFR: 41.10 I 43.5 I 45.13)

Objective:

3SQS-53.3, Rev. 5 Obj. 6 - Given a set of conditions, locate and apply the proper Emergency Operating Procedures, IAW BVPS-EOP Executive Volume.